sv1za
As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on June 22, 2011
Registration No. 333-173199
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 3
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4610
|
|
45-0684578
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
15631 Jacintoport
Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77015
(281) 457-7900
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of
Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Carlin G. Conner
15631 Jacintoport
Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77015
(281) 457-7900
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number,
Including Area Code, of Agent
for Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
David Palmer Oelman
Gillian A. Hobson
|
|
G. Michael OLeary
Gislar Donnenberg
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
|
|
Andrews Kurth LLP
|
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
|
|
600 Travis Street, Suite 4200
|
Houston, Texas 77002
|
|
Houston, Texas 77002
|
Tel:
(713) 758-2222
|
|
Tel: (713) 220-4200
|
Fax:
(713) 758-2346
|
|
Fax: (713) 220-4285
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in Rule
12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Registration
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
Fee(3)
|
Common units representing limited partner interests
|
|
|
$241,500,000
|
|
|
$28,038.15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes common units issuable upon
exercise of the underwriters option to purchase additional
common units.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of
calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
The total registration fee includes
$23,220 that was previously paid for the registration of
$200,000,000 of proposed maximum aggregate offering price in the
filing of the Registration Statement (Registration
No. 333-173199) on March 31, 2011, and $4,818.15 for
the registration of an additional $41,500,000 of proposed
maximum aggregate offering price registered hereby.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission becomes effective. This preliminary prospectus is not
an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an
offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
JUNE 22, 2011
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
10,000,000 Common
Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
This is the initial public offering of our common units
representing limited partner interests. We are offering
10,000,000 common units. Prior to this offering, there has
been no public market for our common units. We currently expect
the initial public offering price to be between
$ and
$ per common unit.
We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to
1,500,000 additional common units to cover over-allotments.
We have been approved to list our common units on the New York
Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, under
the symbol OILT.
Investing in our common units involves risks. See
Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
These risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Our business would be adversely affected if the operations of
our customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Our financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., or OTA, owns and controls our
general partner, which has sole responsibility for conducting
our business and managing our operations. Our general partner
and its affiliates, including OTA, have conflicts of interest
with us and limited fiduciary duties, and they may favor their
own interests to the detriment of us and our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors,
which could reduce the price at which the common units will
trade.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of $13.49 per common unit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading
market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not
develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate
significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
|
|
|
|
Unitholders share of our income will be taxable to them
for U.S. federal income tax purposes even if they do not
receive any cash distributions from us.
|
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Common Unit
|
|
Total
|
|
Public Offering Price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting Discount(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (before expenses)(2)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Excludes a structuring fee of 0.4%
of the gross offering proceeds payable to Citigroup Global
Markets Inc. Please see Underwriting.
|
|
(2)
|
|
We expect that
$ million of the offering
proceeds will be available to the Partnership after the
deduction of all fees, commissions, expenses, compensation and
payment to affiliates. Please read Use of Proceeds
on page 39.
|
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units to
purchasers on or
about ,
2011 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository
Trust Company.
Joint Book-Running
Managers
|
|
|
|
Citi
|
Barclays Capital |
J.P. Morgan |
Morgan Stanley |
Co-Managers
|
|
|
Raymond
James |
Deutsche Bank Securities |
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel |
,
2011
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus, any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf
of us or any other information to which we have referred you in
connection with this offering. We have not, and the underwriters
have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different
information. If anyone provides you with different or
inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not,
and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these
securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not
permitted. You should not assume that the information contained
in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the
date on the front of this prospectus.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
iii
Until ,
2011 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that buy, sell or trade our common units, whether or not
participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation
to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with
respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
iv
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus
carefully, including the historical and pro forma condensed
combined financial statements and the notes to those financial
statements, before investing in our common units. The
information presented in this prospectus assumes (1) an
initial public offering price of $
per common unit (the midpoint of the price range set forth on
the cover page of this prospectus) and (2) unless otherwise
indicated, that the underwriters option to purchase
additional common units is not exercised. You should read
Risk Factors beginning on page 19 for
information about important risks that you should consider
before buying our common units.
References in this prospectus to Oiltanking Partners,
L.P., the partnership, we,
our, us or like terms when used in a
historical context refer to the businesses of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P., a Texas limited partnership, and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, each of
which our parent, Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, is contributing to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. in
connection with this offering. When used in the present tense or
prospectively, those terms refer to Oiltanking Partners, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership, and its subsidiaries. References
in this prospectus to our general partner refer to
OTLP GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the
general partner of the partnership. References in this
prospectus to OTA refer to Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., our North American parent and owner of our
general partner. References in this prospectus to
Oiltanking GmbH refer to Oiltanking GmbH, our German
foreign parent and the sole owner of OTA. Unless the context
indicates otherwise, references to the Oiltanking
Group refer to Oiltanking GmbH and its subsidiaries, other
than us and our future subsidiaries. We include a glossary of
some of the terms used in this prospectus as Appendix B.
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. We are focused on growing our business
through the acquisition, ownership and operation of terminaling,
storage, pipeline and other midstream assets that generate
stable cash flows. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States. Our core assets are located along the upper Gulf
Coast of the United States on the Houston Ship Channel and in
Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Initially, we will pay our common unitholders distributions of
$0.3375 per common unit per quarter, or $1.35 per common unit
annually, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our
operations after the establishment of cash reserves and payment
of fees and expenses, including reimbursements to our general
partner and its affiliates, before we pay any distributions to
our subordinated unitholders.
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services that we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve the storage
space in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a
fixed amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our
terminals. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of
products that we receive. We generate the remainder of our
revenues from (i) throughput fees independent of or
incremental to those included as part of our storage services
and (ii) ancillary services fees, charged to our storage
customers for services such as heating, mixing and blending
their products stored in our tanks, transferring their products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. As of
March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage capacity was
under
1
contract, and our customer contracts had a weighted-average life
of 6.3 years. In the five year period ended March 31,
2011, our customer retention rate was more than 97%.
Our
Business and Properties
Our terminal assets are strategically located along the upper
Gulf Coast of the United States. Our Houston and Beaumont
terminals provide deep-water access and significant
interconnectivity to refineries, chemical and petrochemical
companies, common carrier and dedicated pipelines and production
facilities and have international marketing and distribution
capabilities. Our facilities are directly connected to 18
refineries, storage and production facilities along the upper
Gulf Coast area through dedicated pipelines, and, through both
dedicated and common carrier pipelines, to end markets along the
Gulf Coast and to the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma.
Certain of our facilities were designed and constructed
specifically for our customers needs. These dedicated
assets as well as our substantial connectivity combine to make
us an important part of many of our customers supply
chains, and we believe that their costs associated with
arranging for alternative terminaling or storage would be
substantial.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage capacity. Our combination
of geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
Our primary assets are our terminal facilities and related
infrastructure at our Houston and Beaumont terminals,
information with regard to which is set forth below as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active
|
|
|
Existing
|
|
|
|
|
% of Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
|
Expansion
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
|
No. of
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Average
|
|
Composition of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
|
Active
|
|
under
|
|
Contract Life
|
|
Contracted Storage
|
|
Supply
|
|
Delivery
|
Location
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
|
mmbls)
|
|
|
Tanks
|
|
Contract
|
|
(years)(1)
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Modes
|
|
Modes
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
12.1
|
(2)
|
|
|
7.0
|
(3)
|
|
60
|
|
99.8%
|
|
7.1
|
|
64% crude oil, 26%
heavy petrochemical
feedstocks,
7% clean petroleum
products,
3% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline,
Railcars,
Tank
Trucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beaumont
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
(4)
|
|
74
|
|
97.4%
|
|
4.4
|
|
59% clean petroleum
products, 40%
vacuum gas oil,
1% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
134
|
|
99.0%
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Weighted based upon 2010 fiscal year revenues. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 1.0 million barrels of storage capacity supported
by multi-year contracts with two customers that we are in the
process of constructing and expect to place into service within
the next 12 months. We expect these two contracts will
generate approximately $5.7 million in revenue on an annual
basis once placed into service. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes storage capacity that can be constructed on
63 acres we currently hold under a long-term lease expiring
in 2035. We have an option to acquire this acreage prior to
December 2020 for a price of $6.0 million to
$6.7 million. |
|
(4) |
|
Does not include more than 20.0 million barrels of
additional storage capacity which we have sufficient acreage to
construct on the remote side of our terminal complex with
pipeline connections to our waterfront, to the extent that we
identify sufficient market demand to do so. |
In addition to our existing business and operations, we believe
that current and planned expansion projects of other companies
will, if completed as planned, allow us to take advantage of the
service needs for significant new crude oil supplies expected to
enter the upper Gulf Coast through a number of announced
pipeline projects:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin
and the Bakken Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region at a
rate of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two
years;
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners and Energy Transfer
Partners joint venture Double E pipeline, which is
expected to transport crude oil from the Cushing storage
interchange in Oklahoma (Cushing) to Houston at a
rate of up to 450,000 barrels per day within the next two
years;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from Cushing to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed Eagle Ford Shale
pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from the
Eagle Ford Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next 18 months;
|
|
|
|
Kinder Morgan Energy Partners Eagle Ford Shale pipeline,
which is expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale to Houston at a rate of up to 300,000 barrels per day
within the next 18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 225,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity.
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
Because of the strategic location of our assets, our deep-water
access and our integrated distribution network, as well as
significant barriers to entry for potential competitors, we
believe that we are well positioned to capitalize on these
market trends and expand our existing operations in the Gulf
Coast region. We own or lease with an option to acquire the land
and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels. Additionally and to the extent we identify sufficient
market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million barrels of additional storage capacity on the
remote side of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline
connections to our waterfront.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing at
a cost of approximately $23 million and expect to place
into service within the next 12 months. We expect these two
contracts will generate approximately $5.7 million in
revenue on an annual basis once placed into service. The
principal products handled at our Houston terminal complex are
crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such as naphtha
and condensate), which are referred to as chemical feedstocks,
liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum products, such as
gasoline and distillates, with crude oil accounting for
approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBras
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
Our Houston terminal also handles products through third-party
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water docks. Our
waterfront capabilities consist of six deep-water ship docks,
allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000
deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity, and two
barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo
and barge capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can accommodate
vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including Suezmax tankers,
which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship
Channel. The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston
terminal allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and
refined petroleum products for our storage customers, but also
to contract with customers
3
for the rights to use our docks for their own activities. For
example, for the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated
21% of our Houston terminal revenues from throughput fees
charged to non-storage customers that utilize our waterfront to
export and import liquefied petroleum gas and distillates under
multi-year throughput agreements. In addition, our largest
non-storage customer has recently announced plans to nearly
double its export capacity at our Houston terminal by the second
half of 2012. To the extent this expansion occurs and this
additional capacity is utilized, we expect to generate
additional throughput fees with only minimal incremental
operating costs or capital expenditures related to this planned
expansion.
We believe our Houston terminal is well positioned to take
advantage of changing crude oil logistics in the Gulf Coast as a
result of pipeline construction projects that, in the aggregate,
would transport nearly two million barrels of oil per day into
the Gulf Coast region if completed as planned. To capitalize on
these expected new sources of crude oil supply, we own or lease
with an option to acquire the land and
rights-of-way
necessary to construct an additional 7.0 million barrels of
crude storage capacity on existing property connected to our
Houston terminal and to construct interconnections to one or
more of the proposed pipelines. Under a lease agreement, which
terminates in 2035, we are permitted to construct additional
storage tanks on 63 acres of property near our Houston terminal.
We have the option to acquire this acreage until December 2020
for a price of $6.0 million to $6.7 million. In
addition, we own approximately 24 acres at the Crossroads
Interchange approximately six miles from our Houston terminal
and the
rights-of-way
necessary to connect the acreage to our Houston terminal. While
any further expansion will be based upon the needs of our
customers, we would expect any new storage tanks at our Houston
terminal to be operational prior to completion of the announced
pipeline construction projects.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for nearly 100%
of our 11.1 million barrels of storage capacity at our
Houston terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
7.1 years.
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, a heavy distillate produced in the refining
process, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined products tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water
docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of up to
40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet. Our
waterfront capabilities currently consist of two deep-water ship
docks, allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000
dwt of cargo and vessel capacity, and one barge dock, allowing
for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo and barge capacity. We
have begun construction on a second barge dock that will
accommodate barges up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to
12 feet. We also own waterfront acreage adjacent to our
terminal sufficient to accommodate two additional deep-water
docks and a new barge dock. The additional waterfront acreage,
if developed, would approximately double our dock capacity.
We own acreage adjacent to our waterfront on which we can
construct tanks with an additional 5.4 million barrels of
storage capacity. Additionally and to the extent we identify
sufficient market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million additional barrels of storage capacity on the
remote side of our terminal complex with pipeline connections to
our waterfront. We believe that we have the existing acreage and
potential for connectivity with major pipelines to rapidly and
efficiently expand our Beaumont terminal if increasing crude oil
supplies or other changing market trends create favorable
conditions for growth.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 97% of our
5.7 million barrels of storage capacity at our Beaumont
terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
4.4 years.
4
Our
Operations
We provide integrated terminaling, storage, pipeline and related
services for third-party companies engaged in the production,
distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas. We generate our revenues
exclusively through the provision of fee-based services to our
customers. The types of fees we charge are:
|
|
|
|
|
Storage Services Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 75% of our
revenues from fixed monthly fees for storage services, which our
customers pay to reserve storage space in our tanks and to
compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average periodic
amount of product volume, or throughput, on their behalf. These
fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage capacity
utilized by our customers or the amount of throughput that we
receive.
|
|
|
|
Throughput Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 20% of our
revenues from throughput fees, which our customers who do not
store products at our facilities, who we refer to as our
non-storage customers, pay us to receive or deliver volumes of
products on their behalf to designated pipelines, third-party
storage facilities or waterborne transportation. Our non-storage
customers are typically not obligated to pay us any throughput
fees unless we move volumes of products across our pipelines or
docks on their behalf. In addition, our customers who store
products at our facilities, who we refer to as our storage
customers, pay us throughput fees when we receive volumes of
products on their behalf that exceed the base throughput
contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage services fee.
The revenues we generate from throughput fees vary based upon
the volumes of products accepted at or withdrawn from our
terminals.
|
|
|
|
Ancillary Services Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 5% of our
revenues from fees associated with ancillary services such as
heating, mixing and blending our storage customers
products that are stored in our tanks, transferring our storage
customers products between our tanks and marine vapor
recovery. The revenues we generate from ancillary services fees
vary based upon the activity levels of our customers.
|
We believe that the high percentage of fixed storage services
fees generated from multi-year contracts with a diverse
portfolio of customers creates stable cash flow and
substantially mitigates our exposure to volatility in supply and
demand and other market factors. For additional information
about our contracts, please read Business
Contracts beginning on page 103.
Our
Business Strategies
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following
business strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on organic growth opportunities by expanding and
developing the assets and properties that we already own.
|
|
|
|
Pursue accretive strategic acquisitions of terminaling, storage,
pipeline and other midstream assets that will expand or
complement our existing asset portfolio and that are expected to
increase our revenues and cash flows.
|
|
|
|
Maintain and develop strong customer relationships based upon a
high quality of service, reliability, the efficiency of our
existing assets and operations and our global marketing and
relationship network.
|
|
|
|
Maintain sound financial practices to ensure our long-term
viability.
|
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business
strategies successfully because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well-positioned and highly integrated terminal assets creating
high barriers of entry for potential competitors.
|
|
|
|
Established relationships with customers generating multi-year
contracts and stable cash flows.
|
|
|
|
Expansive waterfront and dock capacity, allowing for efficient
receipt of cargoes.
|
|
|
|
Flexible, efficient and well-maintained assets that can be
expanded at competitive costs.
|
|
|
|
Financial flexibility to fund growth.
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
Our relationship with the Oiltanking Group.
|
|
|
|
Experienced management team and operational expertise.
|
For a more detailed description of our business strategies and
competitive strengths, please read Business
Our Business Strategies beginning on page 99 and
Business Our Competitive Strengths
beginning on page 100.
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common units involves risks. You should
carefully consider the following risk factors, those other risks
described in Risk Factors and the other information
in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our
common units. The following risks are discussed in more detail
in Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
Risks
Inherent in Our Business
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
|
|
|
|
The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions are inherently uncertain and
subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory
and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from our
estimates.
|
|
|
|
Our business would be adversely affected if the operations of
our customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Our financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
|
|
|
|
Restrictions in our debt agreements could adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Our operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen
interruptions, including interruptions from hurricanes or
floods, for which we may not be adequately insured.
|
|
|
|
Reduced volatility in energy prices or new government
regulations could discourage our storage customers from holding
positions in crude oil or refined petroleum products, which
could adversely affect the demand for our storage services.
|
|
|
|
Some of our current terminal services agreements are
automatically renewing on a short-term basis, and may be
terminated at the end of the current renewal term upon requisite
notice. If one or more of our current terminal services
agreements is terminated and we are unable to secure comparable
alternative arrangements, our financial condition and results of
operations will be adversely affected.
|
|
|
|
Competition from other terminals that are able to supply our
customers with comparable storage capacity at a lower price
could adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
|
|
|
|
The expected introduction of significant new crude oil supplies
to the Gulf Coast region upon the completion of planned pipeline
construction projects could decrease our customers
dependence on waterborne crude oil imports and lead to a
reduction in the demand for our marine terminal services.
|
|
|
|
Our expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets
may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to
regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks,
which could adversely affect our operations and financial
condition.
|
|
|
|
If we are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable
terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions
we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated
from operations on a per unit basis.
|
6
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
|
|
|
|
|
OTA owns and controls our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including
OTA, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary
duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment
of us and our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
OTA and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with
us.
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors,
which could reduce the price at which our common units will
trade.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unitholders will experience immediate and substantial dilution
of $13.49 per common unit.
|
|
|
|
|
|
There is no existing market for our common units, and a trading
market that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not
develop. The price of our common units may fluctuate
significantly, and unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
|
Tax
Risks to Common Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Our tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being
subject to a material amount of entity-level taxation by
individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to
material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state
tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you
could be substantially reduced.
|
|
|
|
The tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an
investment in our common units could be subject to potential
legislative, judicial or administrative changes and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
|
|
|
|
You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income
even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Beaumont Specialty Products, LLC, one of our
subsidiaries, conducts activities that may not generate
qualifying income. If the income generated by this subsidiary
disproportionately increases as a percentage of our total gross
income, we may choose to have this subsidiary treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
|
Our
Management
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and
executive officers of our general partner, OTLP GP, LLC, a
wholly owned subsidiary of OTA. Following this offering, OTA
will own, directly or indirectly, approximately 48.6% of our
outstanding common units and all of our outstanding subordinated
units and incentive distribution rights. As a result of owning
our general partner, OTA will have the right to appoint all
members of the board of directors of our general partner,
including at least three independent directors meeting the
independence standards established by the New York Stock
Exchange, or NYSE. At least one of our independent directors
will be appointed prior to the date our common units are listed
for trading on the NYSE. OTA will appoint our second independent
director within three months of the date our common units begin
trading on the NYSE, and our third independent director within
one year from such date. Our unitholders will not be entitled to
elect our general partner or its directors or otherwise directly
participate in our management or operations. For more
information about the executive officers and directors of our
general partner, please read Management beginning on
page 110.
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf pursuant to a
services agreement with Oiltanking North America, LLC, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of OTA (OT Services).
Neither our partnership agreement nor the services agreement
will limit the amount of expenses for which our general partner
and its affiliates may be reimbursed, but the services agreement
will provide for an agreed upon maximum annual reimbursement
obligation for expenses associated with certain specified
selling, general and administrative services necessary to run
our business that will be provided to us by OT Services. These
capped expenses include (i) expenses of non-executive
employees, including general and administrative overhead costs,
salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other compensation
amounts, which we expect will be allocated to us based on
weighted-average headcount and the ratio of time spent by those
employees on our business and operations, and
(ii) executive officer expenses, including general and
administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will
7
determine in good faith the expenses that are allocable to us.
Please read Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions beginning on
page 120.
The
Oiltanking Group
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with the
Oiltanking Group, the worlds second largest independent
storage provider for crude oil, refined products, liquid
chemicals and gases. With 71 terminals, 110 million barrels
of storage capacity, 19 joint ventures and locations
throughout 22 countries in North America, Europe, Asia, the
Middle East and Central and South America, the Oiltanking Group
leverages its international marketing networks and a brand that
is widely recognized in the energy industry. Oiltanking GmbH is
a wholly owned subsidiary of Marquard & Bahls AG, a
German company, that has been privately held for over
60 years. The Marquard & Bahls group of companies has
over 4,000 employees, over $5 billion in assets as of
December 31, 2010 and three core activities: (i) oil
trading, (ii) aviation fueling and (iii) storage and
terminaling of crude oil, refined petroleum products, chemicals
and gases. All three activities are pooled in separate holdings,
and they are financed and managed individually.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage,
pipeline and other midstream assets that generate stable
qualifying income under Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue
Code. For a discussion of qualifying income, please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
Taxation of the Partnership beginning on page 150. We
believe that as the indirect owner of our general partner, all
of our incentive distribution rights and a 72.8% limited partner
interest in us, Oiltanking GmbH will be motivated to promote and
support the successful execution of our business plan and to
pursue projects that enhance the value of our business.
In addition to its substantial international storage and
terminaling assets, the Oiltanking Group, through OTA, owns and
operates a number of assets within the United States that will
not be contributed to us at the closing of this offering,
including terminals in Texas City and Port Neches, Texas and
Joliet, Illinois. OTA has been active in the United States since
the mid-1970s and currently operates out of seven locations. OTA
also owns a dry bulk handling company, Bulk Handling USA, Inc.,
which currently operates two petroleum coke handling facilities.
In addition, one of Oiltanking GmbHs sister companies,
Skytanking Holding GmbH, has substantial terminaling and storage
assets through which it provides independent aviation
fuel-handling services to airlines, airports and oil companies
in seven countries, including the United States.
Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company of
Oiltanking GmbH located in Amsterdam, The Netherlands, serves as
the lender for the Oiltanking Groups terminal holdings,
including ours, and arranges loans at market rates and terms for
approved terminal construction projects. We believe this
relationship has historically provided us with access to debt
capital on terms that are consistent with or better than what
would have been available to us from third parties. We believe
this relationship could continue to provide us with access to
capital at competitive rates.
Summary
of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Our general partner has a legal duty to manage us in a manner
beneficial to us and the holders of our common and subordinated
units. This legal duty commonly is referred to as a
fiduciary duty. However, the officers and directors
of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our
general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, OTA.
Additionally, each of our executive officers and certain of our
directors are also officers of OTA. As a result, conflicts of
interest may arise in the future between us and our unitholders,
on the one hand, and OTA and our general partner, on the other
hand.
Delaware law provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in
their partnership agreements, restrict, eliminate or expand the
fiduciary duties owed by the general partner to limited partners
and the partnership. Our partnership agreement limits the
liability of, and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by, our
general partner to our common unitholders. Our partnership
agreement also restricts the remedies available to our
unitholders for actions that might otherwise constitute a breach
of fiduciary duty by our general partner or its officers and
directors. By purchasing a common unit, the purchaser agrees to
be bound by the terms of our partnership agreement, and each
unitholder is treated as having consented to various actions and
potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the partnership
agreement that might otherwise be considered a breach of
fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.
While Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in
the United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling,
storage, pipeline and other midstream assets that generate
stable cash flows, and we believe the Oiltanking
8
Group, including OTA and its affiliates, are incentivized to
promote our growth, OTA and its affiliates will not be
restricted, under either our partnership agreement or any other
agreement, from competing with us.
For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and
the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties beginning
on page 128. For a description of other relationships with
our affiliates, please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions beginning on page 119.
Principal
Executive Offices
Our principal executive offices are located at 15631 Jacintoport
Blvd., Houston, Texas 77015, and our telephone number is
(281) 457-7900.
Our website address will be www.oiltankingpartners.com.
We intend to make our periodic reports and other information
filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission, or SEC, available, free of charge, through our
website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports
and other information are electronically filed with or furnished
to the SEC. Information on our website or any other website is
not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and does not
constitute a part of this prospectus.
Formation
Transactions and Partnership Structure
We are a Delaware limited partnership formed in March 2011 by
OTA to own and operate the businesses that have historically
been conducted by Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P.
In connection with the closing of this offering, the following
will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
OTA will contribute all of its equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us;
|
|
|
|
OTLP GP, LLC will maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in
us. We also will issue to our general partner the incentive
distribution rights, which entitle the holder to increasing
percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0%, of the cash we distribute
in excess of our minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per
unit per quarter, as described under Cash Distribution
Policy and Restrictions on Distributions beginning on
page 42;
|
|
|
|
we will issue 10,000,000 common units to the public
(11,500,000 common units if the underwriters exercise their
option in full) and will use the net proceeds from this offering
as described under Use of Proceeds beginning on
page 39;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we will issue to OTA an aggregate of 9,449,901 common units and
19,449,901 subordinated units, assuming that the underwriters do
not exercise their option to purchase 1,500,000 additional
common units and that we issue those common units to
OTA;(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
we will enter into a new $50.0 million revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary
of Oiltanking GmbH; and
|
|
|
|
we will also enter into agreements with OTA and certain of its
affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon certain aspects
of our relationship with them, including the provision by OTA or
one of its subsidiaries to us of certain selling, general and
administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse OTA or one of its subsidiaries for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Oiltanking and related marks,
and other matters. Please read Certain Relationships and
Related Transactions Agreements with Affiliates in
Connection with the Transactions beginning on page 120.
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Of this amount, 7,949,901 common
units will be issued to OTA at the closing of this offering and
up to 1,500,000 common units will be issued to OTA within 30
days of this offering for no additional consideration other than
OTAs contribution of equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in
connection with the closing of this offering. However, if the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to 1,500,000
additional common units, the number of common units purchased by
the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the
public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to OTA. Please
see The Offering Units Outstanding After This
Offering.
|
9
Organizational
Structure
The following is a simplified diagram of our ownership structure
after giving effect to this offering and the related
transactions.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Common Units
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
Interests of OTA:
|
|
|
|
|
Common Units
|
|
|
23.8
|
%
|
Subordinated Units
|
|
|
49.0
|
%
|
General Partner Interest
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Of this amount, 7,949,901 common
units will be issued to OTA at the closing of this offering and
up to 1,500,000 common units will be issued to OTA within
30 days of this offering. However, if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional
common units, the number of common units purchased by the
underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the
public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to OTA. Please
see The Offering Units Outstanding After This
Offering.
|
10
The
Offering
|
|
|
Common units offered to the public |
|
10,000,000 common units. |
|
|
|
11,500,000 common units if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase an additional 1,500,000 common units (the
option units) in full. |
|
|
|
Units outstanding after this offering |
|
19,449,901 common
units(1)(
and 19,449,901 subordinated units for a total of 38,899,802
limited partner units regardless of whether or not the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase up to an
additional 1,500,000 common units. Of this amount, 7,949,901
common units will be issued to OTA at the closing of this
offering and, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their
option to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 option units,
all 1,500,000 option units will be issued to OTA 30 days
following this offering, upon the expiration of the
underwriters option exercise period. However, if the
underwriters do exercise their option to purchase any portion of
the option units, we will (i) issue to the public the
number of option units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to
such exercise and (ii) issue to OTA, upon the expiration of
the option exercise period, all remaining option units that had
not previously been issued to the public. Any such option units
issued to OTA will be issued for no consideration other than
OTAs contribution of equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in
connection with the closing of this offering. Accordingly, the
exercise of the underwriters option will not affect the
total number of common units outstanding. In addition, our
general partner will own a 2.0% general partner interest
in us. |
|
|
|
Use of proceeds |
|
We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately
$183.0 million from this offering (based on an assumed
initial offering price of $ per
common unit, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus), after deducting the estimated
underwriting discount and offering expenses, to: |
|
|
|
repay intercompany indebtedness owed to Oiltanking
Finance B.V. in the amount of approximately
$119.5 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$7.1 million of fees incurred in connection with our
repayment of such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
|
|
make a distribution to OTA in the amount of
$33.0 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide us working capital of $23.4 million.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase 1,500,000
additional common units in full, the additional net proceeds
would be approximately $28.1 million (based upon the
midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus). The net proceeds from any exercise of such option
will be used to make a distribution to OTA. See Use of
Proceeds beginning on page 39. |
|
Cash distributions |
|
Upon completion of this offering, our general partner will
establish a minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per common
unit and subordinated unit ($1.35 per common unit and
subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to the extent we have
sufficient cash after establishment of reserves and payment of
fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and
its affiliates. We refer to this cash as available
cash, and it is defined in our partnership |
( (1) Excludes
common units subject to issuance under our Long-Term Incentive
Plan. Please read Executive Officer Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis beginning
on page 114.
11
|
|
|
|
|
agreement included in this prospectus as Appendix A and in
the glossary included in this prospectus as Appendix B. Our
ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject to
various restrictions and other factors described in more detail
under the caption Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions beginning on page 42. |
|
|
|
|
|
For the first quarter that we are publicly traded, we will pay
investors in this offering a prorated distribution covering the
period from the completion of this offering through
September 30, 2011, based on the actual length of that
period. |
|
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash each quarter in the following manner: |
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the holders of our common
units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each common unit
has received the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 plus
any arrearages from prior quarters; and
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of our
subordinated units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each
subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly
distribution of $0.3375.
|
|
|
|
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed $0.38813 per
common unit and subordinated unit in any quarter, our
unitholders and our general partner will receive distributions
according to the following percentage allocations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
Target Amount
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
General Partner
|
|
|
above $0.3375 up to $0.38813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
above $0.38813 up to $0.42188
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
above $0.42188 up to $0.50625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
above $0.50625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
The percentage interests shown for our general partner include
its 2.0% general partner interest. We refer to the additional
increasing distributions to our general partner in excess of
2.0% as incentive distributions. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights beginning on page 59. |
|
|
|
We believe, based on our financial forecast and related
assumptions included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions, that we will have
sufficient available cash to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution of $0.3375 on all of our common units and
subordinated units and the corresponding distribution on our
general partners 2.0% interest for each quarter in the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012. However, we do not have
a legal obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum
quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate except as
provided in our partnership agreement. There is no guarantee
that we will distribute quarterly cash distributions to our
unitholders in any quarter. Please read Cash Distribution
Policy and Restrictions on Distributions beginning on
page 42. |
|
Subordinated units |
|
OTA initially will own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. The principal difference between our common
units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not
entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have
received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages
in the |
12
|
|
|
|
|
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior
quarters. Subordinated units will not accrue arrearages. |
|
|
|
Conversion of subordinated units |
|
The subordination period will end on the first business day
after we have earned and paid at least (1) $1.35 (the
minimum quarterly distribution on an annualized basis) on each
outstanding common unit and subordinated unit and the
corresponding distribution on our general partners 2.0%
interest for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods ending on or after September 30, 2014
or (2) $2.025 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly
distribution) on each outstanding common unit and subordinated
unit and the corresponding distributions on our general
partners 2.0% interest and the related distribution on the
incentive distribution rights for the four-quarter period
immediately preceding that date, in each case provided there are
no arrearages on our common units at that time. |
|
|
|
|
|
The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our
general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or
common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or
their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal. |
|
|
|
When the subordination period ends, all subordinated units will
convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, and thereafter no common units will be entitled to
arrearages. |
|
General partners right to reset the target distribution
levels |
|
Our general partner, as the initial holder of all of our
incentive distribution rights, has the right, at any time when
there are no subordinated units outstanding and it has received
incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is
entitled (48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0%
general partner interest) for each of the prior four consecutive
whole fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution
levels at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the
time of the exercise of the reset election. If our general
partner transfers all or a portion of our incentive distribution
rights in the future, then the holder or holders of a majority
of our incentive distribution rights will be entitled to
exercise this right. The following assumes that our general
partner holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the
time that a reset election is made. Following a reset election,
the minimum quarterly distribution will be adjusted to equal the
reset minimum quarterly distribution, and the target
distribution levels will be reset to correspondingly higher
levels based on the same percentage increases above the reset
minimum quarterly distribution as the current target
distribution levels. |
|
|
|
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units
and a general partner interest necessary to maintain its general
partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
will equal the number of common units that would have entitled
the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution
in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the
distributions to our general partner on the incentive
distribution rights in such prior two quarters. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partners Right to Reset
Incentive Distribution Levels beginning on page 60. |
|
Issuance of additional units |
|
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional units without the approval of our
unitholders. Please read Units |
13
|
|
|
|
|
Eligible for Future Sale beginning on page 149 and
The Partnership Agreement Issuance of
Additional Interests beginning on page 139. |
|
|
|
Limited voting rights |
|
Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the
holders of common stock in a corporation, our unitholders will
have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our
business. Our unitholders will have no right to elect our
general partner or its directors on an annual or other
continuing basis. Our general partner may not be removed except
by a vote of the holders of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding units, including any units owned by our
general partner and its affiliates, voting together as a single
class. Upon consummation of this offering, OTA will own an
aggregate of 74.3% of our outstanding voting units (or 70.4% of
our outstanding voting units, if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional common units in full). This will
give OTA the ability to prevent the removal of our general
partner. Please read The Partnership Agreement
Voting Rights beginning on page 138. |
|
|
|
Limited call right |
|
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the outstanding common units, our general partner
has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the
remaining common units at a price equal to the greater of
(1) the average of the daily closing price of the common
units over the 20 trading days preceding the date three days
before notice of exercise of the call right is first mailed and
(2) the highest
per-unit
price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for
common units during the
90-day
period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. Please
read The Partnership Agreement Limited Call
Right beginning on page 144. |
|
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions |
|
We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in
this offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2014, you will be allocated, on
a cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be less than 20% of the cash distributed to you
with respect to that period. For example, if you receive an
annual distribution of $1.35 per unit, we estimate that your
average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no
more than approximately $0.27 per unit. Thereafter, the
ratio of allocable taxable income to cash distributions to you
could substantially increase. Please read Material U.S.
Federal Income Tax Consequences Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership beginning on page 151 for the basis of
this estimate. |
|
Material federal income tax consequences |
|
For a discussion of the material federal income tax consequences
that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who are
individual citizens or residents of the United States, please
read Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
beginning on page 150. |
|
|
|
Exchange listing |
|
We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol
OILT. |
14
Summary
Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Operating Data
We were formed in March 2011 and do not have historical
financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present
the historical financial statements of our predecessor, which
consist of the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. We refer to
our predecessor for accounting purposes as Oiltanking
Predecessor. In connection with the closing of this
offering, OTA will contribute all of the outstanding equity
interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. to us. The following table presents summary
historical combined financial and operating data of Oiltanking
Predecessor and summary pro forma financial data of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. as of the dates and for the periods indicated.
The summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2008 is derived from the unaudited historical
combined balance sheet of Oiltanking Predecessor, which is not
included in this prospectus. The summary historical combined
financial data presented as of December 31, 2009 and 2010
and for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010
are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor that are included elsewhere
in this prospectus. The summary historical combined financial
data presented as of March 31, 2011 and for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from the
unaudited historical condensed combined financial statements of
Oiltanking Predecessor that are included elsewhere in this
prospectus.
The summary pro forma combined financial data presented for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 are derived from our unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements give pro forma effect to the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA of 9,449,901 common units and
19,449,901 subordinated units;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest and the incentive distribution rights
in us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public of 10,000,000 common units and
the use of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming a price
of $ per common unit, the midpoint
of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus) as
described under Use of Proceeds beginning on
page 39;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of a postretirement benefit plan and a
deferred compensation plan from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. in the amount of approximately $119.5 million from the
net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data
assumes the events listed above occurred as of March 31,
2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
income data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
three months ended March 31, 2011 assume the events listed
above occurred as of January 1, 2010. We have not given pro
forma effect to incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses of approximately $3 million that we
expect to incur as a result of being a publicly traded
partnership. In addition, we have not given pro forma effect to
$1.8 million of incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses that we expect we will incur as a result
of $3.8 million of additional administrative personnel and
other costs to support our business and growth, partially offset
by expense reductions of $2.0 million we expect in
connection with transferring a substantial portion of our
administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates.
15
For a detailed discussion of the summary historical combined
financial information contained in the following table, please
read Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations beginning on
page 70. The following table should also be read in
conjunction with Use of Proceeds beginning on
page 39, Business Our History and
Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH beginning on
page 102 and the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma
condensed combined financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. Among other things, the historical combined and
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
include more detailed information regarding the basis of
presentation for the information in the following table.
The following table presents a non-GAAP financial measure,
Adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as it is an
important supplemental measure of our performance and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest
expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization
expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain non-cash and
non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated or presented
in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or
GAAP. We explain this measure under
Non-GAAP Financial Measure and
reconcile it to its most directly comparable financial measures
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
7,951
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
|
|
14,265
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
12,137
|
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
56,705
|
|
|
|
16,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
15,605
|
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
|
|
59,745
|
|
|
|
13,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(2,479
|
)
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
|
|
(2,235
|
)
|
|
|
(570
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,324
|
)
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
(1,224
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
58,521
|
|
|
|
12,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
$
|
12,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except operating information)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
$
|
248,016
|
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
265,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
259,572
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
274,838
|
|
|
|
303,500
|
|
|
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295,887
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
205,927
|
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,465
|
|
Total Partners Capital
|
|
|
68,911
|
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258,422
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
15,921
|
|
|
$
|
7,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
(13,624
|
)
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
(4,100
|
)
|
|
|
(4,975
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,770
|
|
|
$
|
17,314
|
|
Capital Expenditures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance(2)
|
|
$
|
3,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,414
|
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
607
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expansion(3)
|
|
|
60,934
|
|
|
|
33,065
|
|
|
|
7,631
|
|
|
|
2,052
|
|
|
|
3,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
64,468
|
|
|
$
|
34,479
|
|
|
$
|
11,167
|
|
|
$
|
2,659
|
|
|
$
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, end of period (mmbbls)
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, average (mmbbls)
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terminal throughput (mbpd)
|
|
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
700.6
|
|
|
|
784.9
|
|
|
|
740.8
|
|
|
|
822.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vessels per period
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barges per period
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in
Non-GAAP Financial Measure below. |
|
(2) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. |
|
(3) |
|
Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to
increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base
whether through construction or acquisitions. |
Non-GAAP Financial
Measure
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-cash and non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure
that management and external users of our combined financial
statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and
rating agencies, may use to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
historical cost basis or financing methods;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital
expenditures; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure
projects and the returns on investment in various opportunities.
|
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA will provide
useful information to investors in assessing our financial
condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most
directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net
cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial
measure of Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an
alternative to GAAP net income or net cash provided by operating
activities. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that
affect net income. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as
reported under GAAP. Because
17
Adjusted EBITDA may be defined differently by other companies in
our industry, our definitions of Adjusted EBITDA may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies,
thereby diminishing its utility.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA
to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a
historical basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of
the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Three
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
December
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
$
|
12,731
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
2,476
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
555
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,770
|
|
|
$
|
17,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
15,921
|
|
|
$
|
7,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
12,956
|
|
|
|
(7,207
|
)
|
|
|
(5,186
|
)
|
|
|
4,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes (non-cash)
|
|
|
(2,964
|
)
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
2,476
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (excluding unrealized gain/loss on investments)
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
RISK
FACTORS
Limited partner interests are inherently different from the
capital stock of a corporation, although many of the business
risks to which we are subject are similar to those that would be
faced by a corporation engaged in a similar business. You should
carefully consider the following risk factors together with all
of the other information included in this prospectus in
evaluating an investment in our common units.
If any of the following risks were to occur, our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash available
for distribution could be materially adversely affected. In that
case, we might not be able to make distributions on our common
units, the trading price of our common units could decline, and
you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Inherent in Our Business
We may
not have sufficient cash from operations following the
establishment of cash reserves and payment of costs and
expenses, including cost reimbursements to our general partner,
to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to our
unitholders.
We may not have sufficient cash each quarter to pay the full
amount of our minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per
unit, or $1.35 per unit per year, which will require us to have
available cash of approximately $13.4 million per quarter,
or $53.6 million per year, based on the number of common
and subordinated units and the general partner interest to be
outstanding after the completion of this offering. The amount of
cash we can distribute on our common and subordinated units
principally depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our
operations, which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based
on, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the volumes of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas we handle;
|
|
|
|
the terminaling and storage fees with respect to volumes that we
handle;
|
|
|
|
damage to pipelines, facilities, related equipment and
surrounding properties caused by hurricanes, earthquakes,
floods, fires, severe weather, explosions and other natural
disasters and acts of terrorism or inadvertent damage to
pipelines from construction, farm and utility equipment;
|
|
|
|
leaks or accidental releases of products or other materials into
the environment, whether as a result of human error or otherwise;
|
|
|
|
planned or unplanned shutdowns of the refineries and chemical
production facilities owned by our customers;
|
|
|
|
prevailing economic and market conditions;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in collecting our receivables because of credit or
financial problems of customers;
|
|
|
|
the effects of new or expanded health, environmental and safety
regulations;
|
|
|
|
governmental regulation, including changes in governmental
regulation of the industries in which we operate;
|
|
|
|
changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
weather conditions; and
|
|
|
|
force majeure.
|
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available
for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are
beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the level of capital expenditures we make;
|
|
|
|
the cost of acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a
party; and
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.
|
For a description of additional restrictions and factors that
may affect our ability to pay cash distributions, please read
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
The
assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution included in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions are inherently uncertain and
subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory
and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from our
estimates.
The forecast of cash available for distribution set forth in
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions includes our forecast of our results of
operations and cash available for distribution for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012. Our ability to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution in the forecast period is based
on a number of assumptions that may not prove to be correct,
which are discussed in Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions.
Our forecast of cash available for distribution has been
prepared by management, and we have not received an opinion or
report on it from any independent registered public accountants.
The assumptions underlying our forecast of cash available for
distribution are inherently uncertain and are subject to
significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and
competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause cash
available for distribution to differ materially from that which
is forecasted. If we do not achieve our forecasted results, we
may not be able to pay the minimum quarterly distribution or any
amount on our common units or subordinated units, in which event
the market price of our common units may decline materially.
Please read Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
Our
business would be adversely affected if the operations of our
customers experienced significant interruptions. In certain
circumstances, the obligations of many of our key customers
under their terminal services agreements may be reduced or
suspended, which would adversely affect our financial condition
and results of operations.
We are dependent upon the uninterrupted operations of certain
facilities owned or operated by our customers, such as the
refineries and chemical production facilities we service. Any
significant interruption at these facilities or inability to
transport products to or from these facilities or to or from our
customers for any reason would adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flow and ability to make distributions to our
unitholders. Operations at our facilities and at the facilities
owned or operated by our suppliers and customers could be
partially or completely shut down, temporarily or permanently,
as the result of any number of circumstances that are not within
our control, such as:
|
|
|
|
|
catastrophic events, including hurricanes;
|
|
|
|
environmental remediation;
|
|
|
|
labor difficulties; and
|
|
|
|
disruptions in the supply of products to or from our facilities.
|
Additionally, terrorist attacks and acts of sabotage could
target oil and gas production facilities, refineries, processing
plants, terminals and other infrastructure facilities.
Our terminal services agreements with many of our key customers
provide that, if any of a number of events occur, including
certain of those events described above, which we refer to as
events of force majeure, and the event significantly delays or
renders performance impossible with respect to a facility,
usually for a specified minimum period of days, our
customers obligations would be temporarily suspended with
respect to that facility. In that case, a significant
customers fixed storage services fees may be reduced or
suspended, even if we are contractually restricted from
recontracting out the storage space in question during such
force majeure period, or the contract may be subject to
termination. There can be no assurance that we are adequately
insured against such risks. As a result, our revenue and results
of operations could be materially adversely affected.
20
Our
financial results depend on the demand for the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, among other factors, and the
current economic downturn could result in lower demand for these
products for a sustained period of time.
Any sustained decrease in demand for crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas in the markets
served by our terminals could result in a significant reduction
in storage or throughput in our terminals, which would reduce
our cash flow and our ability to make distributions to our
unitholders. Our financial results may also be affected by
uncertain or changing economic conditions within certain
regions, including the challenges that are currently affecting
economic conditions in the entire United States. If economic and
market conditions remain uncertain or adverse conditions
persist, spread or deteriorate further, we may experience
material impacts on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Other factors that could lead to a decrease in market demand
include:
|
|
|
|
|
the impact of weather on demand for oil;
|
|
|
|
the level of domestic oil and gas production, both on a
stand-alone basis and as compared to the level of foreign oil
and gas production;
|
|
|
|
higher fuel taxes or other governmental or regulatory actions
that increase, directly or indirectly, the cost of gasoline;
|
|
|
|
an increase in automotive engine fuel economy, whether as a
result of a shift by consumers to more fuel-efficient vehicles
or technological advances by manufacturers;
|
|
|
|
the increased use of alternative fuel sources, such as ethanol,
biodiesel, fuel cells and solar, electric and battery-powered
engines. Current laws will require a significant increase in the
quantity of ethanol and biodiesel used in transportation fuels
between now and 2022. Such an increase could have a material
impact on the volume of fuels transported on our pipeline or
loaded at our terminals; and
|
|
|
|
an increase in the market price of crude oil that leads to
higher refined petroleum product prices, which may reduce demand
for refined petroleum products and drive demand for alternative
products. Market prices for crude oil and refined petroleum
products are subject to wide fluctuation in response to changes
in global and regional supply that are beyond our control, and
increases in the price of crude oil may result in a lower demand
for refined petroleum products.
|
Any decrease in supply and marketing activities may result in
reduced throughput volumes at our terminal facilities, which
would adversely affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
Restrictions
in our debt agreements could adversely affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
Under our loan agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V., we are
prohibited from incurring additional indebtedness from third
parties without the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V. In
addition, these loan agreements contain covenants that require
us to maintain certain debt, leverage, and equity ratios and
prohibit us from pledging our assets to third parties. We expect
that our new revolving line of credit with Oiltanking Finance
B.V. will contain similar restrictions as well as covenants that
could restrict our ability to make cash distributions to our
unitholders. As a result, we will be limited in the manner in
which we conduct our business, and we may be unable to engage in
favorable business activities or finance future operations or
capital needs. Please read Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources Liquidity.
Our
operations are subject to operational hazards and unforeseen
interruptions, including interruptions from hurricanes or
floods, for which we may not be adequately
insured.
Our primary operations are currently all located in the upper
Gulf Coast region, and are subject to operational hazards and
unforeseen interruptions, including interruptions from
hurricanes or floods, which have historically impacted the
region with some regularity. Each of our Houston and Beaumont
terminals, for example, has experienced damage and interruption
of business due to hurricanes. We may also be affected by
factors such as adverse weather, accidents, fires, explosions,
hazardous materials releases, mechanical failures, disruptions
in supply infrastructure or logistics and other
21
events beyond our control. In addition, our operations are
exposed to other potential natural disasters, including
tornadoes, storms, floods
and/or
earthquakes. If any of these events were to occur, we could
incur substantial losses because of personal injury or loss of
life, severe damage to and destruction of property and
equipment, and pollution or other environmental damage resulting
in curtailment or suspension of our related operations.
We are not fully insured against all risks incident to our
business. Certain of the insurance policies covering entities
and their operations that will be contributed to us also provide
coverage to entities that will not be contributed to us as a
part of our initial public offering. The coverage available
under those insurance policies has historically been allocated
among the entities that will be contributed to us and the
entities that will not be contributed to us. This allocation may
result in limiting the amount of recovery available to us for
purposes of covered losses.
Furthermore, we may be unable to maintain or obtain insurance of
the type and amount we desire at reasonable rates. As a result
of market conditions, premiums and deductibles for certain of
our insurance policies have increased and could escalate
further. In addition
sub-limits
have been imposed for certain risks. In some instances, certain
insurance could become unavailable or available only for reduced
amounts of coverage. If we were to incur a significant liability
for which we are not fully insured, it could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash available for distribution to unitholders.
Reduced
volatility in energy prices or new government regulations could
discourage our storage customers from holding positions in crude
oil or refined petroleum products, which could adversely affect
the demand for our storage services.
We have constructed and continue to construct new storage
facilities in response to increased customer demand for storage.
Many of our competitors have also built new storage facilities.
The demand for new storage has resulted in part from our
customers desire to have the ability to take advantage of
profit opportunities created by volatility in the prices of
crude oil and petroleum products. If the prices of crude oil and
petroleum products become relatively stable, or if federal
and/or state
regulations are passed that discourage our customers from
storing those commodities, demand for our storage services could
decrease, in which case we may be unable to renew contracts for
our storage services or be forced to reduce the rates we charge
for our storage services, either of which would reduce the
amount of cash we generate.
Some
of our current terminal services agreements are automatically
renewing on a short-term basis, and may be terminated at the end
of the current renewal term upon requisite notice. If one or
more of our current terminal services agreements is terminated
and we are unable to secure comparable alternative arrangements,
our financial condition and results of operations will be
adversely affected.
Some of our terminal services agreements currently in effect are
operating in the automatic renewal phase of the contract that
begins upon the expiration of the primary contract term. Our
terminal services agreements generally have primary contract
terms that range from one year up to 15 years. Upon
expiration of the primary contract term, these agreements renew
automatically for successive renewal terms that range from one
to five years unless earlier terminated by either party
upon the giving of the requisite notice, generally ranging from
three to 18 months prior to the expiration of the
applicable renewal term. Terminal services agreements that
account for an aggregate of 18.1% of our expected revenues for
the twelve month period ending March 31, 2012 could be
terminated by our customers without penalty within the same
period. If any one or more of our terminal services agreements
is terminated and we are unable to secure comparable alternative
arrangements, we may not be able to generate sufficient
additional revenue from third parties to replace any shortfall
in revenue or increase in costs. Additionally, we may incur
substantial costs if modifications to our terminals are required
by a new or renegotiated terminal services agreement. The
occurrence of any one or more of these events could have a
material impact on our financial condition and results of
operations.
Competition
from other terminals that are able to supply our customers with
comparable storage capacity at a lower price could adversely
affect our financial condition and results of
operations.
We face competition from other terminals that may be able to
supply our customers with integrated terminaling services on a
more competitive basis. We compete with national, regional and
local terminal and storage companies,
22
including major integrated oil companies, of widely varying
sizes, financial resources and experience. Our ability to
compete could be harmed by factors we cannot control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our competitors construction of new assets or redeployment
of existing assets in a manner that would result in more intense
competition in the markets we serve;
|
|
|
|
the perception that another company may provide better
service; and
|
|
|
|
the availability of alternative supply points or supply points
located closer to our customers operations.
|
Any combination of these factors could result in our customers
utilizing the assets and services of our competitors instead of
our assets and services, or us being required to lower our
prices or increase our costs to retain our customers, either of
which could adversely affect our results of operations,
financial position or cash flows, as well as our ability to pay
cash distributions to our unitholders.
The
expected introduction of significant new crude oil supplies to
the Gulf Coast region upon the completion of planned pipeline
construction projects could decrease our customers
dependence on waterborne crude oil imports and lead to a
reduction in the demand for our marine terminal
services.
We believe that current and planned expansion projects of other
companies will introduce significant new crude oil supplies to
the upper Gulf Coast through six recently announced pipeline
projects that, if completed as expected, would transport a total
of approximately 2.5 million barrels of crude oil per day
into the region within the next two years. For additional
information about these pipeline projects, please see
Business Our Business and Properties.
These or other pipeline construction projects could result in
pipeline delivered crude accounting for an increasing share of
the crude oil supplies utilized by our customers. This could
lead to a decrease in the utilization of waterborne foreign
crude oil imports by our customers and a related decrease in
demand for our marine terminal services.
Our
expansion of existing assets and construction of new assets may
not result in revenue increases and will be subject to
regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks,
which could adversely affect our operations and financial
condition.
A portion of our strategy to grow and increase distributions to
unitholders is dependent on our ability to expand existing
assets and to construct additional assets. The construction of a
new terminal, or the expansion of an existing terminal, such as
by increasing storage capacity or otherwise, involves numerous
regulatory, environmental, political and legal uncertainties,
most of which are beyond our control. Moreover, we may not
receive sufficient long-term contractual commitments from
customers to provide the revenue needed to support such
projects. As a result, we may construct new facilities that are
not able to attract enough storage customers or throughput to
achieve our expected investment return, which could adversely
affect our results of operations and financial condition and our
ability to make distributions to our unitholders.
If we undertake these projects, they may not be completed on
schedule or at all or at the budgeted cost. We may be unable to
negotiate acceptable interconnection agreements with third-party
pipelines to provide destinations for increased throughput. Even
if we receive sufficient multi-year contractual commitments from
customers to provide the revenue needed to support such projects
and we complete our construction projects as planned, we may not
realize an increase in revenue for an extended period of time.
For instance, if we build a new terminal, the construction will
occur over an extended period of time and we will not receive
any material increases in revenues until after completion of the
project. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect our
results of operations and financial condition and our ability to
make distributions to our unitholders.
If we
are unable to make acquisitions on economically acceptable
terms, our future growth would be limited, and any acquisitions
we make may reduce, rather than increase, our cash generated
from operations on a per unit basis.
A portion of our strategy to grow our business and increase
distributions to unitholders is dependent on our ability to make
acquisitions that result in an increase in our cash available
for distribution per unit. If we are unable to make acquisitions
from third parties, including from OTA and its affiliates,
because we are unable to identify attractive acquisition
candidates or negotiate acceptable purchase contracts, we are
unable to obtain financing for these acquisitions
23
on economically acceptable terms or we are outbid by
competitors, our future growth and ability to increase
distributions will be limited. Furthermore, even if we do
consummate acquisitions that we believe will be accretive, they
may in fact result in a decrease in our cash available for
distribution per unit. Any acquisition involves potential risks,
some of which are beyond our control, including, among other
things:
|
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about revenues and costs, including
synergies;
|
|
|
|
an inability to integrate successfully the businesses we acquire;
|
|
|
|
an inability to hire, train or retain qualified personnel to
manage and operate our business and newly acquired assets;
|
|
|
|
the assumption of unknown liabilities;
|
|
|
|
limitations on rights to indemnity from the seller;
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about the overall costs of equity or debt;
|
|
|
|
the diversion of managements attention from other business
concerns;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen difficulties operating in new product areas or new
geographic areas; and
|
|
|
|
customer or key employee losses at the acquired businesses.
|
If we consummate any future acquisitions, our capitalization and
results of operations may change significantly, and unitholders
will not have the opportunity to evaluate the economic,
financial and other relevant information that we will consider
in determining the application of these funds and other
resources.
Revenues
we generate from throughput fees vary based upon the volumes of
products handled at our terminals and the activity levels of our
customers. Any short- or long-term decrease in the demand for
the crude oil, refined petroleum products or liquefied petroleum
gas we handle or any interruptions to the operations of certain
of our customers, could reduce the amount of cash we generate
and adversely affect our ability to make distributions to our
unitholders.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we generated
approximately 20% of our revenues from throughput fees, which
(i) our non-storage customers pay us to receive or deliver
volumes of products on their behalf to designated pipelines,
third-party storage facilities or waterborne transportation and
(ii) our storage customers pay us to receive volumes of
products on their behalf that exceed the base throughput
contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage services fee.
In addition, approximately 12% of our revenues were generated
from throughput fees charged to a single customer.
The revenues we generate from throughput fees vary based upon
the volumes of products accepted at or withdrawn from our
terminals, and our non-storage customers are not obligated to
pay us any throughput fees unless we move volumes of products
across our pipelines or docks on their behalf. If one or more of
our non-storage customers were to slow or suspend its
operations, or otherwise experience a decrease in demand for our
services, our revenues under our agreements with such customers
would be reduced or suspended, resulting in a decrease in the
revenues we generate.
We are
exposed to the credit risk of our customers, and any material
nonpayment or nonperformance by our key customers could
adversely affect our financial results and cash available for
distribution.
We are subject to the risk of loss resulting from nonpayment or
nonperformance by our customers. Approximately 61% of our
revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 were
attributable to our five largest customers. Our credit
procedures and policies may not be adequate to fully eliminate
customer credit risk. If we fail to adequately assess the
creditworthiness of existing or future customers or
unanticipated deterioration in their creditworthiness, any
resulting increase in nonpayment or nonperformance by them and
our inability to re-market or otherwise use the capacity could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and ability to pay
distributions to our unitholders.
24
Any
reduction in the capability of our customers to utilize
third-party pipelines that interconnect with our terminals, or
to continue utilizing them at current costs, could cause a
reduction of volumes transported through our
terminals.
Many users of our terminals are dependent upon connections to
third-party pipelines, to receive and deliver crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas. Any
interruptions or reduction in the capabilities of these
interconnecting pipelines due to testing, line repair, reduced
operating pressures, or other causes would result in reduced
volumes transported through our terminals. Similarly, if
additional shippers begin transporting volume over
interconnecting pipelines, the allocations to our existing
shippers on these interconnecting pipelines could be reduced,
which also could reduce volumes transported through our
terminals. Allocation reductions of this nature are not
infrequent and are beyond our control. In addition, if the costs
to us or our storage service customers to access and transport
on these third-party pipelines significantly increase, our
profitability could be reduced. Any such increases in cost,
interruptions or allocation reductions that, individually or in
the aggregate, are material or continue for a sustained period
of time could have a material adverse effect on our financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
If we
are unable to diversify our assets and geographic locations, our
ability to make distributions to our unitholders could be
adversely affected.
We rely exclusively on sales generated from products distributed
from the terminals we own, which are exclusively located in the
Gulf Coast region. Due to our lack of diversification in asset
type and location, an adverse development in these businesses or
areas, including adverse developments due to catastrophic events
or weather and decreases in demand for refined petroleum
products, could have a significantly greater impact on our
results of operations and cash available for distribution to our
unitholders than if we maintained more diverse assets and
locations.
Mergers
among our customers and competitors could result in lower
volumes being stored in or distributed through our terminals,
thereby reducing the amount of cash we generate.
Mergers between our existing customers and our competitors could
provide strong economic incentives for the combined entities to
utilize their existing systems instead of ours in those markets
where the systems compete. As a result, we could lose some or
all of the volumes and associated revenues from these customers
and we could experience difficulty in replacing those lost
volumes and revenues. Because most of our operating costs are
fixed, a reduction in volumes would result not only in less
revenue, but also a decline in cash flow of a similar magnitude,
which would adversely affect our results of operations,
financial position or cash flows, as well as our ability to pay
cash distributions.
We may
incur significant costs and liabilities in complying with
environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, which are
complex and frequently changing.
Our operations involve the transport and storage of crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas and are
subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations
governing, among other things, the gathering, storage, handling
and transportation of petroleum and hazardous substances, the
emission and discharge of materials into the environment, the
generation, management and disposal of wastes, and other matters
otherwise relating to the protection of the environment. Our
operations are also subject to various laws and regulations
relating to occupational health and safety. Compliance with this
complex array of federal, state, and local laws and implementing
regulations is difficult and may require significant capital
expenditures and operating costs to mitigate or prevent
pollution. Moreover, our business is inherently subject to
accidental spills, discharges or other releases of petroleum or
hazardous substances into the environment and neighboring areas,
for which we may incur substantial liabilities to investigate
and remediate. Failure to comply with applicable environmental,
health, and safety laws and regulations may result in the
assessment of sanctions, including administrative, civil or
criminal penalties, permit revocations, and injunctions limiting
or prohibiting some or all of our operations.
We cannot predict what additional environmental, health, and
safety legislation or regulations will be enacted or become
effective in the future or how existing or future laws or
regulations will be administered or interpreted with respect to
our operations. Many of these laws and regulations are becoming
increasingly stringent, and the cost of compliance with these
requirements can be expected to increase over time. These
expenditures or costs for environmental, health, and safety
compliance could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations, financial condition and profitability.
25
We
could incur significant costs and liabilities in responding to
contamination that occurs at our facilities.
Our pipeline and terminal facilities have been used for
transportation, storage and distribution of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas for many years.
Although we have utilized operating and disposal practices that
were standard in the industry at the time, hydrocarbons and
wastes from time to time have been spilled or released on or
under the terminal properties. In addition, the terminal
properties were previously owned and operated by other parties
and those parties from time to time also have spilled or
released hydrocarbons or wastes. The terminal properties are
subject to federal, state and local laws that impose
investigatory and remedial obligations, some of which are joint
and several or strict liability obligations without regard to
fault, to address and prevent environmental contamination. We
may incur significant costs and liabilities in responding to any
soil and groundwater contamination that occurs on our
properties, even if the contamination was caused by prior owners
and operators of our facilities. Since we acquired full
ownership of the Beaumont terminal in 2001, we have spent
approximately $0.35 million to investigate and remediate
soil and ground water impacts at that terminal.
Climate
change legislation or regulations restricting emissions of
greenhouse gases could result in increased operating and capital
costs and reduced demand for our storage services.
In December 2009, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) determined that emissions of carbon dioxide,
methane and other greenhouse gases (GHGs) present an
endangerment to public health and the environment because
emissions of such gases are, according to the EPA, contributing
to warming of the earths atmosphere and other climatic
changes. Based on these findings, the EPA has begun adopting and
implementing regulations to restrict emissions of GHGs under
existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act. The EPA
recently adopted two sets of rules regulating GHG emissions
under the Clean Air Act, one of which requires a reduction in
emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and the other of which
regulates emissions of GHGs from certain large stationary
sources, effective January 2, 2011, which could require
greenhouse emission controls for those sources. The EPAs
rules relating to emissions of GHGs from large stationary
sources of emissions are currently subject to a number of legal
challenges, but the federal courts have thus far declined to
issue any injunctions to prevent the EPA from implementing, or
requiring state environmental agencies to implement, the rules.
The EPA has also adopted rules requiring the reporting of GHG
emissions from specified large GHG emission sources in the
United States on an annual basis, beginning in 2011 for
emissions occurring after January 1, 2010, as well as
certain onshore oil and natural gas production, processing,
transmission, storage and distribution facilities on an annual
basis, beginning in 2012 for emissions occurring in 2011.
In addition, the U.S. Congress has from time to time
considered adopting legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs and
almost one-half of the states have already taken legal measures
to reduce emissions of GHGs primarily through the planned
development of GHG emission inventories
and/or
regional GHG cap and trade programs. Most of these cap and trade
programs work by requiring major sources of emissions, such as
electric power plants, or major producers of fuels, such as
refineries and gas processing plants, to acquire and surrender
emission allowances. The number of allowances available for
purchase is reduced each year in an effort to achieve the
overall GHG emission reduction goal.
The adoption of legislation or regulatory programs to reduce
emissions of GHGs could require us to incur increased operating
costs, such as costs to purchase and operate emissions control
systems, to acquire emissions allowances or comply with new
regulatory or reporting requirements. Any such legislation or
regulatory programs could also increase the cost of consuming,
and thereby reduce demand for, the oil and natural gas that is
produced, which may decrease demand for our storage services.
Consequently, legislation and regulatory programs to reduce
emissions of GHGs could have an adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations. Finally, it
should be noted that some scientists have concluded that
increasing concentrations of GHGs in the Earths atmosphere
may produce climate changes that have significant physical
effects, such as increased frequency and severity of storms,
droughts, and floods and other climatic events. If any such
effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
Terrorist
attacks aimed at our facilities or surrounding areas could
adversely affect our business.
The U.S. government has issued warnings that energy assets,
specifically the nations pipeline and terminal
infrastructure, may be the future targets of terrorist
organizations. Any terrorist attack at our facilities, those of
our
26
customers and, in some cases, those of other pipelines,
refineries, or terminals could materially and adversely affect
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
OTA
owns and controls our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations. Our general partner and its affiliates, including
OTA, have conflicts of interest with us and limited fiduciary
duties, and they may favor their own interests to the detriment
of us and our unitholders.
Following the offering, OTA will own and control our general
partner and will appoint all of the directors of our general
partner. Although our general partner has a fiduciary duty to
manage us in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders, the
executive officers and directors of our general partner have a
fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a manner
beneficial to OTA. Therefore, conflicts of interest may arise
between OTA and its affiliates, including our general partner,
on the one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand.
In resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner
may favor its own interests and the interests of its affiliates
over the interests of our common unitholders. These conflicts
include the following situations, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner is allowed to take into account the
interests of parties other than us, such as OTA, in resolving
conflicts of interest, which has the effect of limiting its
fiduciary duty to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement
requires OTA to pursue a business strategy that favors us;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner and also restricts
the remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without
the limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty;
|
|
|
|
except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the
power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional
partnership securities and the level of reserves, each of which
can affect the amount of cash that is distributed to our
unitholders;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditure and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. Our partnership agreement
does not set a limit on the amount of maintenance capital
expenditures that our general partner may estimate. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Capital Expenditures for a
discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a
maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital
expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash
that is distributed to our unitholders which, in turn, may
affect the ability of the subordinated units to convert. Please
read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to
Cash Distributions Subordination Period;
|
|
|
|
our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to
permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or
effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the
subordinated units, to make incentive distributions or to
accelerate the expiration of the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to
$30 million as operating surplus, even if it is generated
from asset sales, non-working capital borrowings or other
sources that would otherwise constitute capital surplus. This
cash may be used to fund distributions on our subordinated units
or the incentive distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines which costs incurred by it and
its affiliates are reimbursable by us;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner
from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services
rendered to us or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with its affiliates on our behalf;
|
|
|
|
our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
contractual and other obligations;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units if it and its affiliates own more than 80% of the
common units;
|
|
|
|
our general partner controls the enforcement of obligations that
it and its affiliates owe to us;
|
|
|
|
our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units
to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
the unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to the common unitholders in certain situations.
|
In addition, we may compete directly with entities in which OTA
has an interest for acquisition opportunities and potentially
will compete with these entities for new business or extensions
of the existing services provided by us. Please read
OTA and other affiliates of our general
partner may compete with us and Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner
may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other
obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our
partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our
general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our
general partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have
obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on
liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or
indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs
obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or
indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash
otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make
acquisitions.
We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to
our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing
sources, including commercial bank borrowings, borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance B.V. and the issuance of debt and equity
securities, to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital
expenditures. As a result, to the extent we are unable to
finance growth externally, our cash distribution policy will
significantly impair our ability to grow.
In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash,
our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that
reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To
the extent we issue additional units in connection with any
acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of
distributions on those additional units may increase the risk
that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit
distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership
agreement, and we do not anticipate limitations in our expected
revolving line of credit, on our ability to issue additional
units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The
incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or other debt to
finance our growth strategy would result in increased interest
expense, which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we
have to distribute to our unitholders.
Our
partnership agreement limits our general partners
fiduciary duties to holders of our common and subordinated
units.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
reduce the fiduciary standards to which our general partner
would otherwise be held by state fiduciary duty law. For
example, our partnership agreement permits our general partner
to make a number of decisions in its individual capacity, as
opposed to in its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise
free of fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This
entitles our general partner to consider only the interests and
factors that it desires and relieves it of any duty or
obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or
factors affecting, us, our affiliates or our limited partners.
Examples of decisions that our general partner may make in its
individual capacity include:
|
|
|
|
|
how to allocate business opportunities among us and its
affiliates;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its limited call right;
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it
owns;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its registration rights;
|
|
|
|
whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and
|
|
|
|
whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
|
By purchasing a common unit, a unitholder is treated as having
consented to the provisions in the partnership agreement,
including the provisions discussed above. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Fiduciary Duties.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the remedies available to
holders of our common and subordinated units for actions taken
by our general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches
of fiduciary duty.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that might otherwise constitute breaches of
fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement provides that:
|
|
|
|
|
whenever our general partner makes a determination or takes, or
declines to take, any other action in its capacity as our
general partner, our general partner is required to make such
determination, or take or decline to take such other action, in
good faith, and will not be subject to any other or different
standard imposed by our partnership agreement, Delaware law, or
any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;
|
|
|
|
our general partner will not have any liability to us or our
unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a general
partner so long as it acted in good faith, meaning that it
believed that the decision was in the best interest of our
partnership;
|
|
|
|
our general partner and its officers and directors will not be
liable for monetary damages to us or our limited partners
resulting from any act or omission unless there has been a final
and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction determining that our general partner or its
officers and directors, as the case may be, acted in bad faith
or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct or, in the case of a
criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the conduct was
criminal; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our limited partners if a transaction with an affiliate or the
resolution of a conflict of interest is:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of
our general partner, although our general partner is not
obligated to seek such approval;
|
|
|
(2)
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
and its affiliates;
|
|
|
(3)
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
(4)
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships among the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to us.
|
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an
affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our
general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate
transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not
approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee
and the board of directors of our general partner determines
that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to
the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies
either of the standards set forth in subclauses (3) and
(4) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its
decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
29
OTA
and other affiliates of our general partner may compete with
us.
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
be restricted from engaging in any business activities other
than acting as our general partner and those activities
incidental to its ownership interest in us. Affiliates of our
general partner, including OTA and the Oiltanking Group, are not
prohibited from engaging in other businesses or activities,
including those that might be in direct competition with us. The
Oiltanking Group and OTA currently hold substantial interests in
other companies in the terminaling business. OTA and the
Oiltanking Group make investments and purchase entities that
acquire, own and operate terminaling businesses. These
investments and acquisitions may include entities or assets that
we would have been interested in acquiring. Therefore, OTA and
the Oiltanking Group may compete with us for investment
opportunities and OTA and the Oiltanking Group may own an
interest in entities that compete with us.
Pursuant to the terms of our partnership agreement, the doctrine
of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine, does not
apply to our general partner or any of its affiliates, including
its executive officers and directors and OTA. Any such person or
entity that becomes aware of a potential transaction, agreement,
arrangement or other matter that may be an opportunity for us
will not have any duty to communicate or offer such opportunity
to us. Any such person or entity will not be liable to us or to
any limited partner for breach of any fiduciary duty or other
duty by reason of the fact that such person or entity pursues or
acquires such opportunity for itself, directs such opportunity
to another person or entity or does not communicate such
opportunity or information to us. This may create actual and
potential conflicts of interest between us and affiliates of our
general partner and result in less than favorable treatment of
us and our unitholders. Please read Conflicts of Interest
and Fiduciary Duties.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the
approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or
the holders of our common units. This could result in lower
distributions to holders of our common units.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%, in addition to distributions paid on its 2.0% general
partner interest) for each of the prior four consecutive whole
fiscal quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels
at higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of
the exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election
by our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will
be adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution,
and the target distribution levels will be reset to
correspondingly higher levels based on the same percentage
increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution as the
current target distribution levels.
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units
and a general partner interest necessary to maintain its general
partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
will equal the number of common units which would have entitled
the holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution
in such prior two quarters equal to the average of the
distributions to our general partner on the incentive
distribution rights in the prior two quarters. We anticipate
that our general partner would exercise this reset right in
order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects
that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash distributions
per common unit without such conversion. It is possible,
however, that our general partner could exercise this reset
election at a time when it is experiencing, or expects to
experience, declines in the cash distributions it receives
related to its incentive distribution rights and may, therefore,
desire to be issued common units rather than retain the right to
receive incentive distributions based on the initial target
distribution levels. As a result, a reset election may cause our
common unitholders to experience a reduction in the amount of
cash distributions that our common unitholders would have
otherwise received had we not issued new common units to our
general partner in connection with resetting the target
distribution levels. Please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
General Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels.
Holders
of our common units have limited voting rights and are not
entitled to elect our general partner or its directors, which
could reduce the price at which our common units will
trade.
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, our
unitholders will have only limited voting rights on matters
affecting our business and, therefore, limited ability to
influence managements decisions regarding our business.
Our
30
unitholders will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to
elect our general partner or its board of directors. The board
of directors of our general partner, including the independent
directors, is chosen entirely by OTA, as a result of it owning
our general partner, and not by our unitholders. Please read
Management Management of Oiltanking Partners,
L.P. and Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions. Unlike publicly traded corporations, we will
not conduct annual meetings of our unitholders to elect
directors or conduct other matters routinely conducted at annual
meetings of stockholders of corporations. As a result of these
limitations, the price at which the common units will trade
could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a
takeover premium in the trading price.
Even
if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot
initially remove our general partner without its
consent.
If our unitholders are dissatisfied with the performance of our
general partner, they will have limited ability to remove our
general partner. Unitholders initially will be unable to remove
our general partner without its consent because our general
partner and its affiliates will own sufficient units upon the
completion of this offering to be able to prevent its removal.
The vote of the holders of at least
662/3%
of all our outstanding common and subordinated units voting
together as a single class is required to remove our general
partner. Following the closing of this offering, OTA will own,
directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 74.3% of our common and
subordinated units (or 70.4% of our common and subordinated
units, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional common units in full). Also, if our general partner
is removed without cause during the subordination period and no
units held by the holders of our subordinated units or their
affiliates are voted in favor of that removal, all remaining
subordinated units will automatically be converted into common
units and any existing arrearages on the common units will be
extinguished. Cause is narrowly defined in our partnership
agreement to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has
entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding our general
partner liable for actual fraud or willful or wanton misconduct
in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include
most cases of charges of poor management of the business.
Unitholders
will experience immediate and substantial dilution of $13.49 per
common unit.
The assumed initial public offering price of $20.00 per common
unit exceeds pro forma net tangible book value of $6.51 per
common unit. Based on the assumed initial public offering price
of $20.00 per common unit, unitholders will incur immediate and
substantial dilution of $13.49 per common unit. This dilution
results primarily because the assets contributed to us by
affiliates of our general partner are recorded at their
historical cost in accordance with GAAP, and not their fair
value. Please read Dilution.
Our
general partner interest or the control of our general partner
may be transferred to a third party without unitholder
consent.
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to
a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially
all of its assets without the consent of our unitholders.
Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the
ability of the members of our general partner to transfer their
respective membership interests in our general partner to a
third party. The new members of our general partner would then
be in a position to replace the board of directors and executive
officers of our general partner with their own designees and
thereby exert significant control over the decisions taken by
the board of directors and executive officers of our general
partner. This effectively permits a change of
control without the vote or consent of the unitholders.
Our
general partner has a limited call right that may require
unitholders to sell their common units at an undesirable time or
price.
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the
right, but not the obligation, which it may assign to any of its
affiliates or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of
the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price equal
to the greater of (1) the average of the daily closing
price of the common units over the 20 trading days preceding the
date three days before notice of exercise of the call right is
first mailed and (2) the highest
per-unit
price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for
common units during the
90-day
period preceding the date such notice is first mailed. As a
result, unitholders may be required to sell their common units
at an undesirable time or price and may not receive any return
or a negative return on their investment. Unitholders may also
incur a tax liability upon a sale of their units. Our general
partner is not obligated to
31
obtain a fairness opinion regarding the value of the common
units to be repurchased by it upon exercise of the limited call
right. There is no restriction in our partnership agreement that
prevents our general partner from issuing additional common
units and exercising its call right. If our general partner
exercised its limited call right, the effect would be to take us
private and, if the units were subsequently deregistered, we
would no longer be subject to the reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. Upon
consummation of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units,
OTA will own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of 48.6% of
our common units. At the end of the subordination period,
assuming no additional issuances of units (other than upon the
conversion of the subordinated units), OTA will own 74.3% of our
common units. For additional information about the limited call
right, please read The Partnership Agreement
Limited Call Right.
We may
issue additional units without unitholder approval, which would
dilute existing unitholder ownership interests.
Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of
additional limited partner interests we may issue at any time
without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance of
additional common units or other equity interests of equal or
senior rank will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
our existing unitholders proportionate ownership interest
in us will decrease;
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may
decrease;
|
|
|
|
because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be
subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in the payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne by our common
unitholders will increase;
|
|
|
|
the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
|
|
|
|
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit
may be diminished; and
|
|
|
|
the market price of the common units may decline. Please read
The Partnership Agreement Issuance of
Additional Interests.
|
The
market price of our common units could be adversely affected by
sales of substantial amounts of our common units in the public
or private markets, including sales by OTA or other large
holders.
After this offering, we will have 19,449,901 common units and
19,449,901 subordinated units outstanding, which includes the
10,000,000 common units we are selling in this offering that may
be resold in the public market immediately (11,500,000 if the
underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase
additional common units). All of the 19,449,901 subordinated
units will convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis at the end of the subordination period. All of the
9,449,901 common units (7,949,901 if the underwriters exercise
in full their option to purchase additional common units) that
are issued to OTA will be subject to resale restrictions under a
180-day
lock-up
agreement with the underwriters. Each of the
lock-up
agreements with the underwriters may be waived in the discretion
of certain of the underwriters. Sales by OTA or other large
holders of a substantial number of our common units in the
public markets following this offering, or the perception that
such sales might occur, could have a material adverse effect on
the price of our common units or could impair our ability to
obtain capital through an offering of equity securities. In
addition, we have agreed to provide registration rights to OTA.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its
affiliates have registration rights relating to the offer and
sale of any units that they hold, subject to certain
limitations. Please read Units Eligible for Future
Sale.
Our
partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders
owning 20% or more of our common units.
Our partnership agreement restricts unitholders voting
rights by providing that any units held by a person or group
that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding,
other than our general partner and its affiliates, their
transferees and persons who acquired such units with the prior
approval of the board of directors of our general partner,
cannot vote on any matter.
32
Cost
reimbursements due to our general partner and its affiliates for
services provided to us or on our behalf will reduce cash
available for distribution to our unitholders. The amount and
timing of such reimbursements will be determined by our general
partner.
Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all
expenses they incur and payments they make on our behalf
pursuant to a services agreement with OT Services, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of OTA. Neither our partnership
agreement nor the services agreement will limit the amount of
expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be
reimbursed, but the services agreement will provide for an
agreed upon maximum annual reimbursement obligation for expenses
associated with certain specified selling, general and
administrative services necessary to run our business that will
be provided to us by OT Services. These capped expenses include
(i) expenses of non-executive employees, including general
and administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on weighted-average headcount and
the ratio of time spent by those employees on our business and
operations, and (ii) executive officer expenses, including
general and administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus,
incentive compensation and other compensation amounts, which we
expect will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of
expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and
its affiliates will reduce the amount of available cash to pay
cash distributions to our unitholders. Please read Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
The
amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of
our units depends primarily on our cash flow and not solely on
profitability, which may prevent us from making cash
distributions during periods when we record net
income.
The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends
primarily upon our cash flow, including cash flow from reserves
and working capital or other borrowings, and not solely on
profitability, which will be affected by non-cash items. As a
result, we may pay cash distributions during periods when we
record net losses for financial accounting purposes and may not
pay cash distributions during periods when we record net income.
While
our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash, our partnership agreement, including provisions
requiring us to make cash distributions contained therein, may
be amended.
While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of
our available cash, our partnership agreement, including
provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained
therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may
not be amended during the subordination period without the
approval of our public common unitholders. However, our
partnership agreement can be amended with the consent of our
general partner and the approval of a majority of the
outstanding common units (including common units held by OTA)
after the subordination period has ended. At the closing of this
offering, OTA will own, directly or indirectly, approximately
48.6% of the outstanding common units and all of our outstanding
subordinated units. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Amendment of the Partnership
Agreement.
There
is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market
that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop.
The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and
unitholders could lose all or part of their
investment.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the
common units. After this offering, there will be only 10,000,000
publicly traded common units held by our public unitholders
(11,500,000 common units if the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional common units in full). We do not
know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the
development of a trading market or how liquid that market might
be. Unitholders may not be able to resell their common units at
or above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the
lack of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute
to significant fluctuations in the market price of the common
units and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the
common units.
The initial public offering price for our common units will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representative of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
of the common units that will prevail in
33
the trading market. The market price of our common units may
decline below the initial public offering price. The market
price of our common units may also be influenced by many
factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly distributions;
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts
or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units
after this offering or changes in financial estimates by
analysts;
|
|
|
|
future sales of our common units; and
|
|
|
|
the other factors described in these Risk Factors.
|
Unitholders
may have liability to repay distributions and in certain
circumstances may be personally liable for the obligations of
the partnership.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay
amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, or the
Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution to our unitholders
if the distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the
fair value of our assets. Delaware law provides that for a
period of three years from the date of the impermissible
distribution, limited partners who received the distribution and
who knew at the time of the distribution that it violated
Delaware law will be liable to the limited partnership for the
distribution amount. A purchaser of units who becomes a limited
partner is liable for the obligations of the transferring
limited partner to make contributions to the partnership that
are known to the purchaser of units at the time it became a
limited partner and for unknown obligations if the liabilities
could be determined from the partnership agreement. Liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities that are non-recourse to the partnership are not
counted for purposes of determining whether a distribution is
permitted.
It may be determined that the right, or the exercise of the
right by the limited partners as a group, to (i) remove or
replace our general partner, (ii) approve some amendments
to our partnership agreement or (iii) take other action
under our partnership agreement constitutes participation
in the control of our business. A limited partner that
participates in the control of our business within the meaning
of the Delaware Act may be held personally liable for our
obligations under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as
our general partner. This liability would extend to persons who
transact business with us under the reasonable belief that the
limited partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership
agreement nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal
recourse against our general partner if a limited partner were
to lose limited liability through any fault of our general
partner. Please read The Partnership Agreement
Limited Liability.
The
NYSE does not require a publicly traded partnership like us to
comply with certain of its corporate governance
requirements.
We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance. Because we will be a
publicly traded partnership, the NYSE does not require us to
have a majority of independent directors on our general
partners board of directors or to establish a compensation
committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee.
Accordingly, unitholders will not have the same protections
afforded to certain corporations that are subject to all of the
NYSE corporate governance requirements. Please read
Management Management of Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly
traded partnership.
We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership.
As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant
legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior
to this offering. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
as well as rules implemented by the SEC and the NYSE, require
publicly traded entities to adopt various corporate governance
practices that will further increase our costs. Before we are
able to make distributions to our
34
unitholders, we must first pay or reserve cash for our expenses,
including the costs of being a publicly traded partnership. As a
result, the amount of cash we have available for distribution to
our unitholders will be affected by the costs associated with
being a public company.
Prior to this offering, we have not filed reports with the SEC.
Following this offering, we will become subject to the public
reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We expect these
rules and regulations to increase certain of our legal and
financial compliance costs and to make activities more
time-consuming and costly. For example, as a result of becoming
a publicly traded partnership, we are required to have at least
three independent directors, create an audit committee and adopt
policies regarding internal controls and disclosure controls and
procedures, including the preparation of reports on internal
controls over financial reporting. In addition, we will incur
additional costs associated with our SEC reporting requirements.
We also expect to incur significant expense in order to obtain
director and officer liability insurance. Because of the
limitations in coverage for directors, it may be more difficult
for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our
board or as executive officers.
We estimate that we will incur approximately $3 million of
incremental external costs per year and additional internal
costs associated with being a publicly traded partnership;
however, it is possible that our actual incremental costs of
being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than we
currently estimate.
Tax Risks
to Common Unitholders
In addition to reading the following risk factors, please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
for a more complete discussion of the expected material federal
income tax consequences of owning and disposing of common units.
Our
tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to
a material amount of entity-level taxation by individual states.
If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation for federal income
tax purposes or we were to become subject to material additional
amounts of entity-level taxation for state tax purposes, then
our cash available for distribution to you could be
substantially reduced.
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in
our common units depends largely on our being treated as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. We have
not requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, on this or any other tax
matter affecting us.
Despite the fact that we are organized as a limited partnership
under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for
a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based
upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a
change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause
us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income
at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%,
and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates.
Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate
distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or
credits would flow through to you. Because a tax would be
imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available for
distribution to you would be substantially reduced. Therefore,
treatment of us as a corporation would result in a material
reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax return to
the unitholders, likely causing a substantial reduction in the
value of our common units.
In Texas, we will be subject to an entity-level tax on any
portion of our income that is generated in Texas in the prior
year. Imposition of any such additional taxes on us or an
increase in the existing tax rates would reduce the cash
available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or
existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that
subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects
us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income
tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the
target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the
impact of that law on us.
35
The
tax treatment of publicly traded partnerships or an investment
in our common units could be subject to potential legislative,
judicial or administrative changes and differing
interpretations, possibly on a retroactive basis.
The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of publicly
traded partnerships, including us, or an investment in our
common units may be modified by administrative, legislative or
judicial interpretation at any time. For example, members of
Congress have recently considered substantive changes to the
existing federal income tax laws that affect publicly traded
partnerships. Any modification to the U.S. federal income
tax laws and interpretations thereof may be applied
retroactively and could make it more difficult or impossible to
meet the exception for certain publicly traded partnerships to
be treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. Although the considered legislation would not appear
to have affected our treatment as a partnership, we are unable
to predict whether any of these changes, or other proposals will
be reintroduced or will ultimately be enacted. Any such changes
could negatively impact the value of an investment in our common
units.
You
will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even
if you do not receive any cash distributions
from us.
Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we
will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount
than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay any
federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income
taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you
receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash
distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income
or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that
income.
Oiltanking
Beaumont Specialty Products, LLC, one of our subsidiaries,
conducts activities that may not generate qualifying income. If
the income generated by this subsidiary disproportionately
increases as a percentage of our total gross income, we may
choose to have this subsidiary treated as a corporation for U.S.
federal income tax purposes.
In order to maintain our status as a partnership for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, 90% or more of our gross
income in each tax year must be qualifying income under
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. For a discussion
of qualifying income, please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Taxation
of the Partnership.
A small portion of our current business relates to the
transportation and storage of specialty products that may not
generate qualifying income. In an attempt to ensure that 90% or
more of our gross income in each tax year is qualifying income,
we will conduct the portion of our business related to these
specialty products in Oiltanking Beaumont Specialty Products,
LLC. Currently, this subsidiary represents less than 8% of our
total gross income. If the income generated by this subsidiary
disproportionately increases as a percentage of our total gross
income, we may choose to have this subsidiary treated as a
corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes. In such
case, this subsidiary would be subject to corporate-level tax on
its taxable income at the applicable federal corporate income
tax rate (currently, 35%). Imposition of a corporate level tax
would reduce the anticipated cash available for distribution to
us from the specialty products assets and operations of the
subsidiary and, in turn, would reduce our cash available for
distribution to our unitholders. Moreover, if the IRS were to
successfully assert that this subsidiary had more tax liability
than we would currently anticipate or legislation was enacted
that increased the corporate tax rate, our cash available for
distribution to our unitholders would be further reduced.
The
sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits
interests during any twelve-month period will result in the
termination of our partnership for federal income tax
purposes.
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for
federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of
50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits
within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this
offering, OTA will own, directly and indirectly, more than 50%
of the total interests in our capital and profits interests.
Therefore, a transfer by OTA of all or a portion of its
interests in us could result in a termination of our partnership
for federal income tax purposes. Our termination would, among
other things, result in the closing of our taxable year for all
unitholders and could result in a deferral of depreciation
deductions allowable in computing our taxable income. In the
case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other than a
fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our taxable
year may also result in more than twelve months of our taxable
income or loss being includable in his taxable income for the
year of termination. Our termination currently would not affect
our classification as a
36
partnership for federal income tax purposes, but instead, we
would be treated as a new partnership for federal income tax
purposes. If treated as a new partnership, we must make new tax
elections and could be subject to penalties if we are unable to
determine that a termination occurred. Please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Units
Constructive Termination for a discussion of the
consequences of our termination for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be
more or less than expected.
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss
equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax
basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of
your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax
basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior
excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in
effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a
price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the
price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore,
a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not
representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to
potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In
addition, because the amount realized includes a
unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you
sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the
amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss for a further
discussion of the foregoing.
Tax-exempt
entities and
non-U.S.
persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may
result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as
employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (or
IRAs), and
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our
income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal
income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be
unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
Distributions to
non-U.S. persons
will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable
effective tax rate, and
non-U.S. persons
will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns and pay
tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a
tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our
common units.
If the
IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the
market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the
cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for
distribution to you.
The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we
take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court
proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A
court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take.
Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the
market for our common units and the price at which they trade.
Our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly
by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs
will reduce our cash available for distribution.
We
will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same
tax benefits without regard to the actual common units
purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
adversely affect the value of the common units.
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common
units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions
that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury
Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could
adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It
also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount
of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative
impact on the value of our common units or result in audit
adjustments to your tax returns. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Section 754
Election for a further discussion of the effect of the
depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.
37
We
will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction
between transferors and transferees of our units each month
based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each
month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is
transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and
deduction among our unitholders.
We generally prorate our items of income, gain, loss and
deduction between transferors and transferees of our common
units each month based upon the ownership of our common units on
the first day of each month, instead of on the basis of the date
a particular common unit is transferred. Nonetheless, we
allocate certain deductions for depreciation of capital
additions based upon the date the underlying property is placed
in service. The use of this proration method may not be
permitted under existing Treasury Regulations, and although the
U.S. Treasury Department issued proposed Treasury
Regulations allowing a similar monthly simplifying convention,
such regulations are not final and do not specifically authorize
the use of the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly,
our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this
method. If the IRS were to successfully challenge our proration
method, we may be required to change the allocation of items of
income, gain, loss, and deduction among our unitholders.
A
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of common units may be
considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he
would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with
respect to those common units during the period of the loan and
may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership
interest, a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a
short seller to cover a short sale of common units
may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In
that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a
partner with respect to those common units during the period of
the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize
gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period
of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss
or deduction with respect to those common units may not be
reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received
by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully
taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their
status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a
loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage
account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing
their common units.
38
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We intend to use the estimated net proceeds of approximately
$183.0 million from this offering (based on an assumed
initial offering price of $ per
common unit, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount
and offering expenses, to:
|
|
|
|
|
repay intercompany indebtedness owed to Oiltanking Finance B.V.
in the amount of approximately $119.5 million;
|
|
|
|
|
|
reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$7.1 million of fees incurred in connection with our
repayment of such indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
|
|
make a distribution to OTA in the amount of
$33.0 million; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide us working capital of $23.4 million.
|
As of March 31, 2011, we had approximately
$143.8 million of intercompany indebtedness outstanding to
Oiltanking Finance B.V. with maturities ranging from 2014 to
2020 and a weighted-average interest rate of approximately 6.0%.
This indebtedness was incurred to refinance project debt and for
capital expenditures. As of June 22, 2011, approximately
$142.0 million of such intercompany indebtedness remained
outstanding. Following the completion of this offering and the
application of the net proceeds therefrom as described above, we
expect to have approximately $22.5 million in intercompany
indebtedness outstanding at a weighted-average interest rate of
approximately 7.1%. For additional information regarding our
term borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V. and the borrowings
we expect to repay with the proceeds from this offering, please
see Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition Liquidity and Capital
Resources Term Borrowings.
If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase all or a portion of the 1,500,000 additional common
units, the number of common units purchased by the underwriters
pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the public and the
remainder of the 1,500,000 additional common units, if any, will
be issued to OTA. Any such units issued to OTA will be issued
for no consideration other than OTAs contribution of
equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us in connection with the closing of
this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase 1,500,000 additional common units in full, the
additional net proceeds would be approximately
$28.1 million (based upon the midpoint of the price range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net
proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a
distribution to OTA. If the underwriters do not exercise their
option to purchase additional common units, we will issue
1,500,000 common units to OTA upon the options expiration.
We will not receive any additional consideration from OTA in
connection with such issuance. Accordingly, the exercise of the
underwriters option will not affect the total number of
common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution on all units. Please read
Underwriting.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per common
unit would cause the net proceeds from this offering, after
deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering
expenses payable by us, to increase or decrease, respectively,
by approximately $ million.
In addition, we may also increase or decrease the number of
common units we are offering. Each increase of 1.0 million
common units offered by us, together with a concurrent $1.00
increase in the assumed public offering price to
$ per common unit, would increase
net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately
$ million. Similarly, each
decrease of 1.0 million common units offered by us,
together with a concurrent $1.00 decrease in the assumed initial
offering price to $ per common
unit, would decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering
by approximately $ million.
39
CAPITALIZATION
The following table shows our capitalization as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis for Oiltanking Predecessor, representing the
combination of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P.;
|
|
|
|
|
|
as adjusted to give effect to our change in tax status to a
non-taxable entity, the change in sponsor of a postretirement
benefit plan and a deferred compensation plan from Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. to OTA and the elimination of certain assets not
contributed to us; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
as further adjusted to reflect the offering of our common units,
the other transactions described under Summary
Formation Transactions and Partnership Structure and the
application of the net proceeds from this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds.
|
This table is derived from, and should be read together with,
the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should also read this table in conjunction with
Summary Formation Transactions and Partnership
Structure, Use of Proceeds and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As Further
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Debt:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term Borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V.(1)
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
|
|
$
|
24,300
|
(2)
|
Revolving line of credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
|
|
$
|
24,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Predecessor
|
|
$
|
111,687
|
|
|
$
|
115,522
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Held by public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,000
|
|
Held by OTA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,403
|
|
General partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners equity
|
|
$
|
111,687
|
|
|
$
|
115,522
|
|
|
$
|
258,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
255,445
|
|
|
$
|
259,280
|
|
|
$
|
282,722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For additional information regarding our term borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance, B.V. and the borrowings we expect to repay
with the proceeds from this offering, please see
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Term Borrowings. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
As of June 22, 2011, approximately $142.0 million in
term borrowings were outstanding. Upon our repayment of
approximately $119.5 million of such indebtedness with a
portion of the net proceeds from this offering as described
under Use of Proceeds, we will have
$22.5 million in term borrowings outstanding. |
40
DILUTION
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the
purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the
net tangible book value per common unit after the offering.
Assuming an initial public offering price of $20.00 per common
unit on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2011, after
giving effect to the offering of common units and the related
transactions, our net tangible book value was approximately
$258.4 million, or $6.51 per common unit. Purchasers of our
common units in this offering will experience substantial and
immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit
for financial accounting purposes, as illustrated in the
following table.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
|
|
$
|
20.00
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit before the
offering(1)
|
|
$
|
3.89
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable
to purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
2.62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after
the offering(2)
|
|
|
6.51
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate dilution in net tangible book value per common unit to
purchasers in the offering(3)
|
|
$
|
13.49
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of
the contributed assets and liabilities by the number of units
(9,449,901 common units, 19,449,901 subordinated units and the
2.0% general partner interest represented by 793,874 notional
general partner units) to be issued to our general partner and
its affiliates for their contribution of assets and liabilities
to us. The number of units notionally represented by the 2.0%
general partner interest is determined by multiplying the total
number of units deemed to be outstanding (i.e., the total number
of common and subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%)
by the 2.0% general partner interest. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Determined by dividing our pro forma net tangible book value,
after giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of the
offering, by the total number of units (19,449,901 common units,
19,449,901 subordinated units, and the 2.0% general partner
interest represented by 793,874 notional general partner units)
to be outstanding after the offering. The number of units
notionally represented by the 2.0% general partner interest is
determined by multiplying the total number of units deemed to be
outstanding (i.e., the total number of common units and
subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by the 2.0%
general partner interest. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Because the total number of units outstanding following this
offering will not be impacted by any exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units
and any net proceeds from such exercise will not be retained by
us, there will be no change to the dilution in net tangible book
value per common unit to purchasers in the offering due to any
such exercise of the option. |
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will
issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our
general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of our
common units in this offering upon consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
General partner and OTA(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
29,693,676
|
|
|
|
74.8
|
%
|
|
$
|
75.4
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
%
|
Purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
|
$
|
183.0
|
|
|
|
70.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
39,693,676
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
258.4
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
prospectus, our general partner and its affiliates will own
9,449,901 common units, 19,449,901 subordinated units and a 2.0%
general partner interest represented by 793,874 notional general
partner units. The number of units notionally represented by the
2.0% general partner interest is determined by multiplying the
total number of units deemed to be outstanding (i.e., the total
number of common and subordinated units outstanding divided by
98.0%) by the 2.0% general partner interest. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
The assets contributed by OTA will be recorded at historical
cost. The book value of the consideration provided by OTA as of
March 31, 2011 was approximately $111.7 million. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes the underwriters option to purchase additional
common units is not exercised. |
41
CASH
DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
You should read the following discussion of our cash
distribution policy in conjunction with
Significant Forecast Assumptions
below, which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we
base our cash distribution policy. In addition, you should read
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors for information regarding statements that do not
relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks
inherent in our business.
For additional information regarding our historical and pro
forma combined results of operations, you should refer to the
audited historical combined financial statements as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the unaudited historical
condensed combined financial statements as of March 31,
2011 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011
and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2010 and as of
and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
General
Rationale
for Our Cash Distribution Policy
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash quarterly. Our cash distribution policy reflects
a fundamental judgment that our unitholders generally will be
better served by our distributing rather than retaining our
available cash. Our partnership agreement generally defines
available cash as, for each quarter, cash generated from our
business in excess of the amount of cash reserves established by
our general partner to provide for the conduct of our business,
to comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or
other agreements or to provide for future distributions to our
unitholders for any one or more of the next four quarters. Our
available cash also may include, if our general partner so
determines, all or any portion of the cash on hand on the date
of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting
from working capital borrowings made subsequent to the end of
such quarter. Because we are not subject to an entity-level
federal income tax, we expect to have more cash to distribute to
our unitholders than would be the case were we subject to
entity-level federal income tax.
Limitations
on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash
Distribution Policy
There is no guarantee that we will distribute quarterly cash
distributions to our unitholders. We do not have a legal
obligation to pay quarterly distributions at our minimum
quarterly distribution rate or at any other rate except as
provided in our partnership agreement. Our cash distribution
policy is subject to certain restrictions and may be changed at
any time. The reasons for such uncertainties in our stated cash
distribution policy include the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
Our cash distribution policy will be subject to restrictions on
distributions under our expected revolving line of credit and
other borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., which will
contain financial tests and covenants that we must satisfy.
These financial tests and covenants are described in
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Liquidity. Should we be
unable to satisfy these restrictions or if we are otherwise in
default under our revolving line of credit, we will be
prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding
our stated cash distribution policy.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash
reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future
cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment of
or increase in those reserves could result in a reduction in
cash distributions from levels we currently anticipate pursuant
to our stated cash distribution policy. Our partnership
agreement does not set a limit on the amount of cash reserves
that our general partner may establish. Any decision to
establish cash reserves made by our general partner in good
faith will be binding on our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
Prior to making any distribution on the common units, we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct
and indirect expenses they incur on our behalf pursuant to a
services agreement with OT Services, a wholly-owned
subsidiary of OTA. Neither our partnership agreement nor the
services agreement will limit the amount of expenses for which
our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed, but
the services agreement will provide for an agreed upon maximum
annual reimbursement obligation for expenses associated with
certain specified selling, general and administrative services
necessary to run our business that will be provided to us by
OT Services. These capped expenses include
(i) expenses of non-executive employees, including general
and
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on weighted-average headcount and
the ratio of time spent by those employees on our business and
operations, and (ii) executive officer expenses, including
general and administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus,
incentive compensation and other compensation amounts, which we
expect will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. The reimbursement of
expenses and payment of fees, if any, to our general partner and
its affiliates will reduce the amount of available cash to pay
cash distributions to our unitholders.
|
|
|
|
|
|
While our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of
our available cash, our partnership agreement, including
provisions requiring us to make cash distributions contained
therein, may be amended. Our partnership agreement generally may
not be amended during the subordination period without the
approval of our public common unitholders, except in those
limited circumstances when our general partner can amend our
partnership agreement without unitholder approval. However,
after the subordination period has ended our partnership
agreement can be amended with the consent of our general partner
and the approval of a majority of the outstanding common units
(including common units held by OTA). At the closing of this
offering, OTA will own, directly or indirectly, approximately
48.6% of the outstanding common units and all of our outstanding
subordinated units. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Amendment of the Partnership
Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked,
the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution
policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined
by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of
our partnership agreement.
|
|
|
|
Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Act, we may not make a distribution if the
distribution would cause our liabilities to exceed the fair
value of our assets.
|
|
|
|
We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our
unitholders due to cash flow shortfalls attributable to a number
of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases
in our operating or selling, general and administrative
expenses, principal and interest payments on our outstanding
debt, tax expenses, working capital requirements and anticipated
cash needs.
|
|
|
|
If we make distributions out of capital surplus, as opposed to
operating surplus, any such distributions would constitute a
return of capital and would result in a reduction in the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels.
Please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions Adjustment to the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels. We do not anticipate that we will make any
distributions from capital surplus.
|
|
|
|
Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on
the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to
distribute cash to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make
distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things,
the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable
state partnership and limited liability company laws and other
laws and regulations.
|
Our
Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access External
Expansion Capital
Our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all of our
available cash to our unitholders on a quarterly basis. As a
result, we expect that we will rely primarily upon external
financing sources, including borrowings under our revolving line
of credit, commercial bank borrowings, other borrowings from
Oiltanking Finance B.V. and issuances of debt and equity
securities, to fund any future expansion capital expenditures.
To the extent we are unable to finance growth externally, our
cash distribution policy will significantly impair our ability
to grow. In addition, because we distribute all of our available
cash, our growth may not be as fast as businesses that reinvest
all of their available cash to expand ongoing operations. Our
revolving line of credit will restrict our ability to incur
additional debt without the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
To the extent we issue additional units, the payment of
distributions on those additional units may increase the risk
that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit
distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership
agreement, and we do not anticipate limitations in our expected
revolving line of credit, on our ability to issue additional
units, including units ranking senior to the common units. The
incurrence of
43
additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our
growth would result in increased interest expense, which in turn
may impact the available cash that we have to distribute to our
unitholders.
Our
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
Upon the consummation of this offering, the board of directors
of our general partner will establish a minimum quarterly
distribution of $0.3375 per unit for each complete quarter, or
$1.35 per unit on an annualized basis. Quarterly distributions,
if any, will be made within 45 days after the end of each
quarter. This equates to an aggregate cash distribution of
$13.4 million per quarter, or $53.6 million per year,
based on the number of common and subordinated units and 2.0%
general partner interest to be outstanding immediately after
completion of this offering. Our ability to make cash
distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate will be
subject to the factors described above under
General Limitations on Cash
Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution
Policy. The table below sets forth the amount of common
units, subordinated units and notional units representing the
2.0% general partner interest that will be outstanding
immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriters do
not exercise their option to purchase additional common units,
and the available cash needed to pay the aggregate minimum
quarterly distribution on all of such units for a single fiscal
quarter and a four quarter period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
|
Number of Units
|
|
|
One Quarter
|
|
|
Annualized
|
|
|
Publicly held common units
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
$
|
3,375,000
|
|
|
$
|
13,500,000
|
|
Common units held by OTA
|
|
|
9,449,901
|
|
|
|
3,189,342
|
|
|
|
12,757,367
|
|
Subordinated units held by OTA
|
|
|
19,449,901
|
|
|
|
6,564,342
|
|
|
|
26,257,367
|
|
General partner interest(1)
|
|
|
793,874
|
|
|
|
267,932
|
|
|
|
1,071,729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
39,693,676
|
|
|
$
|
13,396,616
|
|
|
$
|
53,586,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The number of units notionally represented by the 2.0% general
partner interest is determined by multiplying the total number
of units deemed to be outstanding (i.e., the total number of
common and subordinated units outstanding divided by 98.0%) by
the 2.0% general partner interest. |
If the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase
additional common units, we will issue 1,500,000 common units to
OTA at the expiration of the option period. If and to the extent
the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
common units, the number of common units purchased by the
underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to the
public and the remainder, if any, will be issued to OTA. Any
such units issued to OTA will be issued for no additional
consideration other than OTAs contribution of equity
interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. to us in connection with the closing of this
offering. Accordingly, the exercise of the underwriters
option will not affect the total number of units outstanding or
the amount of cash needed to pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on all units. Please read Underwriting.
As of the date of this offering, our general partner will be
entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our
liquidation. Our general partners initial 2.0% interest in
these distributions may be reduced if we issue additional units
in the future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its
initial 2.0% general partner interest. Our general partner will
also hold the incentive distribution rights, which entitle the
holder to increasing percentages, up to a maximum of 48.0% of
the cash we distribute in excess of $0.50625 per unit per
quarter.
We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th day of
each of February, May, August and November to holders of record
on or about the 1st day of each such month. If the
distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make
the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the
indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly
distribution for the period from the closing of this offering
through September 30, 2011 based on the actual length of
the period.
Our cash distribution policy is consistent with the terms of our
partnership agreement, which requires that we distribute all of
our available cash quarterly. Under our partnership agreement,
available cash is generally defined to mean, for each quarter,
cash generated from our business in excess of the amount of
reserves established by our general partner to provide for the
conduct of our business, to comply with applicable law, any of
our debt instruments or other agreements or to provide for
future distributions to our unitholders for any one or more of
the next four quarters.
44
Although holders of our common units may pursue judicial action
to enforce provisions of our partnership agreement, including
those related to requirements to make cash distributions as
described above, our partnership agreement provides that any
determination made by our general partner in its capacity as our
general partner must be made in good faith and that any such
determination will not be subject to any other standard imposed
by the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or at
equity. Our partnership agreement provides that, in order for a
determination by our general partner to be made in good
faith, our general partner must believe that the
determination is in our best interest. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
Our cash distribution policy, as expressed in our partnership
agreement, may not be modified or repealed without amending our
partnership agreement; however, the actual amount of our cash
distributions for any quarter is subject to fluctuations based
on the amount of cash we generate from our business and the
amount of reserves our general partner establishes in accordance
with our partnership agreement as described above.
Subordinated
Units
OTA will initially own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. The principal difference between our common
units and subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the subordinated units are not
entitled to receive any distribution until the common units have
received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any arrearages
in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution from prior
quarters. To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly
distribution on our common units, our common unitholders will
not be entitled to receive such payments in the future except
during the subordination period. Subordinated units will not
accrue arrearages.
To the extent we have available cash in any future quarter
during the subordination period in excess of the amount
necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution to holders
of our common units, we will use this excess available cash to
pay any distribution arrearages on common units related to prior
quarters before any cash distribution is made to holders of
subordinated units. When the subordination period ends, all of
the subordinated units will convert into an equal number of
common units. Please read Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Subordination Period.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus on January 1, 2010, our unaudited pro forma cash
available for distribution for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 would have been approximately
$59.6 million. If we had completed the transactions
contemplated in this prospectus on April 1, 2010, our pro
forma cash available for distribution for the twelve months
ended March 31, 2011 would have been approximately
$60.9 million. These amounts would have been sufficient to
make the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit per
quarter (or $1.35 per unit on an annualized basis) on all of our
common and subordinated units during such periods.
Unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution includes
incremental external selling, general and administrative
expenses that we expect we will incur as a result of being a
publicly traded partnership, consisting of costs associated with
SEC reporting requirements, including annual and quarterly
reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
We estimate that these incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses initially will be approximately
$3 million per year. Such incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses are not reflected in our historical and
pro forma financial statements.
Unaudited pro forma cash available for distribution also
includes $1.8 million of incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses that we expect we will incur as a result
of $3.8 million of additional administrative personnel and
other costs to support our business and growth, partially offset
by expense reductions of $2.0 million expected in
connection with transferring a substantial portion of our
administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates.
45
The pro forma financial statements, from which pro forma cash
available for distribution is derived, do not purport to present
our results of operations had the transactions contemplated in
this prospectus actually been completed as of the dates
indicated. Furthermore, cash available for distribution is a
cash accounting concept, while our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements have been prepared on an accrual
basis. We derived the amounts of pro forma cash available for
distribution stated above in the manner described in the table
below. As a result, the amount of pro forma cash available for
distribution should only be viewed as a general indication of
the amount of cash available for distribution that we might have
generated had we been formed and completed the transactions
contemplated in this prospectus in earlier periods.
Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
are derived from the audited historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor included elsewhere in this
prospectus and Oiltanking Predecessors accounting records,
which are unaudited. Our unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements should be read together with Selected
Historical and Pro Forma Combined Financial and Operating
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The footnotes to the table below provide additional information
about the pro forma adjustments and should be read along with
the table.
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Unaudited Pro Forma Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Pro Forma Net Income(1)
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
$
|
55,547
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
Interest expense, net(2)
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
2,241
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
15,077
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(5,918
|
)
|
|
|
(1,906
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
69,770
|
|
|
|
71,145
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental selling, general and administrative expense(4)
|
|
|
4,800
|
|
|
|
4,800
|
|
Cash interest paid(2)
|
|
|
1,548
|
|
|
|
1,830
|
|
Cash taxes paid
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
|
278
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(5)
|
|
|
3,536
|
|
|
|
3,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Available Cash
|
|
|
59,608
|
|
|
|
60,931
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to public common unitholders
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
common units
|
|
|
12,757
|
|
|
|
12,757
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
subordinated units
|
|
|
26,257
|
|
|
|
26,257
|
|
Distributions to our general partner
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
|
53,586
|
|
|
|
53,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess
|
|
$
|
6,022
|
|
|
$
|
7,345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common
unitholders
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to
subordinated unitholders
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
46
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects our pro forma operating results for the periods
indicated, derived from or prepared on a basis consistent with
our unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments
reflected in our unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010
have been prepared as if this offering and the anticipated
borrowings under our credit facility had taken place on
January 1, 2010. The pro forma adjustments reflected in our
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements for
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011 have been prepared
as if this offering and the anticipated borrowings under the
credit facility had taken place on April 1, 2010. |
|
(2) |
|
Interest expense and cash interest both include
(i) commitment fees on our new revolving credit facility
with Oiltanking Finance B.V. as if it had been in place as of
January 1, 2010, and (ii) interest incurred on
existing debt. Interest expense also includes the amortization
of debt issuance costs incurred in connection with our revolving
credit facility. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. |
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Reflects an adjustment to our Adjusted EBITDA for an estimated
incremental external cash expense associated with being a
publicly traded partnership of approximately $3 million,
consisting of costs associated with annual and quarterly reports
to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, NYSE listing, investor relations
activities, registrar and transfer agent fees, director and
officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
Also includes $1.8 million of incremental selling, general
and administrative expenses that we expect we will incur as a
result of $3.8 million of additional administrative
personnel and other costs to support our business and growth,
partially offset by expense reductions of $2.0 million we
expect in connection with transferring a substantial portion of
our administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates. |
|
|
|
(5) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are capital expenditures made
for the purpose of maintaining or replacing the operating
capacity, service capability and/or functionality of our
existing assets. Examples of maintenance capital expenditures
include capital expenditures such as those required to maintain
equipment reliability, tank and pipeline integrity and safety
and to address environmental regulations. |
Estimated
Cash Available for Distribution for the Twelve Months Ending
June 30, 2012
We forecast that our cash available for distribution generated
during the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 will be
approximately $61.6 million. This amount would be
sufficient to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375
per unit on all of our common units and subordinated units and
the corresponding distribution on our general partners
2.0% general partner interest for each quarter in the four
quarters ending June 30, 2012.
We are providing the financial forecast to supplement our
historical and pro forma combined financial statements in
support of our belief that we will have sufficient cash
available to allow us to pay cash distributions on all of our
common units and subordinated units and the corresponding
distributions on our general partners 2.0% general partner
interest for each quarter in the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 at the minimum quarterly distribution rate.
Please read Significant Forecast
Assumptions for further information as to the assumptions
we have made for the financial forecast. Please read
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates for information as to
the accounting policies we have followed for the financial
forecast.
Our forecast reflects our judgment as of the date of this
prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the course of
action we expect to take during the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012. We believe that our actual results of
operations will approximate those reflected in our forecast, but
we can give no assurance that our forecasted results will be
achieved. If our estimates are not achieved, we may not be able
to pay distributions on our common units and subordinated units
at the minimum quarterly distribution rate of $0.3375 per unit
each quarter (or $1.35 per unit on an annualized basis) or any
other rate. The assumptions and estimates underlying the
forecast are inherently uncertain and, though we consider them
reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, are subject to a
wide variety of significant business, economic, and competitive
risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to
differ materially from those contained in the forecast,
including, among others, risks and uncertainties contained in
Risk Factors. Accordingly, there can be no assurance
that the forecast is indicative of our future performance or
that actual results will not differ materially from those
presented in
47
the forecast. Inclusion of the forecast in this prospectus
should not be regarded as a representation by any person that
the results contained in the forecast will be achieved.
We do not, as a matter of course, make public forecasts as to
future sales, earnings or other results. However, we have
prepared the following forecast to present the forecasted cash
available for distribution to our unitholders and general
partner during the forecasted period. The accompanying forecast
was not prepared with a view toward complying with the
guidelines established by the American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants with respect to prospective financial
information, but, in our view, was prepared on a reasonable
basis, reflects the best currently available estimates and
judgments, and presents, to the best of managements
knowledge and belief, the expected course of action and our
expected future financial performance. However, this information
is not necessarily indicative of future results.
Neither our independent auditors, nor any other independent
accountants, have compiled, examined or performed any procedures
with respect to the forecast contained herein, nor have they
expressed any opinion or any other form of assurance on such
information or its achievability, and assume no responsibility
for, and disclaim any association with, the forecast. We do not
undertake to release publicly after this offering any revisions
or updates to the financial forecast or the assumptions on which
our forecasted results of operations are based.
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the
results of any future revisions we may make to the financial
forecast or to update this financial forecast or the assumptions
used to prepare the forecast to reflect events or circumstances
after the date of this prospectus. In light of this, the
statement that we believe that we will have sufficient cash
available for distribution to allow us to make the full minimum
quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common units
and subordinated units and the corresponding distributions on
our general partners 2.0% interest for each quarter
through June 30, 2012 should not be regarded as a
representation by us, the underwriters or any other person that
we will make such distribution. Therefore, you are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on this information.
Oiltanking
Partners, L.P.
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
Storage services fees
|
|
$
|
94.6
|
|
Throughput fees
|
|
|
20.5
|
|
Ancillary services fees
|
|
|
6.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Revenues
|
|
|
122.0
|
|
Operating Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses
|
|
|
34.1
|
|
Selling, general and administrative(1)
|
|
|
19.1
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Expenses
|
|
|
70.7
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
51.3
|
|
Interest expense(2)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
49.2
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to estimated Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
17.5
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
68.8
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months
|
|
|
|
Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile estimated Adjusted EBITDA to estimated
cash available for distribution:
|
|
|
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash interest expense
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
Cash tax expense
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Estimated expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
34.4
|
|
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
5.0
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
34.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Cash Available for Distribution
|
|
$
|
61.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to public common unitholders
|
|
$
|
13.5
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
common units
|
|
|
12.8
|
|
Distributions to Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.
subordinated units
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
Distributions to our general partner
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
$
|
53.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess of cash available for distribution over aggregate
annualized minimum annual cash distributions
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
Calculation of minimum estimated Adjusted EBITDA necessary to
pay aggregate annualized minimum annual cash distributions:
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
68.8
|
|
Excess of cash available for distribution over minimum annual
cash distributions
|
|
|
8.0
|
|
Minimum estimated Adjusted EBITDA necessary to pay aggregate
annualized minimum quarterly distributions
|
|
$
|
60.8
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This $19.1 million of estimated selling, general and
administrative expenses for the twelve months ended
June 30, 2012, represents a $4.8 million increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses compared to our
historical pro forma expenses of $14.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2010. This $4.8 million increase
includes approximately $3 million in external expenses we
will incur as a result of becoming a publicly traded
partnership, including expenses associated with annual and
quarterly reporting, tax returns and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE,
independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relation expenses
and registrar and transfer agent fees. This $4.8 million
increase also includes $1.8 million of incremental selling,
general and administrative expenses that we expect we will incur
as a result of $3.8 million additional administrative
personnel and other costs to support our business and growth,
partially offset by expense reductions of $2.0 million we
expect in connection with transferring a substantial portion of
our administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Assumes approximately $22.5 million of our existing notes
payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. will remain outstanding and
bear interest at a
weighted-average
rate of approximately 7.1% and that we will fund our anticipated
expansion capital expenditures primarily under our revolving
credit facility, with an estimated
weighted-average
rate of 3.0%. This rate is based on a forecast of LIBOR rates
during the period plus the margin and associated commitment fees
expected under our new revolving credit facility and
amortization of arrangement fees. |
49
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. For a reconciliation of
Adjusted EBITDA to its most directly comparable financial
measures calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP,
please read Summary Non-GAAP Financial
Measure. |
Significant
Forecast Assumptions
The forecast has been prepared by and is the responsibility of
our management. The forecast reflects our judgment as of the
date of this prospectus of conditions we expect to exist and the
course of action we expect to take during the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012. While the assumptions disclosed in
this prospectus are not all-inclusive, the assumptions listed
are those that we believe are significant to our forecasted
results of operations and any discussions not discussed below
were not deemed significant. We believe we have a reasonable
objective basis for these assumptions. We believe our actual
results of operations will approximate those reflected in our
forecast, but we can give no assurance that our forecasted
results will be achieved. There will likely be differences
between our forecast and the actual results and those
differences could be material. If the forecast is not achieved,
we may not be able to pay cash distributions on our common units
at the minimum quarterly distribution rate or at all.
Our forecast of our results of operations for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2012 assumes an increase in the active
storage capacity at our terminals of approximately
1.0 million barrels currently under construction, as
compared to the year ended December 31, 2010.
Revenues. We estimate that our total
revenues for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 will be
approximately $122.0 million, as compared to approximately
$116.5 million and $118.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Our forecast is based
primarily on the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Storage Services
Fees. Storage services fees are fees our
customers pay to reserve storage space in our tanks and to
compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average periodic
amount of product volume, or throughput, on their behalf. These
fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage capacity
utilized by our customers or the amount of throughput that we
receive. We estimate that for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 approximately 78%, or approximately
$94.6 million, of our total revenues will be attributable
to storage services fees. This compares to approximately 75%, or
approximately $87.2 million and approximately 74%, or
approximately $87.7 million, of our total revenues that
were attributable to storage services fees for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. The increase in total
revenues derived from storage services fees is partially
attributable to the anticipated completion and placement into
service of an additional 1.0 million barrels of storage
capacity at our Houston terminal, which is supported by
multi-year contracts with two customers expected to generate
approximately $2.0 million and $5.7 million in revenue
during the forecast period and on an annual basis once placed
into service, respectively. A further portion of the increase in
total revenues as compared to the year ended December 31,
2010 in the amount of approximately $3.5 million is
attributable to annual CPI-based escalators in the fees certain
of our customers pay under their existing contracts, with the
remaining increase related to new multi-year contracted volumes
from an existing customer.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Throughput
Fees. Throughput fees are fees our
non-storage customers pay us to receive or deliver volumes of
products on their behalf to designated pipelines, third-party
storage facilities or waterborne transportation. In addition,
our storage customers pay us throughput fees when we receive
volumes of product on their behalf that exceed the base
throughput contemplated in their agreed upon monthly storage
services fee. We estimate that for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 approximately 17%, or approximately
$20.5 million, of our total revenues will be attributable
to throughput fees. This compares to approximately 20%, or
approximately $23.2 million, and approximately 21%, or
approximately $24.6 million, of our total revenues that
were attributable to throughput fees for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. The decline of approximately
$2.7 million of revenues attributable to throughput fees
during the forecast period as compared to the year ended
December 31, 2010 is primarily related to a decrease in
expected liquefied petroleum gas volumes by one of our customers
that utilizes our terminal in Houston to import and export
liquefied petroleum gas to a level that is more consistent with
our historical results prior to 2010.
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Ancillary Services
Fees. Ancillary services fees are fees
associated with ancillary services such as heating, mixing and
blending our storage customers products that are stored in
our tanks, transferring our storage customers products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. The revenues we
generate from
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
ancillary services fees vary based upon the activity level of
our customers. We estimate that for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 approximately 5%, or approximately
$7.0 million, of our total revenues will be attributable to
ancillary services fees. This compares to approximately 5%, or
approximately $6.1 million, and approximately 5%, or
approximately $6.4 million, of our total revenues that were
attributable to ancillary services fees for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively.
|
Operating Costs and Expenses. Our
operating costs and expenses consist of labor expenses, utility
costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses,
health, safety and environmental related costs and operating
taxes, amongst others. We estimate that our operating costs and
expenses will be approximately $34.1 million for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately
$32.4 million and $32.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. We do not expect our
operating costs and expenses to increase proportionately when we
make capacity additions adjacent to our current facilities in
the future, as we believe we will be able to capitalize on our
current scale and existing infrastructure to improve operating
margins with incremental growth and because these additions do
not require significant additions of operating employees. Our
forecasted cost of operations could vary significantly because
of the large number of variables taken into consideration, many
of which are beyond our control.
Selling, General and Administrative. We
estimate that selling, general and administrative expenses will
be approximately $19.1 million for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately
$15.8 million and $16.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. This $19.1 million in
estimated selling, general and administrative expenses includes
approximately $15.2 million to be reimbursed to OT Services
for specified services necessary to run our business. Pursuant
to a services agreement to be entered into with OT Services at
the closing of our offering, OT Services may not charge us more
than $17.0 million annually for its provision of these
specified selling, general and administrative services, subject
to adjustment for inflation and the growth of our business. The
additional $3.9 million in total estimated selling, general
and administrative expenses consists of approximately
$3 million in external expenses we will incur as a result
of becoming a publicly traded partnership, including expenses
associated with annual and quarterly reporting, tax returns and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE,
independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relation expenses
and registrar and transfer agent fees. To the extent OT Services
incurs expenses associated with these matters on our behalf, we
will reimburse them under the services agreement, with such
reimbursement obligation not subject to any cap. The remaining
$0.9 million in estimated selling, general and
administrative expenses consists of selling, general and
administrative expenses pursuant to the services agreement that
are not subject to the cap amount as well as existing external
expenses that do not fall under the services agreement and will
be directly charged to the partnership. Please see Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with Transactions
Services Agreement.
Depreciation and Amortization. We
estimate that depreciation and amortization expense will be
approximately $17.5 million for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately
$15.6 million and $15.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Depreciation expense is
expected to increase for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012 compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
twelve months ended March 31, 2011 due to an expected
increase in maintenance and expansion capital expenditures
during the forecast period.
Financing. We estimate that interest
expense will be approximately $2.1 million for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012, as compared to approximately
$9.5 million and $9.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Our interest expense for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2012 is based on the
following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
approximately $22.5 million of our existing notes payable
to Oiltanking Finance B.V. will remain outstanding and bear
interest at a weighted-average interest rate of approximately
7.1%.
|
|
|
|
through June 30, 2012, we will fund our anticipated
expansion capital expenditures primarily under our revolving
credit facility, with an estimated weighted-average rate of
3.0%. This rate is based on a forecast of LIBOR rates during the
period plus the margin and associated commitment fees expected
under our new revolving credit facility.
|
|
|
|
interest expense includes commitment fees for the unused portion
of our revolving credit facility at an assumed rate of 0.50% per
annum;
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
interest expense also includes the amortization of debt issuance
costs incurred in connection with our revolving credit
facility; and
|
|
|
|
we will remain in compliance with the financial and other
covenants in our revolving credit facility.
|
Capital Expenditures. We estimate that
total capital expenditures for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2012 will be $39.4 million as compared to
capital expenditures of $11.2 million and
$12.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and
the twelve months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. This
forecast is based on the following assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
Our estimated maintenance capital expenditures will be
$5.0 million for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012, as compared to actual maintenance capital expenditures of
approximately $3.5 million and $3.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively, which reflects lower capital
expenditures in 2010 due to the impact of economic recession,
and for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012, the
anticipated future capital expenditures required to maintain our
current long-term operating capacity going forward. We expect to
fund maintenance capital expenditures from cash generated by our
operations.
|
|
|
|
Our expansion capital expenditures will be approximately
$34.4 million for the twelve months ending June 30,
2012 as compared to actual expansion capital expenditures of
approximately $7.6 million and $9.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and the twelve months ended
March 31, 2011, respectively. Of the $34.4 million
expansion capital expenditures anticipated to be spent during
the forecast period, approximately $17.7 million is related
to two projects that we anticipate will add approximately
1.0 million barrels of storage capacity and will enter into
commercial service with customers during the forecast period and
approximately $16.7 million is related to projects that
will increase our long-term operating capacity and position the
partnership to capitalize on the growth opportunities we
anticipate impacting our area of operations in the near-term. We
intend to fund our anticipated expansion capital expenditures
with borrowings under our new revolving credit facility.
|
Regulatory, Industry and Economic
Factors. Our forecast of our results of
operations for the twelve months ending June 30, 2012 is
based on the following assumptions related to regulatory,
industry and economic factors:
|
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material nonperformance or credit-related
defaults by suppliers, customers or vendors, or shortage of
skilled labor.
|
|
|
|
All supplies and commodities necessary for production and
sufficient transportation will be readily available.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any new federal, state or local regulation of
the portions of the industry in which we operate or any
interpretation of existing regulation that in either case will
be materially adverse to our business.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material accidents, releases,
weather-related incidents, unscheduled downtime or similar
unanticipated events, including any events that could lead to
force majeure under any of our terminal services agreements.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any major adverse change in the markets in
which we operate resulting from supply or production
disruptions, reduced demand for our services or significant
changes in the market prices for our services.
|
|
|
|
There will not be any material changes to market, regulatory and
overall economic conditions.
|
52
PROVISIONS
OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH
DISTRIBUTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of
our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.
Distributions
of Available Cash
General
Our partnership agreement requires that, within 45 days
after the end of each quarter, beginning with the quarter ending
September 30, 2011, we distribute all of our available cash
to unitholders of record on the applicable record date. We will
adjust the minimum quarterly distribution for the period from
the closing of the offering through September 30, 2011.
Definition
of Available Cash
Available cash, for any quarter, consists of all cash and cash
equivalents on hand at the end of that quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
less, the amount of cash reserves established by our
general partner to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business;
|
|
|
|
comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other
agreements; or
|
|
|
|
provide funds for distributions to our unitholders for any one
or more of the next four quarters;
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a
portion of cash on hand on the date of determination of
available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital
borrowings made after the end of the quarter.
|
The purpose and effect of the last bullet point above is to
allow our general partner, if it so decides, to use cash from
working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter but
on or before the date of determination of available cash for
that quarter to pay distributions to unitholders. Under our
partnership agreement, working capital borrowings are borrowings
that are made under a credit agreement, commercial paper
facility or similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are
used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions
to partners and with the intent of the borrower to repay such
borrowings within twelve months from sources other than
additional working capital borrowings.
Intent
to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
We intend to distribute to the holders of common and
subordinated units on a quarterly basis at least the minimum
quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per unit, or $1.35 on an
annualized basis, to the extent we have sufficient cash from our
operations after establishment of cash reserves and payment of
fees and expenses, including payments to our general partner and
its affiliates. However, there is no guarantee that we will pay
the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any quarter.
Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked,
the amount of distributions paid under our policy and the
decision to make any distribution is determined by our general
partner, taking into consideration the terms of our partnership
agreement.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Initially, our general partner will be entitled to 2.0% of all
distributions that we make prior to our liquidation. Our general
partner has the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its current
general partner interest. Our general partners initial
2.0% interest in our distributions will be reduced if we issue
additional limited partner units in the future and our general
partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to
us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest.
Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution
rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to
a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from operating
surplus (as defined below) in excess of $0.38813 per unit per
quarter. The maximum distribution of 50.0% includes
distributions paid to our general partner on its 2.0% general
partner interest and assumes that our general partner maintains
its general partner interest at 2.0%. The maximum distribution
of 50.0% does not include any distributions that our general
partner may receive on any limited partner units that it owns.
53
Operating
Surplus and Capital Surplus
General
All cash distributed will be characterized as either
operating surplus or capital surplus.
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute available
cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from
capital surplus.
Operating
Surplus
We define operating surplus as:
|
|
|
|
|
$30 million (as described below); plus
|
|
|
|
all of our cash receipts after the closing of this offering,
excluding cash from interim capital transactions (as defined
below); plus
|
|
|
|
working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on
or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the
period; plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights),
other than equity issued in this offering, to finance all or a
portion of expansion capital expenditures in respect of the
period from such financing until the earlier to occur of the
date the capital asset commences commercial service and the date
that it is abandoned or disposed of; plus
|
|
|
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued by us (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to
pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay
construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each
case, in respect of the period from such financing until the
earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in
service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;
less
|
|
|
|
all of our operating expenditures (as defined below) after the
closing of this offering; less
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to provide funds for future operating expenditures; less
|
|
|
|
all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months
after having been incurred, or repaid within such twelve-month
period with the proceeds of additional working capital
borrowings; less
|
|
|
|
any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital
expenditure.
|
As described above, operating surplus does not reflect actual
cash on hand that is available for distribution to our
unitholders and is not limited to cash generated by our
operations. For example, it includes a basket of
$30 million that will enable us, if we choose, to
distribute as operating surplus cash we receive in the future
from non-operating sources such as asset sales, issuances of
securities and long-term borrowings that would otherwise be
distributed as capital surplus. In addition, the effect of
including, as described above, certain cash distributions on
equity interests in operating surplus will be to increase
operating surplus by the amount of any such cash distributions.
As a result, we may also distribute as operating surplus up to
the amount of any such cash that we receive from non-operating
sources.
The proceeds of working capital borrowings increase operating
surplus and repayments of working capital borrowings are
generally operating expenditures, as described below, and thus
reduce operating surplus when made. However, if a working
capital borrowing is not repaid during the twelve-month period
following the borrowing, it will be deemed repaid at the end of
such period, thus decreasing operating surplus at such time.
When such working capital borrowing is in fact repaid, it will
be excluded from operating expenditures because operating
surplus will have been previously reduced by the deemed
repayment.
We define operating expenditures in the partnership agreement,
and it generally means all of our cash expenditures, including,
but not limited to, taxes, reimbursement of expenses to our
general partner or its affiliates, payments made under interest
rate hedge agreements or commodity hedge agreements (provided
that (1) with respect to amounts paid in connection with
the initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a
commodity hedge contract, such amounts will
54
be amortized over the life of the applicable interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract and (2) payments made
in connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of
its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included
in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over
the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation,
repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments
and estimated maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in
further detail below), provided that operating expenditures will
not include:
|
|
|
|
|
repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating
surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the
definition of operating surplus above when such repayment
actually occurs;
|
|
|
|
payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of
principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working
capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
expansion capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
actual maintenance capital expenditures (as discussed in further
detail below);
|
|
|
|
investment capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital
transactions;
|
|
|
|
distributions to our partners (including distributions in
respect of our incentive distribution rights); or
|
|
|
|
repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under
employee benefit plans.
|
Capital
Surplus
Capital surplus is defined in our partnership agreement as any
distribution of available cash in excess of our operating
surplus. Accordingly, capital surplus would generally be
generated only by the following (which we refer to as
interim capital transactions):
|
|
|
|
|
borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
sales of our equity and debt securities; and
|
|
|
|
sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than
inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the
ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or
replacement of assets.
|
All available cash distributed by us on any date from any source
will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the
sum of all available cash distributed since the closing of the
initial public offering equals the operating surplus from the
closing of the initial public offering through the end of the
quarter immediately preceding that distribution. Any excess
available cash distributed by us on that date will be deemed to
be capital surplus.
Characterization
of Cash Distributions
Our partnership agreement requires that we treat all available
cash distributed as coming from operating surplus until the sum
of all available cash distributed since the closing of this
offering equals the operating surplus from the closing of this
offering through the end of the quarter immediately preceding
that distribution. Our partnership agreement requires that we
treat any amount distributed in excess of operating surplus,
regardless of its source, as capital surplus. As described
above, operating surplus includes up to $30 million, which
does not reflect actual cash on hand that is available for
distribution to our unitholders. Rather, it is a provision that
will enable us, if we choose, to distribute as operating surplus
up to this amount of cash we receive in the future from interim
capital transactions that would otherwise be distributed as
capital surplus. We do not anticipate that we will make any
distributions from capital surplus.
Capital
Expenditures
Estimated maintenance capital expenditures reduce operating
surplus, but expansion capital expenditures, actual maintenance
capital expenditures and investment capital expenditures do not.
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Examples
of maintenance capital expenditures include expenditures
associated with the replacement of equipment and storage tanks,
to the extent such expenditures are
55
made to maintain our long-term operating capacity. Maintenance
capital expenditures will also include interest (and related
fees) on debt incurred and distributions in respect of equity
issued (including incremental distributions on incentive
distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of the
construction or development of a replacement asset that is paid
in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a
binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a
replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date
that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and
the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital
expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be
considered maintenance capital expenditures.
Because our maintenance capital expenditures can be irregular,
the amount of our actual maintenance capital expenditures may
differ substantially from period to period, which could cause
similar fluctuations in the amounts of operating surplus,
adjusted operating surplus and cash available for distribution
to our unitholders if we subtracted actual maintenance capital
expenditures from operating surplus.
Our partnership agreement will require that an estimate of the
average quarterly maintenance capital expenditures necessary to
maintain our operating capacity over the long-term be subtracted
from operating surplus each quarter as opposed to the actual
amounts spent. The amount of estimated maintenance capital
expenditures deducted from operating surplus for those periods
will be subject to review and change by the board of directors
of our general partner at least once a year, provided that any
change is approved by our conflicts committee. The estimate will
be made at least annually and whenever an event occurs that is
likely to result in a material adjustment to the amount of our
maintenance capital expenditures, such as a major acquisition or
the introduction of new governmental regulations that will
impact our business. Our partnership agreement does not set a
limit on the amount of maintenance capital expenditures that our
general partner may estimate. For purposes of calculating
operating surplus, any adjustment to this estimate will be
prospective only. For a discussion of the amounts we have
allocated toward estimated maintenance capital expenditures,
please read Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
The use of estimated maintenance capital expenditures in
calculating operating surplus will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
it will reduce the risk that maintenance capital expenditures in
any one quarter will be large enough to render operating surplus
less than the initial quarterly distribution to be paid on all
the units for the quarter and subsequent quarters;
|
|
|
|
it will increase our ability to distribute as operating surplus
cash we receive from non-operating sources; and
|
|
|
|
it will be more difficult for us to raise our distribution above
the minimum quarterly distribution and pay incentive
distributions on the incentive distribution rights held by our
general partner.
|
Expansion capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
that we expect will increase our operating capacity over the
long term. Examples of expansion capital expenditures include
the acquisition of new properties or equipment and the
construction of additional storage tanks or pipelines, to the
extent such capital expenditures are expected to expand our
long-term operating capacity. Expansion capital expenditures
will also include interest (and related fees) on debt incurred
and distributions in respect of equity issued (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to
finance all or any portion of the construction of such capital
improvement in respect of the period that commences when we
enter into a binding obligation to commence construction of a
capital improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of date
any such capital improvement commences commercial service and
the date that it is disposed of or abandoned. Capital
expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be
considered expansion capital expenditures.
Investment capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
that are neither maintenance capital expenditures nor expansion
capital expenditures. Investment capital expenditures largely
will consist of capital expenditures made for investment
purposes. Examples of investment capital expenditures include
traditional capital expenditures for investment purposes, such
as purchases of securities, as well as other capital
expenditures that might be made in lieu of such traditional
investment capital expenditures, such as the acquisition of a
capital asset for investment purposes or development of assets
that are in excess of the maintenance of our existing operating
capacity, but which are not expected to expand, for more than
the short term, our operating capacity.
As described below, neither investment capital expenditures nor
expansion capital expenditures are included in operating
expenditures, and thus will not reduce operating surplus.
Because expansion capital expenditures include interest
56
payments (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance all or a
portion of the construction, replacement or improvement of a
capital asset during the period that begins when we enter into a
binding obligation to commence construction of a capital
improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date any
such capital asset commences commercial service and the date
that it is abandoned or disposed of, such interest payments also
do not reduce operating surplus. Losses on disposition of an
investment capital expenditure will reduce operating surplus
when realized and cash receipts from an investment capital
expenditure will be treated as a cash receipt for purposes of
calculating operating surplus only to the extent the cash
receipt is a return on principal.
Capital expenditures that are made in part for maintenance
capital purposes, investment capital purposes
and/or
expansion capital purposes will be allocated as maintenance
capital expenditures, investment capital expenditures or
expansion capital expenditure by our general partner.
Subordination
Period
General
Our partnership agreement provides that, during the
subordination period (which we define below), the common units
will have the right to receive distributions of available cash
from operating surplus each quarter in an amount equal to
$0.3375 per common unit, which amount is defined in our
partnership agreement as the minimum quarterly distribution,
plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units from prior quarters, before any
distributions of available cash from operating surplus may be
made on the subordinated units. These units are deemed
subordinated because for a period of time, referred
to as the subordination period, the subordinated units will not
be entitled to receive any distributions from operating surplus
until the common units have received the minimum quarterly
distribution plus any arrearages in the payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution from prior quarters. Furthermore, no
arrearages will be paid on the subordinated units. The practical
effect of the subordinated units is to increase the likelihood
that during the subordination period there will be sufficient
available cash from operating surplus to pay the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units.
Determination
of Subordination Period
OTA will initially own, directly or indirectly, all of our
subordinated units. Except as described below, the subordination
period will begin on the closing date of this offering and
expire on the first business day after the distribution to
unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning with the
quarter ending September 30, 2014, if each of the following
has occurred:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly
distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below)
generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of
the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest during those periods on a fully diluted
weighted-average basis; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
Early
Termination of Subordination Period
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the subordination period will
automatically terminate, and all of the subordinated units will
convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, on the first business day after the distribution to
unitholders in respect of any quarter, if each of the following
has occurred:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus exceeded
$2.025 (150.0% of the annualized minimum quarterly distribution)
on all outstanding common units and subordinated units, plus the
corresponding distribution on our general partners 2.0%
interest and the related distributions on the incentive
distribution rights for the four-quarter period immediately
preceding that date;
|
57
|
|
|
|
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined below)
generated during the four-quarter period immediately preceding
that date equaled or exceeded the sum of $2.025 (150.0% of the
annualized minimum quarterly distribution) on the
weighted-average number of outstanding common and subordinated
units on a fully diluted basis, plus the corresponding
distribution on our general partners 2.0% interest and the
related distribution on the incentive distribution
rights; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units.
|
Expiration
Upon Removal of the General Partner
In addition, if the unitholders remove our general partner other
than for cause:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordinated units held by any person will immediately and
automatically convert into common units on a
one-for-one
basis, provided (1) neither such person nor any of its
affiliates voted any of its units in favor of the removal and
(2) such person is not an affiliate of the successor
general partner; and
|
|
|
|
if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the
foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common
units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.
|
Expiration
of the Subordination Period
When the subordination period ends, each outstanding
subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will
then participate pro-rata with the other common units in
distributions of available cash.
Adjusted
Operating Surplus
Adjusted operating surplus is intended to reflect the cash
generated from operations during a particular period and
therefore excludes net increases in working capital borrowings
and net drawdowns of reserves of cash generated in prior
periods. Adjusted operating surplus consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
operating surplus generated with respect to that period
(excluding any amounts attributable to the items described in
the first bullet point under Operating Surplus
and Capital Surplus Operating Surplus above);
less
|
|
|
|
any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; less
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period not relating to an operating
expenditure made with respect to that period; plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; plus
|
|
|
|
any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for
the repayment of principal, interest or premium; plus
|
|
|
|
any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for
operating expenditures initially established with respect to
such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction
of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to
the third bullet point above.
|
Distributions
of Available Cash From Operating Surplus During the
Subordination Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from operating surplus for any quarter during the
subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to any arrearages in payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units for any prior
quarters during the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
subordinated unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter; and
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.
Distributions
of Available Cash From Operating Surplus After the Subordination
Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from operating surplus for any quarter after the
subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for
that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity interests.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner
initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we
make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the
right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner
interest if we issue additional units. Our general
partners 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash
distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately
reduced if we issue additional units in the future (other than
the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters
of their option to purchase additional common units or the
issuance of common units upon conversion of outstanding
subordinated units) and our general partner does not contribute
a proportionate amount of capital to us in order to maintain its
2.0% general partner interest. Our partnership agreement does
not require that the general partner fund its capital
contribution with cash and our general partner may fund its
capital contribution by the contribution to us of common units
or other property.
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an
increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%, in each case, not
including distributions paid to the general partner on its 2.0%
general partner interest) of quarterly distributions of
available cash from operating surplus after the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have
been achieved. Upon the closing of this offering, our general
partner will hold all of our incentive distribution rights, but
may transfer these rights separately from its general partner
interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.
The following discussion assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no
arrearages on common units and that our general partner
continues to own the incentive distribution rights.
If for any quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus to the
common and subordinated unitholders in an amount equal to the
minimum quarterly distribution; and
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from operating surplus on
outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate any
cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution;
|
then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any
additional available cash from operating surplus for that
quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the
following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until each unitholder receives a total of
$0.38813 per unit for that quarter (the first target
distribution)
|
|
|
|
second, 85.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner, until
each unitholder receives a total of $0.42188 per unit for that
quarter (the second target distribution);
|
|
|
|
third, 75.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner, until
each unitholder receives a total of $0.50625 per unit for that
quarter (the third target distribution); and
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders and
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to our general
partner.
|
Percentage
Allocations of Available Cash From Operating Surplus
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner based on the specified target
distribution levels. The amounts set forth under Marginal
Percentage Interest in Distributions are the percentage
interests of our general partner and the unitholders in any
available cash from operating surplus we distribute up to and
including the corresponding amount in the column Total
Quarterly Distribution Per Unit. The percentage interests
shown for our unitholders and our general partner for the
minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to quarterly
distribution amounts that are less than the minimum quarterly
distribution. The percentage interests set forth below for our
general partner include distributions paid on its 2.0% general
partner interest, assume our general partner has contributed any
additional capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and
there are no arrearages on common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution Per
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
|
Common Unit and Subordinated Unit
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
General Partner
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$0.3375
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.3375 up to $0.38813
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.38813 up to $0.42188
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.42188 up to $0.50625
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $0.50625
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
General
Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels
Our general partner, as the initial holder of our incentive
distribution rights, has the right under our partnership
agreement to elect to relinquish the right to receive incentive
distribution payments based on the initial cash target
distribution levels and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and cash target distribution
levels upon which the incentive distribution payments to our
general partner would be set. If our general partner transfers
all or a portion of our incentive distribution rights in the
future, then the holder or holders of a majority of our
incentive distribution rights will be entitled to exercise this
right. The following discussion assumes that our general partner
holds all of the incentive distribution rights at the time that
a reset election is made. The right to reset the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
upon which the incentive distributions are based may be
exercised, without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts
committee of our general partner, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and we have made cash
distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution
rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for the
prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. The reset minimum
quarterly distribution amount and target distribution levels
will be higher than the minimum quarterly distribution amount
and the target distribution levels prior to the reset such that
there will be no incentive distributions paid under the reset
target distribution levels until cash distributions per unit
following this event increase as described below. We anticipate
that our general partner would exercise this reset right in
order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth projects
that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit, taking into account the existing
levels of incentive distribution payments being made to our
general partner.
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the
corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive
distribution payments based on the target cash distributions
prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to
receive a number of newly issued common units based on a
predetermined formula described below that takes into account
the cash parity value of the average cash
distributions related to the incentive distribution rights
received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to
the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions
per common unit during this period. In addition, our general
partner will be issued a general partner interest necessary to
maintain its general partner interest in us immediately prior to
the reset election.
60
The number of common units that our general partner would be
entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of
the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target
distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the
quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of
cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of
its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive
fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such
reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash
distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.
Following a reset election, the minimum quarterly distribution
amount will be reset to an amount equal to the average cash
distribution amount per unit for the two fiscal quarters
immediately preceding the reset election (which amount we refer
to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution) and
the target distribution levels will be reset to be
correspondingly higher such that we would distribute all of our
available cash from operating surplus for each quarter
thereafter as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 115.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
15.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 125.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter;
|
|
|
|
third, 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
25.0% to our general partner, until each unitholder receives an
amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata,
and 50.0% to our general partner.
|
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of
available cash from operating surplus between the unitholders
and our general partner at various cash distribution levels
(1) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of our
partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this offering,
as well as (2) following a hypothetical reset of the
minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels
based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash
distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal
quarters immediately preceding the reset election was $0.60.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Hypothetical
|
|
|
Per Unit Prior to Reset
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Reset
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$0.3375
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
$0.60(1)
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.3375 up to $0.38813
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
above $0.60(1) up to $0.69(2)
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.38813 up to $0.42188
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
above $0.69(2) up to $0.75(3)
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.42188 up to $0.50625
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
above $0.75(3) up to $0.90(4)
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $0.50625
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
above $0.90(4)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount is equal to the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly
distribution. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount is 115.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
|
(3) |
|
This amount is 125.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
|
(4) |
|
This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, based on an average of the
amounts distributed for a quarter for the two quarters
immediately prior to the reset. The table assumes that
immediately prior to the reset there would be 38,899,802 common
units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its 2.0%
general partner interest, and the average distribution to each
common unit would be $0.60 per quarter for the two quarters
prior to the reset.
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash Distributions to General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
Prior to
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$0.3375
|
|
$
|
13,128,683
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,932
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,932
|
|
|
$
|
13,396,615
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.3375 up to $0.38813
|
|
|
1,969,302
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40,190
|
|
|
|
2,009,492
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.38813 up to $0.42188
|
|
|
1,312,868
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,891
|
|
|
|
200,792
|
|
|
|
231,683
|
|
|
|
1,544,551
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.42188 up to $0.50625
|
|
|
3,282,171
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87,525
|
|
|
|
1,006,532
|
|
|
|
1,094,057
|
|
|
|
4,376,228
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $0.50625
|
|
|
3,646,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145,874
|
|
|
|
3,500,982
|
|
|
|
3,646,856
|
|
|
|
7,293,712
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,339,880
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
572,412
|
|
|
$
|
4,708,306
|
|
|
$
|
5,280,718
|
|
|
$
|
28,620,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from operating surplus that would be distributed to the
unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, with respect to the quarter in
which the reset occurs. The table reflects that as a result of
the reset there would be 46,746,979 common units outstanding,
our general partners 2.0% interest has been maintained,
and the average distribution to each common unit would be $0.60.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
upon the reset was calculated by dividing (1) the average
of the amounts received by our general partner in respect of its
incentive distribution rights for the two quarters prior to the
reset as shown in the table above, or $4.7 million, by
(2) the average available cash distributed on each common
unit for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the
table above, or $0.60.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Cash Distributions to General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
After Reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
Prior to
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$0.60
|
|
$
|
23,339,881
|
|
|
$
|
4,708,306
|
|
|
$
|
572,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,280,718
|
|
|
$
|
28,620,600
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.60 up to $0.69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.69 up to $0.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Third Target Distribution
|
|
above $0.75 up to $0.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $0.90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,339,881
|
|
|
$
|
4,708,306
|
|
|
$
|
572,412
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,280,718
|
|
|
$
|
28,620,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not
make a reset election except at a time when it has received
incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal
quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions
that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.
Distributions
From Capital Surplus
How
Distributions From Capital Surplus Will Be Made
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from capital surplus, if any, in the following
manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders and subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we
distribute for each common unit that was issued in this
offering, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal
to the initial public offering price;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to
any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, we will make all distributions of available
cash from capital surplus as if they were from operating surplus.
|
62
The preceding paragraph assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not
issue additional classes of equity interests.
Effect
of a Distribution From Capital Surplus
Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital
surplus as the repayment of the initial unit price from this
initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The
initial public offering price less any distributions of capital
surplus per unit is referred to as the unrecovered initial
unit price. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is
made, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels will be reduced in the same proportion as
the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial unit
price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the
minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels
after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for
our general partner to receive incentive distributions and for
the subordinated units to convert into common units. However,
any distribution of capital surplus before the unrecovered
initial unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages.
Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this
offering in an amount equal to the initial unit price, our
partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly
distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced
to zero. Our partnership agreement specifies that we then make
all future distributions from operating surplus, with 50.0%
being paid to the holders of units and 50.0% to our general
partner. The percentage interests shown for our general partner
include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
Adjustment
to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and
target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital
surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units
or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common
units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following
items will be proportionately adjusted:
|
|
|
|
|
the minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
the target distribution levels;
|
|
|
|
the unrecovered initial unit price;
|
|
|
|
the per unit amount of any outstanding arrearages in payment of
the minimum quarterly distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
the number of subordinated units.
|
For example, if a
two-for-one
split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly
distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered
initial unit price would each be reduced to 50.0% of its initial
level, and each subordinated unit would convert into two
subordinated units. Our partnership agreement provides that we
do not make any adjustment by reason of the issuance of
additional units for cash or property.
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is
modified or interpreted by a governmental taxing authority, so
that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to
taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax
purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for
each quarter may, in the sole discretion of the general partner,
be reduced by multiplying each distribution level by a fraction,
the numerator of which is available cash for that quarter and
the denominator of which is the sum of available cash for that
quarter plus our general partners estimate of our
aggregate liability for the quarter for such income taxes
payable by reason of such legislation or interpretation. To the
extent that the actual tax liability differs from the estimated
tax liability for any quarter, the difference will be accounted
for in subsequent quarters.
Distributions
of Cash Upon Liquidation
General
If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we
will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called
liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to
the payment of our creditors. We will
63
distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders, the
general partner and the holders of the incentive distribution
rights, in accordance with their capital account balances, as
adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale or other
disposition of our assets in liquidation.
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended,
to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of common units
to a preference over the holders of subordinated units upon our
liquidation, to the extent required to permit common unitholders
to receive their unrecovered initial unit price plus the minimum
quarterly distribution for the quarter during which liquidation
occurs plus any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum
quarterly distribution on the common units. However, there may
not be sufficient gain upon our liquidation to enable the common
unitholders to fully recover all of these amounts, even though
there may be cash available for distribution to the holders of
subordinated units. Any further net gain recognized upon
liquidation will be allocated in a manner that takes into
account the incentive distribution rights of our general partner.
Manner
of Adjustments for Gain
The manner of the adjustment for gain is set forth in the
partnership agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end
of the subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain
to the partners in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to our general partner to the extent of certain
prior losses specially allocated to our general partner;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each
common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered
initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation
occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the subordinated unitholders, pro rata,
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for
each subordinated unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the
unrecovered initial unit price; and (2) the amount of the
minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our
liquidation occurs;
|
|
|
|
fourth, 98.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
first target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the
minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed
98.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general
partner, for each quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
fifth, 85.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
second target distribution per unit over the first target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the first
target distribution per unit that we distributed 85.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
sixth, 75.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to
our general partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an
amount per unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the
third target distribution per unit over the second target
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions
of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the second
target distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0%
to our general partner.
|
The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner
include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second
bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will
no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the subordinated units convert and the common units held
by public unitholders.
64
Manner
of Adjustments for Losses
If our liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination
period, we will generally allocate any loss to our general
partner and the unitholders in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to holders of subordinated units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the subordinated unitholders have been reduced to zero;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of common units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.
|
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that all of the first bullet point
above will no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the subordinated units convert and the common units held
by public unitholders.
Adjustments
to Capital Accounts
Our partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to
capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this
regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any
unrealized and, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,
unrecognized gain resulting from the adjustments to the
unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as we
allocate gain upon liquidation. In the event that we make
positive adjustments to the capital accounts upon the issuance
of additional units, our partnership agreement requires that we
generally allocate any later negative adjustments to the capital
accounts resulting from the issuance of additional units or upon
our liquidation in a manner which results, to the extent
possible, in the partners capital account balances
equaling the amount which they would have been if no earlier
positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made. By
contrast to the allocations of gain, and except as provided
above, we generally will allocate any unrealized and
unrecognized loss resulting from the adjustments to capital
accounts upon the issuance of additional units to the
unitholders and our general partner based on their respective
percentage ownership of us. In this manner, prior to the end of
the subordination period, we generally will allocate any such
loss equally with respect to our common and subordinated units.
In the event we make negative adjustments to the capital
accounts as a result of such loss, future positive adjustments
resulting from the issuance of additional units will be
allocated in a manner designed to reverse the prior negative
adjustments, and special allocations will be made upon
liquidation in a manner that results, to the extent possible, in
our unitholders capital account balances equaling the
amounts they would have been if no earlier adjustments for loss
had been made.
65
SELECTED
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING
DATA
We were formed in March 2011 and do not have historical
financial statements. Therefore, in this prospectus we present
the historical financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor,
consisting of the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. In
connection with the closing of this offering, OTA will
contribute all of the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us. The
following table presents summary historical combined financial
and operating data of Oiltanking Predecessor and summary pro
forma financial data of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. as of the
dates and for the periods indicated.
The summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 and for the years ended
December 31, 2006 and 2007 are derived from the unaudited
historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor, which are not included in this prospectus. The
summary historical combined financial data presented as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 are derived from the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The
summary historical combined financial data presented as of
March 31, 2011 and for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011 are derived from the unaudited
historical condensed combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor that are included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The summary pro forma combined financial data presented for the
year ended December 31, 2010 and as of and for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 are derived from our unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus. Our unaudited pro forma condensed
combined financial statements give pro forma effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA of 9,449,901 common units and
19,449,901 subordinated units;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest and the incentive distribution rights
in us;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public of 10,000,000 common units
and the use of the net proceeds from this offering (assuming a
price of $20.00 per common unit) as described under
Use of Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of a postretirement benefit plan and a
deferred compensation plan from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed to us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. in the amount of approximately $119.5 million from the
net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet data
assume the events listed above occurred as of March 31,
2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of
income data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
three months ended March 31, 2011 assume the items listed
above occurred as of January 1, 2010. We have not given pro
forma effect to incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses of approximately $3 million that we
expect to incur annually as a result of being a publicly traded
partnership, consisting of costs associated with SEC reporting
requirements, including annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
In addition, we have not given pro forma effect to
$1.8 million of incremental selling, general and
administrative expenses that we expect we will incur as a result
of $3.8 million of additional administrative personnel and
other costs to support our business and growth, partially offset
by expense reductions of $2.0 million we expect in
connection with transferring a substantial portion of our
administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates.
66
For a detailed discussion of the summary historical combined
financial information contained in the following table,
including factors impacting the comparability of information in
the table, please read Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following table should also be read in conjunction with
Use of Proceeds, Business Our
History and Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH and the
audited historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor and our unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Among other things, the historical combined and unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements include more
detailed information regarding the basis of presentation for the
information in the following table.
The following table presents a non-GAAP financial measure,
Adjusted EBITDA, which we use in our business as it is an
important supplemental measure of our performance and liquidity.
Adjusted EBITDA represents net income (loss) before interest
expense, income tax expense and depreciation and amortization
expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain non-cash and
non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated or presented
in accordance with GAAP. We explain this measure under
Non-GAAP Financial Measure and
reconcile it to its most directly comparable financial measures
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except operating information)
|
|
|
Statements of Income Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
64,209
|
|
|
$
|
68,511
|
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
20,899
|
|
|
|
24,898
|
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
7,951
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
10,318
|
|
|
|
10,415
|
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
8,569
|
|
|
|
9,797
|
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
|
|
14,265
|
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
39,455
|
|
|
|
45,271
|
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
12,137
|
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
56,705
|
|
|
|
16,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
24,754
|
|
|
|
23,240
|
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
15,605
|
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
|
|
59,745
|
|
|
|
13,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,276
|
)
|
|
|
(3,982
|
)
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(2,479
|
)
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
|
|
(2,235
|
)
|
|
|
(570
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other Income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(3,333
|
)
|
|
|
(3,554
|
)
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,324
|
)
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
(1,224
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
21,421
|
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
58,521
|
|
|
|
12,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
5,900
|
|
|
|
5,166
|
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
844
|
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
|
$
|
13,676
|
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
$
|
12,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except operating information)
|
|
|
Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
$
|
146,626
|
|
|
$
|
197,084
|
|
|
$
|
248,016
|
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
265,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
259,572
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
177,586
|
|
|
|
215,468
|
|
|
|
274,838
|
|
|
|
303,500
|
|
|
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295,887
|
|
Total Liabilities
|
|
|
124,350
|
|
|
|
158,633
|
|
|
|
205,927
|
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,465
|
|
Total Partners Capital
|
|
|
53,236
|
|
|
|
56,835
|
|
|
|
68,911
|
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258,422
|
|
Cash Flow Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
30,263
|
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
15,921
|
|
|
$
|
7,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
|
(43,258
|
)
|
|
|
(48,992
|
)
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
(13,624
|
)
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing activities
|
|
|
9,143
|
|
|
|
20,143
|
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
(4,100
|
)
|
|
|
(4,975
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Financial Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(1)
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,770
|
|
|
$
|
17,314
|
|
Capital Expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance(2)
|
|
$
|
1,896
|
|
|
$
|
3,814
|
|
|
$
|
3,534
|
|
|
$
|
1,414
|
|
|
$
|
3,536
|
|
|
$
|
607
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expansion(3)
|
|
|
39,693
|
|
|
|
57,197
|
|
|
|
60,934
|
|
|
|
33,065
|
|
|
|
7,631
|
|
|
|
2,052
|
|
|
|
3,828
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
41,589
|
|
|
$
|
61,011
|
|
|
$
|
64,468
|
|
|
$
|
34,479
|
|
|
$
|
11,167
|
|
|
$
|
2,659
|
|
|
$
|
4,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, end of period (mmbbls)
|
|
|
11.2
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
15.2
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage capacity, average (mmbbls)
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
|
|
11.5
|
|
|
|
14.2
|
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
16.6
|
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Terminal throughput (mbpd)
|
|
|
822.2
|
|
|
|
750.8
|
|
|
|
695.2
|
|
|
|
700.6
|
|
|
|
784.9
|
|
|
|
740.8
|
|
|
|
822.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vessels per period
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
828
|
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barges per period
|
|
|
2,682
|
|
|
|
2,756
|
|
|
|
2,481
|
|
|
|
2,520
|
|
|
|
2,910
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA is defined in
Non-GAAP Financial Measure below. |
|
(2) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are those capital expenditures
required to maintain our long-term operating capacity. |
|
(3) |
|
Expansion capital expenditures are capital expenditures made to
increase the long-term operating capacity of our asset base
whether through construction or acquisitions. |
68
Non-GAAP Financial
Measure
For a discussion of the non-GAAP financial measure Adjusted
EBITDA, please read Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure. The following table
presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to the most
directly comparable GAAP financial measures, on a historical
basis and pro forma basis, as applicable, for each of the
periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
15,545
|
|
|
$
|
13,676
|
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
$
|
12,731
|
|
Depreciation and amortization expense
|
|
|
10,318
|
|
|
|
10,415
|
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
2,476
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
555
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(331
|
)
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (income) expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
|
(491
|
)
|
|
|
(1,100
|
)
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
$
|
69,770
|
|
|
$
|
17,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net cash provided by
operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
30,263
|
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
15,921
|
|
|
$
|
7,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
(3,751
|
)
|
|
|
(4,436
|
)
|
|
|
3,786
|
|
|
|
12,956
|
|
|
|
(7,207
|
)
|
|
|
(5,186
|
)
|
|
|
4,173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes (non-cash)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(844
|
)
|
|
|
(2,964
|
)
|
|
|
(4,903
|
)
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
|
435
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
(646
|
)
|
|
|
(731
|
)
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(443
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
5,876
|
|
|
|
6,010
|
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net
|
|
|
3,333
|
|
|
|
3,498
|
|
|
|
7,240
|
|
|
|
8,303
|
|
|
|
9,464
|
|
|
|
2,476
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (excluding unrealized gain/loss on investments)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
(937
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
34,741
|
|
|
$
|
33,816
|
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The historical combined financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus reflect the combined assets, liabilities and
operations of Oiltanking Predecessor, which consists of
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
Prior to the closing of this offering, OTA will contribute all
of the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to us. The following
discussion analyzes the historical financial condition and
results of operations of Oiltanking Predecessor before the
impact of pro forma adjustments related to the contribution of
our assets by OTA, our entry into a new revolving line of credit
prior to the closing of this offering, the completion of this
offering and the application of proceeds from this offering. You
should read the following discussion of the historical combined
financial condition and results of operations in conjunction
with the historical financial statements and accompanying notes
of Oiltanking Predecessor and the pro forma condensed combined
financial statements for Oiltanking Partners, L.P. included
elsewhere in this prospectus, which we refer to as our
historical financial statements. In addition, this discussion
includes forward-looking statements that are subject to risks
and uncertainties that may result in actual results differing
from statements we make. Please read Forward-Looking
Statements. Factors that could cause actual results to
differ include those risks and uncertainties that are discussed
in Risk Factors.
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. We are focused on growing our business
through the acquisition, ownership and operation of terminaling,
storage, pipeline and other midstream assets that generate
stable cash flows. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States. Our core assets are located along the upper Gulf
Coast of the United States on the Houston Ship Channel and in
Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing at
a cost of approximately $23 million and expect to place
into service within the next 12 months. We expect these two
contracts will generate approximately $5.7 million in
revenue on an annual basis once placed into service. The
principal products handled at our Houston terminal complex are
crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such as naphtha
and condensate), which are referred to as chemical feedstocks,
liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum products, such as
gasoline and distillates, with crude oil accounting for
approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBrass
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
70
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined petroleum products tankers and barges arriving at our
deep-water docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of
up to 40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet.
Our waterfront capabilities currently consist of two ship docks,
allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000 dwt of
cargo and vessel capacity, and one barge dock, allowing for
barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo and barge capacity. We
have begun construction on a second barge dock that will
accommodate barges up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to
12 feet. We also own waterfront acreage adjacent to our
terminal sufficient to accommodate two additional deep-water
docks and a new barge dock. The additional waterfront acreage,
if developed, would approximately double our dock capacity.
How We
Generate Revenue
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve storage space
in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a fixed
amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our terminals.
These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage
capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of products
that we receive. We generate the remainder of our revenues from
(i) throughput fees independent of or incremental to those
included as part of our storage services and (ii) ancillary
services fees, charged to our storage customers for services
such as heating, mixing and blending their products stored in
our tanks, transferring their products between our tanks and
marine vapor recovery. As of March 31, 2011, 99% of our
active storage capacity was under contract, and our customer
contracts had a weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the
five year period ended March 31, 2011, our customer
retention rate was more than 97%.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage. Our combination of
geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 99% of our
16.8 million barrels of storage capacity.
Factors
That Impact Our Business
The profitability of our storage business generally is driven by
our aggregate active storage capacity, the commercial
utilization of our terminal facilities in relation to their
capacity, and the prices we receive for our services, which in
turn are driven by the demand for the products being shipped
through or stored in our facilities. Though the underlying
principal of substantially all of our storage agreements is
take or pay whereby a customer will pay for the tank
capacity regardless of operational utilization, our revenues can
be affected moderately in the near term by (i) the length
of the underlying service contracts and the resulting pricing of
the recontracting, (ii) fluctuations in throughput volumes
to the extent as to which revenues under the contracts are a
function of the amount of product stored or transported, and
(iii) a change in the demand for ancillary services such as
heating of product or similar extra services. We believe that
the high
71
percentage of our earnings derived from fixed storage services
fees under multi-year contracts with a diverse portfolio of
customers stabilizes our cash flow, and substantially mitigates
our exposure to volatility in supply and demand conditions and
other market factors. We do not take title to the crude oil or
refined petroleum products that we store or handle for our
customers, which minimizes our direct exposure to fluctuations
in commodity prices.
We believe that key factors that influence our business are
(i) the long-term demand for and supply of crude oil and
refined petroleum products, (ii) the indirect impact of
prices of crude oil and refined petroleum products on such
demand and supply, (iii) the needs of our customers
together with the competitiveness of our service offerings with
respect to price, reliability and flexibility, and (iv) the
ability of us and our competitors to capitalize on growth
opportunities.
Supply
and Demand for Crude Oil and Refined Petroleum
Products
Our results of operations are dependent upon the volumes of
crude oil and refined petroleum products we have contracted to
handle and store and, to a lesser extent, on the actual volumes
of crude oil and refined petroleum products we handle and store
for our customers. To the extent practicable and economically
feasible in light of our strategic plans, we generally attempt
to mitigate the risk of reduced volumes and pricing by
negotiating contracts with longer terms. However, a structural
increase or decrease in the demand for crude oil and refined
petroleum products in the areas served by our terminals will
have a corresponding effect on (i) the volumes we actually
terminal and store and (ii) the volumes we contract to
terminal and store if we are not able to extend or replace our
existing customer contracts. The production and demand for crude
oil and refined petroleum products are driven by many factors,
including the price for crude oil.
Prices
of Crude Oil and Refined Petroleum Products
Because we do not own any of the crude oil or refined petroleum
products that we handle and do not engage in the trading of
crude oil or refined petroleum products, we have minimal direct
exposure to risks associated with fluctuating commodity prices.
These risks do, however, indirectly influence our activities and
results of operations over the long term. Petroleum product
prices may be contango (future prices higher than current
prices) or backwardated (future prices lower than current
prices) depending on market expectations for future supply and
demand. Our terminaling and storage services benefit most from
an increasing price environment, when a premium is placed on
storage. In addition, extended periods of depressed or elevated
crude oil and refined petroleum products prices can lead
producers to increase or decrease production of crude oil and
refined petroleum products, which can impact supply and demand
dynamics.
Customers
and Competition
We provide storage and terminaling services for a broad mix of
customers, including major integrated oil companies, marketers,
distributors and chemical and petrochemical companies. In
general, the mix of services we provide to our customers varies
depending on market conditions, expectations for future market
conditions and the overall competitiveness of our service
offerings. The terminaling and storage markets in which we
operate are very competitive, and we compete with other
operators of other terminaling facilities on the basis of rates,
terms of service, types of service, supply and market access,
and flexibility and reliability of service. We continuously
monitor the competitive environment, the evolving needs of our
customers, current and forecasted market conditions and the
competitiveness of our service offerings in order to maintain
the proper balance between optimizing near-term earnings and
cash flow and positioning the business for sustainable long-term
growth.
Organic
Growth Opportunities
Regional crude oil and refined petroleum products supply and
demand dynamics shift over time, which can lead to rapid and
significant increases in demand for terminaling and storage
services. At such times, we believe that the terminaling
companies that have positioned themselves for organic growth
will be at a competitive advantage in capitalizing on the
shifting market dynamics. We have designed the infrastructure at
our terminals specifically to facilitate future expansion, which
we expect to both reduce our overall capital costs per
additional barrel of storage capacity and shorten the duration
and enhance the predictability of development timelines. Some of
the specific infrastructure investments we have made that will
facilitate incremental expansion include dock capacity capable
of handling various products, spare pipeline infrastructure that
allows for additional volumes of product to be handled, easily
expandable piping and manifolds to handle additional storage
capacity and land that allows us to construct more tank
capacity. Because of this, we believe that compared to our
competitors we are better positioned to grow organically in
response to changing market conditions.
72
Factors
Impacting the Comparability of Our Financial Results
Our future results of operations may not be comparable to
Oiltanking Predecessors historical results of operations
for the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
We anticipate incurring additional personnel and related costs
associated with operating as a publicly traded partnership and
incremental external selling, general and administrative
expenses of approximately $3 million annually as a result
of being a publicly traded partnership, consisting of costs
associated with SEC reporting requirements, including annual and
quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees, investor
relations activities, Sarbanes-Oxley Act compliance, NYSE
listing, registrar and transfer agent fees, incremental director
and officer liability insurance costs and director compensation.
We also anticipate incurring $1.8 million of incremental
selling, general and administrative expenses as a result of
$3.8 million of additional administrative personnel and
other costs to support our business and growth, partially offset
by expense reductions of $2.0 million expected in
connection with transferring a substantial portion of our
administrative functions to our general partner and its
affiliates. These additional personnel and related costs and
incremental external selling, general and administrative
expenses are not reflected in our historical or our pro forma
combined financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior to this offering, we incurred interest expense on term and
other borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., a significant
portion of which we anticipate will be repaid with proceeds from
this offering. In addition, concurrently with the completion of
this offering, we anticipate entering into a new
$50.0 million revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
|
|
|
|
The historical combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Predecessor include U.S. federal and state income tax
expenses that have historically been allocated to us by OTA. Due
to our status as a partnership, we will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax and certain state income taxes in
the future. However, we will make payments to OTA pursuant to a
tax sharing agreement for our share of state and local income
and other taxes that are included in combined or consolidated
tax returns filed by OTA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. historically sponsored a non-pension
postretirement benefit plan and a deferred compensation plan for
the employees of all entities owned by OTA. In connection with
the offering, the sponsor of the benefit plan and deferred
compensation plan will change from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to
OTA and the associated liabilities will be transferred to OTA.
|
Overview
of Our Results of Operations
Our management uses a variety of financial measurements to
analyze our performance, including the following key measures:
|
|
|
|
|
revenues derived from storage services, throughput services and
ancillary services;
|
|
|
|
our operating and selling, general and administrative
expenses; and
|
|
|
|
our Adjusted EBITDA.
|
We do not utilize depreciation and amortization expense in our
key measures, because we focus our performance management on
cash flow generation and our assets have long useful lives. In
our period to period comparisons of our revenues and expenses
set forth below, we analyze the following revenue and expense
components:
Revenues
We characterize our revenues as derived from three different
types of fees, as follows:
Storage Services Fees. Storage services
fees are fees our customers pay to reserve storage space in our
tanks and to compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average
periodic amount of product volume, or throughput, on their
behalf. Storage services fees are based on a fixed storage
capacity per month plus a per barrel fee based on an assumed
fixed
73
periodic throughput for volumes moving through our terminals.
These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage
capacity utilized by our customers or the amount of throughput
that we receive.
Throughput Fees. We generate throughput
fees in two different ways. First, our non-storage customers pay
us to receive or deliver volumes of products on their behalf to
designated pipelines, third-party storage facilities or
waterborne transportation. Secondly, our storage customers pay
us throughput fees when we receive volumes of products on their
behalf that exceed the base throughput contemplated in their
agreed upon monthly storage services fees. Our non-storage
customers are typically not obligated to pay us any throughput
fees unless we move volumes of products across our pipelines or
docks on their behalf.
Ancillary Services Fees. We charge
ancillary services fees to our customers for providing services
such as heating, mixing, and blending our storage
customers products that are stored in our tanks,
transferring our storage customers products between our
tanks and marine vapor recovery.
Operating
Expenses
Our management seeks to maximize the profitability of our
operations by effectively managing operating expenses. These
expenses are comprised primarily of labor expenses, utility
costs, insurance premiums, repairs and maintenance expenses and
property taxes. These expenses generally remain relatively
stable across broad ranges of activity levels at our terminal
facilities, but can fluctuate from period to period depending on
the mix of activities performed during that period and the
timing of these expenses. We will seek to manage our maintenance
expenditures by scheduling maintenance over time to avoid
significant variability in our maintenance expenditures and
minimize their impact on our cash flow.
Selling,
General and Administrative Expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expenses primarily
consist of salaries and bonuses, employee benefits, legal and
accounting fees and other similar outside services. Following
this offering we anticipate changes in our selling, general and
administrative expense structure. We anticipate that the
substantial majority of our administrative functions will be
performed by our general partner and its affiliates, including
OTA, and that we will reimburse them for all expenses they incur
and payments they make on our behalf pursuant to a services
agreement. We expect that in connection with this change the
annual cost to us for the services we have historically provided
internally will decrease by approximately $2 million. At
the same time, we expect our general partner and its affiliates,
including OTA and Oiltanking GmbH, to incur additional
administrative personnel and other costs as they make the
investments in administrative infrastructure necessary to
support our business, and we anticipate incurring additional
personnel and related costs associated with operating as a
publicly traded partnership. We estimate that these expenses
will result in increased annual charges to us of approximately
$3.8 million, resulting in an expected net increase in
selling, general and administrative expenses of
$1.8 million. In addition, we anticipate incurring
additional incremental external selling, general and
administrative expenses attributable to operating as a publicly
traded partnership. These costs consist of expenses associated
with SEC compliance, including annual and quarterly reporting,
tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation, compliance with Sarbanes-Oxley, listing on the
NYSE, engaging attorneys and independent auditors, obtaining
incremental director and officer liability insurance and
engaging a registrar and transfer agent. We expect these
external selling, general and administrative expenses will total
approximately $3 million per year.
Adjusted
EBITDA
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-cash and non-recurring items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure
that management and external users of our combined financial
statements, such as industry analysts, investors, lenders and
rating agencies, may use to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
historical cost basis or financing methods;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders;
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to incur and service debt and fund capital
expenditures; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and other capital expenditure
projects and the returns on investment in various opportunities.
|
We believe that the presentation of Adjusted EBITDA will provide
useful information to investors in assessing our financial
condition and results of operations. The GAAP measures most
directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA are net income and net
cash provided by operating activities. Our non-GAAP financial
measure of Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an
alternative to GAAP net income or net cash provided by operating
activities. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that
affect net income. You should not consider Adjusted EBITDA in
isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as
reported under GAAP. Because Adjusted EBITDA may be defined
differently by other companies in our industry, our definitions
of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
measures of other companies, thereby diminishing its utility.
For a reconciliation of this measure to its most directly
comparable financial measures calculated and presented in
accordance with GAAP, please read Summary
Non-GAAP Financial Measure.
Other
Items
Depreciation and Amortization. We do
not utilize depreciation and amortization expense in our key
measures, because we focus our performance management on cash
flow generation and our assets have long useful lives. We
calculate depreciation expense using the straight-line method,
based on the estimated useful life of each asset.
Loss on Impairment of Assets. We
continually evaluate whether events or circumstances have
occurred that indicate that the estimated remaining useful life
of long-lived assets, including property and equipment, may
warrant revision or that the carrying value of these assets may
be impaired. During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009
and 2010, we recorded impairment on assets totaling
approximately $0.2 million, $0.2 million and
$0.05 million, respectively.
Gain on Property Casualty
Indemnification. In 2008, one of our docks in
Beaumont was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third
party. The primary assets impacted included the dock, dock
platform, and related unloading equipment. To account for the
property casualty damage, we recognized demolition costs as
incurred and also wrote off the net book value of the assets
that were damaged or destroyed. We offset the book value of all
damaged and destroyed assets and demolition costs incurred with
indemnity proceeds receivable in the future, according to the
provisions of the insurance policies in force. During 2009, the
dock reconstruction and replacement was completed and placed in
service. We settled our property insurance claim related to the
Beaumont dock in late 2010 for an aggregate of $6.0 million
in total recoveries, of which $5.0 million was related to
physical property damage recoveries and $1.0 million was
related to business interruption recoveries. Insurance
recoveries aggregating $1.3 million, which were previously
deemed probable and reasonably estimable, were recognized to the
extent of the related loss in prior periods. The remaining
$4.7 million was recognized as a gain in 2010. Of the total
property casualty indemnification proceeds of $6.0 million,
$5.6 million was received in 2010, with the remaining
amount received in January 2011. As of December 31, 2010,
we had approximately $0.3 million of unresolved claims
pertaining to this incident which were received and recognized
as a gain in the three months ended March 31, 2011.
75
Results
of Operations
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31,
2008, 2009 and 2010 and the three months ended March 31,
2010 and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Costs and Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
7,951
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
12,137
|
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(2,479
|
)
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(2,324
|
)
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
39,966
|
|
|
$
|
57,852
|
|
|
$
|
68,260
|
|
|
$
|
15,695
|
|
|
$
|
16,739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before net
interest expense, income tax expense and depreciation and
amortization expense, as further adjusted to reflect certain
other non-recurring and non-cash items. Adjusted EBITDA is not a
presentation made in accordance with GAAP. For a reconciliation
of this measure to its directly comparable financial measures
calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, please read
Summary Non-GAAP Financial Measure. |
76
Three
Months Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the three months ended March 31,
2010 and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Statement of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
$
|
2,213
|
|
|
|
8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
7,951
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
|
17
|
%
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
|
4,285
|
%
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
3,454
|
|
|
|
93
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
12,137
|
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
5,251
|
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,479
|
)
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
|
|
(200
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
400
|
%
|
Other income
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(37
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(2,324
|
)
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
(156
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense (Benefit):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
(3,219
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues. Revenues for the three months
ended March 31, 2011 increased by $2.2 million, or 8%,
to $30.0 million from $27.7 million for the three
months ended March 31, 2010. The increase was primarily
attributable to revenues generated from newly constructed
storage tanks and pipelines, and increased throughput volumes of
$1.4 million and an escalation in storage fees of
$0.5 million.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses
for the three months ended March 31, 2011 increased by
$0.5 million, or 6%, to $8.4 million from
$8.0 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010. The most significant operating expense increases were
related to increased insurance costs of $0.2 million
related to a new policy entered into during 2011, additional
rental expense of $0.2 million associated with a new land
lease, and $0.1 million in additional electricity expense
partially offset by a decrease of $0.2 million in ad
valorem tax.
Depreciation Expense. Depreciation
expense for the three months ended March 31, 2011 remained
relatively flat compared to the depreciation for the three
months ended March 31, 2010.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2011
increased by $0.7 million, or 17%, to $4.8 million
from $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010. The general and administrative expenses increased as a
result of expanding our staff to establish the personnel levels
necessary to accommodate our long-term growth plans.
Specifically, salary costs increased $0.3 million as the
result of several new hires and the build out of staff in our
Regulatory Affairs, Human Resources and Accounting departments.
Additionally, we experienced increased usage of contract
staffing for our Information Technology and Engineering
departments of $0.1 million and $0.3 million in
increased professional fees.
77
Gain on Property Casualty
Indemnification. During the three months
ended March 31, 2010, we recognized a gain of
$3.7 million from proceeds received under an insurance
contract relating to damages sustained at a dock facility that
was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third party
during 2008. During the three months ended March 31, 2011,
an additional $0.3 million on this claim was received and
recognized.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for
the three months ended March 31, 2011 decreased by
$0.2 million, or 8% to $2.3 million from
$2.5 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010. The decrease in interest expense is primarily due to a
decrease in borrowings period over period.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
for the three months ended March 31, 2011 increased by
$0.3 million, or 14% to $2.8 million from
$2.4 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010. This change was primarily attributable to the increases in
revenues discussed above.
Net Income. Net income for the three
months ended March 31, 2011 decreased by $3.2 million,
or 30% to $7.6 million from $10.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010. This change is
attributable to the decrease in income before taxes due to items
discussed above.
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2009
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009
and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
15,610
|
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
1,388
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
1,945
|
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
(453
|
)%
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
(109
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
1,358
|
|
|
|
2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
(1,137
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)%
|
Other income
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
124
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
(552
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
13,700
|
|
|
|
38
|
%
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
1,948
|
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
Deferred
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(947
|
)
|
|
|
(19
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
1,001
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
12,699
|
|
|
|
51
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues. Revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2010 increased by $15.6 million, or 15%,
to $116.5 million from $100.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily
attributable to $17.0 million of revenues generated from
newly constructed storage tanks and pipelines, and increased
throughput volumes, partially offset by a $1.2 million
decrease in revenues attributable to steam sold to third parties
and decreased revenues received for
78
property easements. The construction of certain storage tanks
and pipelines was completed in mid-2009 and the related assets
were placed in service. Although the assets began generating
revenues in 2009, a full year of revenues was earned during 2010.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses
for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$3.3 million, or 11%, to $32.4 million from
$29.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Operating expenses increased as a result of the additional
storage tanks placed in service as well as increased throughput.
The most significant operating expense increases were related to
increased electricity costs of $1.2 million, insurance of
$0.5 million, outside services and contract labor of
$0.5 million and maintenance of $0.3 million.
Depreciation Expense. Depreciation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.4 million, or 10%, to $15.6 million from
$14.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The increase was primarily attributable to depreciation on newly
constructed storage tanks and pipelines completed and placed in
service in mid-2009.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.9 million, or 14%, to $15.8 million from
$13.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The selling, general and administrative expenses increased as a
result of expanding our staff to establish the personnel levels
necessary to accommodate our long-term growth plans.
Specifically, salary costs increased $1.3 million as the
result of several new hires and the build out of staff in
Regulatory Affairs, Human Resources and Accounting; higher
employee medical costs of $0.3 million; and increased usage
of contract staffing for Information Technology and Engineering
departments of $0.3 million.
Gain on Disposal of Fixed
Assets. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, we recognized a gain on the disposal of
certain terminal assets that were dismantled and sold for net
proceeds of approximately $0.3 million.
Gain on Property Casualty
Indemnification. During the year ended
December 31, 2010, we recognized a gain of
$4.7 million from proceeds received under an insurance
contract relating to damages sustained at a dock facility that
was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third party
during 2008.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for
the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.1 million, or 14%, to $9.5 million from
$8.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
While total interest expense paid on borrowings were generally
consistent year over year, interest costs in 2009 were partially
offset by the capitalization of interest costs related to
construction projects, which were non-recurring in 2010 or not
within the criteria for capitalization.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by
$1.0 million, or 10%, to $11.5 million from
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This change was primarily attributable to significant increases
in revenues discussed above.
Net Income. Net income for the year
ended December 31, 2010 increased by $12.7 million, or
51%, to $37.8 million from $25.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009.
79
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2008
The following table and discussion is a summary of our combined
results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2008
and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Statements of Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
21,728
|
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
1,337
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
4,121
|
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
%
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
5,221
|
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(1,045
|
)
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
Interest income
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)%
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,403
|
|
|
|
154
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
16,847
|
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
Income tax expense:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
2,377
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
1,939
|
|
|
|
65
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
4,316
|
|
|
|
70
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
12,531
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues. Revenues for the year ended
December 31, 2009 increased by $21.7 million, or 27%,
to $100.8 million from $79.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This increase was primarily
attributable to increased storage services revenues from newly
constructed tanks and pipelines and increased throughput volumes
of $22.7 million, offset by a decrease in revenues from
steam sold to a third party of $1.7 million. The third
party, whose facility is located adjacent to the Houston
terminal, had mechanical problems with their own boiler
facilities from 2008 through mid-2009 and contracted with us to
provide their facility with steam.
Operating Expenses. Operating expenses
were relatively unchanged for the year ended December 31,
2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.
Significant changes in individual operating expenses included
increases in ad valorem taxes of $1.1 million, operations
employee costs of $0.9 million, and contract labor tank
painting costs of $0.3 million associated with the newly
constructed tanks and pipelines. These increases were offset by
a decrease in operating expenses due primarily to lower energy
costs of $2.5 million realized during the period.
Depreciation Expense. Depreciation
expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$1.3 million, or 10%, to $14.2 million from to
$12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The increase in depreciation is attributable to the construction
of new storage tanks, pipelines and dock facilities placed into
service in mid-2009.
Selling, General and Administrative
Expenses. Selling, general and administrative
expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$4.1 million, or 42%, to $13.8 million from
$9.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Our
selling, general and administrative expense increased primarily
as the result of an adjustment to increase the deferred
compensation liability of $1.6 million and an adjustment to
increase our post-retirement plan liability of
$0.9 million. Additionally, we incurred costs of
$0.4 million associated with implementation of new
information
80
technology systems, of $0.3 million associated with
temporary administrative and accounting labor and of
$0.5 million associated with the expansion of our corporate
staff.
Interest Expense. Interest expense for
the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$1.0 million, or 14%, to $8.4 million from
$7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
While overall borrowings increased by $7.0 million from
2008, interest costs in 2008 were partially offset by the
capitalization of interest costs related to construction
projects, which were non-recurring for 2009 or not within the
size or duration criteria for capitalization.
Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense
for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased by
$4.3 million, or 70%, to $10.5 million from
$6.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
This change was primarily attributable to the items discussed
above.
Net Income. Net income for the year
ended December 31, 2009 increased by $12.5 million, or
100%, to $25.1 million from $12.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. This change is attributable to the
increases in net income before taxes due to items discussed
above.
Future
Trends and Outlook
We expect that our business will continue to be affected by the
key trends and factors described below. We base our expectations
on assumptions made by us and information currently available to
us. To the extent our underlying assumptions about or
interpretation of available information prove to be incorrect,
our actual results may vary materially from our expected results.
Supply
of Crude Oil and Refined Products
As the supplies of crude oil entering the upper Gulf Coast
region increase or decrease, or result in a different crude oil
supply mix in the region, the volumes of products we handle at
our terminals may be affected. In the medium-term, we expect
significant new sources of supplies of crude oil in the upper
Gulf Coast region due to current and planned third-party
pipeline expansion projects including six recently announced
pipeline projects that, if completed as expected, would
transport a total of approximately 2.5 million barrels of
crude oil per day into the region within the next two years. For
additional information about these pipeline projects, please see
Business Our Business and Properties.
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity. We believe that these changes in
crude oil supply dynamics could increase demand for our storage
services, as our Houston terminal is well positioned to connect
to these new supply sources.
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd Frank Act. We have made
significant investments in real estate and
rights-of-ways
to increase our storage capacity to handle these volumes.
Entry
of Competitors into the Markets in which We
Operate
The competitiveness of our service offerings could be
significantly impacted by the entry of new competitors into the
markets in which our Houston and Beaumont terminals operate. We
believe, however, that significant barriers to entry exist in
the crude oil and refined products terminaling and storage
business, particularly for marine terminals. These barriers
include significant costs and execution risk, a lengthy
permitting and development cycle, financing challenges, shortage
of personnel with the requisite expertise and the finite number
of sites with comparable connectivity suitable for development.
Growth
Opportunities
We expect to expand the storage capacity at our current terminal
facilities over the near and medium term. In addition, we will
selectively pursue strategic asset acquisitions from the
Oiltanking Group or third parties that complement
81
our existing asset base or provide attractive potential returns
in new areas within our geographic footprint. Our long-term
strategy includes operating qualifying income producing assets
throughout North America. We believe that we will be well
positioned to acquire assets from third parties should such
opportunities arise, and identifying and executing acquisitions
will be a key part of our strategy. However, if we do not make
acquisitions on economically acceptable terms, our future growth
will be limited, and the acquisitions we do make may reduce,
rather than increase, our cash available for distribution.
Demand
for Crude Oil and Refined Products
Crude oil and refined products demand has generally increased in
2010 and thus far in 2011, compared to the recessionary
environment in 2008 and 2009. In the near-term, we expect demand
for these products to remain stable. Even if demand for crude
oil decreases sharply, however, our historical experience during
recessionary periods has been that our results of operations are
not materially impacted. We believe this is because of several
factors, including: (i) we mitigate the risk of reduced
volumes and pricing by negotiating contracts with longer terms,
and (ii) sharp decreases in demand for crude oil and
refined products generally increase the short and medium-term
need for storage of those products, as customers search for
buyers at appropriate prices.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Liquidity
Our principal liquidity requirements are to finance current
operations, fund capital expenditures, including acquisitions
from time to time, and to service our debt. Following completion
of this offering, we expect our sources of liquidity to include
cash generated by our operations, borrowings under our revolving
line of credit and issuances of equity and debt securities. We
believe that cash generated from these sources will be
sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements
and long-term capital expenditure requirements. Please read
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Capital Expenditures for a further discussion of the
impact on liquidity.
Following the completion of this offering, we intend to pay a
minimum quarterly distribution of $0.3375 per common unit
and subordinated unit per quarter, which equates to
$13.4 million per quarter, or $53.6 million per year,
based on the number of common and subordinated units and the
general partner interest to be outstanding immediately after
completion of this offering, to the extent we have sufficient
cash from our operations after establishment of cash reserves
and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to our
general partner and its affiliates. We do not have a legal
obligation to pay this distribution. Please read Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
Term
Borrowings
During 2003, the Oiltanking Group enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for the Oiltanking Groups terminal
holdings, including ours, and arranges loans and notes at market
rates and terms for approved terminal construction projects. We
believe that this relationship has historically provided us with
access to debt capital on terms that are consistent with or
better than what would have been available to us from third
parties. We believe this relationship could continue to provide
us with access to capital at competitive rates.
82
As of March 31, 2011 we had the following outstanding notes
payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
$
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
143,758
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
125,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total required long-term debt principal repayments of the
affiliated debt discussed above for the remainder of 2011 and
each of the subsequent years in the period ending
December 31, 2015 and thereafter are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
14,257
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, we entered into an additional
agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which provides for a
maximum borrowing of $24 million, is payable in semi-annual
installments of $1.2 million, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.26% at
March 31, 2011). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement. We expect that we will terminate this agreement,
without penalty, in connection with the completion of this
offering and our entry into the expected revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to use a portion
of the proceeds to repay approximately $119.5 million in
borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V., with the following
notes payable remaining outstanding (As of March 31, 2011,
in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
$
|
8,100
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds of this offering
to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$7.1 million of fees incurred in connection with our
repayment of such indebtedness.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require us to maintain certain debt,
leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit us from pledging our
assets to third parties or incurring any indebtedness other than
from Oiltanking Finance B.V. Specifically, the debt agreements
require us to maintain (i) a Stockholders Equity
Ratio (stockholders equity to non-current assets) of 30%
or greater; (ii) a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (EBITDA to
total debt service for such period) of 1.2 or greater; and
(iii) a Leverage Ratio (liabilities for borrowings,
derivative instruments and capital leases, net of subordinated
loans and cash and cash equivalents, to EBITDA) of 3.75 or less.
Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $50.0 million revolving line of credit
with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which we expect will contain
restrictions similar to the restrictions described in this
paragraph.
Revolving
Line of Credit
We have entered into a two-year, $50.0 million revolving
line of credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V. The revolving line
of credit is available to fund working capital and to finance
acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. The
revolving credit committed amount may be increased by
$75.0 million up to a total commitment of
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at
LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% and any unused portion of the
revolving line of credit is subject to a commitment fee of 0.50%
per annum. We will pay an arrangement fee of $250,000 in
connection with entering into the revolving line of credit. The
maturity date of the revolving line of credit is June 30,
2013.
The revolving line of credit requires that we comply with three
financial ratios: the ratio of unitholders equity to
non-current assets shall not be less than 30%, the ratio of
EBITDA to total debt service for a period of 12 consecutive
months shall not be less than 1.2 and net financial indebtedness
(as defined in the revolving line of credit) to EBITDA shall not
be less than 3.75.
Potential
OTA Financial Support
OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group may elect, but are
not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain
circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or
expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains
provisions designed to facilitate the Oiltanking Groups
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between OTA and other members
of the Oiltanking Group, including Oiltanking Finance B.V., on
the one hand, and us, on the other hand, as fair to our
unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of potential
Oiltanking Group financial support will be deemed fair to our
unitholders, and will not constitute a breach of any fiduciary
or other duty owed to us by our general partner, if consummated
on terms no less favorable than described below:
|
|
|
|
|
our issuance of common units to OTA or any of its affiliates at
a price per common unit of no less than 95% of the trailing
10-day
average closing price per common unit;
|
|
|
|
our borrowing of funds from OTA or any of its affiliates on
terms that include a tenor of at least one year and no
longer than ten years and a fixed rate of interest that is
no more than 200 basis points higher than the corresponding
base rate, which is LIBOR for one year maturities and the USD
swap rate for maturities of greater than one year and up to
ten years; and
|
|
|
|
OTA and its affiliates may provide us or any of our subsidiaries
with guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing
operations of us or our subsidiaries; provided, that
(i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit
support is no more than 100 basis points per annum and
(ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are
limited to ordinary course obligations of us or our subsidiaries
and do not extend to indebtedness for borrowed money or other
obligations that could be characterized as debt.
|
We have no obligation to seek financing or support from OTA or
any other member of the Oiltanking Group on the terms described
above or to accept such financing or support if it is offered to
us. In addition, neither OTA nor any other member of the
Oiltanking Group will have any obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. The existence of
these provisions will not preclude other forms of financial
support from OTA or any other
84
member of the Oiltanking Group, including financial support on
significantly less favorable terms under circumstances in which
such support appears to be in our best interests.
In addition, following the completion of our issuance of units
in connection with an underwritten public offering, direct
placement
and/or
private offering of common units, we may make a reasonably
prompt redemption of a number of common units owned by OTA or
its affiliates that is no greater than the aggregate number of
common units issued to OTA or its affiliates pursuant to the
provisions summarized in the first bullet above (taking into
account any prior redemption pursuant to the provisions
summarized in this paragraph) at a price per common unit that is
no greater than the price per common unit paid by the investors
in such offering or placement, as applicable, less underwriting
discounts and commissions or placement fees, if any. As with the
transactions described in the bullets above, any such
redemptions will be deemed fair to our unitholders and will not
constitute a breach of any duty owed to us by our general
partner.
Cash
Flows
Three
Months Ended March 31, 2011 Compared to Three Months Ended
March 31, 2010
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing
activities and financing activities for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
$ Change
|
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
15,921
|
|
|
$
|
7,164
|
|
|
$
|
(8,307
|
)
|
|
|
52
|
%
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(13,624
|
)
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
|
|
(9,122
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)%
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(4,100
|
)
|
|
|
(4,975
|
)
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
Cash Flows Provided by Operating
Activities. Cash flows from operating
activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011
decreased by $8.3 million, or 52%, to $7.6 million
from $15.9 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily attributable to
the timing of payments received to settle affiliate receivables
of $8.7 million, partially offset by an increase in
throughput revenues and the annual escalation of storage fees.
Cash Flows Used in Investing
Activities. Cash flows used in investing
activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011
decreased by $9.1 million, or 67%, to $4.5 million
from $13.6 million for the three months ended
March 31, 2010. The decrease is primarily attributable to
the issuance of note receivables to Oiltanking Finance B.V. of
$16.0 million and an increase in fixed asset purchases of
$1.5 million, partially offset by proceeds received from
property casualty indemnification of $5.0 million.
Cash Flows Used in Financing
Activities. Cash flows used in financing
activities for the three months ended March 31, 2011
increased by $0.9 million, or 21%, to $5.0 million
from $4.1 million for the three months ended March 31,
2010. The increase was primarily attributable to the lack of
additional borrowings during the three months ended
March 31, 2011, partially offset by a decrease in the
amount of long-term debt repayments.
Year
Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
December 31, 2009
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing
activities and financing activities for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
$ Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
60,678
|
|
|
$
|
28,425
|
|
|
|
88
|
%
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
(4,278
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)%
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
(30,840
|
)
|
|
|
(951
|
)%
|
Cash Flows From Operating
Activities. Cash flows from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased
by $28.4 million, or 88%, to $60.7 million from
$32.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in
storage and terminaling revenues associated with the expansion
of our Houston facilities.
85
Cash Flows Used in Investing
Activities. Cash flows used in investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased
by $4.3 million, or 12%, to $30.2 million from
$34.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
The decrease was primarily attributable to the completion of
expansion capital projects that increased our storage capacity
at our Houston facilities.
Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Financing
Activities. Cash flows used in financing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased
by $30.8 million, or 951%, to $27.6 million from
$3.2 million provided by financing activities for the year
ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily
attributable to a significant increase in dividends made to our
parent company and the scheduled repayments of debt to
Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Year
Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to the Year Ended
December 31, 2008
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities, investing
activities and financing activities for the years ended
December 31, 2008 and 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
$ Change
|
|
% Change
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
27,022
|
|
|
$
|
32,253
|
|
|
$
|
5,231
|
|
|
|
19
|
%
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(29,966
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)%
|
Net cash provided by financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(36,315
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)%
|
Cash Flows Provided by Operating
Activities. Cash flows from operating
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 increased
by $5.2 million, or 19%, to $32.3 million from
$27.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The increase was primarily attributable to increased revenues
attributable to the construction of new storage tanks, pipeline
and a ship dock completed and placed into service in mid-2009.
Cash Flows Used in Investing
Activities. Cash flows used in investing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
by $30.0 million, or 47%, to $34.5 million from
$64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The decrease was primarily attributable to the completion of
expansion capital projects that increased our storage capacity
at our Houston facilities.
Cash Flows Provided by Financing
Activities. Cash flows provided by financing
activities for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased
by $36.3 million, or 92%, to $3.2 million from
$39.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The decrease primarily was attributable to an increase in cash
distributions made to our parent company and a reduction in
borrowings for the period.
Contractual
Obligations
We have contractual obligations that are required to be settled
in cash. Our contractual obligations as of December 31,
2010 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Long-term debt obligations
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
|
$
|
37,514
|
|
|
$
|
31,514
|
|
|
$
|
60,473
|
|
Interest payments
|
|
|
41,886
|
|
|
|
8,684
|
|
|
|
14,234
|
|
|
|
9,814
|
|
|
|
9,154
|
|
Operating lease obligations
|
|
|
14,400
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
11,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
204,544
|
|
|
$
|
28,041
|
|
|
$
|
52,948
|
|
|
$
|
42,528
|
|
|
$
|
81,027
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital
Expenditures
Our operations are capital intensive, requiring investments to
expand, upgrade or enhance existing operations and to meet
environmental and operational regulations. Our capital
requirements have consisted of and are expected to continue to
consist of maintenance capital expenditures and expansion
capital expenditures. Maintenance capital expenditures include
expenditures required to maintain equipment reliability,
tankage, and pipeline integrity and safety and to address
86
environmental regulations. Expansion capital expenditures
include expenditures to acquire assets and expand existing
facilities that increase throughput capacity in our terminals or
increase storage capacity at our storage facilities. For the
years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, Oiltanking
Predecessor incurred a total of $3.5 million,
$1.4 million and $3.5 million, respectively, in
maintenance capital expenditures and expended
$60.9 million, $33.1 million and $7.6 million,
respectively, for expansion capital expenditures. Our
predecessors capital funding requirements were funded by
loans from Oiltanking Finance B.V.
We have estimated maintenance capital expenditures of
approximately $5.0 million and expansion capital
expenditures of approximately $34.4 million for the twelve
months ending June 30, 2012. We anticipate that estimated
maintenance capital expenditures and expansion capital
expenditures will be funded primarily with cash from operations
and with borrowings under our revolving line of credit.
Consistent with our disciplined financial approach, in the
long-term, we generally intend to fund the capital required for
expansion projects and acquisitions through a balanced
combination of equity and debt capital.
Recent
Economic and Market Trends Impacting Our Liquidity
During 2008 and the beginning of 2009, worldwide financial
markets were extremely volatile and the economy weakened
considerably. While financial markets have since stabilized
significantly and become increasingly favorable for capital
formation through the first several months of 2011, we will not
be unaffected by challenging economic and capital markets
conditions if market conditions deteriorate or the worldwide
recovery does not continue or continues at a slower rate. In
particular, while we believe that cash flow in excess of
distributions as well as borrowings under our revolving line of
credit will enable us to fund our planned expansion activities
for the next several years, funding of additional expansion
activities or acquisitions may require us to access additional
capital resources, which we intend to fund with a balanced
combination of equity and debt capital. Although we believe that
equity and debt markets will be available to us on reasonable
terms based on current market conditions, there can be no
assurance that future market conditions will permit us to access
capital to fund future acquisition and expansion activities.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and
results of operations are based upon each of the respective
combined financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor, which
have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of
these financial statements requires the use of estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities. Certain accounting policies
involve judgments and uncertainties to such an extent that there
is a reasonable likelihood that materially different amounts
could have been reported under different conditions, or if
different assumptions had been used. Estimates and assumptions
are evaluated on a regular basis. We and our predecessor base
our respective estimates on historical experience and various
other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results
may differ from the estimates and assumptions used in
preparation of the combined financial statements.
Upon the closing of this offering, the combined historical
financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor will become the
historical financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Consequently, the critical accounting policies and estimates of
our predecessor will become our critical accounting policies and
estimates. We believe these accounting policies reflect the more
significant estimates and assumptions used in preparation of the
financial statements. Please read Note 2 to the Oiltanking
Predecessor audited historical financial statements included
elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of additional
accounting policies, estimates and judgments made by its
management
Depreciation. We calculate depreciation
expense using the straight-line method, based on the estimated
useful life of each asset. We assign asset lives based on
reasonable estimates when an asset is placed into service. We
periodically evaluate the estimated useful lives of our
property, plant and equipment and revise our estimates. The
determination of an assets estimated useful life takes a
number of factors into consideration, including technological
change, normal
87
depreciation and actual physical usage. If any of these
assumptions subsequently change, the estimated useful life of
the asset could change and result in an increase or decrease in
depreciation expense. Subsequent events could cause us to change
our estimates, which would impact the future calculation of
depreciation expense.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. In
accordance with ASC 360, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, we
continually evaluate whether events or circumstances have
occurred that indicate the carrying value of our long-lived
assets, including property and equipment, may be impaired. In
determining whether the carrying value of our long-lived assets
is impaired, we make a number of subjective assumptions
including, whether there is an indication of impairment and the
extent of any such impairment.
Factors we consider as indicators of impairment may include, but
are not limited to, our assessment of the market value of the
asset, operating or cash flow losses and any significant change
in the assets physical condition or use.
We evaluate the potential impairment of long-lived assets by
comparison of estimated undiscounted cash flows for the related
asset to the assets carrying value. Impairment is
indicated when the estimated undiscounted cash flows to be
generated by the asset are less than the assets carrying
value. If the long-lived asset is considered to be impaired, the
impairment loss is measured as the amount by which the carrying
amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset,
calculated using a discounted future cash flow analysis.
These future cash flow estimates (both undiscounted and
discounted) are based on historical results, adjusted to reflect
our best estimate of future market and operating conditions.
Uncertainty associated with these cash flow estimates include
assumptions regarding demand for the crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
transport, store and distribute, volatility and pricing crude
oil and its impact on refined products prices, the level of
domestic oil and gas production, discount rates (for discounted
cash flows) and potential future sources of cash flows.
Although the resolution of these uncertainties historically has
not had a material impact on our results of operations or
financial condition, we cannot provide assurance that actual
amounts will not vary significantly from estimated amounts.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, we
recorded impairment on assets totalling approximately
$0.2 million, $0.2 million, and $0.05 million,
respectively. There were no impairments recorded for the three
months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011.
Environmental and Other Contingent
Liabilities. Environmental costs are expensed
if they relate to an existing condition caused by past
operations and do not contribute to current or future revenue
generation. Liabilities are recorded when site restoration,
environmental remediation, cleanup or other obligations are
either known or considered probable and can be reasonably
estimated. At December 2009 and 2010, we had no accruals for
environmental obligations.
Accruals for contingent liabilities are recorded when our
assessment indicates that it is probable that a liability has
been incurred and the amount of liability can be reasonably
estimated. Such accruals may include estimates and are based on
all known facts at the time and our assessment of the ultimate
outcome. Our estimates for contingent liability accruals are
increased or decreased as additional information is obtained or
resolution is achieved. Presently, there are no material
accruals in these areas. Although the resolution of these
uncertainties historically has not had a material impact on our
results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide
assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts.
Among the many uncertainties that impact our estimates of
environmental and other contingent liabilities are the potential
involvement in lawsuits, administrative proceedings and
governmental investigations, including environmental, regulatory
and other matters, as well as the uncertainties that exist in
operating our storage facilities, associated pipeline systems,
and related facilities. Our insurance does not cover every
potential risk associated with operating our storage facility,
pipeline system, and related facilities, including the potential
loss of significant revenues. We believe we are adequately
insured for public liability and property damage to others with
respect to our operations. With respect to all of our coverage,
we may not be able to maintain adequate insurance in the future
at rates we consider reasonable.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in
market rates and prices. We do not take title to the crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas that we
handle and store, and therefore, we have
88
minimal direct exposure to risks associated with fluctuating
commodity prices. We do not intend to hedge our indirect
exposure to commodity risk.
We will have exposure to changes in interest rates on our
indebtedness associated with our expected revolving line of
credit, but for the year ended December 31, 2010, we did
not have any variable rate indebtedness. We may use certain
derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to variable
interest rates in the future, but we do not currently have in
place any hedges or forward contracts.
Seasonality
The crude oil, refined petroleum product and liquified petroleum
gas throughput in our terminals is directly affected by the
level of supply and demand for crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets served
directly or indirectly by our assets, which can fluctuate
seasonally, particularly due to seasonal shutdowns of refineries
during the spring months. However, many effects of seasonality
on our revenues will be substantially mitigated, as the
significant majority of our revenues are generated through fixed
monthly fees for storage services under multi-year contracts.
89
INDEPENDENT
STORAGE INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
Independent storage providers play a vital role in the business
of oil products and chemicals, in both liquid and gas form. They
are a critical logistic midstream link between the upstream
(exploration and production) and the downstream (refining and
marketing) segments of the oil and chemical industry. In the
independent storage business, a truly independent operator does
not receive title to the product stored and handled, nor do the
customers it serves own or control its facilities. Instead, an
independent operator generally serves unrelated third-party
customers.
Over the last three decades, the liquid storage business has
evolved from its beginnings as a component of an integrated
production process, into a mature, stand-alone operation. When
the Oiltanking Group began its North American business in 1974,
the independent terminaling business was fragmented, with only a
few large players, while major energy and chemical companies
owned and operated extensive tank terminal networks for their
own needs. While the independent storage business still includes
many small and local private companies that often own just a
single terminal, some large well-financed public and private
companies, like us, have emerged and positioned themselves as
market leaders through acquisitions, expansions and new
constructions. The Oiltanking Group is the worlds second
largest independent storage provider for crude oil, refined
products, liquid chemicals and gases, and one of only a handful
of global independent terminal operators.
Overview
The independent crude oil and refined products storage industry
helps address a fundamental imbalance in the energy industry:
crude oil and refined products are produced in different
locations and at different times than they are ultimately
consumed. In the United States, the consumption of crude oil
exceeds the domestic production of crude oil, necessitating the
import of crude oil from other countries. In addition, while the
significant majority of petroleum end products consumed in the
United States are refined domestically, the United States also
imports petroleum products including gasoline, diesel fuel,
heating oil, jet fuel, chemical feedstocks, and asphalt.
Altogether, net imports of crude oil and petroleum products
(imports minus exports) accounted for 51% of total domestic
petroleum consumption in 2009 according to the Energy
Information Administration, or EIA. Within the United States
there are also geographical imbalances, as a substantial
majority of the petroleum refining that occurs in the United
States east of the Rocky Mountains is concentrated in the Gulf
Coast region, particularly Louisiana and Texas, which account
for more than 50% of all refining capacity in the United States
according to the EIA. At the same time, both crude oil
production and petroleum product consumption is distributed more
evenly across the country.
Terminal facilities, which are typically located near
refineries, serve as a hub connecting both crude oil supplies
from disparate regions to the refiners and chemical companies
that will process them, and refined products produced by those
refiners and chemical companies to their ultimate end markets.
Terminal facilities consisting of storage tanks provide short-
and long-term storage services. By doing so, they provide their
customers with an essential reliability cushion against
unexpected disruptions in supply, transportation and markets
while at the same time allowing for warehousing of crude oil and
refined products to satisfy a customers expected increases
in demand or capitalize on a customers expected increase
in price. The value of a storage asset is a function of its
proximity and interconnectivity to major ports, refineries,
trading hubs and end users.
The diagram below illustrates the position and function of the
independent terminaling and storage industry within the crude
oil and refined products market chain.
Terminaling
Industrys Role in Crude Oil and Petroleum Products Supply
Chain
90
A brief overview of the midstream and downstream segments of the
energy industry that are connected through crude oil and refined
products terminals follows.
|
|
|
|
|
Transportation of Crude Oil and Chemical
Feedstocks. There are two modes of
transportation for inter-regional trade: tankers and pipelines.
Tankers have made intercontinental transport of oil and
petrochemical feedstocks possible, and they are low cost,
efficient, and extremely flexible. Pipelines, on the other hand,
are the mode of choice for transcontinental oil and chemical
feedstock movements, and are the primary mode of transportation
for crude oil and petrochemical feedstocks in the United States.
Both tankers and pipelines play a critical role in moving crude
and petrochemical feedstocks to refineries where it is refined
into usable products. Our Houston terminal is an essential
facility for the importing of crude oil and petrochemical
feedstocks for several refineries and processors.
|
|
|
|
Refining. Refineries in the Gulf Coast
region and elsewhere convert crude oil into light-refined
products and heavy-refined products. Light refined products
include gasoline, diesel fuels, heating oils and jet fuels.
Heavy refined products include residual fuel oils and asphalt.
Refined products of specific grade and characteristics are
substantially identical in composition from one refinery to
another and are referred to as being fungible. The
refined products initially are stored at the refineries
own terminal facilities. Then, refineries schedule for delivery
some of their refined product output to satisfy retail delivery
obligations, for example, at branded gasoline stations, and
allocate the remainder of their refined product output to
independent marketing and distribution companies or traders for
resale.
|
|
|
|
Transportation of Refined
Products. Before an independent distribution
and marketing company distributes refined petroleum products in
the wholesale markets, it must first schedule the product for
shipment by tankers or barges or on common carrier pipelines to
a terminal. Refined product is often transported by tanker or
barge to and from marine terminals, such as our Houston and
Beaumont terminals. Because there are economies of scale in
transporting products by vessel, marine terminals with large
storage capacities for various commodities have the ability to
offer their customers lower
per-barrel
freight costs than do terminals with smaller storage capacities.
Refined product is also transported inland and to marine
terminals by common carrier pipelines.
|
Many major energy and chemical companies own and operate
terminal storage facilities to help integrate their upstream or
downstream energy assets into the larger marketplace. Although
such terminals often have the same basic capabilities as
terminals owned by independent commercial operators, they
generally do not provide storage to third parties nor do they
typically have the flexible infrastructure and business approach
required to do so. Moreover, oil companies are increasing their
focus on capital intensive, upstream activities that generate
riskier and higher returns on investment at the expense of the
midstream activities, including tank storage and shipping. To
reduce their capital employed in such midstream activities and
to simultaneously capitalize on the safe and efficient
operations of independent terminal operators, oil companies
increasingly sell terminal assets against long-term storage
contracts. Similar developments exist in the chemicals business
where logistic services often are regarded as essential but
non-core. Consequently, there is a trend to
outsource logistics services, which we believe will result in
independent terminaling and storage providers accounting for an
increasing percentage of the total terminaling and storage
market. We believe that independent providers with a large
network and economies of scale have and will continue to benefit
disproportionately from theses trends.
While some major energy and chemical companies still own their
own storage facilities, they are also significant customers of
independent terminal operators and may have a strong demand for
independent terminals, due to their efficient operations and
tailor made services. Major energy and chemical companies also
frequently have a need for storage when specialized handling is
required or when independent terminals have more cost effective
locations near key transportation links such as deep-water
ports. We believe that, by satisfying the needs of our
customers, we have become one of the preferred tank storage
providers in the Gulf Coast region.
91
Terminal
Services
Terminal operators, like the partnership, offer a variety of
services to their customers, which include refiners, producers,
distributors and traders. Some of the services typically
provided by terminal operators include, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
receipt of product by vessels, tank barges, rail tank cars, road
tank trucks and pipelines;
|
|
|
|
storage of product (quantity and quality control);
|
|
|
|
inventory management;
|
|
|
|
redelivery of product via vessels, tank barges, rail tank cars,
road tank trucks and pipelines;
|
|
|
|
blending, mixing, and additivating;
|
|
|
|
treatment of product, such as butanizing;
|
|
|
|
administrative services, such as order processing and invoicing;
|
|
|
|
customs service, such as coordinating obligations related to
import duties and VAT; and
|
|
|
|
complementary services, such as surveying.
|
Gulf
Coast Industry Overview
The Gulf Coast region, where our Houston and Beaumont terminals
are located, is the most critical region to the domestic
refining industry. According to the EIA, the Gulf Coast is by
far the leader in refinery capacity, with more than twice the
crude oil distillation capacity as any other region in the
United States. The difference is even greater for downstream
processing capacity, because the Gulf Coast has the highest
concentration of sophisticated facilities in the world. Refined
product from the Gulf Coast is shipped to both the East Coast
(supplying more than half of the regions needs for light
products like gasoline, heating oil, diesel and jet fuel) and to
the Midwest (supplying more than 20% of the regions light
product consumption).
The primary feedstock that is imported through the Gulf Coast is
crude oil, including heavy crudes from Mexico and Venezuela,
long-haul crudes from West Africa, the Middle East and Russia,
and light and heavy crudes from Brazil. The majority of these
Gulf Coast refiners have invested significantly in heavy crude
processing over the past years to take advantage of the lower
cost heavy crudes as a primary feedstock. Whether these
feedstocks are imported via waterborne cargoes or delivered via
pipeline from new production fields, terminaling facilities will
continue to be utilized by these refiners as a critical part of
their off-site storage and re-delivery to their facilities.
Also, with more domestic production coming on-line and the
planning and construction of new pipeline projects to deliver
crude oil to the Gulf Coast region as discussed under
Business Our Business and Properties, we
believe there will be more crude oil storage expansions along
the Gulf Coast to provide storage of crude oil for processing or
re-distribution to other refining markets.
Barriers
to Entry
There are significant barriers to entry into the terminaling and
storage business. Some of the primary barriers to entry include:
|
|
|
|
|
the high costs of developing and constructing infrastructure,
including the costs of establishing interconnects with other
terminals and refining and processing plants;
|
|
|
|
the extended length of time and risk involved in permitting and
developing new projects and placing them into service, which can
extend over a multi-year period depending on the type of
facility, location, permitting issues and other factors;
|
|
|
|
the magnitude and uncertainty of capital costs, length of the
permitting and development cycle and scheduling uncertainties
associated with terminal development projects present
significant project financing challenges, which could be
exacerbated by any tightening of the global credit markets;
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
limited waterfront real estate that possesses requisite
characteristics, such as proximity to pipelines, refineries,
processing plants and major deep-water ports, as well as
operational flexibility; and
|
|
|
|
the specialized expertise required to acquire, develop and
operate storage facilities, which makes it difficult to hire and
retain qualified management and operational teams.
|
Parameters
of Competition
Independent terminal operators compete based on terminal
location and versatility as well as quality of service and price.
Location
Location is a critical factor in the independent storage
business; favorably-located terminals are in higher demand and
command much higher storage fees. Ideally positioned terminals
have two-way access to multiple cost-effective transportation
modes such as waterways, railroads, roadways and pipelines.
Terminals located near deep-water port facilities are referred
to as deep-water terminals, and terminals without
such facilities are referred to as inland terminals.
Some of the inland facilities are served by barges on navigable
waterways. Favorable locations are also typically near major
hubs such as Houston, where the partnership has a significant
presence.
Versatility
Terminal versatility is a function of the operators
ability to offer safe storage for a diverse group of products
with complex handling requirements. Terminals that are more
versatile can sell their services at higher prices and penetrate
a broader range of customers.
Service
Providing high quality of service is key for an operator to
distinguish itself and maintain long-term customer
relationships. Key areas of service differentiation for an
operator include its ability to offer clients tailor-made
solutions and its operating standards. An operators
logistics capabilities are equally important, enabling optimal
flexibility to liquids and gases in the most cost efficient
manner. Given the high value of the product being stored,
service reliability is a key competitive advantage.
Price
Significant barriers to entry into the terminaling and storage
industry reduce pricing pressure from new entrants. Customers
are also attracted to operators, like the partnership, that can
provide stable pricing over long contract periods. These term
contract storage prices are typically inflation-linked with
annual or periodic resets.
Customers
The types of customers relying on independent tank storage
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Refiners and Producers. Oil refiners
and producers that typically store feedstocks inbound to their
refineries and outbound refined products. A large number of the
major integrated oil companies fit this profile.
|
|
|
|
Chemical Producers. Chemical producers
that require storage of feedstocks as well as of other bulk,
intermediate, and specialty liquid products. Their storage
demand may be dependent not only on price and quality, but also
can be influenced by then supply-chain management capabilities.
|
|
|
|
Distributors. Customers that store
finished petroleum or chemical products for eventual
distribution to the end consumer.
|
|
|
|
Traders. Trading customers that tend to
store oil or chemical products for speculative and wholesale
purposes.
|
We believe customer loyalty in the terminaling industry is
strong because terminal and storage facilities serve as an
important part of their supply chain and that their costs
associated with arranging for alternative terminaling or storage
would be substantial. Contracts for storage services generally
provide for a fixed fee based on the volume of storage
93
provided or reserved for the customer, or incremental fees based
on the throughput of product passing through the terminal.
Market
Developments
Within the last decade, the international storage market has
experienced an extended period of strong demand and steady
growth, particularly in the global hub locations of North
America, Europe and Singapore, as well as in the rising
economies of Asia. This strong demand is fuelled by the
parameters described below.
Global
Supply and Demand Imbalances
With regard to both crude oil and clean petroleum products,
consumption is rising in regions with fewer resources, driving
an increase in worldwide tanker movements towards these
countries. This development has resulted in significant
investments being made for marine handling, storage, and
blending infrastructure. While refiners typically have some
flexibility to produce multiple or varying products, many do not
produce the entire range of clean petroleum products.
Consequently, the strong demand for gasoline in the United
States has for many years resulted in a diesel surplus, leading
to greater diesel exports and gasoline imports. However, most
recently, global diesel demand has influenced refining margins.
Particularly in Europe and Asia, diesel is in high demand,
leading to a surplus of gasoline in these regions. It is these
imbalances that combined with rising oil demand make storage so
important.
Imbalances
of Qualities
Crude oil and diesel are differentiated, with each petroleum
product having unique chemical and physical properties (i.e.
sulfur content, vapor pressure, specific gravity, oxygen
content, octane or cetane number, cold properties, etc). Many
countries and regions have different norms and specifications,
depending on climate and environmental policies. This
inconsistency means that often certain gasoline and diesel
fractions do not meet local specifications and need to be
exported or blended with imported components. This again leads
to higher storage demand and the need for additional logistic
infrastructure such as tanks. With tightening environmental
norms in certain regions and the introduction of bio fuels as a
blending component, we expect this trend to increase.
Oil
Price Levels, Volatility, and Basis
While spot oil prices do not impact the oil and refined products
storage industry directly, they can and do impact the
industrys customer base and influence their interaction
with operators such as us. Higher prices lead to higher
utilization of credit lines and increased inventory costs. As
this is a constraint for users of storage terminals, it makes it
necessary to manage the customer and contract portfolio well. In
some ways, higher product prices also make customers less price
sensitive, as storage costs then represent a lower share of
refining costs.
Oil price volatility has increased sharply over the past years,
making prudent price hedging and a proximity to the market
places imperative for both oil traders and refiners. As a
result, it is particularly important in the hub regions that
physical oil storage is available to customers as otherwise the
time to market may prevent capturing profit opportunities.
Demand for storage is also impacted by pricing basis, defined as
the differential between spot (or near term) and futures oil
prices. A market contango (futures prices exceeding spot) that
persisted through the first couple of months of 2011 has
increased the demand for storage from both market participants
and speculators looking to take advantage of this phenomenon.
This development has increased recent spot prices for storage
significantly.
94
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership formed in
March 2011 to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas. We are focused on growing our business
through the acquisition, ownership and operation of terminaling,
storage, pipeline and other midstream assets that generate
stable cash flows. Within the energy industry, storage and
terminaling services are the critical logistical midstream link
between the exploration and production sector and the refining
sector. The owner of our general partner is Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
the worlds second largest independent storage provider for
crude oil, refined products, liquid chemicals and gases.
Oiltanking GmbH intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the
United States. Our core assets are located along the upper Gulf
Coast of the United States on the Houston Ship Channel and in
Beaumont, Texas.
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to achieve that objective by anticipating long-term
infrastructure needs in the areas we serve and by growing our
tank terminal network and pipelines through construction in new
markets, the expansion of existing facilities, acquisitions from
the Oiltanking Group and strategic acquisitions from third
parties.
Initially, we will pay our common unitholders distributions of
$0.3375 per common unit per quarter, or $1.35 per
common unit annually, to the extent we have sufficient cash from
our operations after the establishment of cash reserves and
payment of fees and expenses, including reimbursements to our
general partner and its affiliates, before we pay any
distributions to our subordinated unitholders.
Our cash flows are primarily generated by fee-based storage,
terminaling and transportation services that we perform under
multi-year contracts with our customers. We do not take title to
any of the products we store or handle on behalf of our
customers and, as a result, are not directly exposed to changes
in commodity prices. For the year ended December 31, 2010,
we generated approximately 75% of our revenues from storage
services fees, which our customers pay to reserve storage space
in our tanks and to compensate us for handling up to a fixed
amount of product volumes, or throughput, at our terminals.
These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual storage
capacity utilized by our customers or the volume of products
that we receive. We generate the remainder of our revenues from
(i) throughput fees independent of or incremental to those
included as part of our storage services, and
(ii) ancillary services fees, charged to our storage
customers for services such as heating, mixing and blending
their products stored in our tanks, transferring their products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery. As of
March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage capacity was
under contract, and our customer contracts had a
weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the five year period
ended March 31, 2011, our customer retention rate was more
than 97%.
Our
Business and Properties
Our terminal assets are strategically located along the upper
Gulf Coast of the United States. Our Houston and Beaumont
terminals provide deep-water access and significant
interconnectivity to refineries, chemical and petrochemical
companies, common carrier and dedicated pipelines and production
facilities and have international marketing and distribution
capabilities. Our facilities are directly connected to 18
refineries, storage and production facilities along the upper
Gulf Coast area through dedicated pipelines, and, through both
dedicated and common carrier pipelines, to end markets along the
Gulf Coast and to the Cushing storage interchange in Oklahoma.
Certain of our facilities were designed and constructed
specifically for our customers needs. These dedicated
assets as well as our substantial connectivity combine to make
us an important part of many of our customers supply
chains, and we believe that their costs associated with
arranging for alternative terminaling or storage would be
substantial.
Refiners and chemical companies typically use our terminals
because their facilities may not have adequate storage capacity
or sufficient dock infrastructure or do not meet specialized
handling requirements for a particular product. We also provide
storage services to marketers and traders that require access to
large, strategically located storage capacity. Our combination
of geographic location, efficient and well-maintained storage
assets, deep-water access and extensive distribution
interconnectivity give us the flexibility to meet the evolving
demands of our existing customers as well as those of
prospective customers seeking terminaling and storage services
along the upper Gulf Coast.
95
Our primary assets are our terminal facilities and related
infrastructure at our Houston and Beaumont terminals,
information with regard to which is set forth below as of
March 31, 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Active
|
|
Existing
|
|
|
|
% of Active
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Expansion
|
|
|
|
Storage
|
|
Weighted-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Capacity
|
|
No. of
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Average
|
|
Composition of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(shell
|
|
(shell
|
|
Active
|
|
under
|
|
Contract Life
|
|
Contracted Storage
|
|
Supply
|
|
Delivery
|
Location
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
mmbbls)
|
|
Tanks
|
|
Contract
|
|
(years)(1)
|
|
Capacity
|
|
Modes
|
|
Modes
|
|
Houston
|
|
|
12.1
|
(2)
|
|
|
7.0
|
(3)
|
|
60
|
|
99.8%
|
|
7.1
|
|
64% crude oil, 26%
heavy petrochemical
feedstocks,
7% clean petroleum
products,
3% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline,
Railcars,
Tank Trucks
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beaumont
|
|
|
5.7
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
(4)
|
|
74
|
|
97.4%
|
|
4.4
|
|
59% clean petroleum
products, 40% vacuum
gas oil, 1% fuel oil
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
Vessel,
Barge,
Pipeline
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
17.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
134
|
|
99.0%
|
|
6.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Weighted based upon 2010 fiscal year revenues. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes 1.0 million barrels of storage capacity supported
by multi-year contracts with two customers that we are in the
process of constructing and expect to place into service within
the next 12 months. We expect these contracts will generate
approximately $5.7 million in revenue on an annual basis
once placed into service. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes storage capacity that can be constructed on
63 acres we currently hold under a long-term lease expiring
in 2035. We have an option to acquire this acreage prior to
December 2020 for a price of $6.0 million to
$6.7 million. |
|
(4) |
|
Does not include more than 20.0 million barrels of
additional storage capacity which we have sufficient acreage to
construct on the remote side of our terminal complex with
pipeline connections to our waterfront, to the extent that we
identify sufficient demand to do so. |
In addition to our existing business and operations, we believe
that current and planned expansion projects of other companies
will, if completed as planned, allow us to take advantage of the
service needs for significant new crude oil supplies expected to
enter the upper Gulf Coast through a number of announced
pipeline projects:
|
|
|
|
|
TransCanadas Keystone Pipeline, which is expected to
transport crude oil from the Western Canadian Sedimentary Basin
and the Bakken Shale formation to the Gulf Coast region at a
rate of up to 900,000 barrels per day within the next two
years;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners and Energy Transfer
Partners joint venture Double E pipeline, which is
expected to transport crude oil from Cushing to Houston at a
rate of up to 450,000 barrels per day within the next two
years;
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enbridges Monarch Pipeline, which is expected to transport
crude oil from Cushing to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next two years;
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners proposed Eagle Ford Shale
pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from the
Eagle Ford Shale in south Texas to Houston at a rate of up to
350,000 barrels per day within the next 18 months;
|
|
|
|
Kinder Morgan Energy Partners Eagle Ford Shale pipeline,
which is expected to transport crude oil from the Eagle Ford
Shale to Houston at a rate of up to 300,000 barrels per day
within the next 18 months; and
|
|
|
|
Magellan Midstream Partners reversal and conversion of its
Longhorn pipeline, which is expected to transport crude oil from
El Paso to Houston at a rate of up to 225,000 barrels
per day within 18 to 24 months upon approval of the project.
|
As indicated above, these pipelines are expected to transport
additional crude oil volumes from the Canadian oil sands, the
Bakken Shale formation in North Dakota and Montana, the Eagle
Ford Shale in south Texas as well as other crude oil development
and exploitation projects throughout the western and central
United States. We believe these supplies will create additional
volumes of Gulf Coast crude oil for local refiners necessitating
additional storage capacity.
96
In addition to the increases in crude oil supplies from these
pipeline projects, we also have received a number of inquiries
from merchant trading firms seeking to secure significant
storage capacity in order to continue trading operations
following the implementation of the Dodd Frank Act.
Because of the strategic location of our assets, our deep-water
access and our integrated distribution network, as well as
significant barriers to entry for potential competitors, we
believe that we are well-positioned to capitalize on these
market trends and expand our existing operations in the Gulf
Coast region. We own or lease with an option to acquire the land
and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels. Additionally and to the extent we identify sufficient
market demand to do so, we could construct more than
20.0 million barrels of storage capacity on the remote side
of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline connections to
our waterfront.
Houston
Terminal
We operate one of the largest third-party crude oil and refined
petroleum products terminals on the Houston Ship Channel. Our
facility has an aggregate active storage capacity of
approximately 12.1 million barrels and provides integrated
terminaling services to a variety of customers, including major
integrated oil companies, marketers, distributors and chemical
companies. This capacity includes an additional 1.0 million
barrels of storage capacity supported by multi-year contracts
with two customers that we are in the process of constructing at
a cost of approximately $23 million and expect to place
into service within the next 12 months. We expect these two
contracts will generate approximately $5.7 million in
revenue on an annual basis once placed into service. The
principal products handled at our Houston terminal complex are
crude oil, the inputs for chemical production (such as naphtha
and condensate), which are referred to as chemical feedstocks,
liquefied petroleum gas and clean petroleum products, such as
gasoline and distillates, with crude oil accounting for
approximately 64% of our active storage capacity.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the greater Houston petrochemical and refining complex. The
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through proprietary pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, including Lyondell
Chemical Companys refinery in Houston, PetroBras
refinery in Pasadena, Texas and ExxonMobils refinery in
Baytown, Texas, which is the largest refinery in the United
States.
Our Houston terminal also handles products through third-party
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas tankers and barges arriving at our deep-water docks. Our
waterfront capabilities consist of six deep-water ship docks,
allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to 130,000
deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity, and two
barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo
and barge capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can accommodate
vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including Suezmax tankers,
which are the largest tankers that can navigate the Houston Ship
Channel. The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston
terminal allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and
refined petroleum products for our storage customers, but also
to contract with customers for the rights to use our docks for
their own activities. For example, for the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated 21% of our Houston terminal
revenues from throughput fees charged to non-storage customers
that utilize our waterfront to export and import liquefied
petroleum gas and distillates under multi-year throughput
agreements. In addition, our largest non-storage customer has
recently announced plans to nearly double its export capacity at
our Houston terminal by the second half of 2012. To the extent
this expansion occurs and this additional capacity is utilized,
we expect to generate additional throughput fees with only
minimal incremental operating costs or capital expenditures
related to this planned expansion.
We believe our Houston terminal is well positioned to take
advantage of changing crude oil logistics in the Gulf Coast as a
result of pipeline construction projects that, in the aggregate,
would transport nearly two million barrels of oil per day into
the Gulf Coast region if completed as planned. To capitalize on
these expected new sources of crude oil supply, we own or lease
with an option to acquire the land and
rights-of-way
necessary to construct an additional 7.0 million barrels of
crude storage capacity on existing property connected to our
Houston terminal and to construct interconnections to one or
more of the proposed pipelines. Under a lease agreement, which
terminates in 2035, we are permitted to construct additional
storage tanks on the 63 acres of property. We have the
option to acquire the acreage until December 2020 for a price of
$6.0 million to $6.7 million. While any further
expansion will be based upon the needs of
97
our customers, we would expect any new storage tanks at our
Houston terminal to be operational prior to completion of the
announced pipeline construction projects.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for nearly 100%
of our 11.1 million barrels of storage capacity at our
Houston terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
7.1 years.
Our real property at our Houston terminal consists of
approximately 327 acres, including 63 acres of nearby
parcels that could be connected to our Houston terminal through
existing owned
rights-of-way.
We own all of such acreage in fee, with the exception of the
63 acres which we hold under the lease agreement described
above. We have not yet constructed any assets on the leased
acreage. In addition, we own approximately 24 acres at the
Crossroads Interchange approximately six miles from our
Houston terminal and the
rights-of-way
necessary to connect the acreage to our Houston terminal.
We believe that our location on the Houston Ship Channel to the
east of the Beltway 8 Bridge enables us to handle larger vessels
than our competitors who are located to the west of the Beltway
8 Bridge because our waterfront has fewer draft and beam
restrictions.
Beaumont
Terminal
Our Beaumont terminal serves as a regional strategic and trading
hub for vacuum gas oil and clean petroleum products for
refineries located in the upper Gulf Coast region. Our facility
has an aggregate active storage capacity of approximately
5.7 million barrels and provides integrated terminaling
services to a variety of customers, including major integrated
oil companies, distributors, marketers and chemical and
petrochemical companies. The principal products handled at our
Beaumont terminal complex are clean petroleum products and
vacuum gas oil, which accounted for approximately 59% and 40%,
respectively, of our active storage capacity as of
March 31, 2011.
Our storage and distribution network is highly integrated with
the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, and
provides our customers with the additional services of mixing,
blending, heating and marine vapor recovery. Our Beaumont
facility handles products through a number of transportation
modes, primarily through third-party pipelines interconnected to
local refineries and production facilities, through our own
dedicated pipeline system to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, and through third-party crude and
refined petroleum products tankers and barges arriving at our
deep-water docks, which can accommodate vessels with drafts of
up to 40 feet and barges with drafts of up to 12 feet.
Our waterfront capabilities currently consist of two deep-water
ship docks, allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to
130,000 dwt of cargo and vessel capacity, and one barge dock,
allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt of cargo and barge
capacity. We have begun construction on a second barge dock that
will accommodate barges up to 20,000 dwt with drafts of up to
12 feet. We also own waterfront acreage adjacent to our
terminal sufficient to accommodate two additional
deep-water
docks and a new barge dock. The additional waterfront acreage,
if developed, would approximately double our dock capacity.
Our real property at our Beaumont terminal consists of 1,339
acres, all of which we own in fee. We own acreage adjacent to
our waterfront on which we can construct tanks with an
additional 5.4 million barrels of storage capacity.
Additionally and to the extent that we identify sufficient
demand to do so, we could construct more than 20.0 million
barrels of additional storage capacity on the remote side of our
terminal complex with pipeline connections to our waterfront. We
believe that we have the existing acreage and potential for
connectivity with major pipelines to rapidly and efficiently
expand our Beaumont terminal if increasing crude oil supplies or
other changing market trends create favorable conditions for
growth.
As of March 31, 2011, we had firm contracts for 97% of our
5.7 million barrels of storage capacity at our Beaumont
terminal, with a weighted-average contract life of
4.4 years.
Our
Operations
We provide integrated terminaling, storage, pipeline and related
services for third-party companies engaged in the production,
distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquified petroleum gas. We generate our revenues
exclusively through the provision of fee-based services to our
customers. The types of fees we charge are:
|
|
|
|
|
Storage Services Fees. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 75% of
our revenues from fixed monthly fees for storage services, which
our customers pay (i) to reserve storage space in our tanks
and
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) to compensate us for receiving an agreed upon average
periodic amount of product volume, or throughput, on their
behalf. These fees are owed to us regardless of the actual
storage capacity utilized by our customers or the amount of
throughput that we receive.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Throughput Fees. For the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 20% of our
revenues from throughput fees, which our non-storage customers
pay us to receive or deliver volumes of products on their behalf
to designated pipelines, third-party storage facilities or
waterborne transportation. In addition, our storage customers
pay us throughput fees when we receive volumes of products on
their behalf that exceed the base throughput contemplated in
their agreed upon monthly storage services fee. The revenues we
generate from throughput fees vary based upon the volumes of
products accepted at or withdrawn from our terminals.
|
|
|
|
Ancillary Services Fees. For the year
ended December 31, 2010, we generated approximately 5% of
our revenues from fees associated with ancillary services such
as heating, mixing, and blending our storage customers
products that are stored in our tanks, transferring our storage
customers products between our tanks and marine vapor
recovery. The revenues we generate from ancillary services fees
vary based upon the activity levels of our customers.
|
We believe that the high percentage of fixed storage services
fees generated from multi-year contracts with a diverse
portfolio of customers creates stable cash flow and
substantially mitigates our exposure to volatility in supply and
demand and other market factors. For additional information
about our contracts, please read
Contracts.
Our
Business Strategies
Our primary business objective is to generate stable cash flows
to enable us to pay quarterly distributions to our unitholders
and to increase our quarterly cash distributions over time. We
intend to accomplish this objective by executing the following
business strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalize on Organic Growth Opportunities by Expanding
and Developing the Assets and Properties That We Already
Own. We are in the process of constructing
1.0 million barrels of storage capacity supported by
multi-year contracts with two customers that we expect to place
into service in the next 12 months. We intend to continue
to expand our existing operations through organic growth
projects, including expanding our storage capacity at our
Houston and Beaumont terminals to take advantage of what we
believe will be significant increases in crude oil storage
demand, due in part to the construction of new pipeline projects
anticipated to deliver crude oil into the upper Gulf Coast
region at a rate of up to two million barrels per day in the
next two years. To capitalize on these expected new sources of
crude oil supply, we own or lease with the option to acquire the
land and
rights-of-way
necessary to significantly increase our current storage capacity
by constructing tanks adjacent to our current facilities with an
aggregate additional storage capacity of 12.4 million
barrels and connecting that storage capacity to one or more of
the proposed pipelines. Additionally and to the extent we
identify sufficient demand to do so, we could construct more
than 20.0 million barrels in storage capacity on the remote
side of our terminal complex in Beaumont with pipeline
connections to our waterfront. We also seek to identify and
pursue opportunities to increase our capacity and utilization,
improve our operating efficiency, further diversify our customer
base and expand our service offerings to existing customers,
which we believe is an efficient and cost-effective method of
achieving organic growth.
|
|
|
|
Pursue Accretive Strategic Acquisitions of Terminaling,
Storage, Pipeline and Other Midstream Assets That Will Expand or
Complement Our Existing Asset Portfolio and That Are Expected to
Increase Our Revenues and Cash Flows. We
intend to pursue strategic and accretive acquisitions of
terminaling, storage, pipeline and other midstream assets that
expand or complement our existing asset portfolio. We
continually monitor the marketplace to identify and pursue such
acquisitions, with a particular focus on waterborne terminals on
the East Coast, West Coast and Gulf Coast of the United States.
In acquiring other businesses or assets, we will attempt to
utilize our industry knowledge, network of customers and
strategic asset base to identify acquisition opportunities and,
if we acquire such opportunities, to operate the acquired assets
or businesses more efficiently and competitively, thereby
increasing our revenue and cash flow. We intend to pursue
acquisition opportunities both independently and jointly with
the Oiltanking Group or third parties, particularly when the
third party partners have expertise in certain industries or
geographies. We believe that our base of operations provides
multiple platforms for strategic growth through acquisitions. We
also believe that the Oiltanking Groups active
participation in the terminaling and storage
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
business and its unique insights into business opportunities in
our industry will help us to identify, evaluate and pursue
attractive commercial growth opportunities, which may include
the purchase of assets from OTA or construction of assets in
partnership with the Oiltanking Group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain and Develop Strong Customer Relationships Based
Upon High Quality of Service, Reliability, the Efficiency of Our
Existing Assets and Operations and Our Global Marketing and
Relationship Network. We intend to maximize
the profitability of our existing assets by continuing to expand
our services to existing and new customers in response to their
needs and implementing additional services utilizing our asset
base, such as adding new volumes of products handled and
providing access to additional markets. We also intend to
continue delivering superior operational performance by engaging
in strong safety and responsible environmental practices,
fostering strong technical capabilities and focusing on
reliability, efficiency and flexibility. We believe that our
commitment to excellent customer service and our long-term
pricing strategies have combined to help us cultivate valuable
customer relationships.
|
|
|
|
Maintain Sound Financial Practices to Ensure Our Long-Term
Viability. We intend to maintain our
commitment to disciplined financial analyses and a balanced
capital structure, which we believe will serve the long-term
interests of our unitholders and the Oiltanking Group. In
addition, we intend to focus our development and acquisition
activities on assets that will contribute to our fee-based
portfolio over the long term and have no direct exposure to
commodity prices. Consistent with our disciplined financial
approach, in the long-term, we generally intend to fund the
capital required for expansion and acquisition projects through
a balanced combination of equity and debt capital. Concurrently
with the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a new
$50.0 million revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
|
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that we are well positioned to execute our business
strategies successfully because of the following competitive
strengths:
|
|
|
|
|
Well-Positioned and Highly Integrated Terminal Assets
Creating High Barriers of Entry for Potential
Competitors. Our assets are strategically
located and have a high degree of interconnectivity and physical
integration with the upper Gulf Coast refinery and petrochemical
complex, which accounts for approximately 25% of the refining
capacity in the United States, based on net input of crude and
petroleum products. Our potential competitors face high barriers
to entry including high construction costs and less effective
location options due to lack of access to navigable waterways
and proximity to refining and petrochemical complexes. We
believe this offers us a competitive advantage, as competitors
will find it difficult to compete with and expensive to
replicate the geographic location and integration of our
terminals.
|
Houston. We believe that our Houston terminal
provides unique flexibility resulting from its location in the
heart of the Houston Ship Channel in the Port of Houston, the
largest port in the United States measured in foreign waterborne
tonnage imports, and that it is differentiated due to its well
developed waterfront infrastructure and pipeline connectivity.
Our Houston terminal delivers products through a variety of
transportation modes, including vessels and barges, rail, and
tank truck, but primarily utilizes proprietary pipelines
interconnected to local refineries and production facilities,
including Lyondell Chemical Companys refinery in Houston,
PetroBrass refinery in Pasadena, Texas and
ExxonMobils refinery in Baytown, Texas, which is the
largest refinery in the United States.
Beaumont. Our Beaumont terminal is situated in
the Port of Beaumont, the fifth largest port in the United
States measured in foreign waterborne tonnage imports. The
Beaumont terminal is highly integrated into the Beaumont/Port
Arthur petrochemical and refining complex, primarily through
pipelines, including connectivity to the TEPPCO and Centennial
Pipelines, ExxonMobil Refinery, Valeros Lucas Tank Farm
and two pipelines to Huntsmans chemical production
facility in Port Neches, Texas.
|
|
|
|
|
Established Relationships with Customers Generating
Multi-Year Contracts and Stable Cash
Flows. We have cultivated valuable long-term
relationships with our customers, and as a result have
historically enjoyed stable cash flows and minimal customer
turnover. As of March 31, 2011, 99% of our active storage
capacity was under contract, and our customer contracts had a
weighted-average life of 6.3 years. In the five year period
ended
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
March 31, 2011, our customer retention rate was more than
97%. We believe that the Oiltanking Groups established
reputation in our industry as a reliable and cost-effective
supplier of services will help us to maintain strong
relationships with our existing customers and will assist us in
our efforts to develop relationships with new customers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expansive Waterfront and Dock Capacity, Allowing for
Efficient Receipt of Cargoes. Our waterfront
capabilities at our Houston terminal consist of six deep-water
ship docks, allowing for the dockage of vessels with up to
130,000 deadweight tons, or dwt, of cargo and vessel capacity,
and two barge docks, allowing for barges with up to 20,000 dwt
of barge and cargo capacity. Our deep-water ship docks can
accommodate vessels with up to a 45 foot draft, including
Suezmax tankers, which are the largest tankers that can navigate
the Houston Ship Channel. We believe that most of our
competitors on the Houston Ship Channel cannot receive cargoes
as efficiently as we can, giving us a competitive advantage as
customers seek to minimize and demurrage charges, which result
when vessels cannot dock to unload their cargoes at a terminal
and are forced to wait for dock space to become available for
loading or unloading before continuing on to their next use. Our
efficiency also provides our customers with additional certainty
regarding time-sensitive deliveries, which is particularly
attractive to traders who often make storage decisions based
upon quickly shifting market dynamics.
|
The size and structure of our waterfront at the Houston terminal
allows us not only to receive and unload crude oil and refined
petroleum products for our storage customers, but also to
contract with customers for the rights to use our docks for
their own activities. For example, for the year ended
December 31, 2010, we generated 21% of our Houston terminal
revenues from throughput fees charged to non-storage customers
that utilize our waterfront to export and import liquefied
petroleum gas and distillates under multi-year agreements. In
addition, our largest non-storage customer has recently
announced plans to nearly double its export capacity at our
Houston terminal by the second half of 2012. To the extent this
expansion occurs and this additional capacity is utilized, we
expect to generate additional throughput fees with only minimal
incremental operating costs or capital expenditures related to
this planned expansion.
|
|
|
|
|
Flexible, Efficient and Well-Maintained Assets That Can Be
Expanded at Competitive Costs. We have
designed the infrastructure at our terminals specifically to
facilitate future expansion, which we expect to both reduce our
overall capital costs per additional barrel of storage capacity
and shorten the duration and enhance the predictability of
development timelines. Some of the specific infrastructure
investments we have made that will facilitate incremental
expansion are a sufficient number of docks capable of handling
various products, spare pipeline infrastructure that allows for
additional volumes of product to be handled, easily expandable
piping and manifolds to handle additional storage capacity and
land that allows us to construct more tank capacity. Because of
this we believe that we are better positioned to grow
organically in response to changing market conditions.
|
|
|
|
Financial Flexibility to Fund
Growth. During 2003, the Oiltanking Group
enacted a policy of centrally financing the expansion and growth
of its global holdings of terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008,
established Oiltanking Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance
company located in Amsterdam, the Netherlands. Oiltanking
Finance B.V. now serves as the global bank for the Oiltanking
Groups terminal holdings, including ours, and arranges
loans at market rates and terms for approved terminal
construction projects. We believe that this relationship has
historically provided us with access to debt capital on terms
that are consistent with or better than what would have been
available to us from third parties. We believe this relationship
could continue to provide us with access to capital at
competitive rates. At the closing of this offering, we expect to
have approximately $50.0 million of borrowing capacity
available under a new revolving line of credit with Oiltanking
Finance B.V. which amount could be increased to
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
We believe that our available borrowing capacity and our ability
to access capital markets should provide us with the financial
flexibility necessary to pursue expansion and acquisition
opportunities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Relationship with the Oiltanking
Group. Oiltanking GmbH is the worlds
second largest independent storage provider for crude oil,
refined products, liquid chemicals and gases and has been an
active participant in the terminaling and storage business
throughout the world for over 30 years. Oiltanking GmbH
intends for us to be its growth vehicle in the United States to
acquire, own and operate terminaling, storage, pipeline and
other midstream assets that generate stable cash flows. We
believe that as the indirect owner of our general partner and
all of our incentive distribution rights and a 72.8% limited
partner interest in us, Oiltanking GmbH will be
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
motivated to promote and support the successful execution of our
business plan and to pursue projects that enhance the value of
our business. We also believe that the Oiltanking Groups
active participation in the terminaling and storage business and
its unique insights into business opportunities in our industry
will help us to identify, evaluate and pursue attractive
commercial growth opportunities, which may include the purchase
of assets from or construction of assets in partnership with the
Oiltanking Group. We believe that we are distinctively different
from many of our competitors as many of them may not be able to
benefit from a parent company with such global expertise and
network of contacts and insights. Also, the strong Oiltanking
network offers us the opportunity to draw on an international
pool of experts and to train our employees internationally.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Experienced Management Team and Operational
Expertise. We have an experienced management
team and access to the Oiltanking Groups, including
OTAs, industry-leading technical, construction, and
operating experience. Members of our management team have, on
average, more than 20 years of experience in the
terminaling or energy industry and have been employed by OTA, on
average, for more than 10 years. Our management team has a
successful track record of creating internal growth and
completing acquisitions, including OTAs acquisitions of
terminals in Texas City and Port Neches, Texas and Joliet,
Illinois and dry bulk operations in St. Croix and Corpus
Christi, Texas, while also maintaining stable and growing cash
flows. While operating amidst volatile conditions in the global
economy, our management team increased both revenues and
Adjusted EBITDA,
year-over-year,
every year from 2007 through 2010, with an aggregate increase of
70% and 102% during such period, respectively. We believe our
management teams experience and familiarity with our
industry and businesses are important assets that assist us in
implementing our business strategies.
|
Our
History and Relationship with Oiltanking GmbH
One of our principal strengths is our relationship with
Oiltanking GmbH. The Oiltanking Group is the worlds second
largest independent storage provider for crude oil, refined
products, liquid chemicals and gases. With 71 terminals,
110 million barrels of storage capacity, 19 joint ventures
and locations throughout 22 countries in North America, Europe,
Asia, the Middle East and Central and South America, the
Oiltanking Group leverages its international marketing networks
and a brand that is widely recognized in the energy industry.
Oiltanking GmbH is a wholly owned subsidiary of
Marquard & Bahls AG, a German company, that has been
privately held for over 60 years. The Marquard &
Bahls group of companies has over 4,000 employees, over
$5 billion in assets as of December 31, 2010, and
three core activities: (i) oil trading, (ii) aviation
fueling and (iii) storage and terminaling of crude oil,
refined petroleum products, chemicals and gases. All three
activities are pooled in separate holdings, but they are
financed and managed individually.
Following the completion of this offering, OTA, a subsidiary of
Oiltanking GmbH and the owner of our general partner, will
continue to own and operate substantial crude oil and refined
products logistics assets. OTA will also retain a significant
interest in us through its direct and indirect ownership of a
72.8% limited partner interest, a 2.0% general partner interest
and all of our incentive distribution rights. Given OTAs
significant ownership in us following this offering and
Oiltanking GmbHs intent to use us as its growth vehicle in
the United States to acquire, own and operate terminaling,
storage and pipeline assets that generate stable cash flows, we
believe OTA and Oiltanking GmbH will be motivated to promote and
support the successful execution of our business strategies. In
particular, we believe it will be in the Oiltanking Groups
best interests for its members to contribute additional assets
to us over time and to facilitate our organic growth
opportunities and accretive acquisitions from third parties.
Our
Management and Employees
We are managed and operated by the board of directors and
executive officers of our general partner, OTLP GP, LLC, a
wholly owned subsidiary of OTA. Following this offering, OTA
will own, directly or indirectly, approximately 48.6% of our
outstanding common units and all of our outstanding subordinated
units and incentive distribution rights. As a result of owning
our general partner, OTA will have the right to appoint all
members of the board of directors of our general partner,
including at least three independent directors meeting the
independence standards established by the NYSE. At least one of
our independent directors will be appointed prior to the date
our common units are listed for trading on the NYSE. OTA will
appoint our second independent director within three months of
the date our common units begin trading on the NYSE, and our
third independent director within one year from such date. Our
unitholders will not be entitled to elect our general partner or
its directors or otherwise directly participate in our
management or operations. For more information about the
executive officers and directors of our general partner, please
read Management.
102
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf pursuant to a
services agreement with OT Services, a wholly owned subsidiary
of OTA. Neither our partnership agreement nor the services
agreement will limit the amount of expenses for which our
general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed, but the
services agreement will provide for an agreed upon maximum
annual reimbursement obligation for expenses associated with
certain specified selling, general and administrative services
necessary to run our business that will be provided to us by OT
Services. These capped expenses include (i) expenses of
non-executive employees, including general and administrative
overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other
compensation amounts, which we expect will be allocated to us
based on weighted-average headcount and the ratio of time spent
by those employees on our business and operations, and
(ii) executive officer expenses, including general and
administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. does not have any employees. All of
the employees that will conduct our business pursuant to the
services agreement will be employed by OTA or a wholly owned
subsidiary of OTA. As of December 31, 2010, Oiltanking
Predecessor had 154 employees and our general partner had
not yet been formed.
Customers
Our Houston and Beaumont terminals collectively provide storage
and terminaling services to a broad mix of customers including
major integrated oil companies, refiners, marketers,
distributors and chemical and petrochemical companies.
As of December 31, 2010, our Houston terminal had 17
customers with terminal services agreements and our Beaumont
terminal had 16 customers with terminal services agreements. For
the year ended December 31, 2010, our five largest
customers were affiliates of BP p.l.c., LyondellBasell
Industries, Enterprise Products Partners, Exxon Mobil
Corporation and Royal Dutch Shell plc which accounted for a
total of approximately 61% of our revenues, with each customer
individually representing approximately 14%, 12%, 12%, 12%, and
11% respectively, of our revenues during that period. No other
customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenues during the
year ended December 31, 2010.
Contracts
Our Houston and Beaumont terminals contract with their customers
to provide firm storage and terminaling services, for which they
charge storage services fees, throughput fees and ancillary
services fees, as described above under Our Business and
Properties Our Operations.
The terminal services agreements at our Houston and Beaumont
terminals typically have terms of five to 20 years, and one
to five years, respectively. Our general contracting philosophy
at both Houston and Beaumont is to commit a high percentage of
our available storage capacity to multi-year terminaling
services agreements at attractive rates, while simultaneously
contracting for terminal services with non-storage customers
based on throughput volumes. As of March 31, 2011, the
weighted-average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of
terminal services agreements is approximately 7.1 years at
our Houston terminal and approximately 4.4 years at our
Beaumont terminal. We believe the weighted-average life of
customer contracts at our Beaumont terminal is shorter than at
our Houston terminal because a significant portion of our
Beaumont terminal customers are traders and marketers of vacuum
gas oil, who tend to seek shorter term storage contracts as
compared to end-users such as refineries. Many of our customers
are currently in the renewal portion of their contracts, which
typically constitutes a
year-to-year
timeframe. Although these customers are
year-to-year,
they have been customers at the terminals, in some cases, for
more than 10 years.
Competition
Many major energy and chemical companies own extensive terminal
storage facilities. Although such terminals often have the same
capabilities as terminals owned by independent operators, they
generally do not provide terminaling services to third parties.
In many instances, major energy and chemical companies that own
storage and terminaling
103
facilities are also significant customers of independent
terminal operators. Such companies typically have strong demand
for terminals owned by independent operators when independent
terminals have more cost-effective locations near key
transportation links, such as deep-water ports. Major energy and
chemical companies also need independent terminal storage when
their own storage facilities are inadequate, either because of
size constraints, the nature of the stored material or
specialized handling requirements.
Independent terminal owners generally compete on the basis of
the location and versatility of terminals, service and price. A
favorably located terminal will have access to various
cost-effective transportation modes, both to and from the
terminal. Transportation modes typically include waterways,
railroads, roadways and pipelines. Terminals located near
deep-water port facilities are referred to as deep-water
terminals and terminals without such facilities are
referred to as inland terminals, although some
inland facilities located on or near navigable waterways are
serviced by barges.
Terminal versatility is a function of the operators
ability to offer complex handling requirements for diverse
products. The services typically provided by the terminal
include, among other things, the safe storage of the product at
specified temperature, moisture and other conditions, as well as
receipt at and delivery from the terminal, all of which must be
in compliance with applicable environmental regulations. A
terminal operators ability to obtain attractive pricing is
often dependent on the quality, versatility and reputation of
the facilities owned by the operator. Although many products
require modest terminal modification, operators with versatile
storage capabilities typically require less modification prior
to usage, ultimately making the storage cost to the customer
more attractive.
The main competition at our Houston terminal location for our
crude oil handling and storage are two other terminals operated
by Enterprise Products Partners and Houston Fuel Oil Terminal
Company.
We believe that we are favorably positioned to compete in the
industry due to the strategic location of our terminals in the
Gulf Coast, their integration with area refineries, our
reputation, our efficiency in docking incoming vessels on our
water front, the prices we charge for our services and the
quality and versatility of our services.
We currently operate the only independent vacuum gas oil and
clean petroleum products handling and storage service businesses
in the Beaumont/Port Arthur petrochemical and refining complex.
We anticipate that any competition in those areas would come
from the entry of a new competitor into the region.
The competitiveness of our service offerings could be
significantly impacted by the entry of new competitors into the
markets in which our Houston and Beaumont terminals operate. We
believe, however, that significant barriers to entry exist in
the crude oil and refined products terminaling and storage
business, particularly for marine terminals. These barriers
include significant costs and execution risk, a lengthy
permitting and development cycle, financing challenges, shortage
of personnel with the requisite expertise and the finite number
of sites suitable for development.
Environmental
and Occupational Safety and Health Regulation
General
Our operation of pipelines, terminals, and associated facilities
in connection with the storage and transportation of crude oil,
refined petroleum products and liquefied petroleum gas is
subject to extensive and frequently-changing federal, state and
local laws and regulations relating to the protection of the
environment. Compliance with these laws and regulations may
require the acquisition of permits to conduct regulated
activities; restrict the type, quantities and concentration of
pollutants that may be emitted or discharged into or onto to the
land, air and water; restrict the handling and disposal of solid
and hazardous wastes; apply specific health and safety criteria
addressing worker protection; and require remedial measures to
mitigate pollution from former and ongoing operations. As with
the industry generally, compliance with existing and anticipated
environmental laws and regulations increases our overall cost of
business, including our capital costs to construct, maintain,
operate and upgrade equipment and facilities. While these laws
and regulations affect our maintenance capital expenditures and
net income, we believe they do not affect our competitive
position, as the operations of our competitors are similarly
affected.
We believe our facilities are in substantial compliance with
applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, these
laws and regulations are subject to frequent change by
regulatory authorities, and continued or future compliance with
such laws and regulations, or changes in the interpretation of
such laws and regulations, may require us to incur significant
expenditures. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations
may result in the assessment of administrative,
104
civil and criminal penalties, the imposition of remedial
obligations, and the issuance of injunctions that may limit or
prohibit some or all of our operations. Additionally, a
discharge of crude oil, refined petroleum products or liquefied
petroleum gas into the environment could, to the extent the
event is not insured, subject us to substantial expenses,
including costs to comply with applicable laws and regulations
and to resolve claims made by third parties for claims for
personal injury and property damage. These impacts could
directly and indirectly affect our business, and have an adverse
impact on our financial position, results of operations, and
liquidity.
Hazardous
Substances and Wastes
To a large extent, the environmental laws and regulations
affecting our operations relate to the release of hazardous
substances or solid wastes into soils, groundwater, and surface
water, and include measures to control pollution of the
environment. These laws and regulations generally govern the
generation, storage, treatment, transportation, and disposal of
solid and hazardous waste. They also require corrective action,
including investigation and remediation, at a facility where
such waste may have been released or disposed. For instance, the
federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), which is also known as
Superfund, and comparable state laws, impose liability, without
regard to fault or to the legality of the original conduct, on
certain classes of persons that contributed to the release of a
hazardous substance into the environment. These
persons include the owner or operator of the site where the
release occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for
the disposal of, the hazardous substances found at the site.
Under CERCLA, these persons may be subject to joint and several
liability for the costs of cleaning up the hazardous substances
that have been released into the environment, for damages to
natural resources, and for the costs of certain health studies.
CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in some instances, third
parties to act in response to threats to the public health or
the environment and to seek to recover from the responsible
classes of persons the costs they incur. It is not uncommon for
neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims
for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by
hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the
environment. In the course of our ordinary operations, we
generate waste that falls within CERCLAs definition of a
hazardous substance and, as a result, may be jointly
and severally liable under CERCLA for all or part of the costs
required to clean up sites.
We also generate solid wastes, including hazardous wastes, which
are subject to the requirements of the federal Resource
Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and comparable
state statutes. From time to time, the EPA considers the
adoption of stricter disposal standards for non-hazardous
wastes, including crude oil and refined products wastes. We are
not currently required to comply with a substantial portion of
the RCRA requirements because our operations generate minimal
quantities of hazardous wastes. However, it is possible that
additional wastes, which could include wastes currently
generated during operations, will in the future be designated as
hazardous wastes. Hazardous wastes are subject to
more rigorous and costly disposal requirements than are
non-hazardous wastes. Any changes in the regulations could
increase our maintenance capital expenditures and operating
expenses.
We currently own and lease properties where hydrocarbons are
being or have been handled for many years. Although we have
utilized operating and disposal practices that were standard in
the industry at the time, hydrocarbons or other waste have been
spilled or released on or under the properties owned or leased
by us or on or under other locations where these wastes have
been taken for disposal or recycling. In addition, certain of
these properties have been operated by third parties whose
treatment and disposal or release of hydrocarbons or other
wastes was not under our control. These properties and wastes
disposed thereon may be subject to CERCLA, RCRA, and analogous
state laws. Under these laws, we could be required to remove or
remediate previously disposed wastes (including wastes disposed
of or released by prior owners or operators), to clean up
contaminated property (including contaminated groundwater), or
to perform remedial operations to prevent future contamination
to the extent we are not indemnified for such matters.
Air
Emissions and Climate Change
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act and
comparable state and local statutes. These laws and regulations
govern emissions of air pollutants from various industrial
sources and also impose various monitoring and reporting
requirements. Such laws and regulations may require that we
obtain pre-approval for the construction and or modification of
certain projects or facilities expected to produce air emissions
or result in the increase of existing air emissions, obtain and
comply with air permits containing various emissions and
operational limitations, and use specific emission control
technologies to limit emissions. While we may be required to
incur certain capital expenditures in the future for air
pollution control equipment in connection with obtaining and
maintaining operating permits and approvals
105
for air emissions, we do not believe that our operations will be
materially adversely affected by such requirements, and the
requirements are not expected to be any more burdensome to us
than to any other similarly situated companies.
In response to findings that emissions of carbon dioxide,
methane, and other GHGs present an endangerment to public health
and the environment because emissions of such gases are
contributing to the warming of the earths atmosphere and
other climate changes, the EPA has adopted regulations under
existing provisions of the federal Clean Air Act that require a
reduction in emissions of GHGs from motor vehicles and also may
trigger construction and operating permit review for GHG
emissions from certain stationary sources, effective
January 2, 2011. The EPA has published its final rule to
address the permitting of GHG emissions from stationary sources
under the Prevention of Significant Deterioration
(PSD) and Title V permitting programs, pursuant
to which these permitting programs have been
tailored to apply to certain stationary sources of
GHG emissions in a multi-step process, with the largest sources
first subject to permitting. The EPAs rules relating to
emissions of GHGs from large stationary sources of emissions are
currently subject to a number of legal challenges, but the
federal courts have thus far declined to issue any injunctions
to prevent EPA from implementing, or requiring state
environmental agencies to implement, the rules. The EPA has also
adopted rules requiring the reporting of GHG emissions from
specified large GHG emission sources in the United States on an
annual basis, beginning in 2011 for emissions occurring after
January 1, 2010, as well as certain onshore oil and natural
gas production, processing, transmission, storage and
distribution facilities on an annual basis, beginning in 2012
for emissions occurring in 2011.
In addition, Congress has from time to time considered
legislation to reduce emissions of GHGs, and almost one-half of
the states have already taken legal measures to reduce emissions
of GHGs, primarily through the planned development of GHG
emission inventories
and/or
regional GHG cap and trade programs. Most of these cap and trade
programs work by requiring either major sources of emissions or
major producers of fuels to acquire and surrender emission
allowances, with the number of allowances available for purchase
reduced each year until the overall GHG emission reduction goal
is achieved. These allowances would be expected to escalate
significantly in cost over time. The adoption of any legislation
or regulations that requires reporting of GHGs or otherwise
limits emissions of GHGs from our equipment and operations could
require us to incur costs to reduce emissions of GHGs associated
with our operations or could adversely affect demand for oil and
natural gas that is produced, which could decrease demand for
our storage services. Finally, it should be noted that some
scientists have concluded that increasing concentrations of GHGs
in the Earths atmosphere may produce climate changes that
have significant physical effects, such as increased frequency
and severity of storms, floods and other climatic events; if any
such effects were to occur, they could have an adverse effect on
our operations.
Water
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act, also known as the Clean
Water Act, and analogous state laws impose restrictions and
strict controls with respect to the discharge of pollutants,
including spills and leaks of oil, into federal and state
waters. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is
prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit
issued by EPA or an analogous state agency. Any unpermitted
discharge of pollutants could result in penalties and
significant remedial obligations. Our operations are adjacent to
waterways. The transportation of crude oil and refined products
over water involves risk and subjects us to the provisions of
the Oil Pollution Act and related state requirements, which
subject owners of covered facilities to strict, joint, and
potentially unlimited liability for removal costs and other
consequences of an oil spill where the spill is into navigable
waters, along shorelines or in the exclusive economic zone of
the United States. In the event of an oil spill into navigable
waters, substantial liabilities could be imposed upon us. Texas
has also enacted similar oil spill laws.
Regulations under the Clean Water Act, the Oil Pollution Act and
state laws also impose additional regulatory burdens on our
operations. Spill prevention control and countermeasure
requirements of federal laws and some state laws require
containment to mitigate or prevent contamination of navigable
waters in the event of an oil overflow, rupture, or leak. For
example, the Clean Water Act requires us to maintain spill
prevention control and countermeasure plans at our facilities.
In addition, the Oil Pollution Act requires that most oil
transport and storage companies maintain and update various oil
spill prevention and oil spill contingency plans. We maintain
such plans, and where required have submitted plans and received
federal and state approvals necessary to comply with the Oil
Pollution Act, the Clean Water Act and related regulations. We
have trained employees who serve as company emergency responders
and also contract with various spill-response specialists to
ensure appropriate expertise is available for any contingency,
including spills of oil or refined products, from our facilities.
106
Our Houston and Beaumont facilities train a segment of their
employee population to act as company emergency responders and
also maintain spill response resources to address a spill or
other release from the facilities. Response equipment inventory
maintained at each facility is listed in the Facility Response
Plan found at each facility and includes one or more spill
response boats, pumps and outfitted emergency response trailers
as well as booms and booming equipment capable of containing
most conceivable spill events, absorbent pads, personal
protective equipment for company emergency responders (including
hats, boots, jackets, pants, face masks, gloves, respirators,
and Tyvek suits), hazardous atmosphere monitoring equipment,
communication radios and heavy earth-moving equipment, including
various dozers and excavators. This equipment is handled by
employees trained as company emergency responders at each of our
facilities. These employees receive annual refresher emergency
responder training as well as annual and other periodic drills
and training to ensure that they are able to mitigate spills or
other releases, and control site response activities, either on
their own or, if necessary, until various third-party
spill-response specialists whom we engage are able to respond.
Supporting our company emergency responders, as necessary, are
various third-party spill-response specialists with whom we
contract so that we may ensure appropriate expertise is
available for any contingency from our facilities, including
spills of oil or refined products. Our primary third-party
spill-response specialist is Garner Environmental Services,
Inc., who has extensive experience in the
clean-up of
hydrocarbons resulting from spills, blow-outs and natural
disasters. Garner is fully certified as an Oil Spill Removal
Organization by the U.S. Coast Guard. Garner has offices
near our facilities, maintains a large inventory of emergency
response equipment near our facilities, and employs over
130 full-time emergency responders. Garner maintains a
large inventory of emergency response equipment, including
boats, booms, pumps, heavy equipment, communication devices and
response vehicles. A more complete list of such equipment may be
found at Garners website,
www.garner-es.com.
Garners emergency response capabilities are bolstered by
arrangements that it has entered into with other emergency
response entities to provide additional trained responders in
the event of multiple spills or other situations where a large
deployment of emergency responders is necessary. In addition,
while Garner has been able to meet our service needs when
required from time to time in the past, we also maintain
relationships and service agreements with multiple other
emergency response providers and we post emergency contact phone
numbers for Garner and those other providers in our control
rooms so that the information is immediately available on an
around-the-clock
basis.
The Clean Water Act imposes substantial potential liability for
the violation of permits or permitting requirements and for the
costs of removal, remediation, and damages resulting from such
discharges. We believe that compliance with existing permits and
compliance with foreseeable new permit requirements will not
have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or
results of operations.
Endangered
Species Act
The Endangered Species Act restricts activities that may affect
endangered species or their habitats. We believe that we are in
compliance with the Endangered Species Act. However, the
discovery of previously unidentified endangered species could
cause us to incur additional costs or become subject to
operating restrictions or bans in the affected area.
Hazardous
Materials Transportation Requirements
The U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT)
regulations affecting pipeline safety require pipeline operators
to implement measures designed to reduce the environmental
impact of crude oil and refined product discharge from onshore
crude oil and refined products pipelines. These regulations
require operators to maintain comprehensive spill response
plans, including extensive spill response training for pipeline
personnel. In addition, the DOT regulations contain detailed
specifications for pipeline operation and maintenance. We
believe our operations are in compliance with these regulations.
The DOT also has a pipeline integrity management rule, with
which we are in substantial compliance.
Occupational
Safety and Health
We are subject to the requirements of the Occupational Safety
and Health Act (OSHA) and comparable state statutes
that regulate the protection of the health and safety of
workers. In addition, the OSHA hazard communication standard
requires that information be maintained about hazardous
materials used or produced in operations and that this
information be provided to employees, state, and local
government authorities and citizens. We believe that our
operations
107
are in substantial compliance with applicable OSHA requirements,
including general industry standards, record keeping
requirements, and monitoring of occupational exposure to
regulated substances.
Title to
Properties and Permits
Substantially all of our pipelines are constructed on
rights-of-way
granted by the apparent record owners of the property and in
some instances these
rights-of-way
are revocable at the election of the grantor. In many instances,
lands over which
rights-of-way
have been obtained are subject to prior liens that have not been
subordinated to the
right-of-way
grants. We have obtained permits from public authorities to
cross over or under, or to lay facilities in or along,
watercourses, county roads, municipal streets, and state
highways and, in some instances, these permits are revocable at
the election of the grantor. We have also obtained permits from
railroad companies to cross over or under lands or
rights-of-way,
many of which are also revocable at the grantors election.
In some states and under some circumstances, we have the right
of eminent domain to acquire
rights-of-way
and lands necessary for our common carrier pipelines.
Some of the leases, easements,
rights-of-way,
permits, and licenses that will be transferred to us will
require the consent of the grantor to transfer these rights,
which in some instances is a governmental entity. Our general
partner believes that it has obtained or will obtain sufficient
third-party consents, permits, and authorizations for the
transfer of the assets necessary for us to operate our business
in all material respects as described in this prospectus. With
respect to any consents, permits, or authorizations that have
not been obtained, our general partner believes that these
consents, permits, or authorizations will be obtained after the
closing of this offering, or that the failure to obtain these
consents, permits, or authorizations will not have a material
adverse effect on the operation of our business.
Our general partner believes that we will have satisfactory
title to all of the assets that will be contributed to us at the
closing of this offering. We are entitled to indemnification
from OTA under the omnibus agreement for certain title defects
and for failures to obtain certain consents and permits
necessary to conduct our business, in each case, that are
identified prior to the earlier of the third anniversary of the
closing of this offering and the date that OTA no longer
controls our general partner (provided that, in any event, such
date shall not be earlier than the second anniversary of the
closing of this offering). This indemnification is subject to a
$500,000 aggregate annual deductible before we are entitled to
indemnification in any calendar year. Record title to some of
our assets may continue to be held by affiliates of OTA until we
have made the appropriate filings in the jurisdictions in which
such assets are located and obtained any consents and approvals
that are not obtained prior to transfer. We will make these
filings and obtain these consents upon completion of this
offering. Although title to these properties is subject to
encumbrances in some cases, such as customary interests
generally retained in connection with acquisition of real
property, liens that can be imposed in some jurisdictions for
government-initiated action to clean up environmental
contamination, liens for current taxes and other burdens, and
easements, restrictions, and other encumbrances to which the
underlying properties were subject at the time of acquisition by
our predecessor or us, our general partner believes that none of
these burdens will materially detract from the value of these
properties or from our interest in these properties or
materially interfere with their use in the operation of our
business.
Safety
and Maintenance
We perform preventive and normal maintenance on all of our
storage tanks, terminals and pipeline systems and make repairs
and replacements when necessary or appropriate. We also conduct
routine and required inspections of those assets in accordance
with applicable regulation. At our terminals, the tanks designed
for storage of products with a vapor pressure of 0.5 pound-force
per square inch absolute, or greater, are equipped with Internal
Floating Roofs to minimize regulated emissions and prevent
potentially flammable vapor accumulation.
Our terminal facilities have response plans, spill prevention
and control plans, and other programs in place to respond to
emergencies. Our truck and rail loading racks are protected with
fire fighting systems in line with the rest of our facilities.
We continually strive to maintain compliance with applicable
air, solid waste, and wastewater regulations.
On our pipelines, we use external coatings and impressed current
cathodic protection systems to protect against external
corrosion. We conduct all cathodic protection work in accordance
with National Association of Corrosion Engineers standards. We
continually monitor, test, and record the effectiveness of these
corrosion inhibiting systems. We also monitor the structural
integrity of selected segments of our pipelines through a
program of periodic internal assessments using high resolution
internal inspection tools, as well as hydrostatic testing, that
conforms to federal
108
standards. We accompany these assessments with a review of the
data and mitigate or repair anomalies, as required, to ensure
the integrity of the pipeline. We have initiated a risk-based
approach to prioritizing the pipeline segments for future
integrity assessments to ensure that the highest risk segments
receive the highest priority for scheduling internal inspections
or pressure tests for integrity.
Seasonality
The crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified
petroleum gas throughput in our terminals is directly affected
by the level of supply and demand for crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets
served directly or indirectly by our assets, which can fluctuate
seasonally, particularly due to seasonal shutdowns of refineries
during the spring months. Because a high percentage of our cash
flow is derived from fixed storage services fees under
multi-year contracts, our revenues are not generally seasonal in
nature, nor are they typically affected by weather and price
volatility.
Insurance
Our operations and assets are insured under a global insurance
program administered by Oiltanking GmbH and placed with London
and other international insurers. The major elements of this
program include property damage (including terrorism), business
interruption, third-party liability and environmental impairment
insurance. We are invoiced directly by the brokers for this
coverage. To the extent that other companies in this program
experience covered losses, the limit of our coverage for
potential losses may be decreased. In addition to the Oiltanking
GmbH insurance program, OTA has a separate commercial liability
policy including automobile, boiler and machinery, commercial
crime, executive risk and property coverage. Management believes
that the amount of coverage provided is reasonable and
appropriate. We expect that we will obtain directors and
officers liability insurance for the directors and
officers of our general partner.
Legal
Proceedings
Although we may, from time to time, be involved in litigation
and claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of
business, we do not believe that we are a party to any
litigation that will have a material adverse impact on our
financial condition or results of operations.
109
MANAGEMENT
Management
of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Our general partner will manage our operations and activities on
our behalf through its directors and officers, the latter of
whom will be employed by OT Services, a subsidiary of OTA.
References to our officers and our
directors refer to the officers and directors of our
general partner. Our general partner is not elected by our
unitholders and will not be subject to re-election in the
future. The directors of our general partner oversee our
operations. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect the
directors of our general partner, which will all be appointed by
OTA, or directly or indirectly participate in our management or
operations. Our general partner will, however, be accountable to
us and our unitholders as a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to
unitholders by our general partner are prescribed by law and our
partnership agreement, which contains various provisions
modifying and restricting the fiduciary duties that might
otherwise be owed by our general partner.
Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our general
partner will have at least five directors, at least one of
whom will be independent as defined under the independence
standards established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act. The NYSE
does not require a listed publicly traded partnership, such as
ours, to have a majority of independent directors on the board
of directors of our general partner or to establish a
compensation committee or a nominating committee. We are,
however, required to have an audit committee of at least three
members, and all its members are required to meet the
independence and experience standards established by the NYSE
and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief
during the one-year period following consummation of this
offering.
All of the executive officers of our general partner listed
below will allocate their time between managing our business and
the business of OTA. While the amount of time that our executive
officers will devote to our business will vary in any given
year, we currently estimate that approximately 75% of their time
will be spent on the management of our business. Our executive
officers intend, however, to devote as much time as is necessary
for the proper conduct of our business.
Following the consummation of this offering, neither our general
partner nor OTA will receive any management fee or other
compensation in connection with our general partners
management of our business, but we will reimburse our general
partner and its affiliates, including OTA, for all expenses they
incur and payments they make on our behalf pursuant to a
services agreement with OT Services, a wholly owned subsidiary
of OTA. Neither our partnership agreement nor the services
agreement will limit the amount of expenses for which our
general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed, but the
services agreement will provide for an agreed upon maximum
annual reimbursement obligation for expenses associated with
certain specified selling, general and administrative services
necessary to run our business that will be provided to us by OT
Services. These capped expenses include (i) expenses of
non-executive employees, including general and administrative
overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other
compensation amounts, which we expect will be allocated to us
based on weighted-average headcount and the ratio of time spent
by those employees on our business and operations, and
(ii) executive officer expenses, including general and
administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. Please read Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions.
In evaluating director candidates, OTA will assess whether a
candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge,
experience, skill and expertise that are likely to enhance the
boards ability to manage and direct our affairs and
business, including, when applicable, to enhance the ability of
committees of the board to fulfill their duties.
110
Executive
Officers and Directors of our General Partner
The following table shows information for the executive officers
and directors of our general partner upon the consummation of
this offering. Directors are appointed for a one-year term and
hold office until their successors have been elected or
qualified or until the earlier of their death, resignation,
removal or disqualification. Executive officers serve at the
discretion of the board. There are no family relationships among
any of our directors or executive officers. Some of our
directors and all of our executive officers also serve as
executive officers of OTA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position With Our General Partner
|
|
Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
|
Kenneth F. Owen
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Kevin L. Campbell
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President of Operations
|
Robert Bo J. McCall
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Vice President of Marketing and Sales
|
Jan P. Vogel
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
Vice President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic Planning
|
David L. Griffis
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
Director
|
Kapil K. Jain
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Director
|
Rutger van Thiel
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Director
|
Gregory C. King
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Director Nominee
|
Carlin G. Conner President, Chief Executive
Officer and Chairman of the Board. Carlin G.
Conner has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011 and President and Chief Executive Officer of OTA
since July 2006. We expect that Mr. Conner will be elected
as the Chairman of the board of directors of our general partner
in connection with the completion of this offering.
Mr. Conner has been in the terminaling business for over
19 years. Before joining the Oiltanking Group, he worked at
GATX Terminals Corporation in various roles including Operations
and Commercial Management. In 2000, he joined Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and in 2003, he moved to the Oiltanking
Groups corporate headquarters in Hamburg, Germany, where
he was responsible for international business development. In
Hamburg, he sat on the boards of several Oiltanking Group
ventures. We believe that Mr. Conners experience as
President and Chief Executive Officer of OTA and related
familiarity with our assets as well as his extensive knowledge
of the terminaling industry will bring substantial experience
and leadership skills to the board of directors of our general
partner.
Kenneth F. Owen Chief Financial
Officer. Kenneth F. Owen has served as Chief
Financial Officer of our general partner and Chief Financial
Officer of OTA since March 2011. Prior to joining the Oiltanking
Group, Mr. Owen was employed in the investment banking
group with Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and in the investment
banking group with UBS Investment Bank over the past six years.
At both Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and UBS Investment Bank,
he focused primarily on the energy sector. Prior to that time,
Mr. Owen worked as an equity research analyst at UBS
Investment Bank and Credit Suisse, providing him with an
aggregate of more than 10 years of experience in the
industry. We believe that Mr. Owens experience as
Chief Financial Officer of OTA brings knowledge of our capital
structure and financing requirements. Mr. Owen also brings
valuable financial expertise from his prior role as an
investment banker, including extensive experience with capital
markets transactions, knowledge of the energy industry and
familiarity with master limited partnerships.
Kevin L. Campbell Vice President of
Operations. Kevin L. Campbell has served
as Vice President of Operations of our general partner since
March 2011 and Vice President of Operations of OTA since April
2010. Prior to that, he was the Terminal Manager for Oiltanking
Texas City, L.P., a wholly owned subsidiary of OTA, from January
2008 until April 2010. Prior to becoming Terminal Manager, he
served as the Operations Manager for Oiltanking Texas City, L.P.
from July 2004 until January 2008. Mr. Campbell has been
employed by the Oiltanking Group since 1985, serving in various
roles, including, operations, scheduling, and health, safety and
environmental.
Robert Bo J. McCall Vice President
of Marketing and Sales. Robert Bo
J. McCall has served as Vice President of Marketing and
Sales of our general partner since March 2011 and Vice President
of Marketing and Sales of OTA since March 2007. Mr. McCall
has been in the midstream oil and gas business for
24 years. Prior to joining Oiltanking in 2003, he worked
for Conoco and other small oil and gas companies with
responsibilities ranging from engineering, sales/commercial and
executive capacities. At OTA, he has worked in the commercial
department as a sales manager for four years and as the Vice
President of Marketing for an additional four years supporting
all of OTAs facilities.
111
Jan P. Vogel Vice President of Corporate
Affairs and Strategic Planning. Jan P. Vogel
has served as Vice President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic
Planning of our general partner since March 2011 and Vice
President of Corporate Affairs and Strategic Planning of OTA
since March 2011. He has been in the energy industry for over
20 years. First employed by the Oiltanking Group in 1990,
he has held various positions with the Oiltanking Group and its
parent company Marquard & Bahls AG, serving in roles
related to commercial and general management as well as mergers
and acquisitions and strategy. In 2005, he moved to the
Oiltanking Groups corporate headquarters in Hamburg,
Germany, where he also served as General Manager for Europe,
North and South America. In this capacity, he served on the
boards of several Oiltanking Group ventures, including OTA and
some of its subsidiaries. Before moving to the U.S. in
2011, Mr. Vogel was Director Group Strategy for
Marquard & Bahls AG, where he was responsible for
overseeing mergers and acquisitions projects and was closely
involved in the approval process for this offering.
David L. Griffis
Director. David L. Griffis has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011. He has served as Assistant Secretary of OTA since
2001, in various other capacities including Treasurer and
Secretary for affiliates of OTA since 1998 and as outside
counsel for Oiltanking Houston, L.P. since its inception in
1974. Mr. Griffis has been practicing law since 1974, and
is currently a shareholder at the law firm of Crain, Caton
& James, P.C., where he represents domestic and
international clients in acquisitions, joint ventures and
strategic alliances. We believe that Mr. Griffis three
decades of experience in transactional law and extensive
knowledge of the Oiltanking Groups business and operations
brings unique and valuable skills to the board of directors.
Kapil K. Jain
Director. Kapil K. Jain has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011 and Director of Finance and Administration of
Oiltanking GmbH since July 2010. Prior to such time, he was
President of the Terminaling Division of IOT
Infrastructure & Energy Services Limited
(IOT), a joint venture of Oiltanking GmbH from June
2008 to June 2010. He has been employed by the Oiltanking Group
since August 1997, first at IOT from 1997 to 2004 as General
Manager (Corporate Finance) and thereafter at Oiltanking GmbH
from 2004 to 2008 as Head of Economics. He is an Associate
Chartered Accountant, Cost and Works Accountant and Chartered
Financial Analyst with over 20 years of experience in
financial and general management roles. Prior to joining the
Oiltanking Group in 1997, he worked in large corporations in
financial accounting and treasury functions. We believe that
Mr. Jains extensive financial and accounting
experiences and history with the Oiltanking Group make him
highly qualified to serve as a member of the board of directors
Rutger van Thiel
Director. Rutger van Thiel has served as a
member of the board of directors of our general partner since
March 2011 and Managing Director of the Oiltanking Group since
August 2010. From September 2004 to August 2010, he oversaw the
business and expansion activities in Asia Pacific, serving in
various management roles including Managing Director, Chief
Executive Officer and President of the Oiltanking Groups
operations in that region. Mr. van Thiel began his career with
the Oiltanking Group in June 2000, and in 2001, he was promoted
to Director of Chemical and Gas Logistics to oversee and expand
the Oiltanking Groups global chemical terminal network.
Prior to beginning his career with the Oiltanking Group, Mr. van
Thiel was employed by Van Ommeren (currently known as Vopak) in
the Netherlands and worked in several functions including
finance, commercial and business development, reaching the
position of General Manager of Vopak Peru. He has been in the
energy industry for more than 20 years. Mr. van Thiel
currently serves as a director for multiple international
entities affiliated with the Oiltanking Group. We believe that
Mr. van Thiels extensive leadership experience with the
Oiltanking Group and knowledge of the terminaling and storage
industry internationally will provide important insight and
perspective to the board of directors.
Gregory C. King Director
Nominee. We expect that Gregory C. King will
be appointed to serve as a member of the board of directors of
our general partner prior to the date that the registration
statement is declared effective. Mr. King previously served
as President of Valero Energy Corporation from January 2003 to
December 2007. Mr. King served as Executive Vice President
and General Counsel of Valero Energy from September 2001 until
December 2002, and as Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer from January 2001 until September 2001. Prior
to that, he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of Valero Energy from 1999 to January 2001. He became
Vice President and General Counsel of Valero Energy in 1997, and
prior to that was a Partner in the Houston-based law firm of
Bracewell & Giuliani. He has been a director of Range
Fuels, Inc. since August 2008. From January 1, 2002 until
July, 2006, Mr. King served as director of Valero GP, LLC
(currently known as NuStar GP, LLC), the general partner of
Valero L.P. (currently known as NuStar Energy L.P.).
Mr. King brings demonstrated industry knowledge derived
from 25 years of energy industry experience,
communications, team-building and leadership skills to the board
of directors of our general partner.
112
Director
Independence
In accordance with the rules of the NYSE, OTA must appoint at
least one independent director prior to the listing of our
common units on the NYSE, one additional member within three
months of that listing, and one additional independent member
within 12 months of that listing. OTA may not have
appointed all three independent directors to the board of
directors of our general partner by the date our common units
first trade on the NYSE.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
The board of directors of our general partner will have an audit
committee and a conflicts committee. We do not expect that we
will have a compensation committee, but rather that our board of
directors will approve equity grants to directors and employees.
Audit
Committee
We are required to have an audit committee of at least three
members, and all its members are required to meet the
independence and experience standards established by the NYSE
and the Exchange Act, subject to certain transitional relief
during the one-year period following consummation of this
offering as described above. The audit committee of the board of
directors of our general partner will serve as our audit
committee and will assist the board in its oversight of the
integrity of our combined financial statements and our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and
partnership policies and controls. The audit committee will have
the sole authority to (1) retain and terminate our
independent registered public accounting firm, (2) approve
all auditing services and related fees and the terms thereof
performed by our independent registered public accounting firm,
and (3) pre-approve any non-audit services and tax services
to be rendered by our independent registered public accounting
firm. The audit committee will also be responsible for
confirming the independence and objectivity of our independent
registered public accounting firm. Our independent registered
public accounting firm will be given unrestricted access to the
audit committee and our management, as necessary.
Conflicts
Committee
We expect that at least two independent members of the board of
directors of our general partner will serve on a conflicts
committee to review specific matters that the board believes may
involve conflicts of interest (including certain transactions
with members of the Oiltanking Group). The conflicts committee
will determine if the resolution of the conflict of interest is
fair and reasonable to us. The members of the special committee
may not be officers or employees of our general partner or
directors, officers, or employees of its affiliates, including
OTA, and must meet the independence and experience standards
established by the NYSE and the Exchange Act to serve on an
audit committee of a board of directors, along with other
requirements. Any matters approved by the special committee will
be conclusively deemed to be fair and reasonable to us, approved
by all of our partners and not a breach by our general partner
of any duties it may owe us or our unitholders.
113
EXECUTIVE
OFFICER COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
Our general partner has the sole responsibility for conducting
our business and for managing our operations and its board of
directors and officers make decisions on our behalf. The
officers of our general partner will be employed by
OT Services, a subsidiary of OTA, and will manage the
day-to-day
affairs of our business. Reference to our officers
and our directors refer to the officers and
directors of our general partner. Certain of our officers are
dedicated to managing our business and will devote the majority
of their time to our business. We currently estimate that our
executive officers will spend approximately 75% of their time
devoted our operations. Because the executive officers of our
general partner are employees of OT Services, their compensation
will be paid by OT Services and reimbursed by us. Please read
The Partnership Agreement Reimbursement of
Expenses.
The compensation of the executive officers of our general
partner will be established by Oiltanking GmbH, the parent of
OTA. Because Oiltanking GmbH is a privately held company, it
does not have formal compensation policies or practices. All
compensation decisions are made at the discretion of the
managing director of Oiltanking GmbH. As described in greater
detail below, OTA has historically compensated its executive
officers with base salary and cash bonuses.
Historical
Compensation
Historically, the managing director of Oiltanking GmbH has
determined the overall compensation philosophy and set the final
compensation of the officers of OTA and its subsidiaries without
the assistance of a compensation consultant. OTAs
executive officers have been compensated with base salary and
annual cash bonuses. Base salary amounts were determined in the
sole discretion of Oiltanking GmbH. Annual cash bonuses were
determined based on a percentage of the annual profit of our
Houston and Beaumont operations. In 2010, only
Messrs. Conner, McCall and Campbell were employed as
executive officers of OTA. Based on the percentage of time spent
by those individuals providing services to the businesses being
contributed to us in connection with this offering, the
allocable portion of compensation attributable to those services
was approximately $1.0 million in the aggregate.
Compensation
Setting Process
In connection with this offering, Oiltanking GmbH, in
consultation with Towers Watson, an independent compensation
consultant, is considering the compensation structures and
levels that it believes will be necessary for executive
recruitment and retention as a public company as well as the
desire to transition to a compensation system that would be more
transparent for public investors. Oiltanking GmbH is examining
the compensation practices of our peer companies and may also
review compensation data from the storage and terminaling
industry generally to the extent the competition for executive
talent is broader than a group of selected peer companies.
Following the closing of this offering, we expect to enter into
employment agreements with our executive officers. The
equity-based compensation awards that we foresee granting to
certain employees following this offering, including our
executive officers, will be granted pursuant to a long-term
incentive plan that is generally described below. At this time,
we anticipate that we may grant phantom unit awards to satisfy
our goal of providing incentives to employees while still
creating a strong alignment between our employees and our
unitholders. We currently intend to grant phantom unit awards
that are subject to certain long-term
and/or
performance vesting requirements, which may be settled in cash
or in equity; however, no final determinations have been made
with respect to the type of equity-based awards that may be
granted to employees, the number or value of awards, or the
timing of any grants. We expect that annual bonuses will be
determined based on financial performance as measured across a
fiscal year, but we also anticipate granting cash bonus awards,
the payout of which may be subject to the employees
business units performance over a three-year period.
Although we will bear an allocated portion of OTAs costs
of providing compensation and benefits to the OTA employees who
serve as the executive officers of our general partner, we will
have no control over such costs and will not establish or direct
the compensation policies or practices of OTA. We expect that
each of these executive officers will continue to perform
services for our general partner, as well as OTA and its
affiliates, after the completion of this offering.
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
In connection with this offering, the board of directors of our
general partner will adopt a long-term incentive plan for
employees, consultants and directors who perform services for
us. We expect that the long-term incentive plan will provide for
awards of restricted units, unit options, phantom units, unit
payments, unit appreciation rights, other equity-based awards,
distribution equivalent rights, and performance awards. The
long-term incentive plan will limit the number
114
of units that may be delivered pursuant to awards to 10% of the
outstanding common units and subordinated units on the effective
date of the initial public offering of our common units. Common
units withheld to satisfy exercise prices or tax withholding
obligations are available for delivery pursuant to other awards.
The plan will be administered by our board of directors or a
committee thereof, which we refer to as the plan administrator.
The plan administrator may terminate or amend the long-term
incentive plan at any time with respect to any of our common
units for which a grant has not yet been made. The plan
administrator also has the right to alter or amend the long-term
incentive plan or any part of the plan from time to time,
including increasing the number of common units that may be
granted, subject to unitholder approval as required by the
exchange upon which our common units are listed at that time.
However, no change in any outstanding grant may be made that
would materially reduce the benefits of the participant without
the consent of the participant. The plan will expire on the
tenth anniversary of its approval, when common units are no
longer available under the plan for grants or upon its
termination by the plan administrator, whichever occurs first.
Upon the exercise of a unit option or a unit appreciation right
(to the extent the award is settled in common units), or the
vesting of a phantom unit (to the extent the award is settled in
common units), we may acquire common units on the open market or
from any other person or we may directly issue common units or
use any combination of the foregoing, in the plan
administrators discretion. If we issue new common units
upon the exercise of a unit option or unit appreciation right,
or the vesting of a phantom unit, the total number of common
units outstanding will increase.
Restricted Units. A restricted unit
grant is an award of common units that vests over a period of
time and that during such time is subject to forfeiture.
Forfeiture provisions lapse at the end of the vesting period.
The plan administrator may determine to make grants of
restricted units under the plan to participants containing such
terms as the plan administrator shall determine. The plan
administrator will determine the period over which restricted
units granted to participants will vest. The plan administrator,
in its discretion, may base its determination upon the
achievement of specified financial objectives. In addition, the
restricted units will vest upon a change of control, as defined
in the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan
administrator. Distributions made on restricted units may or may
not be subjected to the same vesting provisions as the
restricted units as determined by the plan administrator. If a
grantees employment, consulting relationship or membership
on the board of directors of our general partner terminates for
any reason, the grantees restricted units will be
automatically forfeited unless, and except to the extent that,
the plan administrator or the terms of the award agreement or an
employment agreement provide otherwise.
We intend the restricted units under the plan to serve as a
means of incentive compensation for performance and not
primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity
appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants
will not pay any consideration for restricted units they
receive, and we will receive no remuneration for the restricted
units.
Unit Options. Unit options represent
the right to purchase a designated number of common units at a
specified price. The plan administrator may make grants of unit
options under the plan to participants containing such terms as
the plan administrator shall determine. Unit options will have
an exercise price that generally may not be less than the fair
market value of our common units on the date of grant. In
general, unit options granted will become exercisable over a
period determined by the plan administrator. In addition, the
unit options will become exercisable upon a change of control,
as defined in the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan
administrator. If a grantees employment, consulting
relationship or membership on the board of directors of our
general partner terminates for any reason, the grantees
unvested unit options will be automatically forfeited unless,
and except to the extent, the option agreement, an employment
agreement or the plan administrator provides otherwise.
The availability of unit options is intended to furnish
additional compensation to plan participants and to align their
economic interests with those of common unitholders.
Performance Award. A performance award
is denominated as a cash amount at the time of grant and gives
the grantee the right to receive all or part of such award upon
the achievement of specified financial objectives, length of
service or other specified criteria. The plan administrator will
determine the period over which certain specified financial
objectives or other specified criteria must be met. The
performance award may be paid in cash, common units or a
combination of cash and common units. If a grantees
employment, consulting relationship or membership on the board
of directors of our general partner terminates for any reason
prior to payment, the grantees performance award will be
automatically forfeited unless, and except to the extent that,
the plan administrator or the terms of the award agreement or an
employment agreement provide otherwise.
Phantom Units. A phantom unit is a
notional common unit that entitles the grantee to receive a
common unit upon the vesting of the phantom unit or, in the
discretion of the plan administrator, cash equal to the value of
a common unit. The plan administrator may determine to make
grants of phantom units under the plan to participants
containing such
115
terms as the plan administrator shall determine. The plan
administrator will also determine the period over which phantom
units granted to participants will vest. The plan administrator,
in its discretion, may base its determination upon the
achievement of specified financial objectives. In addition, the
phantom units will vest upon a change of control, as defined in
the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan administrator.
If a grantees employment, consulting relationship or
membership on the board of directors of our general partner
terminates for any reason, the grantees phantom units will
be automatically forfeited unless, and except to the extent
that, the plan administrator or the terms of the award agreement
or an employment agreement provide otherwise.
We intend the issuance of any common units upon vesting of the
phantom units under the plan to serve as a means of incentive
compensation for performance and not primarily as an opportunity
to participate in the equity appreciation of our common units.
Therefore, plan participants will not pay any consideration for
the common units they receive, and we will receive no
remuneration for the common units.
Unit Awards. The plan administrator, in
its discretion, may also grant to participants common units that
are not subject to forfeiture.
Unit Appreciation Rights. The long-term
incentive plan will also permit the grant of unit appreciation
rights. A unit appreciation right is an award that, upon
exercise, entitles participants to receive the excess of the
fair market value of our common units on the exercise date over
the exercise price established for the unit appreciation right.
This excess will be paid in cash or our common units, as
determined by the plan administrator. The plan administrator may
grant unit appreciation rights under the plan to participants,
with such terms as the plan administrator shall determine. Unit
appreciation rights will have an exercise price that generally
may not be less than the fair market value of our common units
on the date of grant. In general, unit appreciation rights
granted will become exercisable over a period determined by the
plan administrator. In addition, the unit appreciation rights
will become exercisable upon a change in control, as defined in
the plan, unless provided otherwise by the plan administrator.
If a grantees employment, consulting relationship or
membership on the board of directors of our general partner
terminates for any reason, the grantees unvested unit
appreciation rights will be automatically forfeited unless, and
except to the extent that, the grant agreement, an employment
agreement or the plan administrator provides otherwise.
The availability of unit appreciation rights is intended to
furnish additional compensation to plan participants and to
align their economic interests with those of common unitholders.
Distribution Equivalent Rights or
DERs. The plan administrator may
grant DERs with any award under the plan other than restricted
units or unit awards. A DER grant will entitle the grantee to
receive an amount of cash equal to the cash distributions made
on common units during the period the underlying award is
outstanding. The DER may be paid out immediately in cash,
reinvested in additional awards, or credited to a bookkeeping
account at the discretion of the plan administrator.
Other Unit-Based Awards. The plan
administrator, in its discretion, may also grant to participants
other unit-based awards, which are denominated or payable in,
referenced to, or otherwise based on or related to the value of
our common units. These awards will contain such terms as the
plan administrator shall determine, including the vesting
provisions and whether such award shall be paid in cash, units
or a combination thereof.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan
(the Deferred Plan). The Deferred Plan is an
unfunded retirement plan intended to supplement the retirement
needs of a select group of management employees that are subject
to compensation and contribution limitations in the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code) with
respect to other qualified retirement vehicles.
The Deferred Plan defines compensation as the
aggregate amount of compensation payable to a participant for a
plan year, including salary, overtime, commissions, bonuses all
other items that constitute wages within the meaning
of Section 3401(a) of the Code. Participants may elect to
defer a dollar amount or a percentage of compensation that the
individual is entitled to receive during any calendar year by
making salary deferral elections
and/or bonus
deferral elections. In order to comply with certain requirements
of Section 409A of the Code, the participants
election to defer either salary or bonus amounts must be made in
the year prior to the year in which that compensation will be
earned. Salary deferrals are limited to 90% of a
participants salary while bonus deferrals may relate to
100% of a participants potential bonus for the upcoming
year. A participant will be 100% vested at all times in each
salary
and/or bonus
deferral amounts.
116
At the time that a participant makes a salary deferral election,
the participant may also choose to make one or more of the
following elections in the same manner as his or her salary
deferral election: a FICA excess deferral election, a 401(k)
refund offset election, and a 401(k) excess deferral election. A
FICA excess deferral election allows the participant to defer an
amount equal to the participants portion of the FICA tax
rate on compensation (excluding bonuses) in excess of the
Deferred Plans social security wage base. The 401(k)
refund offset election would be equal to the amount the
participant is due, if any, with respect to the result of the
nondiscrimination testing results of our 401(k) plan. The 401(k)
excess deferral election means the amount that the participant
is prohibited from contributing to our 401(k) plan as a result
of the limitations under Section 402(g) of the Code. These
deferrals will be considered part of the participants
salary deferral election and will be subject to a maximum
deferral percentage of 90% as well.
OTA has the discretion, but not the obligation, to make employer
contributions into the Deferred Plan on a participants
behalf from time to time, and such contributions may be subject
to any restrictions that OTA feels are appropriate, such as
vesting restrictions.
Director
Compensation
The officers or employees of our general partner or of OTA who
also serve as directors of our general partner will not receive
additional compensation for their service as a director of our
general partner. Directors of our general partner who are not
officers or employees of our general partner or of OTA will
receive compensation as set by our general partners board
of directors. Effective as of the closing of this offering, each
non-employee director will receive a compensation package that
will consist of: (i) an annual retainer of $45,000;
(ii) an additional retainer of $5,000 for the chair of each
board committee; (iii) a meeting attendance fee of $2,000
per in-person board and committee meeting and (iv) a
meeting attendance fee of $1,500 per telephonic board and
committee meeting. In addition, non-employee directors will be
reimbursed for
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of
directors or its committees.
Each director will be indemnified for his actions associated
with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under
Delaware law.
Compensation
Practices as They Related to Risk Management
We believe our compensation programs will be crafted in order to
discourage excessive and unnecessary risk taking by executive
officers (or other employees). We anticipate that short-term
annual incentives will generally be paid pursuant to
discretionary bonuses enabling the board of directors of our
general partner, to assess the actual behavior of our employees
as it relates to risk taking in awarding a bonus. In the future,
we anticipate that our use of equity based long-term
compensation will serve our compensation programs goal of
aligning the interests of executives and unitholders, thereby
reducing the incentives to unnecessary risk taking.
117
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of
common units and subordinated units of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
that will be issued and outstanding upon the consummation of
this offering and the related transactions and held by:
|
|
|
|
|
beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common units;
|
|
|
|
each director, director nominee and executive officer; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
|
The following table does not include any awards granted under
the long-term incentive plan in connection with this offering.
Please read Executive Officer Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Common and
|
|
|
Common
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Units
|
|
Common Units
|
|
Units
|
|
Units
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficially
|
Name of Beneficial Owner(1)
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
Owned
|
|
OTA(2)
|
|
|
9,449,901
|
(3)
|
|
|
48.6
|
%
|
|
|
19,449,901
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
74.3
|
%
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As of the date of this prospectus, there are no arrangements for
any listed beneficial owner to acquire within 60 days
common units from options, warrants, rights, conversion
privileges or similar obligations. |
|
|
|
(2) |
|
Includes 4,368,869 common units and 8,992,059 subordinated units
held directly by OTB Holdco, L.L.C., a wholly owned subsidiary
of OTA. OTA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH,
which, in turn, is a wholly owned subsidiary of Marquard &
Bahls AG, which is controlled by a four-person supervisory
board. The address for OTA is 15631 Jacintoport Blvd., Houston,
TX 77015. |
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Of this amount, 7,949,901 common units will be issued to OTA at
the closing of this offering and up to 1,500,000 common units
will be issued to OTA within 30 days of this offering,
assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to
purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 common units. Please see
Summary The
Offering Units Outstanding After This
Offering. |
118
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
After this offering, assuming that the underwriters do not
exercise their option to purchase additional common units, OTA
will own, directly or indirectly, 9,449,901 common units
and 19,449,901 subordinated units representing an aggregate
approximately 74.3% limited partner interest in us, and will own
and control our general partner. OTA will also appoint all of
the directors of our general partner, which will maintain a 2.0%
general partner interest in us and be issued the incentive
distribution rights.
The terms of the transactions and agreements disclosed in this
section were determined by and among affiliated entities and,
consequently, are not the result of arms length
negotiations. These terms are not necessarily at least as
favorable to the parties to these transactions and agreements as
the terms that could have been obtained from unaffiliated third
parties.
Distributions
and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to
be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in
connection with the formation, ongoing operation and any
liquidation of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
The aggregate consideration received by our general partner and
its affiliates for the contribution of their interests |
|
9,449,901 common units;
|
|
|
|
19,449,901 subordinated units;
|
|
|
|
2.0% general partner interest; and
|
|
|
|
our incentive distribution rights.
|
|
|
|
In addition, we will use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to make distributions to OTA and certain affiliates and
repay intercompany indebtedness owed to Oiltanking Finance B.V. |
|
|
|
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its
affiliates |
|
We will generally make cash distributions 98% to our
unitholders, including affiliates of our general partner, as the
holders of an aggregate of 28,899,802 common units and all of
the subordinated units, and 2.0% to our general partner. In
addition, if distributions exceed the minimum quarterly
distribution and other higher target distribution levels, our
general partner will be entitled to increasing percentages of
the distributions, up to a maximum of 48.0% of the distributions
above the highest target distribution level. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common
units and subordinated units for four quarters, our general
partner and its affiliates would receive an annual distribution
of approximately $1.1 million on the 2.0% general partner
interest and approximately $39.0 million on their common
units and subordinated units. |
|
|
|
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates |
|
Our general partner will not receive a management fee or other
compensation for its management of our partnership, but we will
reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for all direct
and indirect expenses they incur and payments they make on our
behalf pursuant to a services agreement with OT Services, a
wholly owned subsidiary of OTA. Neither our partnership
agreement nor the services agreement will limit the amount of
expenses for |
119
|
|
|
|
|
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed,
but the services agreement will provide for an agreed upon
maximum annual reimbursement obligation for expenses associated
with certain specified selling, general and administrative
services necessary to run our business that will be provided to
us by OT Services. These capped expenses include
(i) expenses of non-executive employees, including general
and administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on weighted-average headcount and
the ratio of time spent by those employees on our business and
operations, and (ii) executive officer expenses, including
general and administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus,
incentive compensation and other compensation amounts, which we
expect will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. Our partnership agreement
provides that our general partner will determine in good faith
the expenses that are allocable to us. |
|
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner |
|
If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will
either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted
into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair
market value of those interests. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Withdrawal or Removal of Our
General Partner. |
|
Liquidation Stage |
|
|
|
Liquidation |
|
Upon our liquidation, the partners, including our general
partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions
according to their particular capital account balances. |
Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions
In connection with this offering, we will enter into certain
agreements with OTA, as described in more detail below.
Contribution
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into a contribution agreement that will effect the transactions,
including the transfer of the ownership interests in Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P., and the
use of the net proceeds of this offering. While we believe this
agreement is on terms no less favorable to any party than those
that could have been negotiated with an unaffiliated third
party, it will not be the result of arms-length
negotiations. All of the transaction expenses incurred in
connection with these transactions will be paid from the
proceeds of this offering.
Omnibus
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into an omnibus agreement with our general partner and OTA that
will address certain aspects of our relationship with them,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
our use of the name Oiltanking and related
marks, and
|
|
|
|
certain indemnification obligations.
|
The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all
parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not agree
to any amendment or modification that would, in the
determination of our general partner, be adverse in any material
respect to the holders of our common units without prior
approval of the conflicts committee. In the event of a
change in control (as defined in the omnibus
agreement) of us or our general partner or the removal of OTLP
GP, LLC as our general partner in circumstances where
cause (as defined in our partnership agreement) does
not exist and the common units held by OTLP GP, LLC and its
affiliates were not voted in favor of such removal, the omnibus
agreement will terminate, provided the indemnification
obligations described below will remain in full force and
120
effect in accordance with their terms, and we will have a 90-day
transition period to cease our use of the name
Oiltanking and related marks.
OTAs indemnification obligations will include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
OTA will indemnify us for environmental losses by reason of, or
arising out of, any violation, event, circumstance, action,
omission or condition associated with the operation of our
assets prior to the closing of this offering, including:
(i) any violation of or cost to correct a violation of any
environmental laws, (ii) any environmental activity to
address a release of hazardous substances and (iii) the
release of, or exposure of any person to, any hazardous
substance; provided, however, that (x) the liability of OTA
for environmental losses shall not exceed $15.0 million in
the aggregate and (y) OTA will only be liable to provide
indemnification for losses to the extent that the aggregate
dollar amount of losses suffered by us exceed $500,000 in any
calendar year. In no event will OTA have any indemnification
obligations under the omnibus agreement for any claim made as a
result of additions to or modifications of current environmental
laws enacted after the closing of this offering;
|
|
|
|
until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations,
any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities
attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and
the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental
permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate
our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were
used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this
offering (subject to certain exceptions for the revocation or
non-renewal of consents and governmental permits due to changes
in laws, governmental regulations or certain other events
outside of the control of the Oiltanking Group and our general
partner); and
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights,
rights-of-way,
leasehold
and/or fee
ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and
such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in
substantially the same manner as they were operated immediately
prior to the closing of this offering.
|
In addition, we will also agree to indemnify OTA from any
losses, costs or damages incurred by OTA that are attributable
to the ownership and operation of our assets and the assets of
our subsidiaries following the closing of this offering.
In no event will OTA or we, as applicable, be obligated to
indemnify the other party for any claims, losses or expenses or
income taxes referred to above to the extent any such amounts
are either (i) reserved for in our financial statements as
of the closing of this offering, or (ii) recovered by the
indemnified party under available insurance coverage, from
contractual rights or against any third party.
OTA and its affiliates will not be restricted, under either our
partnership agreement or the omnibus agreement, from competing
with us. OTA will be permitted to compete with us and may
acquire or dispose of terminaling or other assets in the future
without any obligation to offer us the opportunity to purchase
those assets.
Services
Agreement
In connection with the closing of this offering, we will enter
into a services agreement with OT Services that will address
certain aspects of our relationship with them, which we expect
will include:
|
|
|
|
|
the provision by OT Services to us of certain specified selling,
general and administrative services necessary to run our
business, including the provision by OT Services to us of such
employees as may be necessary to operate and manage our
business, and our agreement to reimburse OT Services for all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with such
services, subject to an agreed upon maximum annual reimbursement
obligation of $17 million;
|
|
|
|
our agreement to reimburse OT Services for all expenses it
incurs as a result of us becoming a publicly traded partnership,
including (but not limited to) expenses associated with annual
and quarterly reporting, tax returns and
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution expenses, Sarbanes-Oxley compliance
expenses, expenses associated with listing on the NYSE,
independent auditor fees, legal fees, investor relation expenses
and registrar and transfer fees; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
our agreement to reimburse OT Services for all expenses that OT
Services incurs or payments OT Services makes on our behalf with
respect to insurance coverage for our business.
|
The selling, general and administrative expenses for which our
reimbursement obligations are capped described in the first
bullet point above include (i) expenses of non-executive
employees, including general and administrative overhead costs,
salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other compensation
amounts, which will expect will be allocated to us based on
weighted-average headcount and the ratio of time spent by those
employees on our business and operations, and
(ii) executive officer expenses, including general and
administrative overhead costs, salary, bonus, incentive
compensation and other compensation amounts, which we expect
will be allocated to us based on the amount of time spent
managing our business and operations. The selling, general and
administrative expenses for which our reimbursement obligations
are capped do not include expenses associated with
(a) services related to the operations, maintenance and
repair of our assets or inventory and facilities management or
(b) services provided in connection with evaluating new
construction or acquisition projects. There is also no cap on
expenses that our general partner or OT Services may allocate to
us for expenses associated with third party advisors and
consultants. We expect, however, that these services will be
provided at cost.
We will reimburse OT Services for any sales, use, excise,
value added or similar taxes incurred by it in connection with
the provision of the services.
The initial term of the services agreement will be
10 years, and it will automatically renew for additional
12-month
periods following the expiration of the initial term unless and
until either the Partnership or OT Services provides
180 days written notice of its intention to terminate the
agreement. In addition, we may, at our convenience, terminate
the provision of any specific category of services to us by OT
Services on 30 days written notice, provided that at our
request, OT Services will continue to provide the terminated
services for up to an additional 90 days and we will
continue to reimburse OT Services for expenses incurred by it on
our behalf during the additional 90 day period. At OT
Services request, we will afford OT Services the amount of
time that is reasonably required by OT Services to demobilize
the personnel and operations previously utilized with respect to
the service category being terminated and we will reimburse OT
Services for any costs and losses incurred by OT Services in
connection with the demobilization or termination of use of
systems, personnel, service contracts, machinery and equipment
which had been deployed by OT Services in providing the
terminated services to us. The amount of any reimbursable costs
and losses must be mutually agreed on by us and OT Services.
Subject to certain exceptions, in the event of a change in
control (as defined in the services agreement) of us or
our general partner or the removal of OTLP GP, LLC as our
general partner in circumstances where cause (as
defined in our partnership agreement) does not exist and the
common units held by OTLP GP, LLC and its affiliates were not
voted in favor of such removal, the services agreement will
terminate.
The services agreement can be amended by written agreement of
all parties to the agreement. However, we may not agree to any
amendment or modification to the cap on our selling, general and
administrative expenses reimbursement obligation without prior
approval of the conflicts committee.
Tax
Sharing Agreement
Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into a
tax sharing agreement with OTA pursuant to which we will
reimburse OTA for our share of state and local income and other
taxes borne by OTA as a result of our results being included in
a combined or consolidated tax return filed by OTA with respect
to taxable periods including or beginning on the closing date of
this offering. The amount of any such reimbursement will be
limited to the tax that we (and our subsidiaries) would have
paid had we not been included in a combined group with OTA. OTA
may use its tax attributes to cause its combined or consolidated
group, of which we may be a member for this purpose, to owe no
tax. However, we would nevertheless reimburse OTA for the tax we
would have owed had the attributes not been available or used
for our benefit, even though OTA had no cash expense for that
period.
122
Other
Transactions with Related Persons
Revenues
Derived from Affiliates
We have historically engaged in certain transactions with other
subsidiaries of OTA, as well as other companies that are related
by common ownership. These transactions include revenue earned
by us for providing storage and ancillary services at market
rates to Matrix Marine Fuels, L.L.C., an indirect, wholly owned
subsidiary of our ultimate foreign parent, Marquard & Bahls
AG. Total revenues earned for these related party services were
$2.4 million, $2.9 million and $3.3 million, for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively and $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
We also have earned revenues for providing certain centralized
administrative services to OTA, Oiltanking Texas City, LP,
Matrix Marine Fuels, LLC and Mabanaft USA, Inc., each of whom
are indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of our ultimate foreign
parent. The administrative services we provide include, among
others, rental of administrative and operations office
facilities, human resources, information technology,
engineering, environmental and regulatory, treasury and certain
financial services. Total revenues earned for these related
party services were $2.1 million, $2.7 million and
$2.4 million, for the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009 and 2010, respectively, and $0.5 million and
$0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and
2011, respectively, which are classified as a reduction of
selling, general and administrative expense. Following the
completion of this offering, we do not anticipate that we will
continue to provide these services, which will generally be
provided to us by OTA and its subsidiaries through the omnibus
agreement and services agreement.
Fees
Paid to Affiliates
We have historically paid certain administrative fees to
Oiltanking GmbH for various general and administrative services,
which include, among others, risk management, environmental
compliance, legal consulting, information technology,
centralized cash management and certain treasury and financial
services. Oiltanking GmbH allocates these costs to us using
several factors, such as our tank capacity and total volumes
handled. In managements estimation, the costs incurred for
these general and administrative costs approximate the amounts
that would have been incurred for similar services performed by
third-parties or our own employees. Total costs allocated were
$2.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million, for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively and $0.7 million and $0.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
In 2009 and 2010, $1.0 million and $0.4 million,
respectively, of these costs related to engineering consulting
were capitalized into
construction-in-progress
facilities.
We have historically paid annual maintenance and technical
support costs for proprietary software owned by Oiltanking GmbH,
which is used by us in performing terminaling services for their
customers. Each terminal location is allocated a portion of the
global Oiltanking Group maintenance costs based on the number of
users located at each facility. Total costs paid by us were
$0.8 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million, for
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
respectively and $0.3 million and $0.3 million for the
three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
In managements estimation, the costs incurred for the
annual maintenance and technical support costs related to the
proprietary software approximate the amounts that would have
been incurred for similar third party software programs for
terminaling operations.
Upon completion of the offering, we anticipate that we will
continue to be allocated certain administrative, maintenance and
technical support costs by the Oiltanking Group pursuant to a
services agreement with OT Services. Neither our partnership
agreement nor the services agreement will limit the amount of
expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be
reimbursed, but the services agreement will provide for an
agreed upon maximum annual reimbursement obligation for expenses
associated with certain specified selling, general and
administrative services necessary to run our business that will
be provided to us by OT Services.
Investments
with Affiliates
From time to time, we have historically invested excess cash
with Oiltanking Finance B.V. in short-term notes receivable at
then-prevailing market rates. At March 31, 2011 we had a
short term receivable of $12.9 million from Oiltanking
Finance B.V., bearing interest at 0.24%.
123
Potential
OTA Financial Support
OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group may elect, but are
not obligated, to provide financial support to us under certain
circumstances, such as in connection with an acquisition or
expansion capital project. Our partnership agreement contains
provisions designed to facilitate the Oiltanking Groups
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between OTA and other members
of the Oiltanking Group, including Oiltanking Finance B.V., on
the one hand, and us, on the other hand, as fair to our
unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of potential
Oiltanking Group financial support will be deemed fair to our
unitholders, and will not constitute a breach of any fiduciary
or other duty by our general partner, if consummated on terms no
less favorable than described below:
|
|
|
|
|
our issuance of common units to OTA or any of its affiliates at
a price per common unit of no less than 95% of the trailing
10-day
average closing price per common unit;
|
|
|
|
our borrowing of funds from OTA or any of its affiliates on
terms that include a tenor of at least one year and no more than
ten years and a fixed rate of interest that is no more than
200 basis points higher than the corresponding base rate,
which is LIBOR for one year maturities and the USD swap rate for
maturities of greater than one year and up to ten years; and
|
|
|
|
OTA and its affiliates may provide us or any of our subsidiaries
with guaranties or trade credit support to support the ongoing
operations of us or our subsidiaries; provided, that
(i) the pricing of any such guaranties or trade credit
support is no more than 100 basis points per annum and
(ii) any such guaranties or trade credit support are
limited to ordinary course obligations of us or our subsidiaries
and do not extend to indebtedness for borrowed money or other
obligations that could be characterized as debt.
|
We have no obligation to seek financing or support from OTA or
any other member of the Oiltanking Group on the terms described
above or to accept such financing or support if it is offered to
us. In addition, neither OTA nor any other member of the
Oiltanking Group will have any obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. The existence of
these provisions will not preclude other forms of financial
support from OTA or any other member of the Oiltanking Group,
including financial support on significantly less favorable
terms under circumstances in which such support appears to be in
our best interests.
In addition, following the completion of our issuance of units
in connection with an underwritten public offering, direct
placement
and/or
private offering of common units, we may make a reasonably
prompt redemption of a number of common units owned by OTA or
its affiliates that is no greater than the aggregate number of
common units issued to OTA or its affiliates pursuant to the
provisions summarized in the first bullet above (taking into
account any prior redemptions pursuant to the provisions
summarized in this paragraph) at a price per common unit that is
no greater than the price per common unit paid by the investors
in such offering or placement, as applicable, less underwriting
discounts and commissions or placement fees, if any. As with the
transactions described in the bullets above, any such
redemptions will be deemed fair to our unitholders and will not
constitute a breach of any fiduciary or other duty owed to us by
our general partner.
Term
Borrowings
During 2003, Oiltanking GmbH enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for the Oiltanking Groups terminal
holdings, including ours, and arranges loans at market rates and
terms for approved terminal construction projects. We believe
that this relationship has historically provided us with access
to debt capital on terms that are consistent with or better than
what would have been available to us from third parties. We
believe this relationship could continue to provide us with
access to capital at competitive rates.
124
As of March 31, 2011 we had the following outstanding notes
payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
$
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
11,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
22,500
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
143,758
|
|
Less current portion
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
$
|
125,001
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total required long-term debt principal repayments of the
affiliated debt discussed above for the remainder of 2011 and
each of the subsequent years in the period ending
December 31, 2015 and thereafter are as follows (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
14,257
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
143,758
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, we entered into an additional
agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which provides for a
maximum borrowing of $24 million, payable in semi-annual
installments of $1.2 million, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.26% at
March 31, 2011). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement. We expect that we will terminate this agreement,
without penalty, in connection with the completion of this
offering and our entry into the expected revolving line of
credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Upon the completion of this offering, we anticipate we will use
a portion of the proceeds to repay approximately
$119.5 million in borrowings from Oiltanking Finance B.V.,
with the following notes payable remaining outstanding (As of
March 31, 2011, in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
$
|
8,100
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
6,800
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
7,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
22,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
We intend to use a portion of the net proceeds from this
offering to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for approximately
$7.1 million of fees incurred in connection with our
repayment of such indebtedness.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require us to maintain certain debt,
leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit us from pledging our
assets to third parties or incurring any indebtedness other than
from Oiltanking Finance B.V. Specifically, the debt agreements
require us to maintain (i) a Stockholders Equity
Ratio (stockholders equity to non-current assets) of 30%
or greater; (ii) a Debt Service Coverage Ratio (EBITDA to
total debt service for such period) of 1.2 or greater; and
(iii) a Leverage Ratio (liabilities for borrowings,
derivative instruments and capital leases, net of subordinated
loans and cash and cash equivalents, to EBITDA) of 3.75 or less.
Concurrently with the completion of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $50.0 million line of credit with
Oiltanking Finance B.V., which we expect will contain
restrictions similar to the restrictions described in this
paragraph.
Revolving
Line of Credit
We have entered into a two-year, $50.0 million revolving
line of credit with Oiltanking Finance B.V. The revolving line
of credit is available to fund working capital and to finance
acquisitions and other expansion capital expenditures. The
revolving credit committed amount may be increased by
$75.0 million up to a total commitment of
$125.0 million with the approval of Oiltanking Finance B.V.
Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at
LIBOR plus a margin of 2.00% and any unused portion of the
revolving line of credit is subject to a commitment fee of 0.50%
per annum. We will pay an arrangement fee of $250,000 in
connection with entering into the revolving line of credit. The
maturity date of the revolving line of credit is June 30,
2013.
The revolving line of credit requires that we comply with three
financial ratios: the ratio of unitholders equity to
non-current assets shall not be less than 30%, the ratio of
EBITDA to total debt service for a period of 12 consecutive
months shall not be less than 1.2 and net financial indebtedness
(as defined in the revolving line of credit) to EBITDA shall not
be less than 3.75.
Transactions
with Certain Officers and Directors
One of the directors of our general partner, David L. Griffis,
is employed by and a shareholder of the law firm of Crain,
Caton & James, P.C., a firm that has served as
outside legal counsel for OTA and its affiliates for over
35 years. Fees for legal services paid to Crain,
Caton & James, P.C. totaled $0.6 million,
$0.9 million and $0.9 million for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Procedures
for Review, Approval and Ratification of Transactions with
Related Persons
We expect that the board of directors of our general partner
will adopt policies for the review, approval and ratification of
transactions with related persons. We anticipate the board will
adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics, under which
a director would be expected to bring to the attention of the
chief executive officer or the board any conflict or potential
conflict of interest that may arise between the director or any
affiliate of the director, on the one hand, and us or our
general partner on the other. The resolution of any such
conflict or potential conflict should, at the discretion of the
board in light of the circumstances, be determined by a majority
of the disinterested directors.
If a conflict or potential conflict of interest arises between
our general partner or its affiliates, on the one hand, and us
and our limited partners, on the other hand, the resolution of
any such conflict or potential conflict should be addressed by
the board in accordance with the provisions of our partnership
agreement. At the discretion of the board in light of the
circumstances, the resolution may be determined by the board in
its entirety or by a conflicts committee meeting the
definitional requirements for such a committee under our
partnership agreement.
Upon our adoption of our code of business conduct, we would
expect that any executive officer will be required to avoid
conflicts of interest unless approved by the board of directors.
126
In the case of any sale of equity by us in which an owner or
affiliate of an owner of our general partner participates, we
anticipate that our practice will be to obtain approval of the
board for the transaction. We anticipate that the board will
typically delegate authority to set the specific terms to a
pricing committee, consisting of the chief executive officer and
one independent director. Actions by the pricing committee will
require unanimous approval. Please see Conflicts of
Interest and Fiduciary Duties Conflicts of
Interest for additional information regarding the relevant
provisions of our partnership agreement.
The code of business conduct and ethics described above will be
adopted in connection with the closing of this offering, and as
a result the transactions described above were not reviewed
according to such procedures.
127
CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
Conflicts
of Interest
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a
result of the relationships between our general partner and its
affiliates, including OTA, on the one hand, and our partnership
and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and
officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage
our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the
same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage
our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its
affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on
the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
limit our general partners fiduciary duties to our
unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the
remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that, without those limitations, might
constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under our partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
|
|
|
|
|
approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner,
although our general partner is not obligated to seek such
approval;
|
|
|
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
or any of its affiliates;
|
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships among the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to us.
|
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the
approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its
board of directors. In connection with a situation involving a
conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner
involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be
made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does
not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of
directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either
of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points
above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision,
the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the
resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our
partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts
committee may consider any factors that it determines in good
faith to be appropriate when resolving a conflict. When our
partnership agreement provides that someone act in good faith,
it requires that person to believe he is acting in the best
interests of the partnership.
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described
below, among others.
Our
general partners affiliates may compete with
us.
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will
be restricted from engaging in any business activities other
than acting as our general partner or those activities
incidental to its ownership of interests in us. Except as
provided in our partnership agreement, affiliates of our general
partner, including OTA and other members of the Oiltanking
Group, are not prohibited from engaging in other businesses or
activities, including those that might be in direct competition
with us. OTA makes investments and purchases entities in the
terminaling and tank storage businesses. These investments and
acquisitions may include entities or assets that we would have
been interested in acquiring. Pursuant to the terms of our
partnership agreement, the doctrine of corporate opportunity, or
any analogous doctrine, shall not apply to our general partner
or any of its affiliates, including its executive officers,
directors, OTA and other members of the Oiltanking Group. Any
such person or entity that becomes aware of a potential
transaction, agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be
an opportunity for us will not have any duty to communicate or
offer such opportunity to us. Any such person or entity will not
be liable to us or to any limited partner for breach of any
fiduciary duty or other duty by reason of the fact that such
person or entity pursues or acquires such opportunity for
itself, directs such opportunity to
128
another person or entity or does not communicate such
opportunity or information to us. Therefore, OTA and other
members of the Oiltanking Group may compete with us for
investment opportunities and OTA and other members of the
Oiltanking Group may own an interest in entities that compete
with us on an operations basis.
Our
general partner and its affiliates are allowed to take into
account the interests of parties other than us in resolving
conflicts of interest.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the
fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise
be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a
number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in
its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general
partner to consider only the interests and factors that it
desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our
affiliates or our limited partners. Examples include our general
partners limited call right, its voting rights with
respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its
determination whether or not to consent to any merger or
consolidation of the partnership.
Our
partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts
the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that,
without the limitations, might constitute breaches of its
fiduciary duty.
In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership
agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies
available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise
constitute breaches of our general partners fiduciary
duty. For example, our partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not have any liability to
us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, meaning it believed that the decision was in the best
interests of our partnership;
|
|
|
|
provides generally that affiliated transactions and resolutions
of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee
of the board of directors of our general partner and not
involving a vote of the common unitholders must either be
(1) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(2) fair and reasonable to us, as determined by
our general partner in good faith, provided that, in determining
whether a transaction or resolution is fair and
reasonable, our general partner may consider the totality
of the relationships between the parties involved, including
other transactions that may be particularly advantageous or
beneficial to us; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors
will not be liable for monetary damages to us, or our limited
partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has
been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of
competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner or
its officers or directors, as the case may be, acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.
|
Except
in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and
authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full
power and authority to do all things, other than those items
that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our
general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such
terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct
our business including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for,
indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into
our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
|
|
|
|
the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our
securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights,
warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance,
hypothecation or exchange of any or all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
conveyances or other instruments;
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
the distribution of our cash;
|
|
|
|
the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside
attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of
our partners;
|
|
|
|
the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the
contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any
limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation,
limited liability company or other entity;
|
|
|
|
the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in
equity, otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation,
arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense and
the settlement of claims and litigation;
|
|
|
|
the indemnification of any person against liabilities and
contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
|
|
|
|
the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or the
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over our business or
assets; and
|
|
|
|
the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to
render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its
duties as our general partner.
|
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must
act in good faith when making decisions on our
behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in
order for a determination to be made in good faith,
our general partner must believe that the determination is in
our best interests. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Voting Rights for information
regarding matters that require unitholder approval.
Our
general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuances
of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction
or increase of reserves, each of which can affect the amount of
cash that is distributed to our unitholders.
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to our
unitholders is affected by decisions of our general partner
regarding such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures;
|
|
|
|
borrowings;
|
|
|
|
issuance of additional units; and
|
|
|
|
the creation, reduction, or increase of reserves in any quarter.
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
operating surplus, or an expansion capital expenditure, which
does not reduce operating surplus. Please read Provisions
of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Capital Expenditures for a
discussion on when a capital expenditure constitutes a
maintenance capital expenditure or an expansion capital
expenditure. This determination can affect the amount of cash
that is distributed to our unitholders and to our general
partner and the ability of the subordinated units to convert.
Please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions Subordination
Period.
In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially
equal to $30 million, which would not otherwise constitute
available cash from operating surplus, in order to permit the
payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive
distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount
of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner
and may facilitate the conversion of subordinated units into
common units. Please read Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
130
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not
constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to
our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or
effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive
distributions on any subordinated units held by them or the
incentive distribution rights; or
|
|
|
|
accelerating the expiration of the subordination period.
|
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash
from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on
our common and subordinated units, our partnership agreement
permits us to borrow funds, which would enable us to make this
distribution on all of our outstanding units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Subordination Period.
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries
may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates.
Our general partner and its affiliates may borrow funds from us,
or our operating company and its operating subsidiaries.
Our
general partner determines which of the costs it incurs on our
behalf are reimbursable by us.
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for the
costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs
incurred in rendering corporate staff and support services to us
pursuant to a services agreement with OT Services, a wholly
owned subsidiary of OTA. Neither our partnership agreement nor
the services agreement will limit the amount of expenses for
which our general partner and its affiliates may be reimbursed,
but the services agreement will provide for an agreed upon
maximum annual reimbursement obligation for expenses associated
with certain specified selling, general and administrative
services necessary to run our business that will be provided to
us by OT Services. Our partnership agreement provides that our
general partner will determine in good faith such other expenses
that are allocable to us. The fully allocated basis charged by
our general partner does not include a profit component. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
Our
partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from
causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered
to us or from entering into additional contractual arrangements
with any of these entities on our behalf.
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to
determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its
affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner
may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any
of its affiliates on our behalf. Neither our partnership
agreement nor any of the other agreements, contracts or
arrangements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other hand, that will be in
effect as of the closing of this offering, will be the result of
arms-length negotiations. Similarly, agreements, contracts
or arrangements between us and our general partner and its
affiliates that are entered into following the closing of this
offering may not be negotiated on an arms-length basis,
although, in some circumstances, our general partner may
determine that the conflicts committee of our general partner
may make a determination on our behalf with respect to such
arrangements.
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of
any such transactions entered into after the closing of this
offering.
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation
to permit us to use any of its or its affiliates
facilities or assets, except as may be provided in contracts
entered into specifically for such use. There is no obligation
of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any
contracts of this kind.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our partnership
agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner
to limit its liability is not a breach of our general
partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained
more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.
131
Our
general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all
of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they
own more than 80% of the outstanding common units.
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may
assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general
partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in
determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a
common unitholder may be required to sell his common units at an
undesirable time or price. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Call Right.
Our
general partner controls the enforcement of its and its
affiliates obligations to us.
Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the
unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce
the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our
favor.
Our
general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us.
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have
performed services for us regarding this offering have been
retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent
accountants and others who perform services for us are selected
by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may
perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We
may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the common
unitholders in the event of a conflict of interest between our
general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or
the common unitholders, on the other, depending on the nature of
the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to our common unitholders in certain situations.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
subordinated units outstanding and it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled
(48.0%) for the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters, to reset
the initial target distribution levels at higher levels based on
our cash distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset
election. Following a reset election by our general partner, the
minimum quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal
to the average cash distribution per common unit for the two
fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such
amount is referred to as the reset minimum quarterly
distribution), and the target distribution levels will be
reset to correspondingly higher levels based on percentage
increases above the reset minimum quarterly distribution.
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit without such conversion; however,
it is possible that our general partner could exercise this
reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in
our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general
partner expects that we will experience declines in our
aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such
situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may
expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it
receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued our common units, which are
entitled to specified priorities with respect to our
distributions and which therefore may be more advantageous for
the general partner to own in lieu of the right to receive
incentive distribution payments based on target distribution
levels that are less certain to be achieved in the then current
business environment. As a result, a reset election may cause
our common unitholders to experience dilution in the amount of
cash distributions that they would have otherwise received had
we not issued new common units to our general partner in
connection with resetting the target distribution levels related
to our general partners incentive distribution rights.
Please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions General Partner
Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights.
Fiduciary
Duties
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as
a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general
partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement. The
Delaware Act provides that Delaware
132
limited partnerships may, in their partnership agreements,
modify, restrict or expand the fiduciary duties otherwise owed
by a general partner to limited partners and the partnership.
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying
and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be
owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions
to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in
transactions with us that would otherwise be prohibited by
state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the
interests of other parties in addition to our interests when
resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate
and necessary because our general partners board of
directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general
partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owners, as well as
to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our general
partners ability to make decisions involving conflicts of
interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary
standards enable our general partner to take into consideration
all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the
resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications
also enable our general partner to attract and retain
experienced and capable directors. These modifications are
detrimental to our unitholders because they restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions that, without
those limitations, might constitute breaches of fiduciary duty,
as described below, and permit our general partner to take into
account the interests of third parties in addition to our
interests when resolving conflicts of interest. The following is
a summary of the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties
owed by our general partner to the limited partners:
|
|
|
State law fiduciary duty standards |
|
Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an
obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty.
The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership
agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general
partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a
prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty,
in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement
providing otherwise, would generally require that any action
taken or transaction engaged in be entirely fair to the
partnership. |
|
Partnership agreement modified standards |
|
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or
consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates
that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with
fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership
agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in
its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its
individual capacity, it must act in good faith and
will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law.
In addition, when our general partner is acting in its
individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our
general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to
us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the
obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held. |
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated
transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest that are
not approved by a vote of common unitholders and that are not
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of
our general partner must be: |
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those
generally being provided to, or available from, unrelated third
parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into
account the totality of the relationships between the parties
involved (including other transactions that may be particularly
favorable or advantageous to us).
|
|
|
|
If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts
committee and the board of directors determines that the
resolution or course of action taken with respect to the
conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth
in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in
making its decision, the board of directors, which may include
board members affected by |
133
|
|
|
|
|
the conflict of interest, acted in good faith. In any proceeding
brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. These
standards reduce the obligations to which our general partner
would otherwise be held. |
|
Rights and remedies of unitholders |
|
The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may
institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover
damages from a third party where a general partner has refused
to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general
partner to do so is not likely to succeed. These actions include
actions against a general partner for breach of its fiduciary
duties or of our partnership agreement. In addition, the
statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited
partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all
other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages
from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to
the limited partners. |
|
Partnership agreement modified standard |
|
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the
obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement
further provides that our general partner and its officers and
directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our
limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or
omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. |
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder
automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our
partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act
favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a
limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render
the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general
partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other
specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general
partner or these other persons. We must provide this
indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful
misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for
criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other
persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful.
Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent
acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent
these provisions purport to include indemnification for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act in the opinion of
the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and,
therefore, unenforceable. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Indemnification.
134
DESCRIPTION
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The
Units
The common units and the subordinated units are separate classes
of units representing limited partner interests in us. The
holders of units are entitled to participate in partnership
distributions and exercise the rights or privileges available to
limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a
description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of
common units and subordinated units in and to partnership
distributions, please read this section and Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions. For
a description of other rights and privileges of limited partners
under our partnership agreement, including voting rights, please
read The Partnership Agreement.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Duties
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC will
serve as the registrar and transfer agent for the common units.
We will pay all fees charged by the transfer agent for transfers
of common units except the following, which must be paid by
unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates,
taxes and other governmental charges;
|
|
|
|
special charges for services requested by a holder of a common
unit; and
|
|
|
|
other similar fees or charges.
|
There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our
cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its
agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and
employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of
acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity,
except for any liability due to any gross negligence or
intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
Resignation
or Removal
The transfer agent may resign, by notice to us, or be removed by
us. The resignation or removal of the transfer agent will become
effective upon our appointment of a successor transfer agent and
registrar and its acceptance of the appointment. If no successor
is appointed, our general partner may act as the transfer agent
and registrar until a successor is appointed.
Transfer
of Common Units
Upon the transfer of a common unit in accordance with our
partnership agreement, the transferee of the common unit shall
be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the common
units transferred when such transfer and admission are reflected
in our books and records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of, and
is deemed to have executed, our partnership agreement; and
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements that we are entering into in connection with our
formation and this offering.
|
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on
our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common
unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial
holders rights are limited solely to those that it has
against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between
the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Common units are securities and any transfers are subject to the
laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to other
rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the
transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in
our partnership for the transferred common units.
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and
the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the common
unit as the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise
required by law or stock exchange regulations.
135
THE
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our
partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is
included in this prospectus as Appendix A. We will provide
prospective investors with a copy of our partnership agreement
upon request at no charge.
We summarize the following provisions of our partnership
agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
with regard to distributions of available cash, please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner,
please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the transfer of common units, please read
Description of the Common Units Transfer of
Common Units; and
|
|
|
|
with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss,
please read Material U.S. Federal Income Tax
Consequences.
|
Organization
and Duration
Our partnership was organized in March 2011 and will have a
perpetual existence unless terminated pursuant to the terms of
our partnership agreement.
Purpose
Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is
limited to any business activity that is approved by our general
partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited
partnership organized under Delaware law; provided that without
the approval of unitholders holding at least 90% of the
outstanding units (including units held by our general partner
and its affiliates) voting as a single class, our general
partner shall not cause us to take any action that the general
partner determines would be reasonably likely to cause us to be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes.
Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our
subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of
crude oil, refined petroleum products and liquified petroleum
gas storage, terminaling and transportation, our general partner
may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation
whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including any duty to
act in good faith or in the best interests of us or the limited
partners. Our general partner is generally authorized to perform
all acts it determines to be necessary or appropriate to carry
out our purposes and to conduct our business.
Cash
Distributions
Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will
make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other
partnership securities as well as to our general partner in
respect of its general partner interest and its incentive
distribution rights. For a description of these cash
distribution provisions, please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
Capital
Contributions
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital
contributions, except as described below under
Limited Liability.
For a discussion of our general partners right to
contribute capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
if we issue additional units, please read
Issuance of Additional Interests.
136
Voting
Rights
The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for
approval of the matters specified below. Matters that require
the approval of a unit majority require:
|
|
|
|
|
during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, excluding those common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the
subordinated units, voting as separate classes;
|
|
|
|
after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, voting as a single class.
|
In voting their common and subordinated units, our general
partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including
any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or
the limited partners.
The incentive distribution rights may be entitled to vote in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
Issuance of additional units |
|
No approval right. |
|
Amendment of the partnership agreement |
|
Certain amendments may be made by our general partner without
the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally
require the approval of a unit majority. Please read
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement. |
|
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially
all of our assets |
|
Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read
Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or
Other Disposition of Assets. |
|
Dissolution of our partnership |
|
Unit majority. Please read Dissolution. |
|
Continuation of our business upon dissolution |
|
Unit majority. Please read Dissolution. |
|
|
|
Withdrawal of our general partner |
|
Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the
common units, excluding common units held by our general partner
and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our
general partner prior to September 30, 2021 in a manner
that would cause a dissolution of our partnership. Please read
Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner. |
|
|
|
Removal of our general partner |
|
Not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including
units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please
read Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner. |
|
|
|
Transfer of our general partner interest |
|
Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of
its general partner interest in us without a vote of our
unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with
its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or
substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of
a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by
our general partner and its affiliates, is required in other
circumstances for a transfer of the general partner interest to
a third party prior to September 30, 2021. Please read
Transfer of General Partner Interest. |
|
|
|
Transfer of incentive distribution rights |
|
No approval right. Please read Transfer of
Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution Rights. |
|
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner |
|
No approval right. Please read Transfer of
Ownership Interests in the General Partner. |
If any person or group other than our general partner and its
affiliates acquires beneficial ownership of 20% or more of any
class of units, that person or group loses voting rights on all
of its units. This loss of voting rights does not apply to any
person or group that acquires the units from our general partner
or its affiliates and any transferees of that person
137
or group approved by our general partner or to any person or
group who acquires the units with the specific prior approval of
our general partner.
Applicable
Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction
Our partnership agreement is governed by Delaware law. Our
partnership agreement requires that any claims, suits, actions
or proceedings:
|
|
|
|
|
arising out of or relating in any way to the partnership
agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to interpret,
apply or enforce the provisions of the partnership agreement or
the duties, obligations or liabilities among limited partners or
of limited partners to us, or the rights or powers of, or
restrictions on, the limited partners or us);
|
|
|
|
brought in a derivative manner on our behalf;
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any
director, officer or other employee of us or our general
partner, or owed by our general partner, to us or the limited
partners;
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the
Delaware Act; or
|
|
|
|
asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine,
|
shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware, in each case, regardless of whether such
claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract, tort,
fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory,
equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct
claims. By purchasing a common unit, a limited partner is
irrevocably consenting to these limitations and provisions
regarding claims, suits, actions or proceedings and submitting
to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the
State of Delaware in connection with any such claims, suits,
actions or proceedings.
Limited
Liability
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the
control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act
and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of
the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act
will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount
of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common
units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets.
However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of
the right, by the limited partners as a group:
|
|
|
|
|
to remove or replace our general partner;
|
|
|
|
to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
to take other action under our partnership agreement;
|
constituted participation in the control of our
business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited
partners could be held personally liable for our obligations
under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general
partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact
business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited
partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement
nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse
against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose
limited liability through any fault of our general partner.
While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek
legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim
in Delaware case law.
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a
distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all
liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to
specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair
value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose
of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited
partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of
property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is
limited shall be included in the assets of the limited
partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that
property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act
provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and
knew at the time
138
of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of
the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited partnership for
the amount of the distribution for three years.
Following the completion of this offering, we expect that our
subsidiaries will conduct business in one state and we may have
subsidiaries that conduct business in other states or countries
in the future. Maintenance of our limited liability as owner of
our operating subsidiaries may require compliance with legal
requirements in the jurisdictions in which the operating
subsidiaries conduct business, including qualifying our
subsidiaries to do business there.
Limitations on the liability of members or limited partners for
the obligations of a limited liability company or limited
partnership have not been clearly established in many
jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our ownership interest in our
subsidiaries or otherwise, it were determined that we were
conducting business in any jurisdiction without compliance with
the applicable limited partnership or limited liability company
statute, or that the right or exercise of the right by the
limited partners as a group to remove or replace our general
partner, to approve some amendments to our partnership
agreement, or to take other action under our partnership
agreement constituted participation in the control
of our business for purposes of the statutes of any relevant
jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be held personally
liable for our obligations under the law of that jurisdiction to
the same extent as our general partner under the circumstances.
We will operate in a manner that our general partner considers
reasonable and necessary or appropriate to preserve the limited
liability of the limited partners.
Issuance
of Additional Interests
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional partnership interests for the consideration
and on the terms and conditions determined by our general
partner without the approval of the unitholders.
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the
issuance of additional common units, subordinated units or other
partnership interests. Holders of any additional common units we
issue will be entitled to share equally with the then-existing
common unitholders in our distributions of available cash. In
addition, the issuance of additional common units or other
partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of
the then-existing common unitholders in our net assets.
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our
partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership
interests that, as determined by our general partner, may have
special voting rights to which the common units are not
entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not
prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity interests, which
may effectively rank senior to the common units.
Upon issuance of additional partnership interests (other than
the issuance of common units upon exercise by the underwriters
of their option to purchase additional common units, the
issuance of common units to OTA upon expiration of the option to
purchase additional common units, the issuance of partnership
interests issued in connection with a reset of the incentive
distribution target levels relating to our general
partners incentive distribution rights or the issuance of
partnership interests upon conversion of outstanding partnership
securities), our general partner will be entitled, but not
required, to make additional capital contributions to the extent
necessary to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest in us.
Our general partners 2.0% interest in us will be reduced
if we issue additional units in the future and our general
partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of capital to
us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Moreover, our
general partner will have the right, which it may from time to
time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to
purchase common units, subordinated units or other partnership
interests whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue
partnership interests to persons other than our general partner
and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the
percentage interest of the general partner and its affiliates,
including such interest represented by common and subordinated
units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The
common unitholders will not have preemptive rights under our
partnership agreement to acquire additional common units or
other partnership interests.
Amendment
of the Partnership Agreement
General
Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by
our general partner. However, our general partner will have no
duty or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to
do so free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us
or the limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith
or in the best interests of us or
139
the limited partners. In order to adopt a proposed amendment,
other than the amendments discussed below, our general partner
is required to seek written approval of the holders of the
number of units required to approve the amendment or to call a
meeting of the limited partners to consider and vote upon the
proposed amendment. Except as described below, an amendment must
be approved by a unit majority.
Prohibited
Amendments
No amendment may be made that would:
|
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its
consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or
class of limited partner interests so affected; or
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or
rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable,
reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner
or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general
partner, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole
discretion.
|
The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the
amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can
be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90.0% of
the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units
owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon
completion of the offering, an affiliate of our general partner
will own approximately 74.3% of our outstanding common and
subordinated units.
No
Unitholder Approval
Our general partner may generally make amendments to our
partnership agreement without the approval of any limited
partner to reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our name, the location of our principal place of
business, our registered agent or our registered office;
|
|
|
|
the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners
in accordance with our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a
limited partnership or other entity in which the limited
partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or
to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to
the extent not already so treated or taxed);
|
|
|
|
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel,
to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers,
agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment
Advisers Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations
adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
|
|
|
|
an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary
or appropriate in connection with the creation, authorization or
issuance of additional partnership interests or the right to
acquire partnership interests;
|
|
|
|
any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement
to be made by our general partner acting alone;
|
|
|
|
an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger
agreement that has been approved under the terms of our
partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
any amendment that our general partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the
formation by us of, or our investment in, any corporation,
partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other
entity, as otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;
|
|
|
|
conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited
liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets,
liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger
or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the
conversion, merger or conveyance; or
|
|
|
|
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters
described in the clauses above.
|
140
In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our
partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited
partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:
|
|
|
|
|
do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular
class of limited partners) in any material respect;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements,
conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive,
order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or
judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of
limited partner interests or to comply with any rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange
on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for
trading;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general
partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the
provisions of our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus
or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or
are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.
|
Opinion
of Counsel and Unitholder Approval
Any amendment that our general partner determines adversely
affects in any material respect one or more particular classes
of limited partners will require the approval of at least a
majority of the class or classes so affected, but no vote will
be required by any class or classes of limited partners that our
general partner determines are not adversely affected in any
material respect. Any amendment that would have a material
adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any type or class
of outstanding units in relation to other classes of units will
require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class
of units so affected. Any amendment that would reduce the voting
percentage required to take any action other than to remove the
general partner or call a meeting of unitholders is required to
be approved by the affirmative vote of limited partners whose
aggregate outstanding units constitute not less than the voting
requirement sought to be reduced. Any amendment that would
increase the percentage of units required to remove the general
partner or call a meeting of unitholders must be approved by the
affirmative vote of limited partners whose aggregate outstanding
units constitute not less than the percentage sought to be
increased. For amendments of the type not requiring unitholder
approval, our general partner will not be required to obtain an
opinion of counsel that an amendment will neither result in a
loss of limited liability to the limited partners nor result in
our being treated as a taxable entity for federal income tax
purposes in connection with any of the amendments. No other
amendments to our partnership agreement will become effective
without the approval of holders of at least 90% of the
outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we first
obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment
will not affect the limited liability under applicable law of
any of our limited partners.
Merger,
Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of
Assets
A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior
consent of our general partner. However, our general partner
will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger,
consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any
fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited
partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best
interest of us or the limited partners.
In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our
general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a
unit majority, from causing us to sell, exchange or otherwise
dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions, including by
way of merger, consolidation or other combination. Our general
partner may, however, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a
security interest in all or substantially all of our assets
without such approval. Our general partner may also sell all or
substantially all of our assets under a foreclosure or other
realization upon those encumbrances without such approval.
Finally, our general partner may consummate any merger without
the prior approval of our unitholders if we are the surviving
entity in the transaction, our general partner has received an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters,
the transaction would not result in a material amendment to the
partnership agreement (other than an amendment that the general
partner could adopt without the consent of other partners), each
of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership
following the transaction and the partnership securities to be
issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership
interests (other
141
than incentive distribution rights) immediately prior to the
transaction. If the conditions specified in our partnership
agreement are satisfied, our general partner may convert us or
any of our subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or
merge us or any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our
assets to, a newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that
conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in
our legal form into another limited liability entity, we have
received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and
tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity
provide the limited partners and our general partner with the
same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership
agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters
rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or
applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or
consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any
other similar transaction or event.
Dissolution
We will continue as a limited partnership until dissolved under
our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
|
|
|
|
|
the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved
by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
|
|
|
|
there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without
dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;
|
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or
|
|
|
|
the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other
event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner
other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner
interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its
withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a
successor.
|
Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a
unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations,
to continue our business on the same terms and conditions
described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a
successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of
units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an
opinion of counsel to the effect that:
|
|
|
|
|
the action would not result in the loss of limited liability
under Delaware law of any limited partner; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
be taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes
upon the exercise of that right to continue (to the extent not
already so treated or taxed).
|
Liquidation
and Distribution of Proceeds
Upon our dissolution, unless our business is continued, the
liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs will, acting with
all of the powers of our general partner that are necessary or
appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the proceeds of the
liquidation as described in Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Distributions of Cash Upon Liquidation. The liquidator may
defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable
period of time or distribute assets to partners in kind if it
determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue
loss to our partners.
Withdrawal
or Removal of Our General Partner
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to
withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to
September 30, 2021 without obtaining the approval of the
holders of at least a majority of the outstanding common units,
excluding common units held by our general partner and its
affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding
limited liability and tax matters. On or after
September 30, 2021, our general partner may withdraw as
general partner without first obtaining approval of any
unitholder by giving 90 days written notice, and that
withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership
agreement. Notwithstanding the information above, our general
partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon
90 days notice to the limited partners if at least
50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled by
one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner
and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement
permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or
otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us
without the approval of the unitholders. Please read
Transfer of General Partner Interest.
142
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances,
other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of
all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders
of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing
general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected
but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax
matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated, unless within a specified period after that
withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to
continue our business and to appoint a successor general
partner. Please read Dissolution.
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is
approved by the vote of the holders of not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class,
including units held by our general partner and its affiliates,
and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also
subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common
units, voting as a class, and the outstanding subordinated
units, voting as a class. The ownership of more than
331/3%
of the outstanding units by our general partner and its
affiliates gives them the ability to prevent our general
partners removal. At the closing of this offering,
affiliates of our general partner will own 74.3% of our
outstanding limited partner units, including all of our
subordinated units.
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist:
|
|
|
|
|
all subordinated units held by any person who did not, and whose
affiliates did not, vote any units in favor of the removal of
the general partner, will immediately and automatically convert
into common units on a
one-for-one
basis; and
|
|
|
|
if all of the subordinated units convert pursuant to the
foregoing, all cumulative common unit arrearages on the common
units will be extinguished and the subordination period will end.
|
In the event of the removal of our general partner under
circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general
partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership
agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to
purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution
rights of the departing general partner and its affiliates for a
cash payment equal to the fair market value of those interests.
Under all other circumstances where our general partner
withdraws or is removed by the limited partners, the departing
general partner will have the option to require the successor
general partner to purchase the general partner interest and the
incentive distribution rights of the departing general partner
and its affiliates for fair market value. In each case, this
fair market value will be determined by agreement between the
departing general partner and the successor general partner. If
no agreement is reached, an independent investment banking firm
or other independent expert selected by the departing general
partner and the successor general partner will determine the
fair market value. Or, if the departing general partner and the
successor general partner cannot agree upon an expert, then an
expert chosen by agreement of the experts selected by each of
them will determine the fair market value.
If the option described above is not exercised by either the
departing general partner or the successor general partner, the
departing general partners general partner interest and
all its and its affiliates incentive distribution rights
will automatically convert into common units equal to the fair
market value of those interests as determined by an investment
banking firm or other independent expert selected in the manner
described in the preceding paragraph.
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing
general partner for all amounts due the departing general
partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related
liabilities, including severance liabilities, incurred as a
result of the termination of any employees employed for our
benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.
Transfer
of General Partner Interest
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less
than all, of its general partner interest to:
|
|
|
|
|
an affiliate of our general partner (other than an
individual); or
|
|
|
|
another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our
general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by
our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
another entity,
|
143
our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general
partner interest to another person prior to September 30,
2021 without the approval of the holders of at least a majority
of the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by
our general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this
transfer, the transferee must, among other things, assume the
rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by
the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
Our general partner and its affiliates may, at any time,
transfer common units or subordinated units to one or more
persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not
transfer subordinated units to us.
Transfer
of Ownership Interests in the General Partner
At any time, the owners of our general partner may sell or
transfer all or part of its ownership interests in our general
partner to an affiliate or third party without the approval of
our unitholders.
Transfer
of Subordinated Units and Incentive Distribution
Rights
By transfer of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights in accordance with our partnership agreement, each
transferee of subordinated units or incentive distribution
rights will be admitted as a limited partner with respect to the
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights transferred
when such transfer and admission is reflected in our books and
records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
automatically becomes bound by the terms and conditions of our
partnership agreement; and
|
|
|
|
gives the consents, waivers and approvals contained in our
partnership agreement, such as the approval of all transactions
and agreements we are entering into in connection with our
formation and this offering.
|
Our general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on
our books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of
subordinated units or incentive distribution rights as the
absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial holders
rights are limited solely to those that it has against the
nominee holder as a result of any agreement between the
beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
Subordinated units or incentive distribution rights are
securities and any transfers are subject to the laws governing
transfer of securities. In addition to other rights acquired
upon transfer, the transferor gives the transferee the right to
become a limited partner for the transferred subordinated units
or incentive distribution rights.
Until a subordinated unit or incentive distribution right has
been transferred on our books, we and the transfer agent may
treat the record holder of the unit or right as the absolute
owner for all purposes, except as otherwise required by law or
stock exchange regulations.
Change of
Management Provisions
Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are
intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to
remove OTLP GP, LLC as our general partner or from otherwise
changing our management. Please read
Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner for a discussion of certain consequences of the
removal of our general partner. If any person or group, other
than our general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or
group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of
voting rights does not apply in certain circumstances. Please
read Meetings; Voting.
Limited
Call Right
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner
interests of any class, our general partner will have the right,
which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates
or beneficial owners or to us, to acquire all, but not less than
all, of the limited partner interests of the class held
144
by unaffiliated persons, as of a record date to be selected by
our general partner, on at least 10, but not more than 60, days
notice. The purchase price in the event of this purchase is the
greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its
affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class
purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which
our general partner first mails notice of its election to
purchase those limited partner interests; and
|
|
|
|
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership
securities of such class over the 20 consecutive trading days
immediately preceding the date three days before the date the
notice is mailed.
|
As a result of our general partners right to purchase
outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited
partner interests may have his limited partner interests
purchased at an undesirable time or at a price that may be lower
than market prices at various times prior to such purchase or
lower than a unitholder may anticipate the market price to be in
the future. The tax consequences to a unitholder of the exercise
of this call right are the same as a sale by that unitholder of
his common units in the market. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
Disposition of Units.
Non-Taxpaying
Holders; Redemption
To avoid any adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates
chargeable to customers by us or any of our future subsidiaries,
or in order to reverse an adverse determination that has
occurred regarding such maximum rate, our partnership agreement
provides our general partner the power to amend the agreement.
If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines
that our not being treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, coupled with the tax
status (or lack of proof thereof) of one or more of our limited
partners, has, or is reasonably likely to have, a material
adverse effect on the maximum applicable rates chargeable to
customers by our subsidiaries, then our general partner may
adopt such amendments to our partnership agreement as it
determines necessary or advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of our
limited partners (and their owners, to the extent
relevant); and
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose tax
status has or is reasonably likely to have a material adverse
effect on the maximum applicable rates or who fails to comply
with the procedures instituted by our general partner to obtain
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status. The redemption
price in the case of such a redemption will be the average of
the daily closing prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading
days immediately prior to the date set for redemption.
|
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption
If our general partner, with the advice of counsel, determines
we are subject to U.S. federal, state or local laws or
regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general
partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture
of any property that we have an interest in because of the
nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited
partner, then our general partner may adopt such amendments to
our partnership agreement as it determines necessary or
advisable to:
|
|
|
|
|
obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship or other related
status of our limited partners (and their owners, to the extent
relevant); and
|
|
|
|
permit us to redeem the units held by any person whose
nationality, citizenship or other related status creates
substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property
or who fails to comply with the procedures instituted by the
general partner to obtain proof of the nationality, citizenship
or other related status. The redemption price in the case of
such a redemption will be the average of the daily closing
prices per unit for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately
prior to the date set for redemption.
|
145
Meetings;
Voting
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20%
or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders
of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and
to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon
matters for which approvals may be solicited.
Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our
unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action
that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may
be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a
meeting if consents in writing describing the action so taken
are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to
authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the
unitholders may be called by our general partner or by
unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the
class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote
either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a
majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for
which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by
proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the
unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage
of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater
percentage.
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his
percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner
interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please
read Issuance of Additional Interests.
However, if at any time any person or group, other than our
general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently
approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates and
purchasers specifically approved by our general partner,
acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more
of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group
will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may
not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be
outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders,
calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum
or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or
street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee
in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner
unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his
nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement
otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with
common units, as a single class.
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required
or permitted to be given or made to record common unitholders
under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the record
holder by us or by the transfer agent.
Voting
Rights of Incentive Distribution Rights
If a majority of the incentive distribution rights are held by
our general partner and its affiliates, the holders of the
incentive distribution rights will have no right to vote in
respect of such rights on any matter, unless otherwise required
by law, and the holders of the incentive distribution rights, in
their capacity as such, shall be deemed to have approved any
matter approved by our general partner.
If less than a majority of the incentive distribution rights are
held by our general partner and its affiliates, the incentive
distribution rights will be entitled to vote on all matters
submitted to a vote of unitholders, other than amendments and
other matters that our general partner determines do not
adversely affect the holders of the incentive distribution
rights in any material respect. On any matter in which the
holders of incentive distribution rights are entitled to vote,
such holders will vote together with the subordinated units,
prior to the end of the subordination period, or together with
the common units, thereafter, in either case as a single class,
and such incentive distribution rights shall be treated in all
respects as subordinated units or common units, as applicable,
when sending notices of a meeting of our limited partners to
vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law),
calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum
or for other similar purposes under our partnership agreement.
The relative voting power of the holders of the incentive
distribution rights and the subordinated units or common units,
depending on which class the holders of incentive distribution
rights are voting with, will be set in the same proportion as
cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect of the
incentive distribution rights for the four consecutive quarters
prior to the record date for the vote bears to the cumulative
cash distributions in respect of such class of units for such
four quarters.
Status as
Limited Partner
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as
a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected
146
in our books and records. Except as described under
Limited Liability, the common
units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required
to make additional contributions.
Indemnification
Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will
indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar
events:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner;
|
|
|
|
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was a manager, managing member, general
partner, director, officer, fiduciary or trustee of our
partnership, our subsidiaries, our general partner, any
departing general partner or any of their affiliates;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was serving as a manager, managing member,
general partner, director, officer, employee, agent, fiduciary
or trustee of another person owing a fiduciary duty to us or our
subsidiaries;
|
|
|
|
any person who controls our general partner or any departing
general partner; and
|
|
|
|
any person designated by our general partner.
|
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of
our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will
not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to
contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to
effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against
liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons
for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the
power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our
partnership agreement.
Reimbursement
of Expenses
Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general
partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments they make on our behalf and all other expenses
allocable to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in
connection with operating our business. Neither the partnership
agreement nor the services agreement will limit the amount of
expenses for which our general partner and its affiliates may be
reimbursed, but the services agreement will provide for an
agreed upon maximum annual reimbursement obligation for expenses
associated with certain specified selling, general and
administrative services necessary to run our business. For more
information on the services agreement, please read Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions Agreements
with Affiliates in Connection with the Transactions
Services Agreement. These expenses include salary, bonus,
incentive compensation and other amounts paid to persons who
perform services for us or on our behalf and expenses allocated
to our general partner by its affiliates. Our general partner is
entitled to determine the expenses that are allocable to us.
Books and
Reports
Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our
business at our principal offices. These books will be
maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an
accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal
year is the calendar year.
We will furnish or make available to record holders of our
common units, within 105 days after the close of each
fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated
financial statements and a report on those consolidated
financial statements by our independent public accountants.
Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make
available summary financial information within 50 days
after the close of each quarter. We will be deemed to have made
any such report available if we file such report with the SEC on
EDGAR or make the report available on a publicly available
website which we maintain.
We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably
required for U.S. federal and state tax reporting purposes
within 90 days after the close of each calendar year. This
information is expected to be furnished in summary form so that
some complex calculations normally required of partners can be
avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary
147
information to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation
in supplying us with specific information. Every unitholder will
receive information to assist him in determining his
U.S. federal and state tax liability and in filing his
U.S. federal and state income tax returns, regardless of
whether he supplies us with the necessary information.
Right to
Inspect Our Books and Records
Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can,
for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited
partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of
such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
|
|
|
|
|
a current list of the name and last known address of each record
holder;
|
|
|
|
copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited
partnership and related amendments and any powers of attorney
under which they have been executed;
|
|
|
|
information regarding the status of our business and our
financial condition; and
|
|
|
|
any other information regarding our affairs as our general
partner determines is just and reasonable.
|
Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from
the limited partners trade secrets or other information the
disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith
is not in our best interests, could damage us or our business or
that we are required by law or by agreements with third parties
to keep confidential.
Registration
Rights
Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for
resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws any common units, subordinated units or other limited
partner interests proposed to be sold by our general partner or
any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from
the registration requirements is not otherwise available. These
registration rights continue for two years following any
withdrawal or removal of our general partner. We are obligated
to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding
underwriting discounts.
In addition, in connection with this offering, we expect to
enter into a registration rights agreement with OTA. Pursuant to
the registration rights agreement, we will be required to file a
registration statement to register the common units and
subordinated units issued to OTA and the common units issuable
upon the conversion of the subordinated units upon request of
OTA. In addition, the registration rights agreement gives OTA
piggyback registration rights under certain circumstances. The
registration rights agreement also includes provisions dealing
with holdback agreements, indemnification and contribution and
allocation of expenses. These registration rights are
transferable to affiliates of OTA and, in certain circumstances,
to third parties. Please read Units Eligible for Future
Sale.
148
UNITS
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus,
OTA will own, directly or indirectly, an aggregate of
9,449,901 common units and 19,449,901 subordinated
units. All of the subordinated units will convert into common
units at the end of the subordination period and some may
convert earlier. The sale of these common and subordinated units
could have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or
on any trading market that may develop.
Our common units sold in this offering will generally be freely
transferable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act, except that any common units held by an
affiliate of ours may not be resold publicly except
in compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or
otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an
affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount
that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater
of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the total number of the securities outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly reported trading volume of our common units
for the four weeks prior to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of
sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information
about us. Once we have been a reporting company for at least
90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been an
affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding
a sale, and who has beneficially owned the common units proposed
to be sold for at least six months, would be entitled to sell
without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144, subject only to the current
public information requirement. After beneficially owning
Rule 144 restricted units for at least one year, such
person would be entitled to freely sell those common units
without regard to any of the requirements of Rule 144.
Our partnership agreement provides that we may issue an
unlimited number of limited partner interests of any type
without a vote of the unitholders at any time. Any issuance of
additional common units or other equity securities would result
in a corresponding decrease in the proportionate ownership
interest in us represented by, and could adversely affect the
cash distributions to and market price of, common units then
outstanding. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Interests.
Under our partnership agreement and the registration rights
agreement that we expect to enter into, our general partner and
its affiliates will have the right to cause us to register under
the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws the
offer and sale of any units that they hold. Subject to the terms
and conditions of the partnership agreement and the registration
rights agreement, these registration rights allow our general
partner and its affiliates or their assignees holding any units
to require registration of any of these units and to include any
of these units in a registration by us of other units, including
units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our general partner
and its affiliates will continue to have these registration
rights for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our
general partner. In connection with any registration of this
kind, we will indemnify each unitholder participating in the
registration and its officers, directors, and controlling
persons from and against any liabilities under the Securities
Act or any applicable state securities laws arising from the
registration statement or prospectus. We will bear all costs and
expenses incidental to any registration, excluding any
underwriting discount. Except as described below, our general
partner and its affiliates may sell their units in private
transactions at any time, subject to compliance with applicable
laws.
The executive officers and directors of our general partner and
OTA have agreed not to sell any common units they beneficially
own for a period of 180 days from the date of this
prospectus. Please read Underwriting for a
description of these
lock-up
provisions.
149
MATERIAL
U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income
tax consequences that may be relevant to prospective
unitholders. To the extent this section discusses federal income
taxes, that discussion is based upon current provisions of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Code), existing and proposed U.S. Treasury
regulations thereunder (the Treasury Regulations),
and current administrative rulings and court decisions, all of
which are subject to change. Changes in these authorities may
cause the federal income tax consequences to a prospective
unitholder to vary substantially from those described below.
Unless the context otherwise requires, references in this
section to we or us are references to
the partnership and its subsidiaries.
Legal conclusions contained in this section, unless otherwise
noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. and
are based on the accuracy of representations made by us to them
for this purpose. However, this section does not address all
federal income tax matters that affect us or our unitholders.
Furthermore, this section focuses on unitholders who are
individual citizens or residents of the United States (for
federal income tax purposes), whose functional currencies are
the U.S. dollar and who hold units as capital assets
(generally, property that is held for investment). This section
has limited applicability to corporations, partnerships,
entities treated as partnerships for federal income tax
purposes, estates, trusts, non-resident aliens or other
unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as
tax-exempt institutions,
non-U.S. persons,
individual retirement accounts (IRAs), employee
benefit plans, real estate investment trusts or mutual funds.
Accordingly, because each unitholder may have unique
circumstances beyond the scope of the discussion herein, we
encourage each unitholder to consult such unitholders own
tax advisor in analyzing the federal, state, local and
non-U.S. tax
consequences that are particular to that unitholder resulting
from ownership or disposition of its units.
We are relying on opinions and advice of Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. with respect to the matters described herein. An
opinion of counsel represents only that counsels best
legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or courts. Accordingly,
the opinions and statements made herein may not be sustained by
a court if contested by the IRS. Any such contest of the matters
described herein may materially and adversely impact the market
for our units and the prices at which such units trade. In
addition, our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne
indirectly by our unitholders and our general partner because
the costs will reduce our cash available for distribution.
Furthermore, our tax treatment, or the tax treatment of an
investment in us, may be significantly modified by future
legislative or administrative changes or court decisions, which
might be retroactively applied.
For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following
federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a
unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller to cover a
short sale of units (please read Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Treatment of Short
Sales); (2) whether our monthly convention for
allocating taxable income and losses is permitted by existing
Treasury Regulations (please read Disposition
of Units Allocations Between Transferors and
Transferees); and (3) whether our method for taking
into account Section 743 adjustments is sustainable in
certain cases (please read Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership Section 754 Election and
Uniformity of Units).
Taxation
of the Partnership
Partnership
Status
We expect to be treated as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes and, therefore, generally will not be liable for
federal income taxes. Instead, as described below, each of our
unitholders will take into account its respective share of our
items of income, gain, loss and deduction in computing its
federal income tax liability as if the unitholder had earned
such income directly, even if no cash distributions are made to
the unitholder. Distributions by us to a unitholder generally
will not give rise to income or gain taxable to such unitholder,
unless the amount of cash distributed to a unitholder exceeds
the unitholders adjusted tax basis in its units.
Section 7704 of the Code generally provides that publicly
traded partnerships will be treated as corporations for federal
income tax purposes. However, if 90% or more of a
partnerships gross income for every taxable year it is
publicly traded consists of qualifying income, the
partnership may continue to be treated as a partnership for
federal income tax purposes (the Qualifying Income
Exception). Qualifying income includes (i) income and
gains derived from the refining, transportation, storage,
processing and marketing of crude oil, natural gas and products
thereof, (ii) interest (other than from a financial
business), (iii) dividends, (iv) gains from the sale
of real property and (v) gains from the sale or
150
other disposition of capital assets held for the production of
qualifying income. We estimate that approximately 8% of our
current gross income is not qualifying income; however, this
estimate could change from time to time.
Based upon factual representations made by us and our general
partner regarding the composition of our income and the other
representations set forth below, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. is of the opinion that we will be treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. In rendering its
opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied on factual
representations made by us and our general partner. The
representations made by us and our general partner upon which
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied include, without
limitation:
(a) Neither we nor any of our partnership or limited
liability company subsidiaries has elected to be treated as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes; and
(b) For each taxable year since and including the year of
our initial public offering, more than 90% of our gross income
has been and will be income of a character that
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined is qualifying
income within the meaning of Section 7704(d) of the
Code.
We believe that these representations are true and will be true
in the future.
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a
failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that
is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case
the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to
our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as
transferring all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to a
newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in which
we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return for
stock in that corporation and then distributed that stock to our
unitholders in liquidation of their units. This deemed
contribution and liquidation should not result in the
recognition of taxable income by our unitholders or us so long
as our liabilities do not exceed the tax basis of our assets.
Thereafter, we would be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes.
If for any reason we are taxable as a corporation in any taxable
year, our items of income, gain, loss and deduction would be
taken into account by us in determining the amount of our
liability for federal income tax, rather than being passed
through to our unitholders. Accordingly, our taxation as a
corporation would materially reduce our cash distributions to
unitholders and thus would likely substantially reduce the value
of our units. In addition, any distribution made to a unitholder
would be treated as (i) a taxable dividend income to the
extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, then
(ii) a nontaxable return of capital to the extent of the
unitholders tax basis in our units, and thereafter
(iii) taxable capital gain.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that we will be treated
as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership
Limited
Partner Status
Unitholders who are admitted as limited partners of the
partnership, as well as unitholders whose units are held in
street name or by a nominee and who have the right to direct the
nominee in the exercise of all substantive rights attendant to
the ownership of units, will be treated as partners of the
partnership for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion
related to the risks of losing partner status as a result of
short sales, please read Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership Treatment of Short Sales.
Unitholders who are not treated as partners in us as described
above are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect
to the tax consequences applicable to them under the
circumstances.
Flow-Through
of Taxable Income
Subject to the discussion below under
Entity-Level Collections of Unitholder
Taxes with respect to payments we may be required to make
on behalf of our unitholders, and aside from any taxes paid by
our corporate operating subsidiary, we will not pay any federal
income tax. Rather, each unitholder will be required to report
on its income tax return its share of our income, gains, losses
and deductions for our taxable year or years ending with or
within its taxable year without regard to whether we make cash
distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate income to a
unitholder even if that unitholder has not received a cash
distribution.
151
Ratio
of Taxable Income to Distributions
We estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering
who owns those common units from the date of closing of this
offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2014, will be allocated, on a
cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be 20% or less of the cash distributed with
respect to that period. Thereafter, we anticipate that the ratio
of taxable income to cash distributions to the unitholders will
increase. These estimates are based upon the assumption that
earnings from operations will approximate the amount required to
make the minimum quarterly distribution on all units and other
assumptions with respect to capital expenditures, cash flow, net
working capital and anticipated cash distributions. These
estimates and assumptions are subject to, among other things,
numerous business, economic, regulatory, legislative,
competitive and political uncertainties beyond our control.
Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and tax
reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the IRS
could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these
estimates will prove to be correct. The actual ratio of taxable
income to cash distributions could be higher or lower than
expected, and any differences could be material and could
materially affect the value of the common units. For example,
the ratio of taxable income to cash distributions to a purchaser
of common units in this offering will be greater, and perhaps
substantially greater, than our estimate with respect to the
period described above if:
|
|
|
|
|
the earnings from operations exceeds the amount required to make
minimum quarterly distributions on all units, yet we only
distribute the minimum quarterly distributions on all
units; or
|
|
|
|
we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds
of the offering in a manner that does not produce substantial
additional deductions during the period described above, such as
to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering
or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or
amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is
depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than
the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
|
Basis
of Units
A unitholders tax basis in its units initially will be the
amount it paid for those units plus its initial share of our
liabilities. That basis generally will be (i) increased by
the unitholders share of our income and any increases in
such unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and
(ii) decreased, but not below zero, by distributions to it,
by its share of our losses, any decreases in its share of our
nonrecourse liabilities and its share of our expenditures that
are neither deductible nor required to be capitalized.
Treatment
of Distributions
Distributions made by us to a unitholder generally will not be
taxable to the unitholder, unless such distributions exceed the
unitholders tax basis in its units, in which case the
unitholder will recognize gain taxable in the manner described
below under Disposition of Units.
Any reduction in a unitholders share of our
nonrecourse liabilities (liabilities for which no
partner bears the economic risk of loss) will be treated as a
distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. A decrease in a
unitholders percentage interest in us because of our
issuance of additional units will decrease the unitholders
share of our nonrecourse liabilities. For purposes of the
foregoing, a unitholders share of our nonrecourse
liabilities generally will be based upon that unitholders
share of the unrealized appreciation (or depreciation) in our
assets, to the extent thereof, with any excess liabilities
allocated based on the unitholders share of our profits.
Please read Disposition of Units.
A non-pro rata distribution of money or property (including a
deemed distribution described above) may cause a unitholder to
recognize ordinary income, if the distribution reduces the
unitholders share of our unrealized
receivables, including depreciation recapture and
substantially appreciated inventory items, both as
defined in Section 751 of the Code (Section 751
Assets). To the extent of such reduction, the unitholder
would be deemed to receive its proportionate share of the
Section 751 Assets and exchange such assets with us in
return for an allocable portion of the non-pro rata
distribution. This latter deemed exchange generally will result
in the unitholders realization of ordinary income in an
amount equal to the excess of (1) the non-pro rata portion
of that distribution over (2) the unitholders tax
basis (generally zero) in the Section 751 Assets deemed to
be relinquished in the exchange.
152
Limitations
on Deductibility of Losses
The deduction by a unitholder of its share of our losses will be
limited to the lesser of (i) the unitholders tax
basis in its units, and (ii) in the case of a unitholder
who is an individual, estate, trust or corporation (if more than
50% of the corporations stock is owned directly or
indirectly by or for five or fewer individuals or a specific
type of tax exempt organization), the amount for which the
unitholder is considered to be at risk with respect
to our activities. In general, a unitholder will be at risk to
the extent of its tax basis in its units, reduced by
(1) any portion of that basis attributable to the
unitholders share of our liabilities, (2) any portion
of that basis representing amounts otherwise protected against
loss because of a guarantee, stop loss agreement or similar
arrangement and (3) any amount of money the unitholder
borrows to acquire or hold its units, if the lender of those
borrowed funds owns an interest in us, is related to another
unitholder or can look only to the units for repayment.
A unitholder subject to the basis and at risk limitation must
recapture losses deducted in previous years to the extent that
distributions (including distributions as a result of a
reduction in a unitholders share of nonrecourse
liabilities) cause the unitholders at risk amount to be
less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed
to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations
will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction in a
later year to the extent that the unitholders tax basis or
at risk amount, whichever is the limiting factor, is
subsequently increased. Upon a taxable disposition of units, any
gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by losses that
were previously suspended by the at risk limitation but not
losses suspended by the basis limitation. Any loss previously
suspended by the at risk limitation in excess of that gain can
no longer be used.
In addition to the basis and at risk limitations, passive
activity loss limitations generally limit the deductibility of
losses incurred by individuals, estates, trusts, some closely
held corporations and personal service corporations from
passive activities (generally, trade or business
activities in which the taxpayer does not materially
participate). The passive loss limitations are applied
separately with respect to each publicly-traded partnership.
Consequently, any passive losses we generate will be available
to offset only our passive income generated in the future.
Passive losses that are not deductible because they exceed a
unitholders share of income we generate may be deducted in
full when he disposes of all of its units in a fully taxable
transaction with an unrelated party. The passive activity loss
rules are applied after other applicable limitations on
deductions, including the at risk and basis limitations.
Limitations
on Interest Deductions
The deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayers
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of that taxpayers net investment
income. Investment interest expense includes:
|
|
|
|
|
interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for
investment;
|
|
|
|
interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
|
|
|
|
the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to
portfolio income.
|
The computation of a unitholders investment interest
expense will take into account interest on any margin account
borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit.
Net investment income includes gross income from property held
for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses other than interest
directly connected with the production of investment income.
Such term generally does not include qualified dividend income
or gains attributable to the disposition of property held for
investment. A unitholders share of a publicly traded
partnerships portfolio income and, according to the IRS,
net passive income will be treated as investment income for
purposes of the investment interest expense limitation.
Entity-Level Collections
of Unitholder Taxes
If we are required or elect under applicable law to pay any
federal, state, local or
non-U.S. tax
on behalf of any current or former unitholder or our general
partner, we are authorized to pay those taxes and treat the
payment as a distribution of cash to the relevant unitholder or
general partner. Where the relevant unitholders identity
cannot be determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as
a distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to
amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to
maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units
and to
153
adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect to these
distributions, the priority and characterization of
distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership
agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by
us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax
on behalf of a unitholder, in which event the unitholder may be
entitled to claim a refund of the overpayment amount.
Unitholders are urged to consult their tax advisors to determine
the consequences to them of any tax payment we make on their
behalf.
Allocation
of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction
In general, if we have a net profit, our items of income, gain,
loss and deduction will be allocated among the general partner
and our unitholders in accordance with their percentage
interests in us. If we have a net loss, our items of income,
gain, loss and deduction will be allocated first among the
general partner and our unitholders in accordance with their
percentage interests in us to the extent of their positive
capital accounts and thereafter to our general partner. At any
time that distributions are made to the common units and not to
the subordinated units, or that incentive distributions are made
to the general partner, gross income will be allocated to the
recipients to the extent of such distributions.
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be
allocated under Section 704(c) of the Code to account for
any difference between the tax basis and fair market value of
our assets at the time such assets are contributed to us and at
the time of any subsequent offering of our units (a
Book-Tax Disparity). In addition, items of recapture
income will be specially allocated to the extent possible to the
unitholder who was allocated the deduction giving rise to that
recapture income in order to minimize the recognition of
ordinary income by other unitholders.
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction,
generally must have substantial economic effect as
determined under Treasury Regulations. If an allocation does not
have substantially economic effect, it will be reallocated to
our unitholders the basis of their interests in us, which will
be determined by taking into account all the facts and
circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our partners relative contributions to us;
|
|
|
|
the interests of all of our partners in our profits and losses;
|
|
|
|
the interest of all of our partners in our cash flow; and
|
|
|
|
the rights of all of our partners to distributions of capital
upon liquidation.
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with
the exception of the issues described in
Section 754 Election and
Disposition of Units Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees, allocations under our
partnership agreement will substantial economic effect.
Treatment
of Short Sales
A unitholder whose units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of units may be treated as
having disposed of those units. If so, such unitholder would no
longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with respect to
those units during the period of the loan and may recognize gain
or loss from the disposition. As a result, during this period
(i) any of our income, gain, loss or deduction allocated to
those units would not be reportable by the unitholder, and
(ii) any cash distributions received by the unitholder as
to those units would be fully taxable, possibly as ordinary
income.
Due to lack of controlling authority, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion regarding the tax treatment
of a unitholder whose units are loaned to a short seller to
cover a short sale of our units. Unitholders desiring to assure
their status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition
from a loan to a short seller are urged to modify any applicable
brokerage account agreements to prohibit their brokers from
borrowing and lending their units. The IRS has announced that it
is studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales
of partnership interests. Please read
Disposition of Units Recognition
of Gain or Loss.
Alternative
Minimum Tax
If a unitholder is subject to federal alternative minimum tax,
such tax will apply to such unitholders distributive share
of any items of our income, gain, loss or deduction. The current
alternative minimum tax rate for non-corporate
154
taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of alternative minimum
taxable income in excess of the exemption amount and 28% on any
additional alternative minimum taxable income. Prospective
unitholders are urged to consult with their tax advisors with
respect to the impact of an investment in our units on their
alternative minimum tax liability.
Tax
Rates
Under current law, the highest marginal federal income tax rates
for individuals applicable to ordinary income and long-term
capital gains (generally, gains from the sale or exchange of
certain investment assets held for more than one year) are 35%
and 15%, respectively. However, absent new legislation extending
the current rates, beginning January 1, 2013, the highest
marginal federal income tax rate applicable to ordinary income
and long-term capital gains of individuals will increase to
39.6% and 20%, respectively. These rates are subject to change
by new legislation at any time.
A 3.8% Medicare tax on certain investment income earned by
individuals, estates, and trusts will apply for taxable years
beginning after December 31, 2012. For these purposes,
investment income generally includes a unitholders
allocable share of our income and gain realized by a unitholder
from a sale of units. In the case of an individual, the tax will
be imposed on the lesser of (i) the unitholders net
investment income from all investments, or (ii) the amount
by which the unitholders modified adjusted gross income
exceeds $250,000 (if the unitholder is married and filing
jointly or a surviving spouse) or $200,000 (if the unitholder is
unmarried). In the case of an estate or trust, the tax will be
imposed on the lesser of (i) undistributed net investment
income, or (ii) the excess adjusted gross income over the
dollar amount at which the highest income tax bracket applicable
to an estate or trust begins.
Section 754
Election
We have made the election permitted by Section 754 of the
Code that permits us to adjust the tax bases in our assets as to
specific purchased units under Section 743(b) of the Code
to reflect the unit purchase price. The Section 743(b)
adjustment separately applies to each purchaser of units based
upon the values and bases of our assets at the time of the
relevant purchase. The Section 743(b) adjustment does not
apply to a person who purchases units directly from us. For
purposes of this discussion, a unitholders basis in our
assets will be considered to have two components: (1) its
share of the tax basis in our assets as to all unitholders
(common basis) and (2) its Section 743(b)
adjustment to that tax basis (which may be positive or negative).
Under Treasury Regulations, a Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to property depreciable under Section 168 of
the Code, such as our storage assets, may be amortizable over
the remaining cost recovery period for such property, while a
Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to properties
subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, must
be amortized straight-line or using the 150% declining balance
method. As a result, if we owned any assets subject to
depreciation under Section 167 of the Code, the
amortization rates could give rise to differences in the
taxation of unitholders purchasing units from us and unitholders
purchasing from other unitholders.
Under our partnership agreement, we are authorized to take a
position to preserve the uniformity of units even if that
position is not consistent with these or any other Treasury
Regulations. Please read Uniformity of
Units. Consistent with this authority, we intend to treat
properties depreciable under Section 167, if any, in the
same manner as properties depreciable under Section 168 for
this purpose. These positions are consistent with the methods
employed by other publicly traded partnerships but are
inconsistent with the existing Treasury Regulations, and
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not opined on the validity
of this approach.
The IRS may challenge our position with respect to depreciating
or amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to
preserve the uniformity of units due to lack of controlling
authority. Because a unitholders tax basis for its units
is reduced by its share of our items of deduction or loss, any
position we take that understates deductions will overstate a
unitholders basis in its units, and may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss. If a
challenge to such treatment were sustained, the gain from the
sale of units may be increased without the benefit of additional
deductions.
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are
complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the
value of our assets and other matters. The IRS could seek to
reallocate some or all of any Section 743(b) adjustment we
allocated to our assets subject to depreciation to goodwill or
nondepreciable assets. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is
generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of
time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible
155
assets. We cannot assure any unitholder that the determinations
we make will not be successfully challenged by the IRS or that
the resulting deductions will not be reduced or disallowed
altogether. Should the IRS require a different tax basis
adjustment to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense
of compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek
permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election.
If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be
allocated more income than it would have been allocated had the
election not been revoked.
Tax
Treatment of Operations
Accounting
Method and Taxable Year
We will use the year ending December 31 as our taxable year and
the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax
purposes. Each unitholder will be required to include in income
its share of our income, gain, loss and deduction for each
taxable year ending within or with its taxable year. In
addition, a unitholder who has a taxable year ending on a date
other than December 31 and who disposes of all of its units
following the close of our taxable year but before the close of
its taxable year must include its share of our income, gain,
loss and deduction in income for its taxable year, with the
result that it will be required to include in income for its
taxable year its share of more than one year of our income,
gain, loss and deduction. Please read
Disposition of Units Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferees.
Tax
Basis, Depreciation and Amortization
The tax basis of our assets will be used for purposes of
computing depreciation and cost recovery deductions and,
ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of these assets. The
federal income tax burden associated with the difference between
the fair market value of our assets and their tax basis
immediately prior to an offering will be borne by our partners
holding interests in us prior to this offering. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or
otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference
to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature
of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed
as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a
unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation
deductions with respect to property we own will likely be
required to recapture some or all of those deductions as
ordinary income upon a sale of its interest in us. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction and
Disposition of Units Recognition
of Gain or Loss.
The costs we incurred in offering and selling our units (called
syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot
be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. While
there are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as
organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as
syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us, the
underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated
as syndication expenses.
Valuation
and Tax Basis of Our Properties
The federal income tax consequences of the ownership and
disposition of units will depend in part on our estimates of the
relative fair market values and the initial tax bases of our
assets. Although we may from time to time consult with
professional appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will
make many of the relative fair market value estimates ourselves.
These estimates and determinations of tax basis are subject to
challenge and will not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If
the estimates of fair market value or basis are later found to
be incorrect, the character and amount of items of income, gain,
loss or deduction previously reported by unitholders could
change, and unitholders could be required to adjust their tax
liability for prior years and incur interest and penalties with
respect to those adjustments.
Disposition
of Units
Recognition
of Gain or Loss
A unitholder will be required to recognize gain or loss on a
sale of units equal to the difference between the
unitholders amount realized and tax basis for the units
sold. A unitholders amount realized will equal the sum of
the cash or the fair market value of other property it receives
plus its share of our liabilities with respect to such units.
156
Because the amount realized includes a unitholders share
of our liabilities, the gain recognized on the sale of units
could result in a tax liability in excess of any cash received
from the sale.
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder
on the sale or exchange of a unit held for more than one year
generally will be taxable as long-term capital gain or loss.
However, gain or loss recognized on the disposition of units
will be separately computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss
under Section 751 of the Code to the extent attributable to
Section 751 Assets, primarily depreciation recapture.
Ordinary income attributable to Section 751 Assets may
exceed net taxable gain realized on the sale of a unit and may
be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on
the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both
ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net
capital loss may offset capital gains and, in the case of
individuals, up to $3,000 of ordinary income per year.
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a
partnership in separate transactions must combine those
interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those
interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of
those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated
to the interests sold using an equitable
apportionment method, which generally means that the tax
basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears
the same relation to the partners tax basis in its entire
interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold
bears to the value of the partners entire interest in the
partnership.
Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the Code allow a
selling unitholder who can identify units transferred with an
ascertainable holding period to elect to use the actual holding
period of the units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling
discussed above, a unitholder will be unable to select high or
low basis units to sell as would be the case with corporate
stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, it may
designate specific units sold for purposes of determining the
holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing to
use the actual holding period of units transferred must
consistently use that identification method for all subsequent
sales or exchanges of our units. A unitholder considering the
purchase of additional units or a sale of units purchased in
separate transactions is urged to consult its tax advisor as to
the possible consequences of this ruling and application of the
Treasury Regulations.
Specific provisions of the Code affect the taxation of some
financial products and securities, including partnership
interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an
appreciated partnership interest, one in which gain
would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at
its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons
enter(s) into:
|
|
|
|
|
a short sale;
|
|
|
|
an offsetting notional principal contract; or
|
|
|
|
a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership
interest or substantially identical property.
|
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short
sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or
forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the
taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the
taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership
interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of
the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat
a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have
substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as
having constructively sold the financial position.
Allocations
Between Transferors and Transferee
In general, our taxable income or loss will be determined
annually, will be prorated on a monthly basis and will be
subsequently apportioned among the unitholders in proportion to
the number of units owned by each of them as of the opening of
the applicable exchange on the first business day of the month
(the Allocation Date). However, gain or loss
realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets or, in the
discretion of the general partner, any other extraordinary item
of income, gain, loss or deduction will be allocated among the
unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which such
income, gain, loss or deduction is recognized. As a result, a
unitholder transferring units may be allocated income, gain,
loss and deduction realized after the date of transfer.
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the Code
and most publicly traded partnerships use similar simplifying
conventions, the use of this method may not be permitted under
existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, however, the Department
of the Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations
that provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded
partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to
allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders,
although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis.
Nonetheless, the
157
proposed regulations do not specifically authorize the use of
the proration method we have adopted. Accordingly,
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the
validity of this method of allocating income and deductions
between transferee and transferor unitholders. If this method is
not allowed under the Treasury Regulations, or only applies to
transfers of less than all of the unitholders interest,
our taxable income or losses might be reallocated among the
unitholders. We are authorized to revise our method of
allocation between transferee and transferor unitholders, as
well as among unitholders whose interests vary during a taxable
year, to conform to a method permitted under future Treasury
Regulations.
A unitholder who disposes of units prior to the record date set
for a cash distribution for that quarter will be allocated items
of our income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to the
month of disposition but will not be entitled to receive a cash
distribution for that period.
Notification
Requirements
A unitholder who sells or purchases any of units is generally
required to notify us in writing of that transaction within
30 days after the transaction (or, if earlier, January 15
of the year following the transaction). Upon receiving such
notifications, we are required to notify the IRS of that
transaction and to furnish specified information to the
transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a transfer of
units may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties.
However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by
an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who
effects the sale through a broker who will satisfy such
requirements.
Constructive
Termination
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for
federal income tax purposes upon the sale or exchange of 50% or
more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a
twelve-month period. For such purposes, multiple sales of the
same unit are counted only once. A constructive termination
results in the closing of our taxable year for all unitholders.
In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable year other
than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of our
taxable year may result in more than twelve months of our
taxable income or loss being includable in such
unitholders taxable income for the year of termination.
A constructive termination occurring on a date other than
December 31 will result in us filing two tax returns for one
fiscal year and the cost of the preparation of these returns
will be borne by all unitholders. However, pursuant to an IRS
relief procedure the IRS may allow, among other things, a
constructively terminated partnership to provide a single
Schedule K-1
for the calendar year in which a termination occurs. We would be
required to make new tax elections after a termination,
including a new election under Section 754 of the Code, and
a termination would result in a deferral of our deductions for
depreciation. A termination could also result in penalties if we
were unable to determine that the termination had occurred.
Moreover, a termination might either accelerate the application
of, or subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the
termination.
Uniformity
of Units
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units and
for other reasons, we must maintain uniformity of the economic
and tax characteristics of the units to a purchaser of these
units. In the absence of uniformity, we may be unable to
completely comply with a number of federal income tax
requirements, both statutory and regulatory. A lack of
uniformity could result from a literal application of Treasury
Regulation
Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not anticipated to apply to a material portion of our
assets. Any non-uniformity could have a negative impact on the
value of the units. Please read Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Section 754
Election.
Our partnership agreement permits our general partner to take
positions in filing our tax returns that preserve the uniformity
of our units even under circumstances like those described
above. These positions may include reducing for some unitholders
the depreciation, amortization or loss deductions to which they
would otherwise be entitled or reporting a slower amortization
of Section 743(b) adjustments for some unitholders than
that to which they would otherwise be entitled.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as to
validity of such filing positions.
A unitholders basis in units is reduced by its share of
our deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on
an individual income tax return) so that any position that we
take that understates deductions will overstate the
158
unitholders basis in its units, and may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss above and
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election above. The IRS may challenge one
or more of any positions we take to preserve the uniformity of
units. If such a challenge were sustained, the uniformity of
units might be affected, and, under some circumstances, the gain
from the sale of units might be increased without the benefit of
additional deductions.
Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
organizations, non-resident aliens,
non-U.S. corporations
and other
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below,
may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them.
Prospective unitholders who are tax-exempt entities or
non-U.S. persons
should consult their tax advisor before investing in our units.
Employee benefit plans and most other tax-exempt organizations,
including IRAs and other retirement plans, are subject to
federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income.
Virtually all of our income will be unrelated business taxable
income and will be taxable to a tax-exempt unitholder.
Non-resident aliens and foreign corporations, trusts or estates
that own units will be considered to be engaged in business in
the United States because of their ownership of our units.
Consequently, they will be required to file federal tax returns
to report their share of our income, gain, loss or deduction and
pay federal income tax at regular rates on their share of our
net income or gain. Moreover, under rules applicable to publicly
traded partnerships, distributions to
non-U.S. unitholders
are subject to withholding at the highest applicable effective
tax rate. Each
non-U.S. unitholder
must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and
submit that number to our transfer agent on a
Form W-8BEN
or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for
these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require
us to change these procedures.
In addition, because a foreign corporation that owns units will
be treated as engaged in a United States trade or business, that
corporation may be subject to the United States branch profits
tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to regular federal income tax,
on its share of our income and gain, as adjusted for changes in
the foreign corporations U.S. net equity,
which is effectively connected with the conduct of a United
States trade or business. That tax may be reduced or eliminated
by an income tax treaty between the United States and the
country in which the foreign corporate unitholder is a
qualified resident. In addition, this type of
unitholder is subject to special information reporting
requirements under Section 6038C of the Code.
A foreign unitholder who sells or otherwise disposes of a unit
will be subject to federal income tax on gain realized from the
sale or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is
effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the
foreign unitholder. Under a ruling published by the IRS,
interpreting the scope of effectively connected
income, a foreign unitholder would be considered to be
engaged in a trade or business in the U.S. by virtue of the
U.S. activities of the partnership, and part or all of that
unitholders gain would be effectively connected with that
unitholders indirect U.S. trade or business.
Moreover, under the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act,
a foreign unitholder generally will be subject to federal income
tax upon the sale or disposition of a unit if (i) it owned
(directly or constructively applying certain attribution rules)
more than 5% of our units at any time during the five-year
period ending on the date of such disposition and (ii) 50%
or more of the fair market value of all of our assets consisted
of U.S. real property interests at any time during the
shorter of the period during which such unitholder held the
units or the
5-year
period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than
50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests
and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future.
Therefore, foreign unitholders may be subject to federal income
tax on gain from the sale or disposition of their units.
Administrative
Matters
Information
Returns and Audit Procedures
We intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days
after the close of each taxable year, specific tax information,
including a
Schedule K-1,
which describes its share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this
information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take
various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have
been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholders
share of income, gain, loss and
159
deduction. We cannot assure our unitholders that those positions
will yield a result that conforms to the requirements of the
Code, Treasury Regulations or administrative interpretations of
the IRS.
Neither we, nor Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure
prospective unitholders that the IRS will not successfully
contend in court that those positions are impermissible, and
such a contention could negatively affect the value of the
units. The IRS may audit our federal income tax information
returns. Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require
each unitholder to adjust a prior years tax liability, and
possibly may result in an audit of its own return. Any audit of
a unitholders return could result in adjustments not
related to our returns as well as those related to its returns.
Partnerships generally are treated as entities separate from
their owners for purposes of federal income tax audits, judicial
review of administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax
settlement proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items
of income, gain, loss and deduction are determined in a
partnership proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with
the partners. The Code requires that one partner be designated
as the Tax Matters Partner for these purposes, and
our partnership agreement designates our general partner.
The Tax Matters Partner will make some elections on our behalf
and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax Matters
Partner can extend the statute of limitations for assessment of
tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in our returns.
The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with less than a
1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the IRS unless
that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with the IRS, not
to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner. The Tax
Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all the
unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative
adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek
judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder
having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of
unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in
profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go
forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may
participate in that action.
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the
treatment of any item on its federal income tax return that is
not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return.
Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency
requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
Nominee
Reporting
Persons who hold an interest in us as a nominee for another
person are required to furnish to us:
(1) the name, address and taxpayer identification number of
the beneficial owner and the nominee;
(2) a statement regarding whether the beneficial owner is:
(a) a
non-U.S. person;
(b) a
non-U.S. government,
an international organization or any wholly owned agency or
instrumentality of either of the foregoing; or
(c) a tax-exempt entity;
(3) the amount and description of units held, acquired or
transferred for the beneficial owner; and
(4) specific information including the dates of
acquisitions and transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers,
and acquisition cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net
proceeds from sales.
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish
additional information, including whether they are
U.S. persons and specific information on units they
acquire, hold or transfer for their own account. A penalty of
$100 per failure, up to a maximum of $1.5 million per
calendar year, is imposed by the Code for failure to report that
information to us. The nominee is required to supply the
beneficial owner of the units with the information furnished to
us.
Accuracy-Related
Penalties
An additional tax equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of
an underpayment of tax that is attributable to one or more
specified causes, including negligence or disregard of rules or
regulations, substantial understatements of income tax and
substantial valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Code. No
penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of
160
an underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause
for the underpayment of that portion and that the taxpayer acted
in good faith regarding the underpayment of that portion.
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in
any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement
exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on
the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any
understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any
portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
(1) for which there is, or was, substantial
authority; or
(2) as to which there is a reasonable basis and the
relevant facts of that position are disclosed on the return.
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the
distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of
an understatement of income for which no
substantial authority exists, we must disclose the
relevant facts on their returns. In addition, we will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for
unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to
take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders
to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply
to tax shelters, which we do not believe includes
us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the
value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed
on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be
the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (b) the
price for any property or services (or for the use of property)
claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction
between persons described in Code Section 482 is 200% or
more (or 50% or less) of the amount determined under
Section 482 to be the correct amount of such price, or
(c) the net Code Section 482 transfer price adjustment
for the taxable year exceeds the lesser of $5 million or
10% of the taxpayers gross receipts. No penalty is imposed
unless the portion of the underpayment attributable to a
substantial valuation misstatement exceeds $5,000 ($10,000 for a
corporation other than an S Corporation or a personal
holding company). The penalty is increased to 40% in the event
of a gross valuation misstatement. We do not anticipate making
any valuation misstatements.
In addition, the 20% accuracy-related penalty also applies to
any portion of an underpayment of tax that is attributable to
transactions lacking economic substance. To the extent that such
transactions are not disclosed, the penalty imposed is increased
to 40%. Additionally, there is no reasonable cause defense to
the imposition of this penalty to such transactions.
Reportable
Transactions
If we were to engage in a reportable transaction, we
(and possibly our unitholders and others) would be required to
make a detailed disclosure of the transaction to the IRS. A
transaction may be a reportable transaction based upon any of
several factors, including the fact that it is a type of tax
avoidance transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a
listed transaction or that it produces certain kinds
of losses for partnerships, individuals, S corporations,
and trusts in excess of $2 million in any single tax year,
or $4 million in any combination of six successive tax
years. Our participation in a reportable transaction could
increase the likelihood that our federal income tax information
return (and possibly our unitholders tax return) would be
audited by the IRS. Please read Administrative
Matters Information Returns and Audit
Procedures.
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction
with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any
listed transaction, our unitholders may be subject to the
following provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly
narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than
described above at Administrative
Matters Accuracy-Related Penalties;
|
|
|
|
for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on
federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any
resulting tax liability; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of
limitations.
|
We do not expect to engage in any reportable
transactions.
161
State,
Local and Other Tax Considerations
In addition to federal income taxes, unitholders will be subject
to other taxes, including state and local income taxes,
unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or
intangibles taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we conduct business or own property or in
which the unitholder is a resident. We currently conduct
business or own property only in Texas, which imposes an income
tax on corporations and other entities but does not impose a
personal income tax. Moreover, we may also own property or do
business in other states in the future that impose income or
similar taxes on nonresident individuals. Although an analysis
of those various taxes is not presented here, each prospective
unitholder should consider their potential impact on its
investment in us.
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate the
legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent states
and localities, of its investment in us. Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local,
or
non-U.S. tax
consequences of an investment in us. We strongly recommend that
each prospective unitholder consult, and depend on, its own tax
counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters. It is the
responsibility of each unitholder to file all tax returns that
may be required of it.
162
INVESTMENT
IN OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. BY
EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to
additional considerations because the investments of these plans
are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and restrictions imposed by
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these
purposes the term employee benefit plan includes,
but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and
stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension
plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or
maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other
things, consideration should be given to:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the investment is prudent under
Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;
|
|
|
|
whether in making the investment, that plan will satisfy the
diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of
ERISA; and
|
|
|
|
whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated
business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential
after-tax investment return. Please read Material
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors.
|
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets
of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should
determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the
appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for
the plan or IRA.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and also IRAs that
are not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from
engaging in specified transactions involving plan
assets with parties that are parties in
interest under ERISA or disqualified persons
under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the plan.
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units
is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary of an employee benefit
plan should consider whether the plan will, by investing in us,
be deemed to own an undivided interest in our assets, with the
result that our operations would be subject to the regulatory
restrictions of ERISA, including its prohibited transaction
rules, as well as the prohibited transaction rules of the
Internal Revenue Code.
The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with
respect to whether the assets of an entity in which employee
benefit plans acquire equity interests would be deemed
plan assets under some circumstances. Under these
regulations, an entitys assets would not be considered to
be plan assets if, among other things:
(1) the equity interests acquired by employee benefit plans
are publicly offered securities i.e., the equity
interests are widely held by 100 or more investors independent
of the issuer and each other, freely transferable and registered
under some provisions of the federal securities laws;
(2) the entity is an operating
company i.e., it is primarily engaged in the
production or sale of a product or service other than the
investment of capital either directly or through a
majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or
(3) there is no significant investment by benefit plan
investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the
value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee
benefit plans referred to above, and IRAs that are subject to
ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code.
Our assets should not be considered plan assets
under these regulations because it is expected that the
investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) and
(b) above.
Plan fiduciaries contemplating a purchase of common units should
consult with their own counsel regarding the consequences under
ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code in light of the serious
penalties imposed on persons who engage in prohibited
transactions or other violations.
163
UNDERWRITING
Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Barclays Capital Inc., J.P.
Morgan Securities LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are
acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as
representatives of the underwriters named below. Subject to the
terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated
the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has
severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that
underwriter, the number of common units set forth opposite the
underwriters name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Common
|
Underwriter
|
|
Units
|
|
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase the common units included in this
offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and
to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase
all the common units (other than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of
the common units.
Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will
initially be offered at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by
the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
from the initial public offering price not to exceed
$ per common unit. If all the
common units are not sold at the initial public offering price,
the underwriters may change the offering price and the other
selling terms. The representatives have advised us that the
underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary
accounts.
If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number
set forth in the table above, we have granted to the
underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional
common units at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for
the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection
with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each
underwriter must purchase a number of additional common units
approximately proportionate to that underwriters initial
purchase commitment. Any common units issued or sold under the
option will be issued and sold on the same terms and conditions
as the other common units that are the subject of this offering.
We, our general partner, certain of our general partners
officers and directors and our affiliates, including OTA and its
officers and directors have agreed that, for a period of
180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will
not, without the prior written consent of Citi, dispose of or
hedge any common units or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable for our common units. Citi in its sole discretion
may release any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Citi has no present
intent or arrangement to release any of the securities that
would be subject to these lock-up agreements. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs; or
(ii) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, the restrictions described above shall
continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5.0% of the
common units for sale at the initial public offering price to
persons who are directors, officers or employees, or who are
otherwise associated with us through a directed unit program.
The number of common units available for sale to the general
public will be reduced by the number of directed units purchased
by participants in the program. Except for certain of our
officers and directors who have entered into
lock-up
agreements as contemplated in the immediately preceding
paragraph, each employee buying common units
164
through the directed unit program has agreed that, for a period
of 25 days from the date of this prospectus, he or she will
not, without the prior written consent of Citi, dispose of or
hedge any common units or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable for our common stock with respect to common units
purchased in the program. Non-employees buying common units
through the directed unit program will be subject to a 180-day
lock-up agreement. Citi in its sole discretion may release any
of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Any directed units not
purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general
public on the same basis as all other common units offered. We
have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, in connection with the sales of the directed
units.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price
for the common units was determined by negotiations between us
and the representatives. Among the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price were our results
of operations, our current financial condition, our future
prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future
prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management,
and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity
securities markets, including current market valuations of
publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company.
We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the
common units will sell in the public market after this offering
will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that
an active trading market in our common units will develop and
continue after this offering.
We have been approved to list our common units on the NYSE,
subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol
OILT.
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and
commission that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection
with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the underwriters
over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per common unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We will pay Citigroup Global Markets Inc. a structuring fee
equal to 0.4% of the gross proceeds of this offering for the
evaluation, analysis and structuring of our partnership.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in
the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover
short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the
over-allotment option, and stabilizing purchases.
|
|
|
|
|
Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters
of a greater number of common units than they are required to
purchase in the offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covered short sales are sales of common units in an
amount up to the number of common units represented by the
underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
Naked short sales are sales of common units in an
amount in excess of the number of common units represented by
the underwriters over-allotment option.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either
pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market
after the distribution has been completed in order to cover
short positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase
common units in the open market after the distribution has been
completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common units in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in the offering.
|
|
|
|
To close a covered short position, the underwriters must
purchase common units in the open market after the distribution
has been completed or must exercise the over-allotment option.
In determining the source of common units to close the covered
short position, the underwriters will consider, among other
things, the price of common units available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
common units through the over-allotment option.
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum.
|
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as
well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own
accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of the common units. They may also
cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price
that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of
these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these
transactions on the NYSE, in the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these
transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
Internet site or through other online services maintained by one
or more of the underwriters
and/or
selling group members participating in this offering, or by
their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view
offering terms online and, depending upon the particular
underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may
be allowed to place orders online. The representatives may agree
to allocate a number of common units to underwriters for sale to
their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will
allocate common units to underwriters that may make Internet
distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In
addition, common units may be sold by the underwriters to
securities dealers who resell common units to online brokerage
account holders.
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information
on any underwriters or selling group members website
and any information contained in any other website maintained by
an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the
prospectus or the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part, has not been approved
and/or
endorsed by us or any underwriters or selling group member in
its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should
not be relied upon by investors.
We estimate that the expenses of the offering, not including the
underwriting discount, will be approximately
$ , all of which will be paid by us.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged,
and may in the future engage, in commercial banking, investment
banking and advisory services for us, OTA and our respective
affiliates from time to time in the ordinary course of their
business for which they have received customary fees and
reimbursement of expenses.
Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or
FINRA, views the common units offered hereby as interests in a
direct participation program, there is no conflict of interest
between us and the underwriters under Rule 5121 of the
FINRA Rules and the offering is being made in compliance with
Rule 2310 of the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with
respect to the common units should be judged similarly to the
suitability with respect to other securities that are listed for
trading on a national securities exchange.
We, our general partner and certain of our affiliates have
agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or
to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to
make because of any of those liabilities.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area
that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a relevant
member state), other than Germany, with effect from and
including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is
implemented in that relevant member state (the relevant
implementation date), an offer of securities described in this
prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member
state other than:
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in
the Prospectus Directive;
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has
implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending
Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted
under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior
consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by the
Issuer for any such offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive.
|
provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or
any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
166
For purposes of this provision, the expression an offer of
securities to the public in any relevant member state
means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the
securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression
may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing
the Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the
expression Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD
Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant
Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in
the Relevant Member State, and includes any relevant
implementing measure in each relevant member state. The
expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.
We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any
offer of securities through any financial intermediary on their
behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view
to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this
prospectus. Accordingly, no purchaser of the securities, other
than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer
of the securities on behalf of us or the underwriters.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
We may constitute a collective investment scheme as
defined by section 235 of the Financial Services and
Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) that is not a
recognized collective investment scheme for the
purposes of FSMA (CIS) and that has not been
authorized or otherwise approved. As an unregulated scheme, it
cannot be marketed in the United Kingdom to the general public,
except in accordance with FSMA. This prospectus is only being
distributed in the United Kingdom to, and is only directed at:
(i) if we are a CIS and is marketed by a person who is an
authorized person under FSMA, (a) investment professionals
falling within Article 14(5) of the Financial Services and
Markets Act 2000 (Promotion of Collective Investment Schemes)
Order 2001, as amended (the CIS Promotion Order) or
(b) high net worth companies and other persons falling with
Article 22(2)(a) to (d) of the CIS Promotion
Order; or
(ii) otherwise, if marketed by a person who is not an
authorized person under FSMA, (a) persons who fall within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the
Financial Promotion Order) or
(b) Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Financial
Promotion Order; and
(iii) in both cases (i) and (ii) to any other
person to whom it may otherwise lawfully be made, (all such
persons together being referred to as relevant
persons). Our common units are only available to, and any
invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or
otherwise acquire such common units will be engaged in only
with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person
should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
An invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of Section 21 of FSMA) in connection
with the issue or sale of any common units which are the subject
of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will only be
communicated or caused to be communicated in circumstances in
which Section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to us.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in Germany
This prospectus has not been prepared in accordance with the
requirements for a securities or sales prospectus under the
German Securities Prospectus Act
(Wertpapierprospektgesetz), the German Sales Prospectus
Act (Verkaufsprospektgesetz), or the German Investment
Act (Investmentgesetz). Neither the German Federal
Financial Services Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt
für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht BaFin)
nor any other German authority has been notified of the
intention to distribute our common units in Germany.
Consequently, our common units may not be distributed in Germany
by way of public offering, public advertisement or in any
similar manner and this prospectus and any other document
relating to this offering, as well as information or statements
contained therein, may not be supplied to the public in Germany
or used in connection with any offer for subscription of the
common units to the public in Germany or any other means of
public marketing. Our common units are being offered and sold in
Germany only to qualified investors which are referred to in
Section 3, paragraph 2 no. 1, in connection with
Section 2, no. 6, of the German Securities Prospectus
Act, Section 8f paragraph 2 no. 4 of the German
Sales Prospectus Act, and in Section 2 paragraph 11
sentence 2 no. 1 of the German Investment Act. This
prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received
it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in
Germany.
167
This offering of our common units does not constitute an offer
to buy or the solicitation or an offer to sell the common units
in any circumstances in which such offer or solicitation is
unlawful.
Notice to
Prospective Investors in the Netherlands
Our common units may not be offered or sold, directly or
indirectly, in the Netherlands, other than to qualified
investors (gekwalificeerde beleggers) within the meaning
of Article 1:1 of the Dutch Financial Supervision Act
(Wet op het financieel toezicht).
Notice to
Prospective Investors in Switzerland
This prospectus is being communicated in Switzerland to a small
number of selected investors only. Each copy of this prospectus
is addressed to a specifically named recipient and may not be
copied, reproduced, distributed or passed on to third parties.
Our common units are not being offered to the public in
Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any other offering
materials relating to our common units may be distributed in
connection with any such public offering.
We have not been registered with the Swiss Financial Market
Supervisory Authority FINMA as a foreign collective investment
scheme pursuant to Article 120 of the Collective Investment
Schemes Act of June 23, 2006 (CISA).
Accordingly, our common units may not be offered to the public
in or from Switzerland, and neither this prospectus, nor any
other offering materials relating to our common units may be
made available through a public offering in or from Switzerland.
Our common units may only be offered and this prospectus may
only be distributed in or from Switzerland by way of private
placement exclusively to qualified investors (as this term is
defined in the CISA and its implementing ordinance).
168
VALIDITY
OF OUR COMMON UNITS
The validity of our common units will be passed upon for us by
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal
matters in connection with our common units offered hereby will
be passed upon for the underwriters by Andrews Kurth LLP,
Houston, Texas.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010 and for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2010 included in this
prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of
BDO USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm
as experts in auditing and accounting.
The balance sheet of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. as of
March 14, 2011 (date of inception) included in this
prospectus has been so included in reliance on the report of BDO
USA, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm,
appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of said firm
as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1
regarding our common units. This prospectus, which constitutes
part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the
information set forth in the registration statement. For further
information regarding us and our common units offered in this
prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedule filed as part of the registration
statement. The registration statement, including the exhibits,
may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of this
material can also be obtained upon written request from the
Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street,
N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed
rates or from the SECs web site on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov.
Please call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on public reference rooms.
As a result of the offering, we will file with or furnish to the
SEC periodic reports and other information. These reports and
other information may be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the SEC or obtained from the
SECs website as provided above. Our website address on the
Internet will be www.oiltankingpartners.com, and we
intend to make our periodic reports and other information filed
with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through
our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after those
reports and other information are electronically filed with or
furnished to the SEC. Information on our website or any other
website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus
and does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
We intend to furnish or make available to our unitholders annual
reports containing our audited financial statements prepared in
accordance with GAAP. We also intend to furnish or make
available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing our
unaudited interim financial information, including the
information required by
Form 10-Q,
for the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our
current expectations, contain projections of results of
operations or of financial condition, or forecasts of future
events. Words such as may, assume,
forecast, position, predict,
strategy, expect, intend,
plan, estimate, anticipate,
believe, project, budget,
potential, or continue, and similar
expressions are used to identify forward-looking statements.
They can be affected by assumptions used or by known or unknown
risks or uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking
statements can be guaranteed. When considering these
forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk
factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus.
Actual results may vary materially. You are cautioned not to
place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. You
should also understand that it is not possible to predict or
identify all such factors and should not consider the following
list to be a complete
169
statement of all potential risks and uncertainties. Factors that
could cause our actual results to differ materially from the
results contemplated by such forward-looking statements include:
|
|
|
|
|
changes in general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
competitive conditions in our industry;
|
|
|
|
changes in the long-term supply and demand of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas in the markets in
which we operate;
|
|
|
|
actions taken by our customers, competitors, and third party
operators;
|
|
|
|
changes in the availability and cost of capital;
|
|
|
|
operating hazards, natural disasters, weather-related delays,
casualty losses and other matters beyond our control;
|
|
|
|
the effects of existing and future laws and governmental
regulations;
|
|
|
|
the effects of future litigation; and
|
|
|
|
certain factors discussed elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their
entirety by the foregoing cautionary statements.
170
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
HISTORICAL BALANCE SHEET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-9
|
|
|
|
|
F-10
|
|
|
|
|
F-11
|
|
OILTANKING HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
HISTORICAL COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-12
|
|
|
|
|
F-13
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
|
|
|
|
|
F-16
|
|
|
|
|
F-17
|
|
|
|
|
F-35
|
|
|
|
|
F-36
|
|
|
|
|
F-37
|
|
|
|
|
F-38
|
|
|
|
|
F-39
|
|
F-1
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
INTRODUCTION
In connection with the closing of this offering, Oiltanking
Holding Americas, Inc. (OTA) will contribute all of
the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. (collectively
Oiltanking Predecessor) to Oiltanking Partners,
L.P., a newly formed Delaware limited partnership (the
Partnership).
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements give pro forma effect to:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by OTA of its partnership interests in
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
to us;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to OTA of 9,449,901 common units and
19,449,901 subordinated units;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to our general partner of a 2.0% general
partner interest in us and incentive distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
the issuance by us to the public of 10,000,000 common units
and the application of proceeds therefrom;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the change in sponsor of the postretirement benefit plan and a
deferred compensation plan from Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to OTA;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the elimination of certain assets not contributed by us;
|
|
|
|
the change in tax status of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. to a
non-taxable entity; and
|
|
|
|
the elimination of historical interest expense associated with
the repayment of intercompany indebtedness to Oiltanking
Finance B.V. in the amount of approximately
$119.5 million from the net proceeds of the offering.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet assumes
the events listed above occurred as of March 31, 2011. The
unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of income for
the year ended December 31, 2010 and the three months ended
March 31, 2011 assume the events listed above occurred as
of January 1, 2010. All of the assets, liabilities and
operations of Oiltanking Predecessor contributed to Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. will be recorded retroactively as a
reorganization of entities under common control.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been prepared on the basis that Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
will be treated as a partnership for federal tax purposes.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. should be read
together with the historical combined financial statements of
Oiltanking Predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. were derived
by making certain adjustments to the historical combined
financial statements of Oiltanking Predecessor. The adjustments
are based on currently available information and certain
estimates and assumptions. Therefore, the actual effects of the
events may differ from the pro forma adjustments. However,
management believes the assumptions utilized to prepare the pro
forma adjustments provide a reasonable basis for presenting the
significant effects of the formation, offering, and related
events as currently contemplated and that the unaudited pro
forma adjustments are factually supportable and give appropriate
effect to the expected impact of events that are directly
attributable to the formation and offering.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of Oiltanking Partners, L.P., are not necessarily indicative of
the results that actually would have occurred if Oiltanking
Partners, L.P., had completed the offering on the dates
indicated or which could be achieved in the future because they
do not reflect all of the operating expenses that Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. expects to incur in the future.
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
6,883
|
|
|
$
|
183,000
|
B
|
|
$
|
26,650
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,000
|
)B(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(119,458
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,100
|
)B(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
475
|
B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)E
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,900
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
5,929
|
|
|
|
(3,900
|
)F
|
|
|
2,029
|
|
Affiliates
|
|
|
5,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,934
|
|
Other
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Note receivable, affiliate
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
|
|
(12,903
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
742
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
742
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
(625
|
)D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
33,105
|
|
|
|
2,339
|
|
|
|
35,444
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
265,950
|
|
|
|
(6,378
|
)F
|
|
|
259,572
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
5,915
|
|
|
|
250
|
E
|
|
|
871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,968
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,326
|
)B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
304,970
|
|
|
$
|
(9,083
|
)
|
|
$
|
295,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
10,538
|
|
|
$
|
(851
|
)B
|
|
$
|
8,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(85
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(661
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt, affiliates
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
|
|
(16,257
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable, affiliates
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
830
|
|
Federal income taxes due to parent
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
30,304
|
|
|
|
(17,854
|
)
|
|
|
12,450
|
|
Long-term debt, affiliates, less current maturities
|
|
|
125,001
|
|
|
|
(103,201
|
)B(ii)
|
|
|
21,800
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
|
|
(3,330
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
8,364
|
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)C
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
23,069
|
|
|
|
(23,069
|
)D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
193,283
|
|
|
|
(155,818
|
)
|
|
|
37,465
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
(75,422
|
)A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,000
|
)B(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,100
|
)B(iii)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,449
|
C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,444
|
D
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(6,378
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20,703
|
)F
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
C
|
|
|
|
|
Held by public:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183,000
|
B
|
|
|
183,000
|
|
Held by general partner and affiliates:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,003
|
A
|
|
|
24,003
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49,403
|
A
|
|
|
49,403
|
|
General partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
A
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
146,735
|
|
|
|
258,422
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
$
|
304,970
|
|
|
$
|
(9,083
|
)
|
|
$
|
295,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except unit and
|
|
|
|
per unit amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)G
|
|
|
15,006
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)K
|
|
|
14,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(245
|
)K
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
(2,083
|
)
|
|
|
56,705
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
2,083
|
|
|
|
59,745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
7,678
|
H
|
|
|
(2,235
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(375
|
)I
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
(163
|
)K
|
|
|
937
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
7,140
|
|
|
|
(1,224
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
9,223
|
|
|
|
58,521
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
|
|
(7,336
|
)J
|
|
|
191
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
(3,956
|
)J
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
(11,292
|
)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
|
$
|
20,515
|
|
|
$
|
58,330
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,167
|
|
Common unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,610
|
|
Subordinated unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,553
|
|
Net income per common unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.52
|
|
Net income per subordinated unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.52
|
|
Weighted-average number of limited partners units
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,171,212
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,449,901
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
F-4
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
FOR THE
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except unit and
|
|
|
|
per unit amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
|
|
(131
|
)G
|
|
|
3,744
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
|
|
(443
|
)K
|
|
|
4,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(132
|
)K
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
(706
|
)
|
|
|
16,682
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
|
13,273
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
|
|
1,803
|
H
|
|
|
(570
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(94
|
)I
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)K
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
1,696
|
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
2,402
|
|
|
|
12,801
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
(3,144
|
)J
|
|
|
70
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
435
|
J
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
(2,709
|
)
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
5,111
|
|
|
$
|
12,731
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
255
|
|
Common unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,026
|
|
Subordinated unitholders interest in net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,450
|
|
Net income per common unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
Net income per subordinated unit (basic and diluted)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.33
|
|
Weighted-average number of limited partners units
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,171,212
|
|
Subordinated units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,449,901
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements.
F-5
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (Oiltanking Partners) as
of March 31, 2011, and the related unaudited pro forma
condensed combined statements of income for the year ended
December 31, 2010 and the three months ended March 31,
2011 are derived from the historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor included elsewhere in the
prospectus.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
reflect the contribution by OTA of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. to Oiltanking Partners as
well as the other transactions discussed in Notes 2 and 3.
As the contribution of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking
Beaumont Partners, L.P. will be a reorganization of entities
under common control, the pro forma condensed combined financial
statements reflect the historical carrying amount of the net
assets of Oiltanking Predecessor.
The pro forma adjustments included herein assume no exercise of
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase 1,500,000 additional common units, the number of
common units purchased by the underwriters pursuant to such
exercise will be issued to the public and the remainder, if any,
will be issued to OTA for no consideration other than OTAs
contribution of assets to us in connection with the closing of
this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase 1,500,000 additional common units in full, the
additional net proceeds would be approximately
$28.1 million (based upon the midpoint of the price range
set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The net
proceeds from any exercise of such option will be used to make a
distribution to OTA. If the underwriters do not exercise their
option to purchase 1,500,000 additional common units, we
will issue 1,500,000 common units to OTA upon the
options expiration for no additional consideration.
Upon completion of this offering, Oiltanking Partners
anticipates incurring incremental general and administrative
expenses related to operating as a public entity (e.g.,
additional cost of tax return preparation, directors and
officers insurance, annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, stock exchange listing fees and registrar and
transfer agent fees) in an annual amount of approximately
$3 million. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements do not reflect these incremental external
general and administrative expenses. In addition, the unaudited
pro forma condensed combined financial statements do not give
pro forma effect to $1.8 million of incremental selling,
general and administrative expenses that Oiltanking Partners
expects to incur as a result of $3.8 million of additional
administrative personnel and other costs to support its business
and growth, partially offset by expense reductions of
$2.0 million Oiltanking Partners expects in connection with
transferring a substantial portion of its administrative
functions to Oiltanking Partners general partner and its
affiliates.
|
|
2.
|
Pro Forma
Balance Sheet Adjustments
|
The following adjustments to the pro forma condensed combined
balance sheet assume the following transactions occurred on
March 31, 2011:
A. Reflects the contribution by OTA Holdings of its
ownership of Oiltanking Predecessor in exchange for:
(i) $24.0 million for 9,449,901 common units of
Oiltanking Partners (7,949,901 common units if the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase
1,500,000 additional common units in full);
(ii) $49.4 million for 19,449,901 subordinated
units of Oiltanking Partners; and
(iii) $2.0 million for the 2% general partner interest
of Oiltanking Partners.
B. Reflects the estimated net proceeds to the Partnership
of $183.0 million from the issuance
of
common units at an assumed initial public offering price of
$20.00 per common unit, net of underwriters discounts
F-6
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO
THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
and commissions and offering expenses of approximately
$17.0 million, of which $1.3 million was capitalized
as of March 31, 2011. Oiltanking Partners will use the net
proceeds of $183.0 million as follows:
(i) to make a $33.0 million distribution to OTA;
(ii) to repay borrowings of $119.5 million;
(iii) to reimburse Oiltanking Finance B.V. for
approximately $7.1 million of fees incurred in connection
with the repayment of borrowings described in B(ii) above; and
(iv) to provide the Partnership with working capital of
$23.4 million.
C. Oiltanking Predecessor historically sponsored a
non-pension postretirement benefit plan for the employees of all
entities owned by OTA and a deferred compensation plan for
certain employees of Oiltanking Predecessor. In connection with
the offering, the postretirement benefit and deferred
compensation plans and obligations will be transferred to and
assumed by OTA, and certain assets to be used to fund the
deferred compensation plan obligations will be transferred to
OTA. This adjustment reflects the elimination of the accumulated
projected benefit obligation related to the postretirement
benefit plan resulting from the change in plan sponsor as if
Oiltanking Partners historically was participating in a
multiemployer benefit plan. It also eliminates the deferred
compensation plan obligations and the assets to be used to fund
those obligations.
D. Reflects the change in the tax status whereby Oiltanking
Partners will not be subject to federal or state income taxes
except for Texas margin tax. Upon the change in tax status,
Oiltanking Partners will recognize a non-recurring gain related
to the elimination of the deferred tax positions. Given the
non-recurring nature of the tax adjustment, this adjustment has
not been reflected in the accompanying pro forma condensed
combined statement of income.
E. Represents the capitalization of a $0.25 million
arrangement fee as debt issuance cost incurred to establish the
credit new facility.
F. Reflects an adjustment to remove certain assets that
will not be contributed to Oiltanking Partners.
|
|
3.
|
Pro Forma
Statements of Income Adjustments
|
The following adjustments to the condensed combined pro forma
statement of income assume the above-noted transactions occurred
as of January 1, 2010:
G. Reflects the elimination of depreciation expense related
to the assets that will not be contributed to Oiltanking
Partners as described above in adjustment F.
H. Reflects the elimination of interest expense relating to
the previous indebtedness repaid as described (B)(ii) above.
I. Reflects the inclusion of a commitment fee of
$0.25 million related to the unused balance under the
$50 million maximum availability using a fee of 0.5%
applicable to such unused balances and amortization of
$0.13 million associated with the capitalized arrangement
fee, as described above in adjustment E, recognized over the
two-year term of the credit facility.
J. Oiltanking Houston, L.P. historically has elected to be
taxed as a corporation, and the historical combined financial
statements of Oiltanking Predecessor include U.S. federal
and state income tax expenses that Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
historically has recorded as if it filed a separate tax return.
Due to our status as a partnership, we will not be subject to
U.S. federal income tax and certain state income taxes in
the future. This adjustment reflects the change in the tax
status whereby Oiltanking Partners will not be subject to
federal or state income taxes except for Texas margin tax.
K. This adjustment reflects the reduction in the net
periodic benefit cost related to the postretirement benefit plan
discussed in Note C, resulting from the change in plan
sponsor, as if Oiltanking Partners historically had
F-7
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
NOTES TO
THE UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
participated in a multiemployer benefit plan. This adjustment
also eliminates the market gains/losses associated with
Oiltanking Predecessors deferred compensation plan.
|
|
4.
|
Pro Forma
Net Earnings per Unit
|
Pro forma net income per unit is determined by dividing the pro
forma net earnings available to common and subordinated
unitholders of Oiltanking Partners by the number of common and
subordinated units to be issued to OTA in exchange for all of
the outstanding equity interests in Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P. plus the number of common
units expected to be sold to fund the distribution and debt
repayment. For purposes of this calculation, the number of
common and subordinated units outstanding was assumed to be
18,171,212 units and 19,449,901 units, respectively. If the
underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional common
units in full, the total number of common units outstanding on a
pro forma basis will not change. If the incentive distribution
rights to be issued to our general partner had been outstanding
from January 1, 2010, then based on the amount of pro forma
net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the
three months ended March 31, 2011, no distribution to our
general partner would have been made. Accordingly, no effect has
been given to the incentive distribution rights in computing pro
forma earnings per common unit for the year ended
December 31, 2010 or the three months ended March 31,
2011.
All units were assumed to have been outstanding since the
beginning of the periods presented. Basic and diluted pro forma
net earnings per unit are the same, as there are no potentially
dilutive units expected to be outstanding at the closing of the
offering.
F-8
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Partners
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P. as of March 14, 2011 (date of inception).
This balance sheet is the responsibility of the
Partnerships management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this balance sheet based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of
material misstatement. The Partnership is not required to have,
nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control
over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of
internal control over financial reporting as a basis for
designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance
sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the balance sheet referred to above presents
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. at March 14, 2011, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
Houston, Texas
March 28, 2011
F-9
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Partners Equity
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
General Partners Equity
|
|
|
20
|
|
Receivables from Partners
|
|
|
(1,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Partners Equity
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of this balance
sheet.
F-10
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (the Partnership) is a
Delaware limited partnership formed on March 14, 2011. The
Partnership was formed to engage in the terminaling, storage and
transportation of crude oil, refined petroleum products and
liquefied petroleum gas.
Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc. has committed to contribute
$980 to the Partnership in exchange for a 98% limited partner
interest and OTLP GP, LLC has committed to contribute $20 in
exchange for a 2% general partner interest. These contributions
receivable are reflected as a reduction to equity in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles. The accompanying
financial statements reflect the financial position of the
Partnership immediately subsequent to this initial
capitalization. There have been no other transactions involving
the Partnership as of March 14, 2011. OTLP GP, LLC will
serve as the general partner of the Partnership.
Management of the Partnership evaluated subsequent events
through March 28, 2011, which is the date the balance sheet
was available to be issued.
F-11
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Board of Directors and Partners
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and
Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
Houston, Texas
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of
Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and the related combined
statements of income and comprehensive income, partners
capital and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2010. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Partnerships management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Partnerships are not required
to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of their
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Partnerships internal control
over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the combined financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of Oiltanking Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont
Partners, L.P. at December 31, 2009 and 2010, and the
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2010,
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted
in the United States of America.
Houston, Texas
March 28, 2011
F-12
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
5,856
|
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
5,195
|
|
|
|
7,573
|
|
Affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
10,406
|
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
Refundable federal income taxes due from parent (Note 3)
|
|
|
5,785
|
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,364
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
Note receivable, affiliate (Note 3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
Deferred tax assets (Notes 3 and 7)
|
|
|
339
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
30,630
|
|
|
|
40,293
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
(Note 4)
|
|
|
268,057
|
|
|
|
265,616
|
|
Other assets (Note 5)
|
|
|
4,813
|
|
|
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
303,500
|
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Notes 3 and 6)
|
|
$
|
14,027
|
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt, affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
22,057
|
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
Accounts payable, affiliates (Note 3)
|
|
|
4,395
|
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
40,479
|
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
Long-term debt, affiliates, less current maturities (Note 3)
|
|
|
142,158
|
|
|
|
129,501
|
|
Deferred compensation (Note 8)
|
|
|
3,103
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (Note 10)
|
|
|
6,448
|
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
Deferred revenue (Note 11)
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
Deferred income taxes (Notes 3 and 7)
|
|
|
19,330
|
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
213,404
|
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
|
90,636
|
|
|
|
104,595
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
1,056
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
$
|
303,500
|
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-13
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues (Note 3)
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
29,437
|
|
|
|
29,158
|
|
|
|
32,415
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
Selling, general and administrative (Note 3)
|
|
|
9,709
|
|
|
|
13,830
|
|
|
|
15,775
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Loss on impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
52,209
|
|
|
|
57,430
|
|
|
|
58,788
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
26,903
|
|
|
|
43,410
|
|
|
|
57,662
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense (Notes 3 and 12)
|
|
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
|
(9,538
|
)
|
Interest income (Note 3)
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Other income (expense) (Note 13)
|
|
|
(912
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(8,152
|
)
|
|
|
(7,812
|
)
|
|
|
(8,364
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
18,751
|
|
|
|
35,598
|
|
|
|
49,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (Notes 3 and 7):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
5,579
|
|
|
|
7,527
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
6,166
|
|
|
|
10,482
|
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
12,585
|
|
|
|
25,116
|
|
|
|
37,815
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $88, $59, and $79
tax benefit, respectively
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Comprehensive Income
|
|
$
|
12,421
|
|
|
$
|
25,005
|
|
|
$
|
37,668
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-14
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
COMBINED
STATEMENTS OF PARTNERS CAPITAL
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2008
AND 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
57,435
|
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
(1,180
|
)
|
|
$
|
56,835
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $88 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
|
|
(164
|
)
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(262
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
12,459
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,585
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
69,632
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
|
|
(1,344
|
)
|
|
|
68,991
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $59 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(21,780
|
)
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(22,000
|
)
|
Partners cash contributions
|
|
|
17,919
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,100
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
24,865
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
90,636
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
90,096
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $79 tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
|
|
(147
|
)
|
Distributions declared to partners, $23,737 distributed
|
|
|
(25,480
|
)
|
|
|
(257
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(25,737
|
)
|
Partners non-cash contribution land
|
|
|
2,002
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,022
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
37,437
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37,815
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
104,595
|
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
$
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
$
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-15
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES OF OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS,
INC.)
COMBINED
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008, 2009 AND 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
12,585
|
|
|
$
|
25,116
|
|
|
$
|
37,815
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,854
|
|
|
|
14,191
|
|
|
|
15,579
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
4,903
|
|
|
|
3,956
|
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
1,219
|
|
|
|
1,265
|
|
Impairment of assets
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Unrealized appreciation of investment in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
(Increase) decrease in cash surrender value of life insurance
policies
|
|
|
1,092
|
|
|
|
(471
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,688
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
|
|
(990
|
)
|
|
|
(1,409
|
)
|
Refundable income taxes
|
|
|
(4,272
|
)
|
|
|
(1,242
|
)
|
|
|
2,821
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
1,129
|
|
|
|
(498
|
)
|
Accounts receivable/payable, affiliates
|
|
|
1,366
|
|
|
|
(8,642
|
)
|
|
|
2,009
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
|
(3,459
|
)
|
|
|
2,638
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
(1,333
|
)
|
|
|
402
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
1,640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
27,022
|
|
|
|
32,253
|
|
|
|
60,678
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(51,500
|
)
|
Collections of notes receivable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,500
|
|
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(64,468
|
)
|
|
|
(34,479
|
)
|
|
|
(11,167
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
Proceeds from property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,617
|
|
Proceeds from surrender of life insurance policies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,525
|
|
Payments for purchase of mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,525
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(64,435
|
)
|
|
|
(34,469
|
)
|
|
|
(30,191
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
151,000
|
|
|
|
28,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
Payments under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
(105,177
|
)
|
|
|
(20,857
|
)
|
|
|
(19,860
|
)
|
Payments on long term debt
|
|
|
(6,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions from partners
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to partners
|
|
|
(265
|
)
|
|
|
(22,000
|
)
|
|
|
(13,737
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
39,558
|
|
|
|
3,243
|
|
|
|
(27,597
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
2,145
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
2,890
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
2,684
|
|
|
|
4,829
|
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
4,829
|
|
|
$
|
5,856
|
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these combined
financial statements.
F-16
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands)
|
|
1.
|
Business
and Basis of Presentation
|
The accompanying combined financial statements and related notes
present the accounts of Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
(OTH) and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
(OTB) (combined, the Partnerships),
which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc. (OTA). OTA is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH. The Partnerships are engaged
primarily in the storage, terminaling and transportation of
crude oil and petroleum products in the Houston and Beaumont,
Texas areas. The combined financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All
significant transactions and balances between OTH and OTB have
been eliminated in combination.
At December 31, 2009 and 2010, partners capital for
OTH and OTB is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
$
|
43,820
|
|
|
$
|
46,816
|
|
|
$
|
55,993
|
|
|
$
|
48,602
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,455
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
44,263
|
|
|
$
|
45,833
|
|
|
$
|
56,559
|
|
|
$
|
47,490
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of the Partnerships financial statements
in conformity with GAAP requires management to make extensive
use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. The
Partnerships base their estimates and judgments on historical
experience and on various other assumptions and information that
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates
and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be
perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may
change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as
additional information is obtained and as our operating
environment changes. While the Partnerships believe that the
estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the
combined financial statements are appropriate, actual results
could differ from those estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
The Partnerships provide integrated storage, throughput and
ancillary services for third-party companies engaged in the
production, distribution and marketing of crude oil, refined
petroleum products and liquified petroleum gas. The Partnerships
generate revenues through the provision of fee-based services to
their customers under a combination of multi-year and
month-to-month
agreements. Certain agreements contain
take-or-pay
provisions whereby the Partnerships are entitled to a minimum
throughput or storage fee. The Partnerships recognize revenues
when the service is provided, the crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas are handled or when the
customers ability to make up the minimum volume has
expired, in accordance with the terms of the contracts.
The Partnerships recognize revenues in accordance with
applicable accounting standards including ASC 605
Revenue Recognition. The Partnerships
assessment of each of the four revenue recognition criteria as
they relate to their revenue producing activities is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Persuasive Evidence of an Arrangement
Exists. The Partnerships customary
practices are to enter into a written contract, executed by both
the customer and the Partnerships.
|
F-17
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
Service is Provided. The Partnerships
consider services provided when the crude oil, refined petroleum
products and liquefied petroleum gas are shipped through,
delivered by or stored in their pipelines, terminals and storage
facilities, as applicable.
|
|
|
|
Fixed or Determinable Fee. The
Partnerships negotiate the fees for their services at the outset
of their fee-based agreements. Under certain contracts, the fees
generally are due in advance on the first of the month. For
other agreements, the amount of revenue is determinable after
services are provided and volumes handled can be measured.
|
|
|
|
Collection is Deemed
Probable. Collectability is evaluated on a
customer-by-customer
basis. The Partnerships conduct a credit review for all
customers at the inception of a new agreement to determine the
creditworthiness of potential and existing customers. Collection
is deemed probable if the Partnerships expect that the customer
will be able to pay amounts under the agreement as payments
become due. If the Partnerships determine that collection is not
probable, revenues are deferred and recognized upon cash
collection.
|
We collect taxes on certain revenue transactions to be remitted
to governmental authorities, which may include sales, use, value
added and some excise taxes. These taxes are not included in
revenue.
Trade
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful
Accounts
Trade accounts receivable are customer obligations due under
agreed-upon
trade terms. The Partnerships regularly perform credit
evaluations of their customers and generally do not require
collateral. Management regularly reviews trade accounts
receivable to determine if any receivables could potentially be
uncollectible, and if so, includes a determined amount in the
allowance for doubtful accounts. Based on the information
available, management believes no allowance for doubtful
accounts is needed at December 31, 2009 or 2010. However,
actual write-offs may occur.
Other
Receivables
Other receivables include employee receivables, insurance
proceeds, funds held in escrow, and unbilled reimbursable costs,
which management believes have minimal credit risk.
Property,
Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at the lower of
historical cost less accumulated depreciation or fair value less
accumulated depreciation, if impaired. The Partnerships
capitalize all direct and indirect construction costs and
related interest. Indirect construction costs include general
engineering, taxes and the cost of funds used during
construction. Costs, including complete asset replacements and
enhancements or upgrades that increase the original efficiency,
productivity or capacity of property, plant and equipment, are
also capitalized. The costs of repairs, minor replacements and
maintenance projects which do not increase the original
efficiency, productivity or capacity of property, plant and
equipment, are expensed as incurred.
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the
straight-line method, over the estimated useful life of each
asset as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Life
|
|
|
in Years
|
|
Office Facilities
|
|
4 to 40
|
Production Facilities
|
|
10 to 40
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
10 to 15
|
The Partnerships assign asset lives based on reasonable
estimates when an asset is placed into service. Subsequent
events could cause us to change our estimates, which would
impact the future calculation of depreciation expense.
F-18
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Interest
Capitalized
Interest on borrowed funds is capitalized on projects during
construction based on the weighted-average interest rate of our
debt. The Partnerships capitalize interest on all construction
projects requiring a completion period of six months or longer
and total projects costs of $1,000 or greater.
Debt
Issuance Costs
Costs incurred to issue debt are deferred and amortized over the
life of the associated debt instrument using the effective
interest method.
Impairment
Assessment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with ASC 360, Accounting for the
Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, the
Partnerships continually evaluate whether events or
circumstances have occurred that indicate that the estimated
remaining useful life of long-lived assets, including property
and equipment, may warrant revision or that the carrying value
of these assets may be impaired. The Partnerships evaluate the
potential impairment of long-lived assets based on undiscounted
cash flow expectations for the related asset relative to its
carrying value. These future estimates are based on historical
results, adjusted to reflect the Partnerships best
estimates of future market and operating conditions. Actual
results may vary materially from the Partnerships
estimates, and accordingly may cause a full impairment of the
long-lived assets. If a long-lived asset is considered to be
impaired, the impairment loss is measured as the amount by which
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value,
calculated using a discounted future cash flows analysis. During
the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships recorded impairments totaling approximately $213,
$155 and $46, respectively.
Environmental
Matters
Environmental costs are expensed if they relate to an existing
condition caused by past operations and do not contribute to
current or future revenue generation. Liabilities are recorded
when site restoration, environmental remediation, cleanup or
other obligations are either known or considered probable and
can be reasonably estimated. At December 31, 2009 and 2010,
the Partnerships had no accruals for environmental obligations.
Contingencies
Certain conditions may exist as of the date our combined
financial statements are issued that may result in a loss to us,
but which will only be resolved when one or more future events
occur or fail to occur. Our management, with input from legal
counsel, assesses such contingent liabilities, and such
assessment inherently involves an exercise in judgment. In
assessing loss contingencies related to legal proceedings that
are pending against us or unasserted claims that may result in
proceedings, our management, with input from legal counsel,
evaluates the perceived merits of any legal proceedings or
unasserted claims as well as the perceived merits of the amount
of relief sought or expected to be sought therein.
If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable
that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of
liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is
accrued in our consolidated financial statements. If the
assessment indicates that a potentially material loss
contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is
probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the
contingent liability, together with an estimate of the range of
possible loss if determinable and material, is disclosed.
Loss contingencies considered remote are generally not disclosed
unless they involve guarantees, in which case the guarantees
would be disclosed.
F-19
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
The Partnerships consider all highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less to be cash
equivalents. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which
approximates fair value. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010
cash and cash equivalents comprised of cash held in banks.
Investments
The Partnerships hold mutual funds and life insurance policies
with cash surrender values in conjunction with their deferred
compensation plan. The investments are carried at fair value,
with unrealized gains and losses reported as other income
(expense). See Notes 8 and 9 for additional information.
Fair
Value Measurements
In accordance with ASC 820, fair value measurements are
derived using inputs and assumptions that market participants
would use in pricing an asset or liability, including
assumptions about risk. ASC 820 establishes a valuation
hierarchy for disclosure of the inputs to valuation used to
measure fair value. A financial assets or liabilitys
classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
The Partnerships only assets and liabilities that fell
under the scope of ASC 820 were those associated with the
deferred compensation plan established. See Notes 8 and 9
for additional information.
Fair
Values of Financial Instruments
The fair values of the Partnerships financial instruments
that are not carried at fair value and the methodology for
estimating these fair values are as follows:
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Trade Receivables, Other
Current Assets, Accounts Payable, Accrued Expenses, and Other
Current Liabilities. These financial
instruments are carried at cost which approximates fair value
due to their short-term nature.
Long-Term Debt. Based on borrowing
rates currently available to the Partnerships for loans with
similar terms, the carrying values of long-term debt approximate
fair value.
The methods described above may produce fair value estimates
that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective
of future fair values. Furthermore, while the Partnerships
believe their valuation methods are appropriate and consistent
with the values that would be determined by market participants,
the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine
the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in
a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.
Postretirement
Benefit Plan Obligations
OTH sponsors an unfunded multi-employer postretirement
healthcare benefit plan, covering employees and retirees of OTH,
OTB and other subsidiaries of OTA. Because OTH is the primary
obligor, the postretirement benefit liabilities represent the
present value of all of the benefit obligations of the plan.
Postretirement benefit costs are developed from actuarial
valuations. Actuarial assumptions are established to anticipate
future events and are used in calculating the expense and
liabilities related to this plan. These factors include
assumptions management makes with regards to interest rates,
rates of increase in health care costs, and employee turnover
rates, among others. Management reviews and updates these
assumptions on an annual basis. The actuarial assumptions that
are used may differ from actual results due to changing market
rates or other factors. These differences could impact the
amount of postretirement benefit expense recorded.
F-20
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Deferred
Compensation
The Partnerships established and maintain an unfunded,
nonqualified deferred compensation plan for a select group of
management or highly compensated employees. The purpose of the
deferred compensation plan is to permit designated employees to
accumulate additional retirement income through a nonqualified
deferred compensation plan that enables them to defer
compensation to which they will become entitled in the future.
Other
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Other comprehensive income (loss) consists of postretirement
benefit plan costs not recognized in earnings, and is reflected
net of the related income tax effects.
Income
Taxes
No provision for U.S. federal income taxes has been made in
the Partnerships financial statements related to the
operations of OTB, as OTB is treated as a partnership not
subject to federal income tax and the tax effects of OTBs
operations are included in the consolidated federal income tax
return of OTA. OTH also is included in the consolidated federal
income tax return of OTA, but has elected to be treated as a
taxable entity for tax purposes. Income taxes for OTH are
calculated as if OTH had filed a return on a separate company
basis utilizing a statutory rate of 35%. Deferred income taxes
result from temporary differences between the tax basis of the
assets and liabilities and the amounts reported in OTHs
financial statements. Refundable federal income taxes due from
parent represent the excess of the taxes paid by OTH over its
tax liabilities computed on a separate return basis.
The financial statement benefit of an uncertain tax position is
recognized only after considering the probability that a tax
authority would sustain the position in an examination. For tax
positions meeting a more-likely-than-not threshold,
the amount recognized in the financial statements is the benefit
expected to be realized upon settlement with the tax authority.
For tax positions not meeting the threshold, no financial
statement benefit is recognized. The Partnerships recognize
interest and other charges relating to unrecognized tax benefits
as additional tax expense.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Texas margin tax applied to
legal entities conducting business in Texas, including
previously non-taxable entities such as limited partnerships and
limited liability partnerships. The margin tax is based on our
Texas sourced taxable margin. The tax is calculated by applying
a tax rate to a base that considers both revenues and expenses
and therefore has the characteristics of an income tax.
Asset
Retirement Obligation
We record asset retirement obligations under the provisions of
ASC 410-20,
Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations Asset
Retirement Obligations.
ASC 410-20
requires the fair value of a liability related to the retirement
of long-lived assets be recorded at the time a legal obligation
is incurred, if the liability can be reasonably estimated. When
the liability is initially recorded, the carrying amount of the
related asset is increased by the amount of the liability. Over
time, the liability is accreted to its future value, with the
accretion recorded to expense.
ASC 410-20
further clarifies that where there is an obligation to perform
an asset retirement activity, even though uncertainties exist
about the timing or method of settlement, an entity is required
to recognize a liability for the fair value of a conditional
asset retirement obligation if the fair value of the liability
can be determined.
Our operating assets generally consist of storage tanks and
underground pipelines and related facilities along
rights-of-way
and related facilities. Our
right-of-way
agreements typically do not require the dismantling, removal and
reclamation of the
right-of-way
upon permanent removal of the pipelines and related facilities
from service. Additionally, management is unable to predict
when, or if, our pipelines, storage tanks and related facilities
would become completely obsolete and require decommissioning.
Accordingly, we have not recorded a liability or corresponding
asset in conjunction with
ASC 410-20
as both the amounts and timing of such potential future costs
are indeterminable.
F-21
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Segment
Reporting
The Partnerships have one reportable segment. The aggregation of
operating segments into one reportable segment requires
management to evaluate whether there are similar expected
long-term economic characteristics for each operating segment,
and is an area of significant judgment. If the expected
long-term economic characteristics of our operating segments
were to become dissimilar, then we could be required to
re-evaluate the number of reportable segments. See Note 16
for additional information.
Concentrations
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the Partnerships
to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash,
cash equivalents, trade receivables and other receivables. Cash
and cash equivalents are held on deposit with major banks.
Management believes that the financial institutions holding
these amounts are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal
credit risk exists with respect to these assets. The
Partnerships maintain their cash and cash equivalents at
financial institutions for which the combined account balances
in individual institutions may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage and, as a
result, there is a credit risk related to amounts on deposits in
excess of FDIC coverage. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships cash and cash equivalents in financial
institutions exceeded the federally insured deposits limit by
approximately $5,350 and $8,323, respectively.
The Partnerships extend credit to their customers primarily in
the petroleum and related service industries but do not consider
there to be any concentration of credit risk with any single
customer. See Note 14 for additional information.
Subsequent
Events
Management of the Partnerships evaluated subsequent events
through March 28, 2011, which is the date the financial
statements were available to be issued.
|
|
3.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Partnerships are wholly owned subsidiaries of OTA and engage
in certain transactions with other OTA subsidiaries, as well as
other companies that are related by common ownership. These
transactions include revenue earned by the Partnerships
providing storage and ancillary services, as well as certain
centralized administrative services including, among others,
rental of administrative and operations office facilities, human
resource, information technology, engineering, environmental and
regulatory, treasury and certain financial services. Revenues
earned for storage and ancillary services are classified as
revenues. Revenues associated with the other administrative
services discussed above are classified as a reduction of
selling, general and administrative expense. Total revenues
earned for these related party services were $4,514, $5,577, and
$5,693 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and
2010, respectively, of which $2,413, $2,868, and $3,256,
respectively, represent revenues earned for storage and
ancillary services.
The Partnerships pay fees to Oiltanking GmbH for various general
and administrative services, which include, among others, risk
management, environmental compliance, legal consulting,
information technology, engineering, centralized cash management
and certain treasury and financial services. Oiltanking GmbH
allocates these costs to the Partnerships using several factors,
such as the Partnerships tank capacity and total volumes
handled. In managements estimation, the costs charged for
these services approximate the amounts that would have been
incurred for similar services purchased from third parties or
provided by the Partnerships own employees. In 2008, 2009
and 2010 the Partnerships capitalized $1,885, $950 and $400,
respectively, of related party engineering services into
construction-in-progress.
The Partnerships also pay annual maintenance and technical
support costs for proprietary software owned by Oiltanking GmbH,
which is used by the Partnerships in performing terminaling
services for their customers. Each terminal location is
allocated a portion of the global Oiltanking GmbH maintenance
costs based on the number of users located at
F-22
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
each facility. In managements estimation, the costs
incurred approximate the amounts that would have been incurred
for similar third-party software programs for terminaling
operations.
Total related party accounts receivable were $10,406 and $5,708
as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Total
related party accounts payable were $4,395 and $3,706 as of
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively. Additionally, the
Partnerships accrued $2,485 and $834 within accrued expenses at
December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively associated with
related party administrative fees, see Note 6.
During 2003, Oiltanking GmbH enacted a policy of centrally
financing the expansion and growth of its global holdings of
terminaling subsidiaries and in 2008, established Oiltanking
Finance B.V., a wholly owned finance company located in
Amsterdam, The Netherlands. Oiltanking Finance B.V. now serves
as the global bank for Oiltanking GmbHs terminal holdings,
including the Partnerships, and provides loans at market rates
and terms for terminal construction projects approved by the
related management.
Prior to the central financing arrangement, the Partnerships
borrowed funds directly from Oiltanking GmbH.
From time to time, the Partnerships invest excess cash with
Oiltanking Finance B.V. in short term notes receivable. At
December 31, 2010 the Partnerships have a short term
receivable of $12,903 from Oiltanking Finance B.V., bearing
interest at 0.34%.
Total interest and commitment fees payable to Oiltanking Finance
B.V. under term loans and credit financing arrangements of $974
and $967 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively,
are included in accrued expenses, see Note 6.
Additionally interest was accrued through 2008 on certain
declared, but unpaid dividends. This accrued interest was
included in accounts payable, affiliates and was paid in 2010.
The following table summarizes related party costs and expenses
that are reflected in the accompanying combined statements of
income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
3,069
|
|
|
$
|
3,464
|
|
|
$
|
3,526
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Interest expense (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
|
6,895
|
|
|
|
8,361
|
|
|
|
9,508
|
|
F-23
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Notes Payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. at December 31,
2009 and 2010 were as follows. These notes are payable in
varying amounts to the due dates stated below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
3.86% Note due 2010
|
|
$
|
4,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
5.93% Note due 2014
|
|
|
16,400
|
|
|
|
12,800
|
|
6.81% Note due 2015
|
|
|
13,600
|
|
|
|
11,200
|
|
5.96% Note due 2017
|
|
|
14,500
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
|
|
2,858
|
|
6.63% Note due 2018
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
|
|
15,000
|
|
6.88% Note due 2018
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
4.90% Note due 2018
|
|
|
27,000
|
|
|
|
24,000
|
|
7.59% Note due 2018
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
6.78% Note due 2019
|
|
|
9,000
|
|
|
|
8,100
|
|
6.35% Note due 2019
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
12,600
|
|
7.45% Note due 2019
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
7,200
|
|
7.02% Note due 2020
|
|
|
2,000
|
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
164,215
|
|
|
|
148,258
|
|
Less current maturities
|
|
|
(22,057
|
)
|
|
|
(18,757
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
142,158
|
|
|
$
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total principal payment obligation for the next five years and
thereafter are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
18,757
|
|
2012
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2013
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
2014
|
|
|
17,157
|
|
2015
|
|
|
14,357
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
60,473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
148,258
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective December 15, 2010, the Partnerships entered into
an additional agreement with Oiltanking Finance B.V., which
provides for a maximum borrowing of $24,000, is payable in
semi-annual installments of $1,200, plus accrued interest,
through December 15, 2021. The borrowings bear interest at
the ten-year USD swap rate plus 2.5% per annum (3.52% at
December 31, 2010). No borrowings have been made under this
agreement.
Historically, OTH and OTB have had separate debt agreements.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require OTH and OTB to maintain
certain debt, leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit these
entities from pledging their assets to third parties or
incurring any indebtedness other than from Oiltanking Finance
B.V. At December 31, 2009, OTB was in violation of the
covenants under certain of its debt agreements and received a
waiver of the covenant violations. OTH maintained compliance
with the covenants under its debt agreements at
December 31, 2009. At December 31, 2010, both OTH and
OTB were in compliance with all covenants under their respective
debt agreements. At December 31, 2010 the covenants
restrict the Partnerships from declaring distributions in excess
of $23,000.
F-24
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
OTH is included in the consolidated OTA federal tax returns, and
as a result is entitled to the excess of taxes paid over its tax
liabilities computed on a separate return basis. As such, OTH
has recorded refundable federal income taxes due from parent of
$5,785 and $2,964 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010,
respectively.
In 2010 the Partnerships received a partners contribution
in the form of land, which was recorded at the partners
book value of $2,022.
|
|
4.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
10,461
|
|
|
$
|
12,483
|
|
Office facilities
|
|
|
31,083
|
|
|
|
32,321
|
|
Production facilities
|
|
|
373,815
|
|
|
|
391,163
|
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
12,850
|
|
|
|
5,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
428,239
|
|
|
|
441,045
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(160,182
|
)
|
|
|
(175,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
268,057
|
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010,
interest costs of $1,575, $1,290 and $21, respectively, were
capitalized as part of the costs of
construction-in-progress.
On June 20, 2008, one of the Partnerships docks in
Beaumont was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third
party. The primary assets impacted included the dock, dock
platform, and related unloading equipment. The
Partnerships remaining docks were not affected by the
damages. The terminal facility is covered by replacement cost
property casualty insurance and business interruptions
insurance. To account for the property casualty damage, in 2008
the Partnerships charged demolition costs to expense as incurred
and also wrote off the net book value of the assets that were
damaged or destroyed. The Partnerships offset the book value of
all damaged and destroyed assets and demolition costs incurred
with indemnity proceeds receivable in future, according to the
provisions of the insurance policies in force. The Partnerships
also incurred capital expenditures related to the reconstruction
and replacement of the damaged assets, which were capitalized.
During 2009, the dock reconstruction and replacement was
completed and placed in service.
The Partnerships settled substantially all of their insurance
claims related to the Beaumont dock in late 2010 for
approximately $5,987 in total recoveries, of which $5,000 was
related to physical property damage recoveries and $987 was
related to business interruption recoveries. Insurance
recoveries aggregating $1,299, which were previously deemed
probable and reasonably estimable, were recognized to the extent
of the related loss in 2008. The remaining $4,688 was recognized
as a gain in 2010, of which $4,318 was received in 2010, with
the remaining amount collected in January 2011. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Partnerships had
receivables due from the incident of $1,299 and $370,
respectively, which are recorded in other receivables. As of
December 31, 2010, the Partnerships had approximately $300
of unresolved claims pertaining to this incident.
F-25
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Other assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,104
|
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
$
|
4,813
|
|
|
$
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Accounts payable, trade
|
|
$
|
1,141
|
|
|
$
|
3,791
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
3,557
|
|
|
|
4,553
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
5,114
|
|
|
|
5,289
|
|
Related party interest and commitment fees
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
|
967
|
|
Related party administrative fees
|
|
|
2,485
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
Other
|
|
|
756
|
|
|
|
1,506
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
|
$
|
14,027
|
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As discussed in Note 1, OTH has elected to be treated as a
taxable entity. The amounts presented below were calculated as
if OTH had filed a separate tax return. OTB is a non-taxable
entity and as such no income taxes related to OTB were recorded.
OTBs book basis in its net assets exceeded its tax basis
by $50,243 at December 31, 2010.
Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by
applying the tax rate to income before income tax expense as a
result of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax expense
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
35,598
|
|
|
$
|
49,298
|
|
U.S. Federal corporate statutory rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected income tax expense
|
|
|
6,563
|
|
|
|
12,459
|
|
|
|
17,254
|
|
OTB income not subject to income tax
|
|
|
(561
|
)
|
|
|
(1,998
|
)
|
|
|
(5,920
|
)
|
Texas margin tax, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
164
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
6,166
|
|
|
$
|
10,482
|
|
|
$
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income taxes are determined based on the temporary
differences between the financial statement and income tax basis
of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates
which would be in effect when these differences reverse.
F-26
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to
significant components of the deferred income tax assets and
deferred income liabilities at December 31, 2009 and 2010
are presented below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
512
|
|
|
$
|
546
|
|
Current Deferred Tax Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepaid assets
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax asset
|
|
$
|
339
|
|
|
$
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term Deferred Tax Asset:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
1,086
|
|
|
|
1,060
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
2,290
|
|
|
|
2,812
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term deferred tax asset
|
|
|
3,376
|
|
|
|
4,425
|
|
Long-term Deferred Tax Liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
22,706
|
|
|
|
27,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net long-term deferred tax liability
|
|
$
|
19,330
|
|
|
$
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Partnerships policy is to classify any interest and
penalties associated with income taxes as income tax expense.
During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 the
Partnerships did not recognize any amounts in respect of
potential interest and penalties associated with income taxes.
The Partnerships 2007 through 2010 tax years are subject
to examination by the federal and state taxing jurisdictions.
401(K)
Retirement Plan
The Partnerships sponsor a retirement plan which is available to
all employees who have six months of continuous service and
covers all employees of OTA. The plan is subject to the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 (ERISA) and is qualified under Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. The contributions to the plan, as
determined by management, are discretionary but may not exceed
the maximum amount deductible under the applicable provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code. The Partnerships make contributions
into the plan on behalf of all OTA subsidiaries and are then
reimbursed by the related subsidiary. The Partnerships
contributions to the retirement plan, net of amounts charged to
other OTA entities, were $777, $747 and $1,015, in 2008, 2009
and 2010, respectively.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Effective August 15, 1994, the Partnerships adopted a
special non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the purpose
of providing deferred compensation to certain employees. The
plan provides for elective salary deferrals by participants and
discretionary contributions by the Partnerships as defined by
the plan. The Partnerships accrued $107, $105, and $130 of
compensation to participants for the years ended
December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
Distributions for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009
and 2010 totaled a $679, $496 and $625, respectively. Employee
deferrals for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and
2010 totaled $261, $182 and $256, respectively.
F-27
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
The Partnerships have purchased life insurance policies on
certain of the Partnerships employees and invested in
mutual funds to assist in funding the deferred compensation
liability. To date, all distributions to participants have been
funded by the Partnerships operating cash flows. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, the cash surrender value of the
life insurance policies and the fair value of the mutual fund
assets totaled $3,709 and $3,873, respectively. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010 the deferred compensation
liability totaled $3,665 and $3,670, respectively, of which $562
and $637, respectively, has been classified as current based on
the expected payments for the upcoming year. The deferred
compensation liability is determined by hypothetical investment
accounts based on actual mutual funds or money market funds
selected by each participant.
|
|
9.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
The Partnerships record certain investment securities at fair
value. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
most advantageous market, utilizing a hierarchy of three
different valuation techniques:
Level 1 Quoted market prices for identical
instruments in active markets;
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments
in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations whose inputs, or significant value drivers, are
observable; and
Level 3 Prices reflecting the
Partnerships own assumptions concerning unobservable
inputs to a valuation model.
The following table summarizes the Partnerships financial
assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The
Partnerships did not have any nonfinancial assets or
nonfinancial liabilities which required remeasurement during the
years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,709
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
2010
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
Medical
Insurance and Postretirement Benefit Obligations
|
The Partnerships sponsor a self-insurance program for medical
and dental insurance administered by a third party, which covers
all employees of the Partnerships. The total expense and
obligations to the administrator is a result of administrative
fees, premiums and actual incidence of claims. Under the
program, the Partnerships are responsible for predetermined
limit of claims per participant per year, or a maximum of $3,000
to $4,000 in the aggregate per year, in accordance with the plan
agreements. Claims exceeding these amounts are covered by an
insurance policy. During the years ended December 31, 2008,
2009 and 2010, the Partnerships incurred administrative fees,
premiums and claims totaling $1,526, $1,894 and $2,235,
respectively.
Effective June 1, 2004, OTH established a non-pension
postretirement benefit plan. The plan is designed to provide
healthcare coverage, upon retirement, to the employees of OTA
who meet the age and service requirements. The health plan is
contributory, with participants contributions adjusted
annually. The plan is accounted for in accordance with
ASC 715, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.
ASC 715 requires OTH
F-28
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
to disclose the funded status of the defined benefit
postretirement health plan as a prepaid asset or an accrued
liability and to show the net deferred and unrecognized gains
and losses, net of tax, as part of accumulated other
comprehensive income within partners capital. OTH uses a
December 31 measurement date for the plan.
The following table sets forth information related to the
postretirement benefit obligation and the fair value of plan
assets for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change in Benefit Obligation:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation January 1,
|
|
$
|
5,154
|
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Contributions by employer
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Contributions by plan participants
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation December 31,
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
|
$
|
8,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in Plan Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets January 1,
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets December 31,
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation of funded status at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Funded Status:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
(6,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,034
|
)
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded Status:
|
|
$
|
(6,543
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,034
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in the combined balance sheets and
accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Amounts included in the combined balance sheet:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
95
|
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
6,448
|
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net medical post-retirement obligation
|
|
$
|
6,543
|
|
|
$
|
8,034
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized prior service cost
|
|
$
|
1,230
|
|
|
$
|
1,120
|
|
Unrecognized net actuarial loss
|
|
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
1,344
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,238
|
|
|
$
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost for the year ended
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
746
|
|
|
$
|
777
|
|
|
$
|
840
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Periodic Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
|
$
|
1,219
|
|
|
$
|
1,265
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in
other comprehensive income for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Current Period net loss
|
|
$
|
(362
|
)
|
|
$
|
(292
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
Amortization of prior net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized in other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(252
|
)
|
|
|
(170
|
)
|
|
|
(226
|
)
|
Net periodic postretirement benefit cost
|
|
|
(1,104
|
)
|
|
|
(1,219
|
)
|
|
|
(1,265
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total recognized in net periodic postretirement benefit cost and
other comprehensive income:
|
|
$
|
(1,356
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,389
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1,491
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts expected to be recognized in net periodic cost in 2011
for the postretirement benefit plan:
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized net loss
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted-average assumptions in the following table
represent the rates used to develop the net periodic benefit
cost for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Discount rate at the beginning of year
|
|
|
6.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Initial health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
8.50
|
%(1)
|
|
|
8.00
|
%(2)
|
|
|
9.50
|
%(3)
|
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Number of years to reach ultimate trend
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
F-30
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 8.0%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 10.0%. |
|
(2) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 7.5%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 9.0% |
|
(3) |
|
Rate represents assumed medical cost trend rate for all employee
costs. Drug costs have a trend rate of 8.5%. |
The weighted-average assumptions in the following table
represent the rates used to develop the actuarial present value
of the projected benefit obligation for the following years:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Discount rate at the end of year
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.68
|
%
|
Initial health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
8.00
|
%(1)
|
|
|
9.50
|
%(2)
|
Ultimate health care cost trend rate
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.00
|
%
|
Number of years to reach ultimate trend
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Rate represents assumed trend rate for
pre-age 65 employee costs.
Post-age 65 employee costs have a trend rate of 7.5%
and drug costs have a trend rate of 9.0%. |
|
(2) |
|
Rate represents assumed medical cost trend rate for all employee
costs. Drug costs have a trend rate of 8.5%. |
The discount rates are based on a discount rate analysis using
the Citigroup Pension Discount Curve and the expected
postretirement benefit cash flows. The resulting discount rates
are consistent with the duration of plan liabilities.
A one-percentage-point change in assumed health care cost trend
rates would have the following effect on the amounts recorded in
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1% Point
|
|
1% Point
|
|
|
Increase
|
|
Decrease
|
|
Effect on total service cost and interest cost components
|
|
$
|
453
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
Effect of postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
2,286
|
|
|
|
1,740
|
|
The following table displays the projected future benefit
payments from the postretirement benefit plan:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
82
|
|
2012
|
|
|
96
|
|
2013
|
|
|
104
|
|
2014
|
|
|
107
|
|
2015
|
|
|
143
|
|
Years
2016-2020
|
|
|
1,747
|
|
Expected recognition of benefit expense for 2011 is
approximately $2,217.
During 2007, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
lease as a lessor and received a one-time upfront rental payment
of $2,467, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis
over approximately sixteen years, the term of the lease. At
December 31, 2009 and 2010, deferred rental revenue totaled
$2,057 and $1,896, respectively, of which $171 and $163,
respectively, was current and included in accrued expenses.
Annual rentals are not significant.
During 2010, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
revenue agreement and received a one-time payment of $2,000,
which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
approximately nine years, the remaining term of the
F-31
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
agreement. At December 31, 2010, deferred revenue totaled
$1,796, of which $215 was current and included in accrued
expenses.
Interest expense consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Related party interest expense
|
|
$
|
(8,470
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,651
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,529
|
)
|
Capitalized related party interest
|
|
|
1,575
|
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(7,356
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,401
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9,538
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
Other
Income (Expense)
|
Other income (expense) consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Unrealized gain (loss) on the cash surrender value of life
insurance policies
|
|
$
|
(1,092
|
)
|
|
$
|
471
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
Gain on sale of residual product
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
Unrealized gain on the investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Other
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(912
|
)
|
|
$
|
491
|
|
|
$
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth revenues and receivables
associated with the Partnerships significant customers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
% of Receivables
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
BP p.l.c
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
|
|
1
|
%
|
LyondellBasell Industries
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Enterprise Products Partners
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Exxon Mobil Corporation
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Royal Dutch Shell plc
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
66
|
%
|
|
|
61
|
%
|
|
|
59
|
%
|
|
|
73
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Information
|
During the year ended December 31, 2008 the Partnerships
recorded insurance proceeds receivable totaling $1,299 for the
net book value of the assets written off that were damaged or
destroyed due to the Beaumont dock damage and the demolition
costs incurred to remove the damaged assets.
During the year ended December 31, 2010 the Partnerships
paid a $2,097 loan payment to Oiltanking Finance B.V. by
reducing a $2,097 short-term note receivable due from Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
F-32
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
During the year ended December 31, 2009 the Partnerships
received cash contributions of $18,100 from OTA. During the year
ended December 31, 2010 the Partnerships received a
non-cash contribution of land from OTA, which was recorded at
OTAs book value of $2,022.
During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the
Partnerships declared distributions of $22,000 and $25,737,
respectively. The Partnerships paid distributions to OTA of
$22,000 and $13,737 in 2009 and 2010, respectively. Of the
remaining $12,000 of 2010 distributions, $10,000 was paid by
reducing a short-term note receivable due from Oiltanking
Finance B.V. and $2,000 was paid in January 2011, and is
recorded in accounts payable, affiliates at December 31,
2010. The Partnerships paid distributions of $265 during the
year ended December, 31, 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
Interest and Taxes Paid:
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Cash interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
$
|
4,659
|
|
|
$
|
9,764
|
|
|
$
|
9,996
|
|
Cash taxes paid
|
|
$
|
3,989
|
|
|
$
|
1,394
|
|
|
$
|
2,130
|
|
The Partnerships derive their net revenues from two operating
segments OTH and OTB. The two operating segments
have been aggregated into one reportable segment because they
have similar long-term economic characteristics, products,
production processes, types and classes of customers and methods
use to distribute their products.
Revenues by product are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Storage services fees
|
|
$
|
56,736
|
|
|
$
|
74,865
|
|
|
$
|
87,172
|
|
Throughput fees
|
|
|
16,329
|
|
|
|
20,270
|
|
|
|
23,150
|
|
Ancillary services fees
|
|
|
6,047
|
|
|
|
5,705
|
|
|
|
6,128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
79,112
|
|
|
$
|
100,840
|
|
|
$
|
116,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Commitments
OTH entered into a land lease agreement covering approximately
63 acres with a third party beginning December 15, 2010
through December 14, 2035. The lease provides for annual
rental payments of $600, which will be adjusted to correspond
with variations in the Consumer Price Index beginning with the
sixth year of the lease. OTH can terminate the lease at the end
of the fifth or tenth year and pay a termination fee of $3,000,
as provided in the lease agreement. The agreement also contains
an option to purchase the land for a price ranging from $6,000
to $6,700. Future minimum lease payments under this
non-cancelable lease as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
600
|
|
2012
|
|
|
600
|
|
2013
|
|
|
600
|
|
2014
|
|
|
600
|
|
2015
|
|
|
600
|
|
Years 2016 and thereafter
|
|
|
11,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum lease payments
|
|
$
|
14,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-33
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO
THE COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
(In thousands)
Contingencies
Litigation. From time to time, the
Partnerships may become a party to certain claims or legal
complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of the potential
or existing claims and complaints will not have a material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Environmental Liabilities. We may
experience releases of crude oil, petroleum products and fuels,
liquid petroleum gas or other contaminants into the environment,
or discover past releases that were previously unidentified.
Although we maintain an inspection program designed to prevent
and, as applicable, to detect and address such releases
promptly, damages and liabilities incurred due to any such
environmental releases from our assets may affect our business.
As of December 31, 2010, we have not identified any
material environmental obligations.
Other. Our liquid storage and transport
systems may experience damage as a result of an accident,
natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards can cause
personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and
destruction of property, and equipment, pollution or
environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain
insurance of various types that we consider adequate to cover
our operations and properties. The insurance covers our assets
in amounts considered reasonable. The insurance policies are
subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not
excessive. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk
associated with operating our facilities, including the
potential loss of significant revenues.
The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured,
indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to
meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and
adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
F-34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
8,746
|
|
|
$
|
6,883
|
|
Receivables:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade
|
|
|
7,573
|
|
|
|
5,929
|
|
Affiliates (Note 2)
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
|
|
5,934
|
|
Refundable federal income taxes due from parent
|
|
|
2,964
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Note receivable, affiliate
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
|
|
12,903
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other
|
|
|
1,584
|
|
|
|
742
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
40,293
|
|
|
|
33,105
|
|
Property, plant and equipment, less accumulated depreciation
(Note 3)
|
|
|
265,616
|
|
|
|
265,950
|
|
Other assets (Note 4)
|
|
|
4,560
|
|
|
|
5,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
$
|
304,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARTNERS CAPITAL
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 5)
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
|
$
|
10,538
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt, affiliates (Note 2)
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
|
|
18,757
|
|
Accounts payable, affiliates
|
|
|
3,706
|
|
|
|
830
|
|
Federal income taxes due to parent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
39,403
|
|
|
|
30,304
|
|
Long-term debt, affiliates, less current maturities (Note 2)
|
|
|
129,501
|
|
|
|
125,001
|
|
Deferred compensation (Note 7)
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
3,330
|
|
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation (Note 9)
|
|
|
7,952
|
|
|
|
8,364
|
|
Deferred revenue (Note 10)
|
|
|
3,314
|
|
|
|
3,215
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
23,217
|
|
|
|
23,069
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
206,420
|
|
|
|
193,283
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
|
104,595
|
|
|
|
112,138
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
1,056
|
|
|
|
1,133
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
(1,584
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total partners capital
|
|
|
104,049
|
|
|
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Partners Capital
|
|
$
|
310,469
|
|
|
$
|
304,970
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
combined financial statements.
F-35
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Revenues (Note 2)
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs and expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
7,951
|
|
|
|
8,424
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
4,096
|
|
|
|
4,792
|
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
12,137
|
|
|
|
17,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
15,605
|
|
|
|
12,567
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(2,479
|
)
|
|
|
(2,279
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Other income
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Other Expense, Net
|
|
|
(2,324
|
)
|
|
|
(2,168
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
13,281
|
|
|
|
10,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit) (Note 6):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
2,903
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Income Tax Expense
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
|
10,839
|
|
|
|
7,620
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $20 and $(10) tax
benefit (expense), respectively
|
|
|
(37
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Comprehensive Income
|
|
$
|
10,802
|
|
|
$
|
7,638
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
combined financial statements.
F-36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Limited
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Partners
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Loss
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
104,595
|
|
|
$
|
1,056
|
|
|
$
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
$
|
104,049
|
|
Postretirement benefit plan adjustment, net of $10 tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
7,543
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,620
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, March 31, 2011
|
|
$
|
112,138
|
|
|
$
|
1,133
|
|
|
$
|
(1,584
|
)
|
|
$
|
111,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
combined financial statements.
F-37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
10,839
|
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,804
|
|
|
|
3,875
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(461
|
)
|
|
|
(435
|
)
|
Postretirement net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
335
|
|
|
|
443
|
|
Unrealized loss on investment in mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on disposal of fixed assets
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
544
|
|
Gain on property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
(3,701
|
)
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trade and other receivables
|
|
|
804
|
|
|
|
2,021
|
|
Refundable income taxes
|
|
|
2,778
|
|
|
|
3,143
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
822
|
|
Accounts receivable/payable, affiliates
|
|
|
5,588
|
|
|
|
(3,102
|
)
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
(6,319
|
)
|
|
|
(7,137
|
)
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
320
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,785
|
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
15,921
|
|
|
|
7,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of note receivable
|
|
|
(16,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for disposal of assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(544
|
)
|
Payments for purchase of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
(2,659
|
)
|
|
|
(4,205
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from property casualty indemnification
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Investment in life insurance policies
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,328
|
)
|
Proceeds from surrender of life insurance policies
|
|
|
2,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments for purchase of mutual funds
|
|
|
(2,525
|
)
|
|
|
(488
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of mutual funds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(13,624
|
)
|
|
|
(4,502
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments under notes payable, affiliates
|
|
|
(8,100
|
)
|
|
|
(4,500
|
)
|
Payment of offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(475
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(4,100
|
)
|
|
|
(4,975
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
(1,863
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
|
|
5,856
|
|
|
|
8,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
|
$
|
4,053
|
|
|
$
|
6,883
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
combined financial statements.
F-38
|
|
1.
|
Business
and Basis of Presentation
|
The accompanying condensed combined financial statements and
related notes present the accounts of Oiltanking Houston, L.P.
(OTH) and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P.
(OTB) (combined, the Partnerships),
which are wholly owned subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc. (OTA). OTA is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Oiltanking GmbH. The Partnerships are engaged
primarily in the storage, terminaling and transportation of
crude oil and petroleum products in the Houston and Beaumont,
Texas areas. The condensed combined financial statements have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). All
significant transactions and balances between OTH and OTB have
been eliminated in combination.
At December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011,
partners capital for OTH and OTB is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
March 31, 2011
|
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
OTB
|
|
|
OTH
|
|
|
Limited partners interest
|
|
$
|
55,993
|
|
|
$
|
48,602
|
|
|
$
|
58,458
|
|
|
$
|
53,680
|
|
General partners interest
|
|
|
566
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,602
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,584
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
56,559
|
|
|
$
|
47,490
|
|
|
$
|
59,048
|
|
|
$
|
52,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Certain information and footnote disclosures required by GAAP
for complete annual financial statements have been omitted and,
therefore, it is suggested that these interim financial
statements be read in conjunction with the Partnerships
audited financial statements for the year ended
December 31, 2010. In the opinion of management, these
financial statements, which have been prepared pursuant to the
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC) and GAAP for interim financial reporting,
reflect all adjustments, which consisted only of normal
recurring adjustments which were necessary to state fairly the
results for the interim periods. The results of operations for
the three months ended March 31, 2011 are not necessarily
indicative of those for a full year.
The preparation of the Partnerships financial statements
in conformity with GAAP requires management to make extensive
use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount
of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. The
Partnerships base their estimates and judgments on historical
experience and on various other assumptions and information that
are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Estimates
and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be
perceived with certainty and, accordingly, these estimates may
change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as
additional information is obtained and as our operating
environment changes. While the Partnerships believe that the
estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the
condensed combined financial statements are appropriate, actual
results could differ from those estimates.
Subsequent
Events
Management of the Partnerships evaluated subsequent events
through May 11, 2011, which is the date the financial
statements were available to be issued.
|
|
2.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
The Partnerships are wholly owned subsidiaries of OTA and engage
in certain transactions with other OTA subsidiaries, as well as
other companies that are related by common ownership. These
transactions include revenue earned by the Partnerships
providing storage and ancillary services, as well as certain
centralized administrative services including, among others,
rental of administrative and operations office facilities, human
resource, information technology, engineering, environmental and
regulatory, treasury and certain financial services. Revenues
earned for storage and ancillary services are classified as
revenues. Revenues associated with the other administrative
services discussed above
F-39
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
are classified as a reduction of selling, general and
administrative expense. Total revenues earned for these related
party services were $1,268 and $1,495 for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, of which $737 and
$752, respectively, represent revenues earned for storage and
ancillary services.
The Partnerships pay fees to Oiltanking GmbH for various general
and administrative services, which include, among others, risk
management, environmental compliance, legal consulting,
information technology, engineering, centralized cash management
and certain treasury and financial services. Oiltanking GmbH
allocates these costs to the Partnerships using several factors,
such as the Partnerships tank capacity and total volumes
handled. In managements estimation, the costs charged for
these services approximate the amounts that would have been
incurred for similar services purchased from third parties or
provided by the Partnerships own employees.
The following table summarizes related party costs and expenses
that are reflected in the accompanying condensed combined
statements of income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
$
|
1,078
|
|
|
$
|
1,082
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Interest expense (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
|
2,471
|
|
|
|
2,273
|
|
Notes payable to Oiltanking Finance B.V. at December 31,
2010 and March 31, 2011 were $148,258 and $143,758,
respectively.
Historically, OTH and OTB have had separate debt agreements.
Certain of the debt agreements with Oiltanking Finance B.V.
contain loan covenants that require OTH and OTB to maintain
certain debt, leverage, and equity ratios and prohibit these
entities from pledging their assets to third parties or
incurring any indebtedness other than from Oiltanking Finance
B.V. At December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, both OTH
and OTB were in compliance with all covenants under their
respective debt agreements. At March 31, 2011 the covenants
restrict the Partnerships from declaring distributions in excess
of $31,000.
|
|
3.
|
Property,
Plant and Equipment
|
Property, plant and equipment, at cost, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Land
|
|
$
|
12,483
|
|
|
$
|
12,483
|
|
Office facilities
|
|
|
32,321
|
|
|
|
32,631
|
|
Production facilities
|
|
|
391,163
|
|
|
|
391,394
|
|
Rights-of-way
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Construction-in-progress
|
|
|
5,048
|
|
|
|
6,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
441,045
|
|
|
|
443,458
|
|
Less: accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(175,429
|
)
|
|
|
(177,508
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net property, plant and equipment
|
|
$
|
265,616
|
|
|
$
|
265,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2011,
interest costs of $0 and $31, respectively, were capitalized as
part of the costs of
construction-in-progress.
F-40
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
On June 20, 2008, one of the Partnerships docks in
Beaumont was struck by a vessel owned and operated by a third
party. The primary assets impacted included the dock, dock
platform, and related unloading equipment. The
Partnerships remaining docks were not affected by the
damages. The terminal facility is covered by replacement cost
property casualty insurance and business interruptions
insurance. To account for the property casualty damage, in 2008
the Partnerships charged demolition costs to expense as incurred
and also wrote off the net book value of the assets that were
damaged or destroyed. The Partnerships offset the book value of
all damaged and destroyed assets and demolition costs incurred
with indemnity proceeds receivable in future, according to the
provisions of the insurance policies in force. The Partnerships
also incurred capital expenditures related to the reconstruction
and replacement of the damaged assets, which were capitalized.
During 2009, the dock reconstruction and replacement was
completed and placed in service.
The Partnerships settled substantially all of their insurance
claims related to the Beaumont dock in late 2010 for
approximately $5,987 in total recoveries, of which $5,000 was
related to physical property damage recoveries and $987 was
related to business interruption recoveries. Insurance
recoveries aggregating $1,299, which were previously deemed
probable and reasonably estimable, were recognized to the extent
of the related loss in 2008. The remaining $4,688 was recognized
as a gain in 2010, of which, $3,701 representing the gain on the
physical property damage was recognized during the three months
ended March 31, 2010. Of the total property casualty
indemnification proceeds of $5,987, $5,617 was received in 2010,
with the remaining amount received in January 2011. At
December 31, 2010, the Partnerships had receivables due
from the incident of $370, which is recorded in other
receivables.
During the three months ended March 31, 2011, the
Partnerships collected and recognized an additional $247 of
previously unresolved claims pertaining to this incident.
Other assets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
2,569
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
1,399
|
|
Capitalized offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,326
|
|
Other
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
$
|
4,560
|
|
|
$
|
5,915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-41
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
|
|
5.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Accounts payable, trade
|
|
$
|
3,791
|
|
|
$
|
2,936
|
|
Salaries and benefits
|
|
|
4,553
|
|
|
|
1,427
|
|
Property taxes
|
|
|
5,289
|
|
|
|
1,312
|
|
Related party interest and commitment fees
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
|
1,422
|
|
Related party administrative fees
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
Accrued offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
Deferred compensation
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
Other
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
|
1,642
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
|
$
|
16,940
|
|
|
$
|
10,538
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
OTH has elected to be treated as a taxable entity. The amounts
included in income tax expense were calculated as if OTH had
filed a separate tax return. OTB is a non-taxable entity and as
such no income taxes related to OTB were recorded.
Total income tax expense differed from the amounts computed by
applying the tax rate to income before income tax expense as a
result of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months Ended
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Income from operations before income tax expense
|
|
$
|
13,281
|
|
|
$
|
10,399
|
|
U.S. Federal corporate statutory rate
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected income tax expense
|
|
|
4,648
|
|
|
|
3,640
|
|
OTB income not subject to income tax
|
|
|
(2,255
|
)
|
|
|
(907
|
)
|
Texas margin tax, net of federal income tax benefit
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
2,442
|
|
|
$
|
2,779
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
Employee
Benefits 401(K) Retirement Plan
|
401(K)
Retirement Plan
The Partnerships sponsor a retirement plan which is available to
all employees who have six months of continuous service and
covers all employees of OTA. The plan is subject to the
provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974 (ERISA) and is qualified under Section 401(k) of the
Internal Revenue Code. The contributions to the plan, as
determined by management, are discretionary but may not exceed
the maximum amount deductible under the applicable provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code. The Partnerships make contributions
into the plan on behalf of all OTA subsidiaries and are then
reimbursed by the related subsidiary. The Partnerships
contributions to the retirement plan, net of amounts charged to
other OTA entities, were $231 and $308, for the three months
ended March 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.
F-42
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Effective August 15, 1994, the Partnerships adopted a
special non-qualified deferred compensation plan for the purpose
of providing deferred compensation to certain employees. The
plan provides for elective salary deferrals by participants and
discretionary contributions by the Partnerships as defined by
the plan. The Partnerships accrued $18 and $35 of compensation
to participants for the three months ended March 31, 2010
and 2011, respectively. Distributions for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011 totaled $184 and $171,
respectively. Employee deferrals for the three months ended
March 31, 2010 and 2011 totaled $205 and $348, respectively.
The Partnerships have purchased life insurance policies on
certain of the Partnerships employees and invested in
mutual funds to assist in funding the deferred compensation
liability. To date, all distributions to participants have been
funded by the Partnerships operating cash flows. At
December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, the cash
surrender value of the life insurance policies and the fair
value of the mutual fund assets totaled $3,873 and $3,968,
respectively. At December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011
the deferred compensation liability totaled $3,670 and $3,991,
respectively, of which $637 and $661, respectively, has been
classified as current based on the expected payments for the
upcoming year. The deferred compensation liability is determined
by hypothetical investment accounts based on actual mutual funds
or money market funds selected by each participant.
|
|
8.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
The Partnerships record certain investment securities at fair
value. Fair value is determined based on the price that would be
received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the
most advantageous market, utilizing a hierarchy of three
different valuation techniques:
Level 1 Quoted market prices for identical
instruments in active markets;
Level 2 Quoted prices for similar instruments
in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived
valuations whose inputs, or significant value drivers, are
observable; and
Level 3 Prices reflecting the
Partnerships own assumptions concerning unobservable
inputs to a valuation model.
The following table summarizes the Partnerships financial
assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. The
Partnerships did not have any nonfinancial assets or
nonfinancial liabilities which required remeasurement as of
December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
2,649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies
|
|
$
|
2,569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,569
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Investments in mutual funds
|
|
|
1,399
|
|
|
|
1,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
Medical
Insurance and Postretirement Benefit Obligations
|
The Partnerships sponsor a self-insurance program for medical
and dental insurance administered by a third party, which covers
all employees of the Partnerships. The total expense and
obligations to the administrator is a result of administrative
fees, premiums and actual incidence of claims. Under the
program, the Partnerships are responsible for
F-43
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
predetermined limit of claims per participant per year, or a
maximum of $3,000 to $4,000 in the aggregate per year, in
accordance with the plan agreements. Claims exceeding these
amounts are covered by an insurance policy.
Effective June 1, 2004, OTH established a non-pension
postretirement benefit plan. The plan is designed to provide
healthcare coverage, upon retirement, to the employees of OTA
who meet the age and service requirements. The health plan is
contributory, with participants contributions adjusted
annually. The plan is accounted for in accordance with
ASC 715, Employers Accounting for Defined
Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.
ASC 715 requires OTH to disclose the funded status of the
defined benefit postretirement health plan as a prepaid asset or
an accrued liability and to show the net deferred and
unrecognized gains and losses, net of tax, as part of
accumulated other comprehensive income within partners
capital. OTH uses a December 31 measurement date for the plan.
The following table presents the Partnerships net periodic
benefit costs during the three months ended March 31, 2010
and 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Net Periodic Benefit Cost:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
229
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of unrecognized amounts:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Net Periodic Benefit Cost
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
|
$
|
443
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2007, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
lease as a lessor and received a one-time upfront rental payment
of $2,467, which is being amortized on a straight-line basis
over approximately sixteen years, the term of the lease. At
December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, deferred rental
revenue totaled $1,896 and $1,859, respectively, of which $163
and $164, respectively, was current and included in accrued
expenses. Annual rentals are not significant.
During 2010, the Partnerships entered into a modification of a
revenue agreement and received a one-time payment of $2,000,
which is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
approximately nine years, the remaining term of the agreement.
At December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2011, deferred
revenue totaled $1,796 and $1,749, of which $215 and $229 was
current and included in accrued expenses.
|
|
11.
|
Supplemental
Cash Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
Interest and Taxes Paid:
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Cash interest paid (net of amounts capitalized)
|
|
$
|
1,774
|
|
|
$
|
1,781
|
|
Cash taxes paid
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
F-44
OILTANKING
HOUSTON, L.P. AND OILTANKING BEAUMONT PARTNERS, L.P.
(Wholly Owned Subsidiaries of Oiltanking Holding Americas,
Inc.)
NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS
(In thousands) (Continued)
The Partnerships derive their net revenues from two operating
segments OTH and OTB. The two operating segments
have been aggregated into one reportable segment because they
have similar long-term economic characteristics, products,
production processes, types and classes of customers and methods
used to distribute their products.
Revenues by product are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
Ended March 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Storage services fees
|
|
$
|
21,356
|
|
|
$
|
21,883
|
|
Throughput fees
|
|
|
5,158
|
|
|
|
6,593
|
|
Ancillary services fees
|
|
|
1,228
|
|
|
|
1,479
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
27,742
|
|
|
$
|
29,955
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingencies
Litigation. From time to time, the
Partnerships may become a party to certain claims or legal
complaints arising in the ordinary course of business. In the
opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of the potential
or existing claims and complaints will not have a material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
Environmental Liabilities. We may
experience releases of crude oil, petroleum products and fuels,
liquid petroleum gas or other contaminants into the environment,
or discover past releases that were previously unidentified.
Although we maintain an inspection program designed to prevent
and, as applicable, to detect and address such releases
promptly, damages and liabilities incurred due to any such
environmental releases from our assets may affect our business.
As of March 31, 2011, we have not identified any material
environmental obligations.
Other. Our liquid storage and transport
systems may experience damage as a result of an accident,
natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards can cause
personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and
destruction of property, and equipment, pollution or
environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain
insurance of various types that we consider adequate to cover
our operations and properties. The insurance covers our assets
in amounts considered reasonable. The insurance policies are
subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not
excessive. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk
associated with operating our facilities, including the
potential loss of significant revenues.
The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured,
indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to
meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and
adversely affect our operations and financial condition.
F-45
FORM OF
FIRST
AMENDED AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT
OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF
OILTANKING
PARTNERS, L.P.
A-1
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
|
Section 1.1
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
A-6
|
|
Section 1.2
|
|
Construction
|
|
|
A-22
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
|
Section 2.1
|
|
Formation
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.2
|
|
Name
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.3
|
|
Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other
Offices
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.4
|
|
Purpose and Business
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.5
|
|
Powers
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.6
|
|
Term
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
Section 2.7
|
|
Title to Partnership Assets
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
|
Section 3.1
|
|
Limitation of Liability
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
Section 3.2
|
|
Management of Business
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
Section 3.3
|
|
Outside Activities of the Limited Partners
|
|
|
A-24
|
|
Section 3.4
|
|
Rights of Limited Partners.
|
|
|
A-23
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
|
Section 4.1
|
|
Certificates
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
Section 4.2
|
|
Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
|
|
|
A-25
|
|
Section 4.3
|
|
Record Holders
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
Section 4.4
|
|
Transfer Generally
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
Section 4.5
|
|
Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests
|
|
|
A-26
|
|
Section 4.6
|
|
Transfer of the General Partners General Partner Interest
|
|
|
A-27
|
|
Section 4.7
|
|
Restrictions on Transfers
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
Section 4.8
|
|
Eligibility Certificates; Ineligible Holders
|
|
|
A-28
|
|
Section 4.9
|
|
Redemption of Partnership Interests of Ineligible Holders
|
|
|
A-29
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
|
Section 5.1
|
|
Organizational Contributions
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
Section 5.2
|
|
Contributions by the General Partner and its Affiliates
|
|
|
A-30
|
|
Section 5.3
|
|
Contributions by Initial Limited Partners
|
|
|
A-31
|
|
Section 5.4
|
|
Interest and Withdrawal
|
|
|
A-31
|
|
Section 5.5
|
|
Capital Accounts
|
|
|
A-31
|
|
Section 5.6
|
|
Issuances of Additional Partnership Interests
|
|
|
A-33
|
|
Section 5.7
|
|
Conversion of Subordinated Units
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
Section 5.8
|
|
Limited Preemptive Right
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
Section 5.9
|
|
Splits and Combinations
|
|
|
A-34
|
|
Section 5.10
|
|
Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
A-2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.11
|
|
Issuance of Common Units in Connection with Reset of Incentive
Distribution Rights
|
|
|
A-35
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
|
Section 6.1
|
|
Allocations for Capital Account Purposes
|
|
|
A-36
|
|
Section 6.2
|
|
Allocations for Tax Purposes
|
|
|
A-43
|
|
Section 6.3
|
|
Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions
to Record Holders
|
|
|
A-44
|
|
Section 6.4
|
|
Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
|
|
|
A-44
|
|
Section 6.5
|
|
Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus
|
|
|
A-46
|
|
Section 6.6
|
|
Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target
Distribution Levels
|
|
|
A-46
|
|
Section 6.7
|
|
Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units
|
|
|
A-46
|
|
Section 6.8
|
|
Entity-Level Taxation
|
|
|
A-47
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
|
Section 7.1
|
|
Management
|
|
|
A-47
|
|
Section 7.2
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership
|
|
|
A-49
|
|
Section 7.3
|
|
Restrictions on the General Partners Authority
|
|
|
A-49
|
|
Section 7.4
|
|
Reimbursement of the General Partner
|
|
|
A-49
|
|
Section 7.5
|
|
Outside Activities
|
|
|
A-50
|
|
Section 7.6
|
|
Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the
Partnership or Group Members
|
|
|
A-51
|
|
Section 7.7
|
|
Indemnification
|
|
|
A-52
|
|
Section 7.8
|
|
Liability of Indemnitees
|
|
|
A-53
|
|
Section 7.9
|
|
Resolution of Conflicts of Interest; Standards of Conduct and
Modification of Duties
|
|
|
A-53
|
|
Section 7.10
|
|
Other Matters Concerning the General Partner
|
|
|
A-55
|
|
Section 7.11
|
|
Purchase or Sale of Partnership Interests
|
|
|
A-55
|
|
Section 7.12
|
|
Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.
|
|
|
A-55
|
|
Section 7.13
|
|
Reliance by Third Parties
|
|
|
A-57
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
|
Section 8.1
|
|
Records and Accounting
|
|
|
A-57
|
|
Section 8.2
|
|
Fiscal Year
|
|
|
A-58
|
|
Section 8.3
|
|
Reports
|
|
|
A-58
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS
|
Section 9.1
|
|
Tax Returns and Information
|
|
|
A-58
|
|
Section 9.2
|
|
Tax Elections
|
|
|
A-58
|
|
Section 9.3
|
|
Tax Controversies
|
|
|
A-59
|
|
Section 9.4
|
|
Withholding; Tax Payments
|
|
|
A-59
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
|
Section 10.1
|
|
Admission of Limited Partners
|
|
|
A-59
|
|
Section 10.2
|
|
Admission of Successor General Partner
|
|
|
A-59
|
|
A-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.3
|
|
Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership
|
|
|
A-60
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
|
Section 11.1
|
|
Withdrawal of the General Partner
|
|
|
A-60
|
|
Section 11.2
|
|
Removal of the General Partner
|
|
|
A-61
|
|
Section 11.3
|
|
Interest of Departing General Partner and Successor General
Partner
|
|
|
A-62
|
|
Section 11.4
|
|
Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated
Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages
|
|
|
A-63
|
|
Section 11.5
|
|
Withdrawal of Limited Partners
|
|
|
A-63
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
|
Section 12.1
|
|
Dissolution
|
|
|
A-63
|
|
Section 12.2
|
|
Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution
|
|
|
A-63
|
|
Section 12.3
|
|
Liquidator
|
|
|
A-64
|
|
Section 12.4
|
|
Liquidation
|
|
|
A-64
|
|
Section 12.5
|
|
Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership
|
|
|
A-65
|
|
Section 12.6
|
|
Return of Contributions
|
|
|
A-65
|
|
Section 12.7
|
|
Waiver of Partition
|
|
|
A-65
|
|
Section 12.8
|
|
Capital Account Restoration
|
|
|
A-65
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
|
Section 13.1
|
|
Amendments to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner
|
|
|
A-65
|
|
Section 13.2
|
|
Amendment Procedures
|
|
|
A-66
|
|
Section 13.3
|
|
Amendment Requirements
|
|
|
A-67
|
|
Section 13.4
|
|
Special Meetings
|
|
|
A-67
|
|
Section 13.5
|
|
Notice of a Meeting
|
|
|
A-68
|
|
Section 13.6
|
|
Record Date
|
|
|
A-68
|
|
Section 13.7
|
|
Adjournment
|
|
|
A-68
|
|
Section 13.8
|
|
Waiver of Notice; Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes
|
|
|
A-68
|
|
Section 13.9
|
|
Quorum and Voting
|
|
|
A-68
|
|
Section 13.10
|
|
Conduct of a Meeting
|
|
|
A-69
|
|
Section 13.11
|
|
Action Without a Meeting
|
|
|
A-69
|
|
Section 13.12
|
|
Right to Vote and Related Matters.
|
|
|
A-69
|
|
Section 13.13
|
|
Voting of Incentive Distribution Rights.
|
|
|
A-70
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR CONSOLIDATION
|
Section 14.1
|
|
Authority
|
|
|
A-70
|
|
Section 14.2
|
|
Procedure for Merger or Consolidation.
|
|
|
A-70
|
|
Section 14.3
|
|
Approval by Limited Partners
|
|
|
A-71
|
|
Section 14.4
|
|
Amendment of Partnership Agreement
|
|
|
A-72
|
|
Section 14.5
|
|
Certificate of Merger
|
|
|
A-72
|
|
Section 14.6
|
|
Effect of Merge or Consolidation
|
|
|
A-72
|
|
A-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
|
Section 15.1
|
|
Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests
|
|
|
A-73
|
|
|
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS
|
Section 16.1
|
|
Addresses and Notices; Written Communications
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.2
|
|
Further Action
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.3
|
|
Binding Effect
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.4
|
|
Integration
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.5
|
|
Creditors
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.6
|
|
Waiver
|
|
|
A-74
|
|
Section 16.7
|
|
Third-Party Beneficiaries
|
|
|
A-75
|
|
Section 16.8
|
|
Counterparts
|
|
|
A-75
|
|
Section 16.9
|
|
Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and Jurisdiction
|
|
|
A-75
|
|
Section 16.10
|
|
Invalidity of Provisions
|
|
|
A-75
|
|
Section 16.11
|
|
Consent of Partners
|
|
|
A-76
|
|
Section 16.12
|
|
Facsimile Signatures
|
|
|
A-76
|
|
A-5
FIRST
AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT
OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. dated as
of ,
2011, is entered into by and among OTLP GP, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, as the General Partner, and the
Initial Limited Partners (as defined herein), together with any
other Persons who become Partners in the Partnership or parties
hereto as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants,
conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto
hereby agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Definitions. The
following definitions shall be for all purposes, unless
otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the
terms used in this Agreement.
Additional Book Basis means the portion of
any remaining Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property that is
attributable to positive adjustments made to such Carrying Value
as a result of
Book-Up
Events. For purposes of determining the extent that Carrying
Value constitutes Additional Book Basis:
(a) Any negative adjustment made to the Carrying Value of
an Adjusted Property as a result of either a Book-Down Event or
a Book-Up
Event shall first be deemed to offset or decrease that portion
of the Carrying Value of such Adjusted Property that is
attributable to any prior positive adjustments made thereto
pursuant to a
Book-Up
Event or Book-Down Event.
(b) If Carrying Value that constitutes Additional Book
Basis is reduced as a result of a Book-Down Event and the
Carrying Value of other property is increased as a result of
such Book-Down Event, an allocable portion of any such increase
in Carrying Value shall be treated as Additional Book Basis;
provided, that the amount treated as Additional Book Basis
pursuant hereto as a result of such Book-Down Event shall not
exceed the amount by which the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments after such Book-Down Event exceeds the remaining
Additional Book Basis attributable to all of the
Partnerships Adjusted Property after such Book-Down Event
(determined without regard to the application of this
clause (b) to such Book-Down Event).
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items means
any Book Basis Derivative Items that are computed with reference
to Additional Book Basis. To the extent that the Additional Book
Basis attributable to all of the Partnerships Adjusted
Property as of the beginning of any taxable period exceeds the
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the beginning
of such period (the Excess Additional Book
Basis), the Additional Book Basis Derivative Items
for such period shall be reduced by the amount that bears the
same ratio to the amount of Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items determined without regard to this sentence as the Excess
Additional Book Basis bears to the Additional Book Basis as of
the beginning of such period. With respect to a Disposed of
Adjusted Property, the Additional Book Basis Derivative items
shall be the amount of Additional Book Basis taken into account
in computing gain or loss from the disposition of such Disposed
of Adjusted Property.
Adjusted Capital Account means the Capital
Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each
taxable period of the Partnership, (a) increased by any
amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the
standards set by Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c)
(or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g)
and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount
of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such taxable
period, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner
in subsequent taxable periods under Sections 704(e)(2) and
706(d) of the Code and Treasury
Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii),
and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the
end of such taxable period, are reasonably expected to be made
to such Partner in subsequent taxable periods in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they
exceed offsetting increases to such Partners Capital
Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior
to) the taxable period in which such
A-6
distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than
increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition
of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the
provisions of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The
Adjusted Capital Account of a Partner in respect of
any Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Adjusted
Capital Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the
only interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and
after the date on which such Partnership Interest was first
issued.
Adjusted Operating Surplus means, with
respect to any period, (a) Operating Surplus generated with
respect to such period; (b) less (i) the amount of any
net increase in Working Capital Borrowings (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of any net increase in
Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are
not wholly owned) with respect to that period; and (ii) the
amount of any net decrease in cash reserves (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of any net decrease in
cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period
not relating to an Operating Expenditure made with respect to
such period; and (c) plus (i) the amount of any net
decrease in Working Capital Borrowings (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of any net decrease in
Working Capital Borrowings in the case of Subsidiaries that are
not wholly owned) with respect to that period; (ii) the
amount of any net increase in cash reserves (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of any net increase in
cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) for Operating Expenditures with respect to such period
required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal,
interest or premium; and (iii) any net decrease made in
subsequent periods in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures
initially established with respect to such period to the extent
such decrease results in a reduction in Adjusted Operating
Surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to clause (b)(ii) above.
Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of
Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) of the definition of
Operating Surplus.
Adjusted Property means any property the
Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person,
any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common
control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term
control means the possession, direct or indirect, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and
policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units
is defined in Section 5.11(a).
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments
means, as of the end of any taxable period, the sum of the
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments of all the Partners.
Agreed Allocation means any allocation, other
than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or
deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1,
including a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context
in which the term Agreed Allocation is used).
Agreed Value of any Contributed Property
means the fair market value of such property at the time of
contribution and in the case of an Adjusted Property, the fair
market value of such Adjusted Property on the date of the
revaluation event as described in Section 5.5(d), in both
cases as determined by the General Partner.
Agreement means this First Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time.
Associate means, when used to indicate a
relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or
organization of which such Person is a director, officer,
manager, general partner or managing member or is, directly or
indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting
stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other
estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial
interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a
similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse
of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same
principal residence as such Person.
A-7
Available Cash means, with respect to any
Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date:
(a) the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents
(including amounts available for working capital purposes under
a credit facility, commercial paper facility or other similar
financing arrangement) of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of cash and cash
equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) if the
General Partner so determines, all or any portion of any
additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group
(or the Partnerships proportionate share of cash and cash
equivalents in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash
with respect to such Quarter resulting from Working Capital
Borrowings made subsequent to the end of such Quarter, less
(b) the amount of any cash reserves established by the
General Partner (or the Partnerships proportionate share
of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly
owned) to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the
business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future
capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of
the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter,
(ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement,
security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement
or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which
it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide
funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or 6.5 in respect
of any one or more of the next four Quarters;
provided, however, that disbursements made by a
Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced
after the end of such Quarter but on or before the date of
determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter
shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or
reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such
Quarter if the General Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Available Cash with
respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and
any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.
Board of Directors means the board of
directors of the General Partner.
Book Basis Derivative Items means any item of
income, deduction, gain or loss that is computed with reference
to the Carrying Value of an Adjusted Property (e.g.,
depreciation, depletion, or gain or loss with respect to an
Adjusted Property).
Book-Down Event means an event that triggers
a negative adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners
pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
Book-Tax Disparity means with respect to any
item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the
date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying
Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the
adjusted basis thereof for U.S. federal income tax purposes
as of such date. A Partners share of the
Partnerships Book-Tax Disparities in all of its
Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by
the difference between such Partners Capital Account
balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the
hypothetical balance of such Partners Capital Account
computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance
with U.S. federal income tax accounting principles.
Book-Up
Event means an event that triggers a positive
adjustment to the Capital Accounts of the Partners pursuant to
Section 5.5(d).
Business Day means Monday through Friday of
each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the
government of the United States of America or the State of Texas
shall not be regarded as a Business Day.
Capital Account means the capital account
maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The
Capital Account of a Partner in respect of any
Partnership Interest shall be the amount that such Capital
Account would be if such Partnership Interest were the only
interest in the Partnership held by such Partner from and after
the date on which such Partnership Interest was first issued.
Capital Contribution means any cash, cash
equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that
a Partner contributes to the Partnership or that is contributed
or deemed contributed to the
A-8
Partnership on behalf of a Partner (including, in the case of an
underwritten offering of Units, the amount of any underwriting
discounts or commissions).
Capital Improvement means any
(a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by
any Group Member, (b) acquisition (through an asset
acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of
investment) of existing, or the construction of new, capital
assets, or (c) capital contribution by a Group Member to a
Person that is not a Subsidiary, in which a Group Member has, or
after such capital contribution will have, an equity interest to
fund the Group Members pro rata share of the cost of the
acquisition of existing, or the construction of new or the
improvement of existing, capital assets, in each case if such
addition, improvement, acquisition or construction is made to
increase the long-term operating capacity or operating income of
the Partnership Group from the long-term operating capacity or
operating income of the Partnership Group, in the case of
clauses (a) and (b), or such Person, in the case of clause
(c), from that existing immediately prior to such addition,
improvement, acquisition or construction.
Capital Surplus means Available Cash
distributed by the Partnership in excess of Operating Surplus,
as described in Section 6.3(a).
Carrying Value means (a) with respect to
a Contributed Property or an Adjusted Property, the Agreed Value
of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all
depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged
to the Partners Capital Accounts in respect of such
property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership
property, the adjusted basis of such property for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of
determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be
adjusted from time to time in accordance with
Section 5.5(d) and to reflect changes, additions or other
adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and
acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by
the General Partner.
Cause means a court of competent jurisdiction
has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General
Partner liable for actual fraud or willful misconduct in its
capacity as a general partner of the Partnership.
Certificate means a certificate in such form
(including in global form if permitted by applicable rules and
regulations) as may be adopted by the General Partner, issued by
the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Partnership
Interests. The initial form of certificate approved by the
General Partner for Common Units is attached as Exhibit A
to this Agreement.
Certificate of Limited Partnership means the
Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with
the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in
Section 7.2, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may
be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.
Citizenship Eligibility Trigger is defined in
Section 4.8(a)(ii).
claim (as used in Section 7.12(c)) is
defined in Section 7.12(c).
Closing Date means the first date on which
Common Units are issued and delivered by the Partnership to the
Underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the Underwriting
Agreement.
Closing Price means, in respect of any class
of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of determination,
the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such
sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and
asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting
system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading
on the principal National Securities Exchange on which the
respective Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to
trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests are not listed or
admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, the
last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average
of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the
over-the-counter
market, as reported by the primary reporting system then in use
in relation to such Limited Partner Interests of such class, or,
if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class
are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in such Limited
Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner,
or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such
A-9
Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such
Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined by the
General Partner.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended and in effect from time to time. Any reference herein
to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to
include a reference to any corresponding provision of any
successor law.
Combined Interest is defined in
Section 11.3(a).
Commences Commercial Service means a Capital
Improvement is first put into commercial service by a Group
Member following completion of construction and testing, as
applicable.
Commission means the United States Securities
and Exchange Commission.
Common Unit means a Partnership Interest
representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of
all Limited Partners, and having the rights and obligations
specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The
term Common Unit does not refer to or include any
Subordinated Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit
pursuant to the terms hereof.
Common Unit Arrearage means, with respect to
any Common Unit, whenever issued, with respect to any Quarter
within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of
(a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a
Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of
all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in
respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).
Conflicts Committee means a committee of the
Board of Directors composed entirely of two or more directors,
each of whom (a) is not an officer or employee of the
General Partner (b) is not an officer or employee of any
Affiliate of the General Partner or a director of any Affiliate
of the General Partner (other than any Group Member),
(c) is not a holder of any ownership interest in the
General Partner or any of its Affiliates, including any Group
Member, other than Common Units and awards that are granted to
such director under the Long-Term Incentive Plan and
(d) meets the independence standards required of directors
who serve on an audit committee of a board of directors
established by the Securities Exchange Act and the rules and
regulations of the Commission thereunder and by the National
Securities Exchange on which any class of Partnership Interests
is listed or admitted to trading.
Contributed Property means each property, in
such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding
cash, contributed to the Partnership. Once the Carrying Value of
a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to
Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a
Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.
Contribution Agreement means that certain
Contribution, Conveyance and Assumption Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
2011, among the General Partner, the Partnership, OTA, OTB
Holdco and certain other parties, together with the additional
conveyance documents and instruments contemplated or referenced
thereunder, as such may be amended, supplemented or restated
from time to time.
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage means, with
respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end
of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum of the
Common Unit Arrearages with respect to an Initial Common Unit
for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending
on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum
of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to
Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of
Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit
(including any distributions to be made in respect of the last
of such Quarters).
Curative Allocation means any allocation of
an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to
the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).
Current Market Price means, in respect of any
class of Limited Partner Interests, as of the date of
determination, the average of the daily Closing Prices per
Limited Partner Interest of such class for the 20 consecutive
Trading Days immediately prior to such date.
A-10
Deferred Issuance and Distribution means both
(a) the issuance by the Partnership of a number of
additional Common Units that is equal to the excess, if any, of
(x)
[ ]
over (y) the aggregate number, if any, of Common Units
actually purchased by and issued to the Underwriters pursuant to
the Over-Allotment Option on the Option Closing Date(s), and
(b) a distribution of any cash contributed by the
Underwriters to the Partnership on or in connection with any
Option Closing Date with respect to Common Units issued by the
Partnership upon the applicable exercise of the Over-Allotment
Option as described in Section 5.3(b), if any.
Delaware Act means the Delaware Revised
Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C.
Section 17-101,
et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time,
and any successor to such statute.
Departing General Partner means a former
General Partner from and after the effective date of any
withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to
Section 11.1 or 11.2.
Disposed of Adjusted Property is defined in
Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B).
Economic Risk of Loss has the meaning set
forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).
Eligibility Certificate is defined in
Section 4.8(b).
Eligible Holder means a Limited Partner whose
(a) U.S. federal income tax status would not, in the
determination of the General Partner, have the material adverse
effect described in Section 4.9(a)(i) or
(b) nationality, citizenship or other related status would
not, in the determination of the General Partner, create a
substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture as described in
Section 4.9(a)(ii).
Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount is
defined in Section 6.8.
Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures
means an estimate made in good faith by the Board of Directors
(with the concurrence of the Conflicts Committee) of the average
quarterly Maintenance Capital Expenditures that the Partnership
will need to incur over the long term to maintain the operating
capacity of the Partnership Group (including the
Partnerships proportionate share of the average quarterly
Maintenance Capital Expenditures of its Subsidiaries that are
not wholly owned) existing at the time the estimate is made. The
Board of Directors (with the concurrence of the Conflicts
Committee) will be permitted to make such estimate in any manner
it determines reasonable. The estimate will be made at least
annually and whenever an event occurs that is likely to result
in a material adjustment to the amount of future Estimated
Maintenance Capital Expenditures. The Partnership shall disclose
to its Partners any change in the amount of Estimated
Maintenance Capital Expenditures in its reports made in
accordance with Section 8.3 to the extent not previously
disclosed. Any adjustments to Estimated Maintenance Capital
Expenditures shall be prospective only.
Event of Withdrawal is defined in
Section 11.1(a).
Excess Additional Book Basis is defined in
the definition of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items.
Excess Distribution is defined in
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
Excess Distribution Unit is defined in
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A).
Expansion Capital Expenditures means cash
expenditures for Capital Improvements, and shall not include
Maintenance Capital Expenditures or Investment Capital
Expenditures. Expansion Capital Expenditures shall include
interest (and related fees) on debt incurred to finance the
construction of a Capital Improvement and paid in respect of the
period beginning on the date that a Group Member enters into a
binding obligation to commence construction of a Capital
Improvement and ending on the earlier to occur of the date that
such Capital Improvement Commences Commercial Service and the
date that such Capital Improvement is abandoned or disposed of.
Debt incurred to fund such construction period interest payments
or to fund distributions in respect of equity issued (including
incremental Incentive Distributions related thereto) to fund the
construction of a Capital Improvement as described in clause
(a)(iv) of the definition of Operating Surplus shall also be
deemed to be debt incurred to finance the construction of a
Capital Improvement. Where capital expenditures are made in part
for Expansion Capital Expenditures and in part for other
purposes, the General Partner shall determine the allocation
between the amounts paid for each.
A-11
Final Subordinated Units is defined in
Section 6.1(d)(x)(A).
First Liquidation Target Amount is defined in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(D).
First Target Distribution means $0.388125 per
Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a
full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount
multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of
days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of
days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.8.
Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis means,
when calculating the number of Outstanding Units for any period,
a basis that includes (1) the weighted average number of
Outstanding Units plus (2) all Partnership Interests and
options, rights, warrants, phantom units and appreciation rights
relating to an equity interest in the Partnership (a) that
are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Units or
for which Units are issuable, each case that are senior to or
pari passu with the Subordinated Units, (b) whose
conversion, exercise or exchange price is less than the Current
Market Price on the date of such calculation, (c) that may
be converted into or exercised or exchanged for such Units prior
to or during the Quarter immediately following the end of the
period for which the calculation is being made without the
satisfaction of any contingency beyond the control of the holder
other than the payment of consideration and the compliance with
administrative mechanics applicable to such conversion, exercise
or exchange and (d) that were not converted into or
exercised or exchanged for such Units during the period for
which the calculation is being made; provided,
however, that for purposes of determining the number of
Outstanding Units on a Fully Diluted Weighted Average Basis when
calculating whether the Subordination Period has ended or the
Subordinated Units are entitled to convert into Common Units
pursuant to Section 5.7, such Partnership Interests,
options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights shall be
deemed to have been Outstanding Units only for the four Quarters
that comprise the last four Quarters of the measurement period;
provided, further, that if consideration will be
paid to any Group Member in connection with such conversion,
exercise or exchange, the number of Units to be included in such
calculation shall be that number equal to the difference between
(i) the number of Units issuable upon such conversion,
exercise or exchange and (ii) the number of Units that such
consideration would purchase at the Current Market Price.
General Partner means OTLP GP, LLC, a
Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and
permitted assigns that are admitted to the Partnership as
general partner of the Partnership, in their capacities as
general partner of the Partnership (except as the context
otherwise requires).
General Partner Interest means the interest
of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a
general partner and without reference to any Limited Partner
Interest held by it) and includes any and all rights, powers and
benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in
this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General
Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this
Agreement.
Gross Liability Value means, with respect to
any Liability of the Partnership described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i),
the amount of cash that a willing assignor would pay to a
willing assignee to assume such Liability in an
arms-length transaction.
Group means a Person that with or through any
of its Affiliates or Associates has any contract, arrangement,
understanding or relationship for the purpose of acquiring,
holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or
consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent
solicitation made to 10 or more Persons), exercising investment
power or disposing of any Partnership Interests with any other
Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Interests.
Group Member means a member of the
Partnership Group.
Group Member Agreement means the partnership
agreement of any Group Member, other than the Partnership, that
is a limited or general partnership, the limited liability
company agreement of any Group Member that is a limited
liability company, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws
or similar organizational documents of any Group Member that is
a corporation, the joint venture agreement or similar governing
document of any Group Member that is a joint venture and the
governing or organizational or
A-12
similar documents of any other Group Member that is a Person
other than a limited or general partnership, limited liability
company, corporation or joint venture, as such may be amended,
supplemented or restated from time to time.
Hedge Contract means any exchange, swap,
forward, cap, floor, collar, option or other similar agreement
or arrangement entered into for the purpose of reducing the
exposure of the Partnership Group to fluctuations in interest
rates or the price of hydrocarbons, other than for speculative
purposes.
Holder as used in Section 7.12, is
defined in Section 7.12(a).
IDR Reset Common Unit is defined in
Section 5.11(a).
IDR Reset Election is defined in
Section 5.11(a).
Incentive Distribution Right means a Limited
Partner Interest having the rights and obligations specified
with respect to Incentive Distribution Rights in this Agreement.
Incentive Distributions means any amount of
cash distributed to the holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights pursuant to Section 6.4.
Incremental Income Taxes is defined in
Section 6.8.
Indemnified Persons is defined in
Section 7.12(c).
Indemnitee means (a) any General
Partner, (b) any Departing General Partner, (c) any
Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any
Departing General Partner, (d) any Person who is or was a
manager, managing member, general partner, director, officer,
employee, agent, fiduciary or trustee of any Group Member, a
General Partner, any Departing General Partner or any of their
respective Affiliates, (e) any Person who is or was serving
at the request of a General Partner, any Departing General
Partner or any of their respective Affiliates as an officer,
director, manager, managing member, general partner, employee,
agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person owing a fiduciary
or similar duty to any Group Member; provided that a Person
shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a
fee-for-services
basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services, (f) any
Person who controls a General Partner or Departing General
Partner and (g) any Person the General Partner designates
as an Indemnitee for purposes of this Agreement
because such Persons service, status or relationship
exposes such Person to potential claims, demands, actions, suits
or proceedings relating to the Partnership Groups business
and affairs.
Ineligible Holder is defined in
Section 4.8(c).
Initial Common Units means the Common Units
sold in the Initial Offering.
Initial Limited Partners means OTA and OTB
Holdco (with respect to the Common Units and Subordinated Units
received by them pursuant to Section 5.2), the General
Partner (with respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights) and
the Underwriters, in each case upon being admitted to the
Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.
Initial Offering means the initial offering
and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the
Registration Statement, including any Common Units issued
pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
Initial Unit Price means (a) with
respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the
initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the
Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as
set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part
of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the
time the Registration Statement first became effective or
(b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the
price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is
initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General
Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines
to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution,
subdivision or combination of Units.
Interim Capital Transactions means the
following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation
Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of
indebtedness (other than Working Capital Borrowings and
A-13
other than for items purchased on open account or for a deferred
purchase price in the ordinary course of business) by any Group
Member and sales of debt securities of any Group Member;
(b) sales of equity interests of any Group Member
(including the Common Units sold to the Underwriters in the
Initial Offering) and (c) sales or other voluntary or
involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member other
than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts
receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business,
and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of
normal retirements or replacements.
Investment Capital Expenditures means capital
expenditures other than Maintenance Capital Expenditures and
Expansion Capital Expenditures.
Liability means any liability or obligation
of any nature, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise.
Limited Partner means, unless the context
otherwise requires, each Initial Limited Partner, each
additional Person that becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement and any Departing General Partner upon
the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner
pursuant to Section 11.3, in each case, in such
Persons capacity as a limited partner of the Partnership.
Limited Partner Interest means the ownership
interest of a Limited Partner in the Partnership, which may be
evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Incentive
Distribution Rights or other Partnership Interests or a
combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and
all benefits to which such Limited Partner is entitled as
provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of
such Limited Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of
this Agreement.
Liquidation Date means (a) in the case
of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of
the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first
sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable
time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have
the right to elect to continue the business of the Partnership
has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in
the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of
the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.
Liquidator means one or more Persons selected
by the General Partner to perform the functions described in
Section 12.4 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership
within the meaning of the Delaware Act.
LTIP means the Long-Term Incentive Plan of
the General Partner, as may be amended, or any equity
compensation plan successor thereto.
Maintenance Capital Expenditures means cash
expenditures (including expenditures for the addition or
improvement to or replacement of the capital assets owned by any
Group Member or for the acquisition of existing, or the
construction or development of new, capital assets) if such
expenditures are made to maintain the long-term operating
capacity of the Partnership Group. Maintenance Capital
Expenditures shall include interest (and related fees) on debt
incurred and distributions in respect of equity issued, other
than equity issued in the Initial Offering, in each case, to
finance the construction or development of a replacement asset
and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date that a
Group Member enters into a binding obligation to commence
constructing or developing a replacement asset and ending on the
earlier to occur of the date that such replacement asset
Commences Commercial Service and the date that such replacement
asset is abandoned or disposed of. Debt incurred to pay or
equity issued, other than equity issued in the Initial Offering,
to fund construction or development period interest payments, or
such construction or development period distributions in respect
of equity, shall also be deemed to be debt or equity, as the
case may be, incurred to finance the construction or development
of a replacement asset and the incremental Incentive
Distributions paid relating to newly issued equity shall be
deemed to be distributions paid on equity issued to finance the
construction or development of a replacement asset.
Merger Agreement is defined in
Section 14.1.
Minimum Quarterly Distribution means $0.3375
per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to periods of less than a
full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount
multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of
days in such period and the denominator is the total number of
days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.8.
A-14
National Securities Exchange means an
exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a)
of the Securities Exchange Act (or any successor to such
Section) and any other securities exchange (whether or not
registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) (or
successor to such Section) of the Securities Exchange Act) that
the General Partner shall designate as a National Securities
Exchange for purposes of this Agreement.
Net Agreed Value means, (a) in the case
of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property
reduced by any Liabilities either assumed by the Partnership
upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when
contributed and (b) in the case of any property distributed
to a Partner by the Partnership, the Partnerships Carrying
Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to
Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is
distributed, reduced by any Liability either assumed by such
Partner upon such distribution or to which such property is
subject at the time of distribution.
Net Income means, for any taxable period, the
excess, if any, of the Partnerships items of income and
gain (other than those items taken into account in the
computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period over the Partnerships items of loss
and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the
computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of
Net Income shall be determined in accordance with
Section 5.5 but shall not include any items specially
allocated under Section 6.1(d); provided, that the
determination of the items that have been specially allocated
under Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any
reversal of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).
Net Loss means, for any taxable period, the
excess, if any, of the Partnerships items of loss and
deduction (other than those items taken into account in the
computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period over the Partnerships items of income
and gain (other than those items taken into account in the
computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for
such taxable period. The items included in the calculation of
Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5
but shall not include any items specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d); provided, that the determination of
the items that have been specially allocated under
Section 6.1(d) shall be made without regard to any reversal
of such items under Section 6.1(d)(xii).
Net Positive Adjustments means, with respect
to any Partner, the excess, if any, of the total positive
adjustments over the total negative adjustments made to the
Capital Account of such Partner pursuant to
Book-Up
Events and Book-Down Events.
Net Termination Gain means, for any taxable
period, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss
or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5)
that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date
or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group,
taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the
Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the
Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided, however,
the items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain
shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially
allocated under Section 6.1(d).
Net Termination Loss means, for any taxable
period, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss
or deduction (determined in accordance with Section 5.5)
that are (a) recognized (i) after the Liquidation Date
or (ii) upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership Group,
taken as a whole, in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions (excluding any disposition to a member of the
Partnership Group), or (b) deemed recognized by the
Partnership pursuant to Section 5.5(d); provided,
however, items included in the determination of Net Termination
Loss shall not include any items of income, gain or loss
specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).
Nonrecourse Built-in Gain means with respect
to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are
subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse
Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be
allocated to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.2(b) if
such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in
full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other
consideration.
A-15
Nonrecourse Deductions means any and all
items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any
expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code)
that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b),
are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.
Nonrecourse Liability has the meaning set
forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).
Notice of Election to Purchase is defined in
Section 15.1(b).
Notional General Partner Units means notional
units used solely to calculate the General Partners
Percentage Interest. Notional General Partner Units shall not
constitute Units for any purpose of this Agreement.
There shall initially be 777,471 Notional General Partner Units
(resulting in the General Partners Percentage Interest
being 2% after giving effect to any exercise of the
Over-Allotment Option and the Deferred Issuance and
Distribution). If the General Partner makes additional Capital
Contributions pursuant to Section 5.2(b) to maintain its
Percentage Interest, the number of Notional General Partner
Units shall be increased proportionally to reflect the
maintenance of such Percentage Interest.
Operating Expenditures means all Partnership
Group cash expenditures (or the Partnerships proportionate
share of expenditures in the case of Subsidiaries that are not
wholly owned), including taxes, reimbursements of expenses of
the General Partner and its Affiliates, payments made in the
ordinary course of business under any Hedge Contracts, officer
compensation, repayment of Working Capital Borrowings, debt
service payments and Estimated Maintenance Capital Expenditures,
subject to the following:
(a) repayments of Working Capital Borrowings deducted from
Operating Surplus pursuant to clause (b)(iii) of the definition
of Operating Surplus shall not constitute Operating
Expenditures when actually repaid;
(b) payments (including prepayments and prepayment
penalties) of principal of and premium on indebtedness other
than Working Capital Borrowings shall not constitute Operating
Expenditures;
(c) Operating Expenditures shall not include
(i) Expansion Capital Expenditures, (ii) actual
Maintenance Capital Expenditures, (iii) Investment Capital
Expenditures, (iv) payment of transaction expenses
(including taxes) relating to Interim Capital Transactions,
(v) distributions to Partners, or (vi) repurchases of
Partnership Interests, other than repurchases of Partnership
Interests to satisfy obligations under employee benefit plans,
or reimbursements of expenses of the General Partner for such
purchases. Where capital expenditures are made in part for
Maintenance Capital Expenditures and in part for other purposes,
the General Partner shall determine the allocation between the
amounts paid for each; and
(d) (i) payments made in connection with the initial
purchase of any Hedge Contract shall be amortized over the life
of such Hedge Contract and (ii) payments made in connection
with the termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its
stipulated settlement or termination date shall be included in
equal quarterly installments over what would have been the
remaining scheduled term of such Hedge Contract had it not been
so terminated.
Operating Surplus means, with respect to any
period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative
basis and without duplication,
(a) the sum of (i) $30 million, (ii) all
cash receipts of the Partnership Group (or the
Partnerships proportionate share of cash receipts in the
case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned) for the period
beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of such
period, but excluding cash receipts from Interim Capital
Transactions and provided that cash receipts from the
termination of any Hedge Contract prior to its stipulated
settlement or termination date shall be included in equal
quarterly installments over what would have been the remaining
scheduled life of such Hedge Contract had it not been so
terminated, (iii) all cash receipts of the Partnership
Group (or the Partnerships proportionate share of cash
receipts in the case of Subsidiaries that are not wholly owned)
after the end of such period but on or before the date of
determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period
resulting from Working Capital Borrowings, and (iv) the
amount of cash distributions paid (including incremental
Incentive Distributions) in respect of equity issued, other than
equity issued in the Initial Offering, to
A-16
finance all or a portion of the construction, acquisition or
improvement of a Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital
asset and paid in respect of the period beginning on the date
that the Group Member enters into a binding obligation to
commence the construction, acquisition or improvement of a
Capital Improvement or replacement of a capital asset and ending
on the earlier to occur of the date the Capital Improvement or
replacement capital asset Commences Commercial Service and the
date that it is abandoned or disposed of (equity issued, other
than equity issued in the Initial Offering, to fund the
construction period interest payments on debt incurred, or
construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the construction, acquisition or improvement of a Capital
Improvement or replacement of a capital asset shall also be
deemed to be equity issued to finance the construction,
acquisition or improvement of a Capital Improvement or
replacement of a capital asset for purposes of this clause
(iv)), less
(b) the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the
period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day
of such period, (ii) the amount of cash reserves
established by the General Partner (or the Partnerships
proportionate share of cash reserves in the case of Subsidiaries
that are not wholly owned) to provide funds for future Operating
Expenditures, (iii) all Working Capital Borrowings not
repaid within 12 months after having been incurred and
(iv) any cash loss realized on disposition of an Investment
Capital Expenditure;
provided, however, that disbursements made
(including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on
behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established,
increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or
before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect
to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established,
increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating
Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating
Surplus with respect to the Quarter in which the
Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal
zero. Cash receipts from an Investment Capital Expenditure shall
be treated as cash receipts only to the extent they are a return
on principal, but in no event shall a return of principal be
treated as cash receipts.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion of
counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the
General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the
General Partner.
Option Closing Date means the date or dates
on which any Common Units are sold by the Partnership to the
Underwriters upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option.
Organizational Limited Partner means OTA, in
its capacity as the organizational limited partner of the
Partnership pursuant to this Agreement.
OTA means Oiltanking Holding Americas, Inc.,
a Delaware corporation.
OTB Holdco means OTB Holdco, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company.
Outstanding means, with respect to
Partnership Interests, all Partnership Interests that are issued
by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the
Partnerships books and records as of the date of
determination; provided, however, that if at any
time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its
Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of the Outstanding
Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding, none of the
Partnership Interests owned by such Person or Group shall be
entitled to be voted on any matter or be considered to be
Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited
Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by
law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a
quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement,
except that Partnership Interests so owned shall be considered
to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such
Partnership Interests shall not, however, be treated as a
separate class of Partnership Interests for purposes of this
Agreement or the Delaware Act); provided, further,
that the foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) any
Person or Group who acquired 20% or more of the Outstanding
Partnership Interests of any class then Outstanding directly
from the General Partner or its Affiliates (other than the
Partnership), (ii) any Person or Group who acquired 20% or
more of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of any class then
Outstanding directly or indirectly from a Person or Group
A-17
described in clause (i) provided that the General
Partner shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that
such limitation shall not apply, or (iii) any Person or
Group who acquired 20% or more of any Partnership Interests
issued by the Partnership provided that the General Partner
shall have notified such Person or Group in writing that such
limitation shall not apply.
Over-Allotment Option means the
over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the
Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.
Partner Nonrecourse Debt has the meaning set
forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).
Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain has the
meaning set forth in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).
Partner Nonrecourse Deductions means any and
all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including any
expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code)
that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i),
are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.
Partners means the General Partner and the
Limited Partners.
Partnership means Oiltanking Partners, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership.
Partnership Group means, collectively, the
Partnership and its Subsidiaries.
Partnership Interest means any class or
series of equity interest in the Partnership , which shall
include any General Partner Interest and Limited Partner
Interests but shall exclude any options, rights, warrants and
appreciation rights relating to an equity interest in the
Partnership.
Partnership Minimum Gain means that amount
determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(b)(2)
and 1.704-2(d).
Percentage Interest means as of any date of
determination (a) as to the General Partner, with respect
to the General Partner Interest (calculated based upon a number
of Notional General Partner Units), and as to any Unitholder
with respect to Units, the product obtained by multiplying
(i) 100% less the percentage applicable to clause (b)
below by (ii) the quotient obtained by dividing
(A) the number of Notional General Partner Units deemed
held by the General Partner or the number of Units held by such
Unitholder, as the case may be, by (B) the total number of
Outstanding Units and Notional General Partner Units, and
(b) as to the holders of other Partnership Interests issued
by the Partnership in accordance with Section 5.6, the
percentage established as a part of such issuance. The
Percentage Interest with respect to an Incentive Distribution
Right shall at all times be zero.
Person means an individual or a corporation,
firm, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization, association, government
agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.
Per Unit Capital Amount means, as of any date
of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit
basis, underlying any class of Units held by a Person other than
the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who
holds Units.
Potential OTA Financial Support means the
following forms of potential financial support from OTA or its
affiliates, as applicable:
(a) the Partnerships issuance of Common Units to OTA
or any of its Affiliates at a price per common unit of no less
than 95% of the average of the daily Closing Prices per Common
Unit for the 10 consecutive Trading Days immediately prior to
the date on which the Partnership enters into a definitive
written agreement to issue such Common Units;
(b) the Partnerships borrowing of funds from OTA or
any of its Affiliates on terms that include a tenor of at least
one year and no more than 10 years and a fixed rate of
interest that is no more than 200 basis points higher than
the corresponding base rate, which is LIBOR for one year
maturities and the USD Swap Rate for maturities of greater than
one year and up to 10 years; and
A-18
(c) the provision by OTA or any of its Affiliates to any
member of the Partnership Group of any guaranties or trade
credit support to support the ongoing operations of the
Partnership Group; provided, that (i) the pricing of
any such guaranties or trade credit support is no more than
100 basis points per annum and (ii) any such
guaranties or trade credit support are limited to ordinary
course obligations of members of the Partnership Group and do
not extend to indebtedness for borrowed money or other
obligations that could be characterized as debt.
Pro Rata means (a) when used with
respect to Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among
all designated Units in accordance with their relative
Percentage Interests, (b) when used with respect to
Partners or Record Holders, apportioned among all Partners and
Record Holders in accordance with their relative Percentage
Interests and (c) when used with respect to holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights, apportioned equally among all
holders of Incentive Distribution Rights in accordance with the
relative number or percentage of Incentive Distribution Rights
held by each such holder.
Purchase Date means the date determined by
the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding
Limited Partner Interests of a certain class (other than Limited
Partner Interests owned by the General Partner and its
Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.
Quarter means, unless the context requires
otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership, or, with respect
to the fiscal quarter of the Partnership that commences
immediately after the Closing Date, the portion of such fiscal
quarter after the Closing Date.
Rate Eligibility Trigger is defined in
Section 4.8(a)(i).
Recapture Income means any gain recognized by
the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment
required by Section 734 or Section 743 of the Code)
upon the disposition of any property or asset of the
Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income
because it represents the recapture of deductions previously
taken with respect to such property or asset.
Record Date means the date established by the
General Partner or otherwise in accordance with this Agreement
for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders
entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited
Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of
Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to
exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited
Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to
receive any report or distribution or to participate in any
offer.
Record Holder means (a) with respect to
Partnership Interests of any class of Partnership Interests for
which a Transfer Agent has been appointed, the Person in whose
name a Partnership Interest of such class is registered on the
books of the Transfer Agent as of the closing of business on a
particular Business Day, or (b) with respect to other
classes of Partnership Interests, the Person in whose name any
such other Partnership Interest is registered on the books that
the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the closing of
business on such Business Day.
Redeemable Interests means any Partnership
Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has
not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.9.
Registration Statement means the Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
(Registration
No. 333-173199)
as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time
to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the
Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common
Units in the Initial Offering.
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments means as
of the end of any taxable period, (i) with respect to the
Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the
excess of (a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the
Unitholders holding Common Units or Subordinated Units as of the
end of such period over (b) the sum of those Partners
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for each prior
taxable period, (ii) with respect to the General Partner
(as holder of the General Partner Interest), the excess of
(a) the Net Positive Adjustments of the General Partner as
of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the General
Partners Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items
with respect to the General Partner Interest for each prior
taxable period, and (iii) with respect to the holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights, the excess of (a) the Net
A-19
Positive Adjustments of the holders of Incentive Distribution
Rights as of the end of such period over (b) the sum of the
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items of the holders
of the Incentive Distribution Rights for each prior taxable
period.
Required Allocations means any allocation of
an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(i), Section 6.1(d)(ii),
Section 6.1(d)(iv), Section 6.1(d)(v),
Section 6.1(d)(vi), Section 6.1(d)(vii) or
Section 6.1(d)(ix).
Reset MQD is defined in Section 5.11(e).
Reset Notice is defined in
Section 5.11(b).
Second Liquidation Target Amount is defined
in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).
Second Target Distribution means $0.421875
per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods of less than a
full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such amount
multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of
days in such period, and the denominator is the total number of
days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in
accordance with Section 5.11, Section 6.6 and
Section 6.8.
Securities Act means the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and
any successor to such statute.
Securities Exchange Act means the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from
time to time and any successor to such statute.
Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items means in connection with any allocation of
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items for any taxable period,
(i) with respect to the Unitholders holding Common Units or
Subordinated Units, the amount that bears the same ratio to such
Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Unitholders
Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of the end of such taxable
period bears to the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments
as of that time, (ii) with respect to the General Partner
(in respect of the General Partner Interest), the amount that
bears the same ratio to such Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items as the General Partners Remaining Net Positive
Adjustments as of the end of such taxable period bears to the
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustment as of that time, and
(iii) with respect to the Partners holding Incentive
Distribution Rights, the amount that bears the same ratio to
such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items as the Remaining Net
Positive Adjustments of the Partners holding the Incentive
Distribution Rights as of the end of such period bears to the
Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments as of that time.
Special Approval means approval by a majority
of the members of the Conflicts Committee.
Subordinated Unit means a Partnership
Interest representing a fractional part of the Partnership
Interests of all Limited Partners and having the rights and
obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this
Agreement. The term Subordinated Unit does not refer
to or include a Common Unit. A Subordinated Unit that is
convertible into a Common Unit shall not constitute a Common
Unit until such conversion occurs.
Subordination Period means the period
commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur
of the following dates:
(a) the first Business Day following the distribution of
Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in
respect of any Quarter beginning with the Quarter ending
September 30, 2014 in respect of which (i)
(A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
on each of (I) the Outstanding Common Units and
Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are
senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated
Units, and (II) the General Partner Interest, in each case
with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on
(I) all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units and
any other Outstanding Units that are senior or equal in right of
distribution to the Subordinated Units and (II) the General
Partner Interest, in each case in respect of such periods and
(B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus for each of the three
consecutive, non-overlapping four-
A-20
Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of
the (I) Common Units, Subordinated Units and any other
Units that are senior or equal in right of distribution to the
Subordinated Units and (II) General Partner Interest, in
each case that were Outstanding during such periods on a Fully
Diluted Weighted Average Basis, and (ii) there are no
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages;
(b) the first Business Day following the distribution of
Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in
respect of any Quarter in respect of which (i)
(A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus
on each of (I) the Outstanding Common Units and
Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are
senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated
Units, and (II) the General Partner Interest, in each case
with respect to the four-Quarter period immediately preceding
such date equaled or exceeded 150% of the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution on all of (I) the Outstanding Common Units and
Subordinated Units and any other Outstanding Units that are
senior or equal in right of distribution to the Subordinated
Units and (II) the General Partner Interest, in each case
in respect of such period, and (B) the Adjusted Operating
Surplus for the four-Quarter period immediately preceding such
date equaled or exceeded 150% of the sum of the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution on all of (I) the Common Units and
Subordinated Units and any other Units that are senior or equal
in right of distribution to the Subordinated Units,
(II) the General Partner Interest, in each case that were
Outstanding during such period on a Fully Diluted Weighted
Average Basis and (III) and the corresponding Incentive
Distributions and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearages; and
(c) the first date on which there are no longer outstanding
any Subordinated Units due to the conversion of Subordinated
Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.7 or
otherwise.
Subsidiary means, with respect to any Person,
(a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting
power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of
any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other
governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or
indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one
or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof,
(b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which
such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of
determination, a general partner of such partnership, but only
if such Person, directly or by one or more Subsidiaries of such
Person, or a combination thereof, controls such partnership at
the date of determination or (c) any other Person in which
such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a
combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of
determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership
interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election
of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such
Person.
Surviving Business Entity is defined in
Section 14.2(b)(ii).
Target Distribution means each of the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution, Second
Target Distribution and Third Target Distribution.
Third Target Distribution means
$0.50625 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to periods
of less than a full fiscal quarter, it means the product of such
amount multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the
number of days in such period, and the denominator is the total
number of days in such fiscal quarter), subject to adjustment in
accordance with Sections 5.11, 6.6 and 6.8.
Trading Day means, for the purpose of
determining the Current Market Price of any class of Limited
Partner Interests, a day on which the principal National
Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner
Interests is listed or admitted to trading is open for the
transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a
class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National
Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New
York City generally are open.
transfer is defined in Section 4.4(a).
Transfer Agent means such bank, trust company
or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its
Affiliates) as may be appointed from time to time by the
Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any class
of Partnership Interests; provided, that if no Transfer
Agent is specifically designated for any class of Partnership
Interests, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.
A-21
Underwriter means each Person named as an
underwriter in Schedule I to the Underwriting Agreement who
purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.
Underwriting Agreement means that certain
Underwriting Agreement, dated as of
[ ],
2011, among the Underwriters, the Partnership, the General
Partner and the other parties thereto, providing for the
purchase of Common Units by the Underwriters.
Unit means a Partnership Interest that is
designated as a Unit and shall include Common Units
and Subordinated Units but shall not include (i) the
General Partner Interest or (ii) Incentive Distribution
Rights.
Unitholders means the holders of Units.
Unit Majority means (i) during the
Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding
Common Units (excluding Common Units owned by the General
Partner and its Affiliates), voting as a class, and at least a
majority of the Outstanding Subordinated Units, voting as a
class, and (ii) after the end of the Subordination Period,
at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.
Unpaid MQD is defined in
Section 6.1(c)(i)(B).
Unrealized Gain attributable to any item of
Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the
excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such
property as of such date (as determined under
Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such
property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made
pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).
Unrealized Loss attributable to any item of
Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the
excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property
as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to
Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair
market value of such property as of such date (as determined
under Section 5.5(d)).
Unrecovered Initial Unit Price means at any
time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the
sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus
theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any
distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any
distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and
liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an
Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines
to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution,
subdivision or combination of such Units.
Unrestricted Person means (a) each
Indemnitee, (b) each Partner, (c) each Person who is
or was a member, partner, director, officer, employee or agent
of any Group Member, a General Partner or any Departing General
Partner or any Affiliate of any Group Member, a General Partner
or any Departing General Partner and (d) any Person the
General Partner designates as an Unrestricted Person
for purposes of this Agreement.
U.S. GAAP means United States generally
accepted accounting principles, as in effect from time to time,
consistently applied.
Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel is defined in
Section 11.1(b).
Working Capital Borrowings means borrowings
used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions
to Partners, made pursuant to a credit facility, commercial
paper facility or other similar financing arrangement;
provided that when incurred it is the intent of the
borrower to repay such borrowings within 12 months from
sources other than additional Working Capital Borrowings.
Section 1.2 Construction. Unless
the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in
this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine,
feminine or neuter forms; (b) references to Articles and
Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement;
(c) the terms include, includes,
including and words of like import shall be deemed
to be followed by the words without limitation; and
(d) the terms hereof, herein and
hereunder refer to this Agreement as a whole and not
to any particular provision of this Agreement. The table of
contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for
reference purposes only, and shall not affect in any way the
meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
A-22
ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION
Section 2.1 Formation. The
General Partner and the Organizational Limited Partner have
previously formed the Partnership as a limited partnership
pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. This amendment
and restatement shall become effective on the date of this
Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this
Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties),
liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the
administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership
shall be governed by the Delaware Act.
Section 2.2 Name. The name of
the Partnership shall be Oiltanking Partners, L.P..
The Partnerships business may be conducted under any other
name or names as determined by the General Partner, including
the name of the General Partner. The words Limited
Partnership, the letters L.P., or
Ltd. or similar words or letters shall be included
in the Partnerships name where necessary for the purpose
of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires.
The General Partner may change the name of the Partnership at
any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited
Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the
Limited Partners.
Section 2.3 Registered Office; Registered
Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless
and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office
of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at
1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the
registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in
the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The
Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the
Partnership shall be located at 15361 Jacintoport Blvd.,
Houston, Texas 77015, or such other place as the General Partner
may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited
Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other
place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the
General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate. The
address of the General Partner shall be 15361 Jacintoport Blvd.,
Houston, Texas 77015, or such other place as the General Partner
may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited
Partners.
Section 2.4 Purpose and
Business. The purpose and nature of the business
to be conducted by the Partnership shall be to (a) engage
directly in, or enter into or form, hold and dispose of any
corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any
business activity that is approved by the General Partner, in
its sole discretion, and that lawfully may be conducted by a
limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and,
in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and
powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements
relating to such business activity, and (b) do anything
necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making
of capital contributions or loans to a Group Member;
provided, however, that the General Partner shall
not cause the Partnership to engage, directly or indirectly, in
any business activity that the General Partner determines would
be reasonably likely to cause the Partnership to be treated as
an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as
an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, the General Partner shall have
no duty or obligation to propose or approve, and may, in its
sole discretion, decline to propose or approve, the conduct by
the Partnership of any business.
Section 2.5 Powers. The
Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things
necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or
convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the
purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the
protection and benefit of the Partnership.
Section 2.6 Term. The term of
the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of
Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and
shall continue in existence until the dissolution of the
Partnership in accordance with the provisions of
Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate
legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the
Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware
Act.
Section 2.7 Title to Partnership
Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether
real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible,
shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and
no Partner, individually or collectively, shall have any
ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion
thereof.
A-23
Title to any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the
name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its
Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may
determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that
any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the
name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or
one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or
such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the
Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement;
provided, however, that the General Partner shall
use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets
(other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner
determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes
transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be
vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable;
provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or
removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as
practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to
effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and,
prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such
assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All
Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the
Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name
in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.
ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF
LIMITED PARTNERS
Section 3.1 Limitation of
Liability. The Limited Partners shall have no
liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in
this Agreement or the Delaware Act.
Section 3.2 Management of
Business. No Limited Partner, in its capacity as
such, shall participate in the operation, management or control
(within the meaning of the Delaware Act) of the
Partnerships business, transact any business in the
Partnerships name or have the power to sign documents for
or otherwise bind the Partnership. All actions taken by any
Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director,
employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or trustee of
the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer,
director, employee, manager, member, general partner, agent or
trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be
deemed to be participating in the control of the business of the
Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the
meaning of
Section 17-303(a)
of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate
the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners under
this Agreement.
Section 3.3 Outside Activities of the Limited
Partners. Subject to the provisions of
Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the
Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons
shall also be Limited Partners, each Limited Partner shall be
entitled to and may have business interests and engage in
business activities in addition to those relating to the
Partnership, including business interests and activities in
direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the
Partnership nor any of the other Partners shall have any rights
by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any
Limited Partner.
Section 3.4 Rights of Limited Partners.
(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement
or by applicable law (other than
Section 17-305(a)
of the Delaware Act, the obligations of which are expressly
replaced in their entirety by the provisions below), and except
as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall
have the right, for a purpose that is reasonably related, as
determined by the General Partner, to such Limited
Partners interest as a Limited Partner in the Partnership,
upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of such
demand and at such Limited Partners own expense to obtain:
(i) true and full information regarding the status of the
business and financial condition of the Partnership (provided
that the requirements of this Section 3.4(a)(i) shall be
satisfied to the extent the Limited Partner is furnished the
Partnerships most recent annual report and any subsequent
quarterly or periodic reports required to be filed (or which
would be required to be filed) with the Commission pursuant to
Section 13 of the Exchange Act);
(ii) a current list of the name and last known business,
residence or mailing address of each Record Holder;
A-24
(iii) a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of
Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with
copies of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant
to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership
and all amendments thereto have been executed; and
(iv) such other information regarding the affairs of the
Partnership as the General Partner determines is just and
reasonable.
(b) The General Partner may keep confidential from the
Limited Partners, for such period of time as the General Partner
deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General
Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets
or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the
General Partner believes (A) is not in the best interests
of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership
Group or its business or (C) that any Group Member is
required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep
confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the
Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the
obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).
ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES;
RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF
PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 4.1 Certificates. Notwithstanding
anything otherwise to the contrary herein, unless the General
Partner shall determine otherwise in respect of some or all of
any or all classes of Partnership Interests, Partnership
Interests shall not be evidenced by certificates. Certificates
that may be issued shall be executed on behalf of the
Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any
Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Chief
Financial Officer or the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of
the General Partner. No Certificate for a class of Partnership
Interests shall be valid for any purpose until it has been
countersigned by the Transfer Agent for such class of
Partnership Interests; provided, however, that if the
General Partner elects to cause the Partnership to issue
Partnership Interests of such class in global form, the
Certificate shall be valid upon receipt of a certificate from
the Transfer Agent certifying that the Partnership Interests
have been duly registered in accordance with the directions of
the Partnership. Subject to the requirements of
Section 6.7(c), if Common Units are evidenced by
Certificates, on or after the date on which Subordinated Units
are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of
Section 5.7, the Record Holders of such Subordinated Units
(i) if the Subordinated Units are evidenced by
Certificates, may exchange such Certificates for Certificates
evidencing Common Units or (ii) if the Subordinated Units
are not evidenced by Certificates, shall be issued Certificates
evidencing Common Units.
Section 4.2 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or
Stolen Certificates
(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the
Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner
on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer
Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new
Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership
Interests as the Certificate so surrendered.
(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on
behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the
Transfer Agent shall countersign, a new Certificate in place of
any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the
Certificate:
(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance
satisfactory to the General Partner, that a previously issued
Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;
(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the
General Partner has notice that the Certificate has been
acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without
notice of an adverse claim;
(iii) if requested by the General Partner, delivers to the
General Partner a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to
the General Partner, with surety or sureties and with fixed or
open penalty as the General Partner may direct to indemnify the
Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the
A-25
Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of
the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the
Certificate; and
(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by
the General Partner.
If a Limited Partner fails to notify the General Partner within
a reasonable period of time after such Limited Partner has
notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a
transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the
Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General
Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the
Limited Partner shall be precluded from making any claim against
the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for
such transfer or for a new Certificate.
(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate
under this Section 4.2, the General Partner may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other
governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and
any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the
Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.
Section 4.3 Record
Holders. The Partnership shall be entitled to
recognize the Record Holder as the Partner with respect to any
Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to
recognize any equitable or other claim to, or interest in, such
Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless
of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice
thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable
rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National
Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are
listed or admitted to trading. Without limiting the foregoing,
when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or
clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is
acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative
capacity for another Person in acquiring
and/or
holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the
one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such
representative Person shall be (a) the Record Holder of
such Partnership Interest and (b) bound by this Agreement
and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner, as the
case may be, hereunder as, and to the extent, provided herein.
Section 4.4 Transfer Generally
(a) The term transfer, when used in this
Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall mean a
transaction (i) by which the General Partner assigns its
General Partner Interest to another Person, and includes a sale,
assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage,
exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise or
(ii) by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest
assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is
or becomes a Limited Partner, and includes a sale, assignment,
gift, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise,
excluding a pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage but
including any transfer upon foreclosure of any pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation or mortgage.
(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole
or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported
transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with
this Article IV shall be, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, null and void.
(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed
to prevent a disposition by any stockholder, member, partner or
other owner of any Partner of any or all of the shares of stock,
membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership
interests in such Partner and the term transfer
shall not mean any such disposition.
Section 4.5 Registration and Transfer of
Limited Partner Interests.
(a) The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept on
behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such
reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the
provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide
for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests.
(b) The Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of
Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates until the
Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are
surrendered for registration of transfer. No charge shall be
imposed by the General Partner for such transfer; provided, that
as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this
Section 4.5, the General Partner may require the payment of
a sum sufficient
A-26
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed with respect thereto. Upon surrender of a Certificate
for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests
evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions
hereof, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on
behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the
case of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests, the
Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the
holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required
pursuant to the holders instructions, one or more new
Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of
Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so
surrendered.
(c) By acceptance of the transfer of any Limited Partner
Interests in accordance with this Section 4.5 and except as
provided in Section 4.8, each transferee of a Limited
Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent or
representative acquiring such Limited Partner Interests for the
account of another Person) (i) shall be admitted to the
Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited
Partner Interests so transferred to such Person when any such
transfer or admission is reflected in the books and records of
the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the Record
Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred,
(ii) shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement,
(iii) represents that the transferee has the capacity,
power and authority to enter into this Agreement and
(iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements and waivers
contained in this Agreement, all with or without execution of
this Agreement by such Person. The transfer of any Limited
Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner
shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.
(d) Subject to (i) the foregoing provisions of this
Section 4.5, (ii) Section 4.3,
(iii) Section 4.7, (iv) with respect to any class
or series of Limited Partner Interests, the provisions of any
statement of designations or an amendment of this Agreement
establishing such class or series, (v) any contractual
provisions binding on any Limited Partner and
(vi) provisions of applicable law including the Securities
Act, Limited Partner Interests shall be freely transferable.
(e) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the
right at any time to transfer their Subordinated Units, Common
Units and Incentive Distribution Rights to one or more Persons.
Section 4.6 Transfer of the General
Partners General Partner Interest.
(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to
September 30, 2021, the General Partner shall not transfer
all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person
unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior
written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of
the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the
General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but
not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to
(A) an Affiliate of the General Partner (other than an
individual) or (B) another Person (other than an
individual) in connection with the merger or consolidation of
the General Partner with or into such other Person or the
transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of
its assets to such other Person.
(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after
September 30, 2021, the General Partner may at its option
transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest without
Unitholder approval.
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no
transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its
General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted
unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and
duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be
bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the
Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer
would not result in the loss of limited liability under the
Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership to
be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or
otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal income
tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and
(iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the
appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership
or membership interest held by the General Partner as the
general partner or managing member, if any, of each other Group
Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance
with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the
case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of
Section 10.2, be admitted to the Partnership as the General
Partner effective immediately prior to the transfer of the
General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership
shall continue without dissolution.
A-27
Section 4.7 Restrictions on Transfers.
(a) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this
Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall
be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then
applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and
regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission
or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such
transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of
the Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership to be treated as
an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed
as an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the
extent not already so treated or taxed).
(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the
transfer of Partnership Interests if it determines, with the
advice of counsel, that such restrictions are necessary or
advisable to (i) avoid a significant risk of the
Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise
becoming taxable as an entity for U.S. federal income tax
purposes or (ii) preserve the uniformity of the Limited
Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General
Partner may impose such restrictions by amending this Agreement;
provided, however, that any amendment that would
result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of
Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities
Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is
then listed or admitted to trading must be approved, prior to
such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a
majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such
class.
(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted
into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed
by Section 6.7.
(d) Nothing contained in this Agreement, other than
Section 4.7(a), shall preclude the settlement of any
transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into
through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on
which such Partnership Interests are listed or admitted to
trading.
Section 4.8 Eligibility Certificates;
Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time the General Partner determines, with the
advice of counsel, that:
(i) the U.S. federal income tax status (or lack of
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status) of one or more
Limited Partners has or is reasonably likely to have a material
adverse effect on the rates that can be charged to customers by
any Group Member on assets that are subject to regulation by the
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission or analogous regulatory
body (a Rate Eligibility
Trigger); or
(ii) any Group Member is subject to any federal, state or
local law or regulation that would create a substantial risk of
cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group
Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or
other related status of a Partner (a Citizenship
Eligibility Trigger);
then, the General Partner may adopt such amendments to this
Agreement as it determines to be necessary or advisable to
(x) in the case of a Rate Eligibility Trigger, obtain such
proof of the U.S. federal income tax status of the Limited
Partners and, to the extent relevant, their beneficial owners,
as the General Partner determines to be necessary to establish
those Limited Partners whose U.S. federal income tax status
does not or would not have a material adverse effect on the
rates that can be charged to customers by any Group Member or
(y) in the case of a Citizenship Eligibility Trigger,
obtain such proof of the nationality, citizenship or other
related status of the Partner (or, if the Partner is a nominee
holding for the account of another Person, the nationality,
citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the
General Partner determines to be necessary to establish those
Partners whose status as Partners does not or would not subject
any Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or
forfeiture of any of its properties or interests therein.
(b) Such amendments may include provisions requiring all
Partners to certify as to their (and their beneficial
owners) status as Eligible Holders upon demand and on a
regular basis, as determined by the General Partner, and may
require transferees of Units to so certify prior to being
admitted to the Partnership as a Partner (any such required
certificate, an Eligibility Certificate).
A-28
(c) Such amendments may provide that any Partner who fails
to furnish to the General Partner within a reasonable period
requested proof of its (and its beneficial owners) status
as an Eligible Holder or if upon receipt of such Eligibility
Certificate or other requested information the General Partner
determines that a Partner is not an Eligible Holder (such a
Partner, an Ineligible Holder), the Partnership
Interests owned by such Limited Partner shall be subject to
redemption in accordance with the provisions of
Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner shall be
substituted for all Limited Partners that are Ineligible Holders
as the Partner in respect of the Ineligible Holders
Partnership Interests.
(d) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights
in respect of Partnership Interests held by it on behalf of
Ineligible Holders, distribute the votes in the same ratios as
the votes of Partners (including the General Partner and its
Affiliates) in respect of Partnership Interests other than those
of Ineligible Holders are cast, either for, against or
abstaining as to the matter.
(e) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, an Ineligible
Holder shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind
pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash
equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in
exchange for an assignment of the Ineligible Holders share
of any distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall
be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the
Partnership from the Ineligible Holder of his Partnership
Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such
distribution in kind).
(f) At any time after he can and does certify that he has
become an Eligible Holder, an Ineligible Holder may, upon
application to the General Partner, request that with respect to
any Partnership Interests of such Ineligible Holder not redeemed
pursuant to Section 4.9, such Ineligible Holder be admitted
as a Partner, and upon approval of the General Partner, such
Ineligible Holder shall be admitted as a Partner and shall no
longer constitute an Ineligible Holder and the General Partner
shall cease to be deemed to be the Partner in respect of such
Ineligible Holders Partnership Interests.
Section 4.9 Redemption of Partnership
Interests of Ineligible Holders.
(a) If at any time a Partner fails to furnish an
Eligibility Certificate or other information requested within
the period of time specified in amendments adopted pursuant to
Section 4.8, or if upon receipt of such Eligibility
Certificate or other information the General Partner determines,
with the advice of counsel, that a Partner is not an Eligible
Holder, the Partnership may, unless the Partner establishes to
the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Partner is an
Eligible Holder or has transferred his Partnership Interests to
a Person who is an Eligible Holder and who furnishes an
Eligibility Certificate to the General Partner prior to the date
fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership
Interest of such Partner as follows:
(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the
30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice
of redemption to the Partner, at his last address designated on
the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, as
applicable, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid.
The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed.
The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date
fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the
redemption price will be made upon redemption of the Redeemable
Interests (or, if later in the case of Redeemable Interests
evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender of the Certificate
evidencing the Redeemable Interests) and that on and after the
date fixed for redemption no further allocations or
distributions to which the Partner would otherwise be entitled
in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.
(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable
Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price
(the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for
redemption) of Partnership Interests of the class to be so
redeemed multiplied by the number of Partnership Interests of
each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The
redemption price shall be paid, as determined by the General
Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the
Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price,
bearing interest at the rate of 8% annually and payable in three
equal annual installments of principal together with accrued
interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.
A-29
(iii) The Partner or his duly authorized representative
shall be entitled to receive the payment for the Redeemable
Interests at the place of payment specified in the notice of
redemption on the redemption date (or, if later in the case of
Redeemable Interests evidenced by Certificates, upon surrender
by or on behalf of the Partner at the place specified in the
notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the
Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by
an assignment duly executed in blank).
(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall
no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Partnership
Interests.
(b) The provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be
applicable to Partnership Interests held by a Partner as nominee
of a Person determined to be an Ineligible Holder.
(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the
recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his
Partnership Interest before the redemption date if such transfer
is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of
notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw
the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such
Partnership Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the
General Partner that he is an Eligible Holder. If the transferee
fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be
effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.
ARTICLE V
CAPITAL
CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
Section 5.1 Organizational
Contributions. In connection with the formation
of the Partnership under the Delaware Act, the General Partner
made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership in the
amount of $20.00 in exchange for a General Partner Interest
equal to a 2% Percentage Interest and was admitted as the
General Partner of the Partnership. The Organizational Limited
Partner made an initial Capital Contribution to the Partnership
in the amount of $980.00 in exchange for a Limited Partner
Interest equal to a 98% Percentage Interest and was admitted as
a Limited Partner of the Partnership. As of the Closing Date,
and effective with the admission of another Limited Partner to
the Partnership, the interests of the Organizational Limited
Partner shall be redeemed as provided in the Contribution
Agreement and the initial Capital Contributions of (i) the
Organizational Limited Partner and (ii) the General Partner
will be refunded. Ninety-eight percent of any interest or other
profit that may have resulted from the investment or other use
of such initial Capital Contributions will be allocated and
distributed to the Organizational Limited Partner, and the
balance thereof will be allocated and distributed to the General
Partner.
Section 5.2 Contributions by the General
Partner and its Affiliates.
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Contribution
Agreement: (i) the General Partner shall contribute to the
Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the GP Contribution (as
defined in the Contribution Agreement) in exchange for the
continuation of its General Partner Interest equal to a 2%
Percentage Interest (after giving effect to any exercise of the
Over-Allotment Option and the Deferred Issuance and
Distribution), subject to all of the rights, privileges and
duties of the General Partner under this Agreement,
(ii) the Partnership shall issue to the General Partner the
Incentive Distribution Rights, (iii) OTA shall contribute
to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the OTA
Contribution (as defined in the Contribution Agreement),
(iv) the Partnership will issue to OTA
[ ]
Common Units,
[ ]
Subordinated Units and the right to receive the Deferred
Issuance and Distribution, (v) OTB Holdco shall contribute
to the Partnership, as a Capital Contribution, the OTB Holdco
Contribution (as defined in the Contribution Agreement) and
(vi) the Partnership will issue to OTB Holdco
[ ]
Common Units and
[ ]
Subordinated Units.
(b) Upon the issuance of any Limited Partner Interests by
the Partnership (other than the Common Units issued in the
Initial Offering, the Common Units and Subordinated Units issued
pursuant to Section 5.2(a) (including any Common Units
issued pursuant to the Deferred Issuance and Distribution), the
Common Units issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units
and any Common Units issued pursuant to Section 5.11), the
General Partner may, in order to maintain its Percentage
Interest, make additional Capital Contributions in an amount
equal to the product obtained by multiplying (i) the
quotient determined by dividing (A) the
A-30
General Partners Percentage Interest by (B) 100 less
the General Partners Percentage Interest times
(ii) the amount contributed to the Partnership by the
Limited Partners in exchange for such additional Limited Partner
Interests. Except as set forth in Section 12.8, the General
Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital
Contributions to the Partnership.
Section 5.3 Contributions by Initial Limited
Partners.
(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting
Agreement, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the
Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of
Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the
Underwriting Agreement.
(b) Upon the exercise, if any, of the Over-Allotment
Option, each Underwriter shall contribute cash to the
Partnership in exchange for the issuance by the Partnership of
Common Units to each Underwriter, all as set forth in the
Underwriting Agreement.
Section 5.4 Interest and
Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the
Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner shall be
entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital
Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions
made pursuant to this Agreement or upon liquidation of the
Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to
the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent
expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner shall have
priority over any other Partner either as to the return of
Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions.
Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners
agree within the meaning of
Section 17-502(b)
of the Delaware Act.
Section 5.5 Capital Accounts.
(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a
beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in
any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such
owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c)
of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General
Partner) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital
Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance
with the rules of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount
of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with
respect to such Partnership Interest and (ii) all items of
Partnership income and gain (including income and gain exempt
from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and
allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1, and decreased by (x) the amount of cash
or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of
cash or property made with respect to such Partnership
Interest and (y) all items of Partnership deduction and
loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and
allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to
Section 6.1.
(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of
income, gain, loss or deduction that is to be allocated pursuant
to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners
Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and
classification of any such item shall be the same as its
determination, recognition and classification for
U.S. federal income tax purposes (including any method of
depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that
purpose), provided, that:
(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the
Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its
proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based
upon the provisions of the applicable Group Member Agreement) of
all property owned by (x) any other Group Member that is
classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and (y) any other partnership, limited liability
company, unincorporated business or other entity classified as a
partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes of which a
Group Member is, directly or indirectly, a partner, member or
other equity holder.
(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the
Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership
Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under
Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of
Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction
at the time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall
be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.
A-31
(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction
shall be made without regard to any election under
Section 754 of the Code that may be made by the Partnership
and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or
705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such
items are not includable in gross income or are neither
currently deductible nor capitalized for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted
tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to
Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant
to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be
taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount
of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as
an item of gain or loss.
(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable
disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as
if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of
disposition were equal in amount to the propertys Carrying
Value as of such date.
(v) Any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or
amortization attributable to any Contributed Property or
Adjusted Property shall be determined under the rules prescribed
by Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)(2)
as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the
Carrying Value of such property immediately following such
adjustment.
(vi) The Gross Liability Value of each Liability of the
Partnership described in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-7(b)(3)(i)
shall be adjusted at such times as provided in this Agreement
for an adjustment to Carrying Values. The amount of any such
adjustment shall be treated for purposes hereof as an item of
loss (if the adjustment increases the Carrying Value of such
Liability of the Partnership) or an item of gain (if the
adjustment decreases the Carrying Value of such Liability of the
Partnership).
(c) (i) A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall
succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the
transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.
(ii) Subject to Section 6.7(c), immediately prior to
the transfer of a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit
that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to
Section 5.7 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to
an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this
subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply), the Capital Account maintained
for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units or
converted Subordinated Units will (A) first, be allocated
to the Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated Units to be
transferred in an amount equal to the product of (x) the
number of such Subordinated Units or converted Subordinated
Units to be transferred and (y) the Per Unit Capital Amount
for a Common Unit, and (B) second, any remaining balance in
such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor,
regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units or
converted Subordinated Units. Following any such allocation, the
transferors Capital Account, if any, maintained with
respect to the retained Subordinated Units or retained converted
Subordinated Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the
amount allocated under clause (B) hereinabove, and the
transferees Capital Account established with respect to
the transferred Subordinated Units or transferred converted
Subordinated Units will have a balance equal to the amount
allocated under clause (A) hereinabove.
(d) (i) Consistent with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f),
on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or
Contributed Property, the issuance of Partnership Interests as
consideration for the provision of services, or the conversion
of the Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to
Section 11.3(b), the Carrying Value of each Partnership
property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted
upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and any such
Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated, for
purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been
recognized on an actual sale of each such property for an amount
equal to its fair market value immediately prior to such
issuance and had been allocated among the Partners at such time
pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of
gain or loss actually recognized following an event giving rise
to the dissolution of the Partnership would have been allocated;
provided, however, that in the event of an issuance of
Partnership Interests for a de minimis amount of cash or
Contributed Property, or in the event of an issuance of a de
minimis amount of Partnership Interests as consideration for the
provision of services, the General Partner may determine that
such adjustments are
A-32
unnecessary for the proper administration of the Partnership. In
determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the
aggregate fair market value of all Partnership property
(including cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the
issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined
by the General Partner using such method of valuation as it may
adopt. In making its determination of the fair market values of
individual properties, the General Partner may determine that it
is appropriate to first determine an aggregate value for the
Partnership, based on the current trading price of the Common
Units, and taking fully into account the fair market value of
the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time, and then
allocate such aggregate value among the individual properties of
the Partnership (in such manner as it determines appropriate).
(ii) In accordance with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f),
immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a
Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution
of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership
Interest), the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall
be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, and
any such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss shall be treated,
for purposes of maintaining Capital Accounts, as if it had been
recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately
prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair
market value, and had been allocated among the Partners, at such
time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any
item of gain or loss actually recognized following an event
giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership would have
been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss the aggregate fair market value of all
Partnership property (including cash or cash equivalents)
immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case
of an actual or deemed distribution other than a distribution
made pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined in the same
manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in
the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to
Section 12.4, be determined by the Liquidator using such
method of valuation as it may adopt.
Section 5.6 Issuances of Additional
Partnership Interests.
(a) The Partnership may issue additional Partnership
Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
relating to the Partnership Interests for any Partnership
purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for
such consideration and on such terms and conditions as the
General Partner shall determine, all without the approval of any
Limited Partners.
(b) Each additional Partnership Interest authorized to be
issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be
issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such
classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and
duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of
Partnership Interests), as shall be fixed by the General
Partner, including (i) the right to share in Partnership
profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to
share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon
dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership;
(iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the
Partnership may or shall be required to redeem the Partnership
Interest (including sinking fund provisions); (v) whether
such Partnership Interest is issued with the privilege of
conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of
such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions
upon which each Partnership Interest will be issued, evidenced
by certificates and assigned or transferred; (vii) the
method for determining the Percentage Interest as to such
Partnership Interest; and (viii) the right, if any, of each
such Partnership Interest to vote on Partnership matters,
including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences
and privileges of such Partnership Interest.
(c) The General Partner shall take all actions that it
determines to be necessary or appropriate in connection with
(i) each issuance of Partnership Interests and options,
rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership
Interests pursuant to this Section 5.6, including Common
Units issued in connection with the Deferred Issuance and
Distribution, (ii) the conversion of the Combined Interest
into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement,
(iii) the issuance of Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.11, (iv) reflecting admission of such
additional Limited Partners in the books and records of the
Partnership as the Record Holder of such Limited Partner
Interest and (v) all additional issuances of Partnership
Interests. The General Partner shall determine the relative
rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other
Partnership
A-33
Interests being so issued. The General Partner shall do all
things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is
authorized and directed to do all things that it determines to
be necessary or appropriate in connection with any future
issuance of Partnership Interests or in connection with the
conversion of the Combined Interest into Units pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute,
rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other
governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which
the Units or other Partnership Interests are listed or admitted
to trading.
(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.
Section 5.7 Conversion of Subordinated
Units.
(a) All of the Subordinated Units shall convert into Common
Units on a
one-for-one
basis on the first Business Day following the distribution of
Available Cash to Partners pursuant to Section 6.3(a) in
respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.
(b) The Subordinated Units may also convert into Common
Units pursuant to the terms of Section 11.4.
(c) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common
Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7.
Section 5.8 Limited Preemptive
Right. Except as provided in this
Section 5.8 and in Section 5.2 or as otherwise
provided in a separate agreement by the Partnership, no Person
shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right
with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Interest,
whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The
General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to
time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to
purchase Partnership Interests from the Partnership whenever,
and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership
Interests to Persons other than the General Partner and its
Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage
Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to
that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such
Partnership Interests.
Section 5.9 Splits and Combinations.
(a) Subject to Section 5.9(d), the Partnership may
make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Interests to all
Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of
Partnership Interests so long as, after any such event, each
Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the
Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on
a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units
are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the
Partnership.
(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or
combination of Partnership Interests is declared, the General
Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution,
subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send
notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date
to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days
prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may
cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to
calculate the number of Partnership Interests to be held by each
Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution,
subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be
entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as
conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.
(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision
or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the
Record Holders of Partnership Interests as of the applicable
Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Interests
held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt
such other procedures that it determines to be necessary or
appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination
results in a smaller total number of Partnership Interests
Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to
the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the
surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder
immediately prior to such Record Date.
(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon
any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a
distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result
in the issuance of fractional Units but
A-34
for the provisions of Section 5.6(d) and this
Section 5.9(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to
the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the
next higher Unit).
Section 5.10 Fully Paid and Non-Assessable
Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited
Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the
requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and
non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership,
except as such non-assessability may be affected by
Section 17-607
or 17-804 of
the Delaware Act.
Section 5.11 Issuance of Common Units in
Connection with Reset of Incentive Distribution Rights.
(a) Subject to the provisions of this Section 5.11,
the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is
more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the
holders of a majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution
Rights) shall have the right, at any time when there are no
Subordinated Units outstanding and the Partnership has made a
distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(b)(v) for each of the
four most recently completed Quarters and the amount of each
such distribution did not exceed Adjusted Operating Surplus for
such Quarter, to make an election (the IDR Reset
Election) to cause the Target Distributions to be
reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e)
and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive
their respective proportionate share of a number of Common Units
(the IDR Reset Common Units) derived
by dividing (i) the average amount of cash distributions
made by the Partnership for the two full Quarters immediately
preceding the giving of the Reset Notice (as defined in
Section 5.11(b)) in respect of the Incentive Distribution
Rights by (ii) the average of the cash distributions made
by the Partnership in respect of each Common Unit for the two
full Quarters immediately preceding the giving of the Reset
Notice (the Reset MQD) (the number of
Common Units determined by such quotient is referred to herein
as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common
Units). The Percentage Interest of the General
Partner, with respect to the General Partner Interest, after the
issuance of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units
shall equal the Percentage Interest of the General Partner, with
respect to the General Partner Interest, prior to the issuance
of the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and the
General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional
Capital Contribution to the Partnership in order to maintain its
Percentage Interest in connection therewith. The making of the
IDR Reset Election in the manner specified in
Section 5.11(b) shall cause the Target Distributions to be
reset in accordance with the provisions of Section 5.11(e)
and, in connection therewith, the holder or holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights will become entitled to receive
Common Units on the basis specified above, without any further
approval required by the General Partner or the Unitholders, at
the time specified in Section 5.11(c) unless the IDR Reset
Election is rescinded pursuant to Section 5.11(d).
(b) To exercise the right specified in
Section 5.11(a), the holder of the Incentive Distribution
Rights (or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of
the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall deliver a written
notice (the Reset Notice) to the
Partnership. Within 10 Business Days after the receipt by the
Partnership of such Reset Notice, the Partnership shall deliver
a written notice to the holder or holders of the Incentive
Distribution Rights of the Partnerships determination of
the aggregate number of Common Units that each holder of
Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to receive.
(c) The holder or holders of the Incentive Distribution
Rights will be entitled to receive the Aggregate Quantity of IDR
Reset Common Units on the fifteenth Business Day after receipt
by the Partnership of the Reset Notice; provided, however,
that the issuance of Common Units to the holder or holders
of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not occur prior to
the approval of the listing or admission for trading of such
Common Units by the principal National Securities Exchange upon
which the Common Units are then listed or admitted for trading
if any such approval is required pursuant to the rules and
regulations of such National Securities Exchange.
(d) If the principal National Securities Exchange upon
which the Common Units are then traded has not approved the
listing or admission for trading of the Common Units to be
issued pursuant to this Section 5.11 on or before the
30th calendar day following the Partnerships receipt
of the Reset Notice and such approval is required by the rules
and regulations of such National Securities Exchange, then the
holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights (or, if there is
more than one holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights, the
holders of a
A-35
majority in interest of the Incentive Distribution Rights) shall
have the right to either rescind the IDR Reset Election or elect
to receive other Partnership Interests having such terms as the
General Partner may approve, with the approval of the Conflicts
Committee, that will provide (i) the same economic value,
in the aggregate, as the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common
Units would have had at the time of the Partnerships
receipt of the Reset Notice, as determined by the General
Partner, and (ii) for the subsequent conversion (on terms
acceptable to the National Securities Exchange upon which the
Common Units are then traded) of such Partnership Interests into
Common Units within not more than 12 months following the
Partnerships receipt of the Reset Notice upon the
satisfaction of one or more conditions that are reasonably
acceptable to the holder of the Incentive Distribution Rights
(or, if there is more than one holder of the Incentive
Distribution Rights, the holders of a majority in interest of
the Incentive Distribution Rights).
(e) The Target Distributions shall be adjusted at the time
of the issuance of Common Units or other Partnership Interests
pursuant to this Section 5.11 such that (i) the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution shall be reset to equal to the
Reset MQD, (ii) the First Target Distribution shall be
reset to equal 115% of the Reset MQD, (iii) the Second
Target Distribution shall be reset to equal 125% of the Reset
MQD and (iv) the Third Target Distribution shall be reset
to equal 150% of the Reset MQD.
(f) Upon the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.11(a), the Capital Account maintained with
respect to the Incentive Distribution Rights shall
(A) first, be allocated to IDR Reset Common Units in an
amount equal to the product of (x) the Aggregate Quantity
of IDR Reset Common Units and (y) the Per Unit Capital
Amount for an Initial Common Unit, and (B) second, any
remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by
the holder of the Incentive Distributions Rights. In the event
that there is not a sufficient Capital Account associated with
the Incentive Distribution Rights to allocate the full Per Unit
Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit to the IDR Reset
Common Units in accordance with clause (A) of this
Section 5.11(f), the IDR Reset Common Units shall be
subject to Sections 6.1(d)(x)(B) and (C).
ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS
AND DISTRIBUTIONS
Section 6.1 Allocations for Capital Account
Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital
Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among
themselves, the Partnerships items of income, gain, loss
and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b))
for each taxable period shall be allocated among the Partners as
provided herein below.
(a) Net Income. Net Income for each
taxable period (including a pro rata part of each item of
income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing
Net Income for such taxable period) shall be allocated as
follows:
(i) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of
the Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this
Section 6.1(a)(i) and the Net Termination Gain allocated to
the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) for the current and all previous
taxable periods is equal to the aggregate of the Net Loss
allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods and the
Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner pursuant
to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for the
current and all previous taxable periods; and
(ii) The balance, if any, to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata.
(b) Net Loss. Net Loss for each taxable
period (including a pro rata part of each item of income, gain,
loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Loss for
such taxable period) shall be allocated as follows:
(i) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro
Rata; provided, that Net Loss shall not be allocated pursuant to
this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation
would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its
Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable period (or
increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital
Account); and
A-36
(ii) The balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.
(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. Net
Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for each taxable period
shall be allocated in the manner set forth in this
Section 6.1(c). All allocations under this
Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances
have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this
Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash
provided under Section 6.4 and Section 6.5 have been
made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this
Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for
distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.
(i) Except as provided in Section 6.1(c)(iv), Net
Termination Gain (including a pro rata part of each item of
income, gain, loss, and deduction taken into account in
computing Net Termination Gain) shall be allocated:
(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate of
the Net Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner
pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(i)(A) or
Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) and the Net Income allocated to the
General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(i) for the
current and all previous taxable periods is equal to the
aggregate of the Net Loss allocated to the General Partner
pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable periods
and the Net Termination Loss allocated to the General Partner
pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(D) or
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(B) for all previous taxable periods;
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders
holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit
Price, (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the
Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any
distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or
Section 6.4(b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such
Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2)
is hereinafter referred to as the Unpaid
MQD) and (3) any then existing Cumulative
Common Unit Arrearage;
(C) Third, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or
is deemed to be recognized) prior to the conversion of the last
Outstanding Subordinated Unit into a Common Unit, (x) to
the General Partner in accordance with its Percentage Interest
and (y) to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro
Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the General Partners
Percentage Interest, until the Capital Account in respect of
each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of
(1) its Unrecovered Initial Unit Price, determined for the
taxable period (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of
gain relates, and (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution
for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs,
reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii)
with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;
(D) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders, Pro
Rata, until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit
then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered
Initial Unit Price, (2) the Unpaid MQD, (3) any then
existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, and (4) the
excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter of the
Partnerships existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit
amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to
be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iv)
and Section 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1), (2), (3) and
(4) is hereinafter referred to as the First
Liquidation Target Amount);
(E) Fifth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest, (y) 13% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and
(y) of this clause (E), until the Capital Account in
respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum
of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, and
(2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less
the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the
Partnerships existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit
amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to
be
A-37
Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(v) and
Section 6.4(b)(iii) (the sum of (1) and (2) is
hereinafter referred to as the Second Liquidation
Target Amount);
(F) Sixth, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest, (y) 23% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and
(y) of this clause (F), until the Capital Account in
respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum
of (1) the Second Liquidation Target Amount, and
(2) the excess of (aa) the Third Target Distribution less
the Second Target Distribution for each Quarter of the
Partnerships existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit
amount of any distributions of Available Cash that is deemed to
be Operating Surplus made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(vi)
and Section 6.4(b)(iv); and
(G) Finally, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest, (y) 48% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, and (z) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (x) and
(y) of this clause (G).
(ii) Except as otherwise provided by
Section 6.1(c)(iii) Net Termination Loss (including a pro
rata part of each item of income, gain, loss, and deduction
taken into account in computing Net Termination Loss) shall be
allocated:
(A) First, if Subordinated Units remain Outstanding,
(x) to the General Partner in accordance with its
Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders holding
Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then
Outstanding has been reduced to zero;
(B) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (y) to all Unitholders
holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until the
Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
has been reduced to zero;
(C) Third, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro
Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated
pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C) to the extent such
allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance
in its Adjusted Capital Account (or increase any existing
deficit in its Adjusted Capital Account); and
(D) Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General
Partner.
(iii) Any Net Termination Loss deemed recognized pursuant
to Section 5.5(d) prior to the Liquidation Date shall be
allocated:
(A) First, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro
Rata; provided that Net Termination Loss shall not be allocated
pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A) to the extent such
allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance
in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable
period (or increase any existing deficit in its Adjusted Capital
Account); and
(B) The balance, if any, to the General Partner.
(iv) If a Net Termination Loss has been allocated pursuant
to Section 6.1(c)(iii), any subsequent Net Termination Gain
deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d) prior to the
Liquidation Date shall be allocated:
(A) First, to the General Partner until the aggregate Net
Termination Gain allocated to the General Partner pursuant to
this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(A) is equal to the aggregate Net
Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to Section
6.1(c)(iii)(B);
(B) Second, to the General Partner and the Unitholders, Pro
Rata, until the aggregate Net Termination Gain allocated
pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)(iv)(B) is equal to the
aggregate Net Termination Loss previously allocated pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(iii)(A); and
A-38
(C) The balance, if any, pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.1(c)(i).
(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following
special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:
(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net
decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership
taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of
Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary,
subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in
Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6),
1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provisions.
For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partners
Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the
allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be
effected, prior to the application of any other allocations
pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such
taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(vi) and Section 6.1(d)(vii)). This
Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the
Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted
consistently therewith.
(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain.
Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1
(other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4),
if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum
Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a
share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning
of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership
income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent
periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4)
and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes
of this Section 6.1(d), each Partners Adjusted
Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation
of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to
the application of any other allocations pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other
than an allocation pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(vi) and
Section 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period.
This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the
chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4)
and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
(iii) Priority Allocations.
(A) If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any
property distributed (except cash or property distributed
pursuant to Section 12.4) with respect to a Unit exceeds
the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property
distributed with respect to another Unit (the amount of the
excess, an Excess Distribution and the
Unit with respect to which the greater distribution is paid, an
Excess Distribution Unit), then
(1) there shall be allocated gross income and gain to each
Unitholder receiving an Excess Distribution with respect to the
Excess Distribution Unit until the aggregate amount of such
items allocated with respect to such Excess Distribution Unit
pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A) for the current
taxable period and all previous taxable periods is equal to the
amount of the Excess Distribution; and (2) the General
Partner shall be allocated gross income and gain with respect to
each such Excess Distribution in an amount equal to the product
obtained by multiplying (aa) the quotient determined by dividing
(x) the General Partners Percentage Interest at the
time when the Excess Distribution occurs by (y) a
percentage equal to 100% less the General Partners
Percentage Interest at the time when the Excess Distribution
occurs, times (bb) the total amount allocated in clause (1)
above with respect to such Excess Distribution.
(B) After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A),
the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the
taxable period, if any, shall be allocated (1) to the
holders of Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata, until the
aggregate amount of such items allocated to the holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable period and
all previous taxable periods is equal to the cumulative amount
of all Incentive Distributions made to the holders of Incentive
Distribution Rights from the Closing Date to a date 45 days
after the end of the current taxable period; and (2) to the
General Partner an amount equal to the product of (aa) an amount
equal to the quotient determined by dividing (x) the
General Partners Percentage Interest by
A-39
(y) the sum of 100 less the General Partners
Percentage Interest times (bb) the sum of the amounts allocated
in clause (1) above.
(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner
unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or
distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or
1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership gross income and
gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount
and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by
the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b)
of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted
Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or
distributions as quickly as possible; provided, that an
allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(iv) shall be
made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a
deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account after all other
allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been
tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(iv) were not in
this Agreement.
(v) Gross Income Allocation. In the event any Partner has a
deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any taxable
period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner
is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed
obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such
Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross
income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as
possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this
Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent
that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital
Account after all other allocations provided for in this
Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if
Section 6.1(d)(iv) and this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not
in this Agreement.
(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any
taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners Pro Rata. If
the General Partner determines that the Partnerships
Nonrecourse Deductions should be allocated in a different ratio
to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code,
the General Partner is authorized to revise the prescribed ratio
to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such
requirements.
(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the
Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the
Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-2(i).
If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with
respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, the Partner Nonrecourse
Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or
among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they
share such Economic Risk of Loss.
(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that
Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum
of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and
(B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be
allocated among the Partners Pro Rata.
(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an
adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset
pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is
required, pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m),
to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a
result of a distribution to a Partner in complete liquidation of
such Partners interest in the Partnership, the amount of
such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an
item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the
asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) taken
into account pursuant to Section 5.5, and such item
of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in
a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital
Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of
the Treasury Regulations.
(x) Economic Uniformity; Changes in Law.
(A) At the election of the General Partner with respect to
any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the
Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of
A-40
Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after
taking into account allocations pursuant to
Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to each
Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of
the termination of the Subordination Period (Final
Subordinated Units) in the proportion of the
number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the
total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until
each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income
or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with
respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount that after
taking into account the other allocations of income, gain, loss
and deduction to be made with respect to such taxable period
will equal the product of (A) the number of Final
Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (B) the Per
Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this
allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital
Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital
Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the
General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the
conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units.
This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity
will be available to the General Partner only if the method for
allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the
Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained
Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not
otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final
Subordinated Units.
(B) With respect to an event triggering an adjustment to
the Carrying Value of Partnership property pursuant to
Section 5.5(d) during any taxable period of the Partnership
ending upon, or after, the issuance of IDR Reset Common Units
pursuant to Section 5.11, after the application of
Section 6.1(d)(x)(A), any Unrealized Gains and Unrealized
Losses shall be allocated among the Partners in a manner that to
the nearest extent possible results in the Capital Accounts
maintained with respect to such IDR Reset Common Units issued
pursuant to Section 5.11 equaling the product of
(A) the Aggregate Quantity of IDR Reset Common Units and
(B) the Per Unit Capital Amount for an Initial Common Unit.
(C) With respect to any taxable period during which an IDR
Reset Unit is transferred to any Person who is not an Affiliate
of the transferor, all or a portion of the remaining items of
Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period shall
be allocated 100% to the transferor Partner of such transferred
IDR Reset Unit until such transferor Partner has been allocated
an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital
Account maintained with respect to such transferred IDR Reset
Unit to an amount equal to the Per Unit Capital Amount for an
Initial Common Unit.
(D) For the proper administration of the Partnership and
for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner
Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner
shall (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in
determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost
recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations of
income, gain, loss, deduction, Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
Loss; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as
appropriate (x) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of
Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or
Section 704(c) of the Code or (y) otherwise to
preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests
(or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt
such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments
to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)
only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not
have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of
any class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or
the Partnership.
(xi) Curative Allocation.
(A) Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the
Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the
Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net
amount of items of gross income, gain, loss and deduction
allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations
and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net
amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such
Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required
Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not
A-41
otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. In exercising
its discretion under this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A), the
General Partner may take into account future Required
Allocations that, although not yet made, are likely to offset
other Required Allocations previously made. Allocations pursuant
to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to
Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner
determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent
with the economic agreement among the Partners.
(B) The General Partner shall, with respect to each taxable
period, (1) apply the provisions of
Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to
minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result
from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all
allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the
Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic
distortions.
(xii) Corrective and Other Allocations. In the event of any
allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items or any
Book-Down Event or any recognition of a Net Termination Loss,
the following rules shall apply:
(A) Except as provided in Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B), in
the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis Derivative
Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or Unrealized
Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof), the General Partner
shall allocate such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items to
(1) the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and the
General Partner to the same extent that the Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss giving rise to such Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items was allocated to them pursuant to
Section 5.5(d) and (2) all Unitholders, Pro Rata, to
the extent that the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss giving
rise to such Additional Book Basis Derivative Items was
allocated to any Unitholders pursuant to Section 5.5(d).
(B) In the case of any allocation of Additional Book Basis
Derivative Items (other than an allocation of Unrealized Gain or
Unrealized Loss under Section 5.5(d) hereof or an
allocation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss
pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof) as a result of a sale or
other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset that is an
Adjusted Property (Disposed of Adjusted
Property), the General Partner shall allocate
(1) additional items of gross income and gain (aa) away
from the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights and (bb) to
the Unitholders, or (2) additional items of deduction and
loss (aa) away from the Unitholders and (bb) to the holders of
Incentive Distribution Rights, to the extent that the Additional
Book Basis Derivative Items allocated to the Unitholders exceed
their Share of Additional Book Basis Derivative Items with
respect to such Disposed of Adjusted Property. Any allocation
made pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xii)(B) shall be made
after all of the other Agreed Allocations have been made as if
this Section 6.1(d)(xii) were not in this Agreement and, to
the extent necessary, shall require the reallocation of items
that have been allocated pursuant to such other Agreed
Allocations.
(C) In the case of any negative adjustments to the Capital
Accounts of the Partners resulting from a Book-Down Event or
from the recognition of a Net Termination Loss, such negative
adjustment (1) shall first be allocated, to the extent of
the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments, in such a
manner, as determined by the General Partner, that to the extent
possible the aggregate Capital Accounts of the Partners will
equal the amount that would have been the Capital Account
balances of the Partners if no prior
Book-Up
Events had occurred, and (2) any negative adjustment in
excess of the Aggregate Remaining Net Positive Adjustments shall
be allocated pursuant to Section 6.1(c) hereof.
(D) For purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(xii), the
Unitholders shall be treated as being allocated Additional Book
Basis Derivative Items to the extent that such Additional Book
Basis Derivative Items have reduced the amount of income that
would otherwise have been allocated to the Unitholders under
this Agreement. In making the allocations required under this
Section 6.1(d)(xii), the General Partner may apply whatever
conventions or other methodology it determines will satisfy the
purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii). Without limiting the
foregoing, if an Adjusted Property is contributed by the
Partnership to another entity classified as a partnership for
U.S. federal income
A-42
tax purposes (the lower tier partnership), the
General Partner may make allocations similar to those described
in Sections 6.1(d)(xii)(A)-(C) to the extent the General
Partner determines such allocations are necessary to account for
the Partnerships allocable share of income, gain, loss and
deduction of the lower tier partnership that relate to the
contributed Adjusted Property in a manner that is consistent
with the purpose of this Section 6.1(d)(xii).
(xiii) Special Curative Allocation in Event of Liquidation
Prior to End of Subordination Period. Notwithstanding any other
provision of this Section 6.1 (other than the Required
Allocations), if the Liquidation Date occurs prior to the
conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, then items
of income, gain, loss and deduction for the taxable period that
includes the Liquidation Date (and, if necessary, items arising
in previous taxable periods to the extent the General Partner
determines such items may be so allocated), shall be specially
allocated among the Partners in the manner determined
appropriate by the General Partner so as to cause, to the
maximum extent possible, the Capital Account in respect of each
Common Unit to equal the amount such Capital Account would have
been if all prior allocations of Net Termination Gain and Net
Termination Loss had been made pursuant to
Section 6.1(c)(i) or Section 6.1(c)(ii), as applicable.
Section 6.2 Allocations for Tax Purposes.
(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for
U.S. federal income tax purposes, each item of income,
gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners
in the same manner as its correlative item of book
income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to
Section 6.1.
(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities
attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property,
items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost
recovery deductions shall be allocated for U.S. federal
income tax purposes among the Partners in the manner provided
under Section 704(c) of the Code, and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) and 704(c) of
the Code, as determined appropriate by the General Partner
(taking into account the General Partners discretion under
Section 6.1(d)(x)(D)); provided, that the General Partner
shall apply the principles of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-3(d)
in all events.
(c) The General Partner may determine to depreciate or
amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b)
of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any
Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the
depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to
the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity of such property, despite any
inconsistency of such approach with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6)
or any successor regulations thereto. If the General Partner
determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be
taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and
amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring
Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive
depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same
applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in
the Partnerships property. If the General Partner chooses
not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may
use any other depreciation and amortization conventions to
preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of
any Limited Partner Interests, so long as such conventions would
not have a material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or
the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner
Interests.
(d) In accordance with Treasury
Regulation Sections 1.1245-1(e)
and 1.1250-1(f), any gain allocated to the Partners upon the
sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset
shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other
required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2,
be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and
to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in
interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or
indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as
Recapture Income.
(e) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit
recognized by the Partnership for U.S. federal income tax
purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the
provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any
election under Section 754 of the Code that may be made by
the Partnership; provided, however, that such
allocations, once made, shall be adjusted (in the manner
determined
A-43
by the General Partner) to take into account those adjustments
permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.
(f) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and
deduction shall, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, be
determined for each taxable period and prorated on a monthly
basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening
of the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership
Interests are listed or admitted to trading on the first
Business Day of each month; provided, however, such items
for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the
last day of the month in which the Over-Allotment Option is
exercised in full or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option
occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of
the National Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests
are listed or admitted to trading on the first Business Day of
the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or
loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the
Partnership or any other extraordinary item of income, gain,
loss or deduction as determined by the General Partner, shall be
allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the National
Securities Exchange on which Partnership Interests are listed or
admitted to trading on the first Business Day of the month in
which such item is recognized for U.S. federal income tax
purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise
modify such methods of allocation to the extent permitted or
required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or
rulings promulgated thereunder.
(g) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited
Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall
instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner
Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has
furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in
accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other
method determined by the General Partner.
Section 6.3 Requirement and Characterization
of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.
(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter
commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 2011,
an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such
Quarter shall be distributed in accordance with this
Article VI by the Partnership to Partners as of the Record
Date selected by the General Partner. All amounts of Available
Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source
shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all
amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the
Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals
the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of
the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of
Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date
shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be
deemed to be Capital Surplus. All
distributions required to be made under this Agreement or
otherwise made by the Partnership shall be made subject to
Sections 17-607
and 17-804
of the Delaware Act.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of
the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all cash
received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation
Date occurs, other than from Working Capital Borrowings, shall
be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and
subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.
(c) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest
shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through any
Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the
Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date
set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full
payment and satisfaction of the Partnerships liability in
respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person
who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an
assignment or otherwise.
Section 6.4 Distributions of Available Cash
from Operating Surplus.
(a) During Subordination
Period. Available Cash with respect to any
Quarter wholly within the Subordination Period that is deemed to
be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall be distributed as follows, except
as otherwise contemplated by Section 5.6(b) in respect of
other Partnership Interests issued pursuant thereto:
(i) First, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders
holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners
A-44
Percentage Interest, until there has been distributed in respect
of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii) Second, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders
holding Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less
the General Partners Percentage Interest, until there has
been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding
an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing
with respect to such Quarter;
(iii) Third, (x) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest and (y) to the Unitholders
holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100%
less the General Partners Percentage Interest, until there
has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then
Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution for such Quarter;
(iv) Fourth, to the General Partner and all Unitholders,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First
Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for
such Quarter;
(v) Fifth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and
(B) of this clause (v) until there has been
distributed in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount
equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the
First Target Distribution for such Quarter;
(vi) Sixth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest, (B) 23% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and
(B) of this clause (vi), until there has been distributed
in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target
Distribution for such Quarter; and
(vii) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (vii);
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target
Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced
to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a),
the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be
Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made
solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vii).
(b) After Subordination Period. Available
Cash with respect to any Quarter ending after the Subordination
Period has ended that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant
to the provisions of Section 6.3 or Section 6.5 shall
be distributed as follows, except as otherwise contemplated by
Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership
Interests issued pursuant thereto:
(i) First, 100% to the General Partner and the Unitholders,
Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in respect of each
Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution for such Quarter;
(ii) Second, 100% to the General Partner and the
Unitholders, Pro Rata, until there has been distributed in
respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;
(iii) Third, (A) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest; (B) 13% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and
(B) of this clause (iii), until there has been distributed
in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target
Distribution for such Quarter;
A-45
(iv) Fourth, (A) to the General Partner in accordance
with its Percentage Interest; (B) 23% to the holders of the
Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and (C) to all
Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the sum
of the percentages applicable to subclauses (A) and
(B) of this clause (iv), until there has been distributed
in respect of each Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the
excess of the Third Target Distribution over the Second Target
Distribution for such Quarter; and
(v) Thereafter, (A) to the General Partner in
accordance with its Percentage Interest; (B) 48% to the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, Pro Rata; and
(C) to all Unitholders, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to
100% less the sum of the percentages applicable to
subclauses (A) and (B) of this clause (v);
provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution, the First Target Distribution, the Second Target
Distribution and the Third Target Distribution have been reduced
to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a),
the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be
Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made
solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(v).
Section 6.5 Distributions of Available Cash
from Capital Surplus. Available Cash that is
deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of
Section 6.3(a) shall be distributed, unless the provisions
of Section 6.3 require otherwise, 100% to the General
Partner and the Unitholders, Pro Rata, until the Minimum
Quarterly Distribution has been reduced to zero pursuant to the
second sentence of Section 6.6(a). Available Cash that is
deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed
(a) to the General Partner in accordance with its
Percentage Interest and (b) to all Unitholders holding
Common Units, Pro Rata, a percentage equal to 100% less the
General Partners Percentage Interest, until there has been
distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an
amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage.
Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it
were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance
with Section 6.4.
Section 6.6 Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly
Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.
(a) The Target Distributions, Common Unit Arrearages and
Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately
adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or
subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units
or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Interests. In the
event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be
from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Target Distributions
shall be reduced in the same proportion that the distribution
had to the fair market value of the Common Units immediately
prior to the announcement of the distribution. If the Common
Units are publicly traded on a National Securities Exchange, the
fair market value will be the Current Market Price before the
ex-dividend date. If the Common Units are not publicly traded,
the fair market value will be determined by the Board of
Directors.
(b) The Target Distributions shall also be subject to
adjustment pursuant to Section 5.11 and Section 6.8.
Section 6.7 Special Provisions Relating to
the Holders of Subordinated Units.
(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve
matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the
holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate
in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and
distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a
Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations
of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided,
however, that immediately upon the conversion of
Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to
Section 5.7, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit
shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder
holding Common Units hereunder with respect to such converted
Subordinated Units, including the right to vote as a Common
Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of
income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with
respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted
Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of
Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x), 6.7(b) and 6.7(c).
(b) A Unitholder shall not be permitted to transfer a
Subordinated Unit or a Subordinated Unit that has converted into
a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.7 (other than a
transfer to an Affiliate) if the remaining balance in the
transferring Unitholders Capital Account with respect to
the retained Subordinated Units or
A-46
retained converted Subordinated Units would be negative after
giving effect to the allocation under Section 5.5(c)(ii)(B).
(c) The Unitholder holding a Common Unit that has resulted
from the conversion of a Subordinated Unit pursuant to
Section 5.7 shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate
pursuant to Section 4.1, if the Common Units are evidenced
by Certificates, and shall not be permitted to transfer such
Common Unit to a Person that is not an Affiliate of the holder
until such time as the General Partner determines, based on
advice of counsel, that each such Common Unit should have, as a
substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and
U.S. federal income tax characteristics, in all material
respects, to the intrinsic economic and U.S. federal income
tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection
with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(c), the
General Partner may take whatever steps are required to provide
economic uniformity to such Common Units in preparation for a
transfer of such Common Units, including the application of
Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b); provided,
however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a
material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units.
Section 6.8 Entity-Level Taxation. If
legislation is enacted or the official interpretation of
existing legislation is modified by a governmental authority,
which after giving effect to such enactment or modification,
results in a Group Member becoming subject to federal, state or
local or
non-U.S. income
or withholding taxes in excess of the amount of such taxes due
from the Group Member prior to such enactment or modification
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, any increase in the rate
of such taxation applicable to the Group Member), then the
General Partner may, in its sole discretion, reduce the Target
Distributions by the amount of income or withholding taxes that
are payable by reason of any such new legislation or
interpretation (the Incremental Income
Taxes), or any portion thereof selected by the
General Partner, in the manner provided in this
Section 6.8. If the General Partner elects to reduce the
Target Distributions for any Quarter with respect to all or a
portion of any Incremental Income Taxes, the General Partner
shall estimate for such Quarter the Partnership Groups
aggregate liability (the Estimated Incremental
Quarterly Tax Amount) for all (or the relevant
portion of) such Incremental Income Taxes; provided that any
difference between such estimate and the actual liability for
Incremental Income Taxes (or the relevant portion thereof) for
such Quarter may, to the extent determined by the General
Partner, be taken into account in determining the Estimated
Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount with respect to each Quarter in
which any such difference can be determined. For each such
Quarter, the Target Distributions, shall be the product obtained
by multiplying (a) the amounts therefor that are set out
herein prior to the application of this Section 6.8 times
(b) the quotient obtained by dividing (i) Available
Cash with respect to such Quarter by (ii) the sum of
Available Cash with respect to such Quarter and the Estimated
Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for such Quarter, as determined
by the General Partner. For purposes of the foregoing, Available
Cash with respect to a Quarter will be deemed reduced by the
Estimated Incremental Quarterly Tax Amount for that Quarter.
ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT
AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
Section 7.1 Management.
(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage
all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Agreement, but without limitation on the
ability of the General Partner to delegate its rights and powers
to other Persons, all management powers over the business and
affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the
General Partner, and no Limited Partner shall have any
management power over the business and affairs of the
Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted
to a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable
law or that are granted to the General Partner under any other
provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to
Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all
things and on such terms as it determines to be necessary or
appropriate to
A-47
conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers
set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set
forth in Section 2.4, including the following:
(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or
borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other
contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the
issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness
that is convertible or exchangeable into Partnership Interests,
and the incurring of any other obligations;
(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the
Partnership;
(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge,
encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the
assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of
the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters
described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to
any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3 or
Article XIV);
(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including
cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this
Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the
operations of the Partnership Group; subject to
Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons
(including other Group Members); the repayment or guarantee of
obligations of any Group Member; and the making of capital
contributions to any Group Member;
(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any
contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including
instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under
contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the
Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no
recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than
its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the
terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership
than would otherwise be the case);
(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;
(vii) the selection, employment, retention and dismissal of
employees (including employees having titles such as
president, vice president,
secretary and treasurer) and agents,
outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors of
the General Partner or the Partnership Group and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
(viii) the maintenance of insurance for the benefit of the
Partnership Group, the Partners and Indemnitees;
(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in,
and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any
further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures,
corporations, limited liability companies or other Persons
(including the acquisition of interests in, and the
contributions of property to, any Group Member from time to
time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;
(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and
obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and
defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging
in the conduct of litigation, arbitration or mediation and the
incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and
litigation;
(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities
and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any
National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of
the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading
be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior
approval that may be required under Section 4.7);
(xiii) the purchase, sale or other acquisition or
disposition of Partnership Interests, or the issuance of
options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to
Partnership Interests;
(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the
Partnerships participation in any Group Member; and
A-48
(xv) the entering into of agreements with any of its
Affiliates to render services to a Group Member or to itself in
the discharge of its duties as General Partner of the
Partnership.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
any Group Member Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable
law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and each other
Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Interests or
is otherwise bound by this Agreement hereby (i) approves,
ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by
the parties thereto of this Agreement, the Underwriting
Agreement, the Contribution Agreement and the other agreements
described in or filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
that are related to the transactions contemplated by the
Registration Statement (in each case other than this Agreement,
without giving effect to any amendments, supplements or
restatements after the date hereof); (ii) agrees that the
General Partner (on its own or on behalf of the Partnership) is
authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements
referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other
agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the
Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the
Partners or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in
Partnership Interests or is otherwise bound by this Agreement;
and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or
performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any
Affiliate of any of them of this Agreement or any agreement
authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the
exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to
Article XV) shall not constitute a breach by the
General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the
Partnership or the Limited Partners or any other Persons under
this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty existing
at law, in equity or otherwise.
Section 7.2 Certificate of Limited
Partnership. The General Partner has caused the
Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the
Delaware Act. The General Partner shall use all reasonable
efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or
documents that the General Partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and
operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which
the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of
Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect
to do business or own property. To the extent the General
Partner determines such action to be necessary or appropriate,
the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of
the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to
maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a
partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have
limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of
any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do
business or own property. Subject to the terms of
Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required,
before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the
Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document
or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.
Section 7.3 Restrictions on the General
Partners Authority. Except as provided in
Article XII and Article XIV, the General Partner may
not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially
all of the assets of the Partnership Group, taken as a whole, in
a single transaction or a series of related transactions without
the approval of a Unit Majority; provided, however, that
this provision shall not preclude or limit the General
Partners ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant
a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of
the Partnership Group and shall not apply to any forced sale of
any or all of the assets of the Partnership Group pursuant to
the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such
encumbrance.
Section 7.4 Reimbursement of the General
Partner.
(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and
elsewhere in this Agreement, the General Partner shall not be
compensated for its services as a general partner or managing
member of any Group Member.
(b) The General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly
basis, or such other basis as the General Partner may determine,
for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership Group (including
salary, bonus, incentive compensation, employment benefits and
other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the
General Partner, to perform services for the Partnership Group
or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the
Partnership Group), and (ii) all other expenses allocable
to the Partnership Group or otherwise incurred by the General
Partner in connection with operating
A-49
the Partnership Groups business (including expenses
allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General
Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the
General Partner or the Partnership Group. Reimbursements
pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any
reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of
indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.
(c) The General Partner, without the approval of the
Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect
thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership
benefit plans, programs and practices (including plans, programs
and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Interests or
options to purchase or rights, warrants or appreciation rights
or phantom or tracking interests relating to Partnership
Interests), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership
Interests in connection with, or pursuant to, any benefit plan,
program or practice maintained or sponsored by the General
Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit
of employees and directors of the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates, in respect of services performed, directly or
indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The
Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or
any of its Affiliates any Partnership
Interests that the General Partner or such Affiliates are
obligated to provide to any employees and directors pursuant to
any such benefit plans, programs or practices. Expenses incurred
by the General Partner in connection with any such plans,
programs and practices (including the net cost to the General
Partner or such Affiliates of Partnership Interests purchased by
the General Partner or such Affiliates, from the Partnership or
otherwise, to fulfill options or awards under such plans,
programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with
Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General
Partner under any benefit plans, programs or practices adopted
by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c)
shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder
and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved
pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partners
General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6.
(d) The General Partner and its Affiliates may charge any
member of the Partnership Group a management fee to the extent
necessary to allow the Partnership Group to reduce the amount of
any state franchise or income tax or any tax based upon the
revenues or gross margin of any member of the Partnership Group
if the tax benefit produced by the payment of such management
fee or fees exceeds the amount of such fee or fees.
Section 7.5 Outside Activities.
(a) The General Partner, for so long as it is the General
Partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole
business will be to act as a general partner or managing member,
as the case may be, of the Partnership and any other partnership
or limited liability company of which the Partnership is,
directly or indirectly, a partner or member and to undertake
activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including
being a Limited Partner in the Partnership) and (ii) shall
not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or
liabilities except in connection with or incidental to
(A) its performance as general partner or managing member,
if any, of one or more Group Members or as described in or
contemplated by the Registration Statement, (B) the
acquiring, owning or disposing of debt securities or equity
interests in any Group Member or (C) the guarantee of, and
mortgage, pledge, or encumbrance of any or all of its assets in
connection with, any indebtedness of any Affiliate of the
General Partner.
(b) Each Unrestricted Person (other than the General
Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every
type and description and other activities for profit and to
engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of
any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged
in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member,
independently or with others, including business interests and
activities in direct competition with the business and
activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall
constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty otherwise
existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to any Group Member or
any Partner. None of any Group Member, any Limited Partner or
any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, or the partnership
relationship established hereby in any business ventures of any
Unrestricted Person.
A-50
(c) Subject to the terms of Sections 7.5(a) and (b),
but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by
any Unrestricted Person (other than the General Partner) in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is
hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners,
(ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of any fiduciary
duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the
General Partner or any other Unrestricted Person for the
Unrestricted Persons (other than the General Partner) to engage
in such business interests and activities in preference to or to
the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the Unrestricted
Persons shall have no obligation hereunder or as a result of any
duty otherwise existing at law, in equity or otherwise, to
present business opportunities to the Partnership.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the
doctrine of corporate opportunity, or any analogous doctrine,
shall not apply to any Unrestricted Person (including the
General Partner). No Unrestricted Person (including the General
Partner) who acquires knowledge of a potential transaction,
agreement, arrangement or other matter that may be an
opportunity for the Partnership, shall have any duty to
communicate or offer such opportunity to the Partnership, and
such Unrestricted Person (including the General Partner) shall
not be liable to the Partnership, to any Limited Partner or any
other Person for breach of any fiduciary or other duty by reason
of the fact that such Unrestricted Person (including the General
Partner) pursues or acquires for itself, directs such
opportunity to another Person or does not communicate such
opportunity or information to the Partnership; provided such
Unrestricted Person does not engage in such business or activity
as a result of or using confidential or proprietary information
provided by or on behalf of the Partnership to such Unrestricted
Person.
(d) The General Partner and each of its Affiliates may
acquire Units or other Partnership Interests in addition to
those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise
provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise, at
their option, all rights relating to all Units
and/or other
Partnership Interests acquired by them. The term
Affiliates when used in this Section 7.5(d)
with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group
Member.
Section 7.6 Loans from the General Partner;
Loans or Contributions from the Partnership or Group Members.
(a) The General Partner or any of its Affiliates may, but
shall be under no obligation to, lend to any Group Member, and
any Group Member may, but shall be under no obligation to,
borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds
needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time
and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine;
provided, however, that, except for such transactions as
contemplated by the definition of Potential OTA Financial
Support, in any such case the lending party may not charge the
borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that
would be charged the borrowing party, or impose terms less
favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or
imposed on the borrowing party, by unrelated lenders on
comparable loans made on an arms-length basis (without
reference to the lending partys financial abilities or
guarantees), all as determined by the General Partner. The
borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs
(other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the
lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds.
For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and
Section 7.6(b), the term Group Member shall
include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by
the Group Member.
(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group
Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership,
funds on terms and conditions determined by the General Partner.
No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).
(c) No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval
thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a
breach of any duty hereunder or otherwise existing at law, in
equity or otherwise, of the General Partner or its Affiliates to
the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of the fact
that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or
indirectly to (i) enable distributions to the General
Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as
Limited Partners) to exceed the General Partners
Percentage Interest of the total amount distributed to all
Partners or (ii) hasten the expiration of the Subordination
Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common
Units.
A-51
Section 7.7 Indemnification.
(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to
the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all
Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the
Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims,
damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including
legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest,
settlements or other amounts arising from any and all threatened
pending or completed claims, demands, actions, suits or
proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, and whether formal or informal and including
appeals, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is
threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of
its status as an Indemnitee and acting (or refraining to act) in
such capacity; provided, that the Indemnitee shall not be
indemnified and held harmless pursuant to this Agreement if
there has been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a
court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in respect of
the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking indemnification
pursuant to this Agreement, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or
engaged in fraud, willful misconduct or, in the case of a
criminal matter, acted with knowledge that the Indemnitees
conduct was unlawful. Any indemnification pursuant to this
Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the
Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not
be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no
obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the
Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.
(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses
(including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee
who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in appearing
at, participating in or defending any claim, demand, action,
suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the
Partnership prior to a final and non-appealable judgment entered
by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that, in
respect of the matter for which the Indemnitee is seeking
indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7, the
Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified upon receipt by the
Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee
to repay such amount if it shall be ultimately determined that
the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized
by this Section 7.7.
(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7
shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee
may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the
holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests, as a matter of
law, in equity or otherwise, both as to actions in the
Indemnitees capacity as an Indemnitee and as to actions in
any other capacity, and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who
has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the
benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of
the Indemnitee.
(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse
the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of)
insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates, the
Indemnitees and such other Persons as the General Partner shall
determine, against any liability that may be asserted against,
or expense that may be incurred by, such Person in connection
with the Partnerships activities or such Persons
activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether
the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person
against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.
(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership
shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as
fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance
by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on,
or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or
participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed
on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan
pursuant to applicable law shall constitute fines
within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or
omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the
performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by
it to be in the best interest of the participants and
beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose
that is in the best interests of the Partnership.
(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited
Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification
provisions set forth in this Agreement.
A-52
(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in
whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the
Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to
which the indemnification applies if the transaction was
otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.
(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the
benefit of the Indemnitees and their heirs, successors, assigns,
executors and administrators and shall not be deemed to create
any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.
(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this
Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner
terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or
future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the
obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee
under and in accordance with the provisions of this
Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such
amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising
from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part,
prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of
when such claims may arise or be asserted.
Section 7.8 Liability of Indemnitees.
(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in
this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary
damages to the Partnership, the Partners or any other Persons
who have acquired interests in the Partnership Interests, for
losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act
or omission of an Indemnitee unless there has been a final and
non-appealable judgment entered by a court of competent
jurisdiction determining that, in respect of the matter in
question, the Indemnitee acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud,
willful misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted
with knowledge that the Indemnitees conduct was criminal.
(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General
Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner
may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement
and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either
directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the
part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good
faith.
(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee
has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating
thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General
Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the
Partnerships business or affairs shall not be liable to
the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on
the provisions of this Agreement.
(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this
Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective
only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the
liability of the Indemnitees under this Section 7.8 as in
effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or
repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to
matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment,
modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise
or be asserted.
Section 7.9 Resolution of Conflicts of
Interest; Standards of Conduct and Modification of Duties.
(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement
or any Group Member Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of
interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, any Group
Member or any Partner, on the other, any resolution or course of
action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of
such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved
by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this
Agreement, of any Group Member Agreement, of any agreement
contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty hereunder or
stated or implied by law or equity or otherwise, if the
resolution or course of action in respect of such conflict of
interest is (i) approved by Special Approval,
(ii) approved by the vote of a majority of the Common Units
(excluding Common Units owned by the General Partner and its
Affiliates), (iii) on terms no less favorable to the
Partnership than those generally being provided to or available
from unrelated third parties or (iv) fair and reasonable to
the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the
relationships between the parties involved (including other
transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous
to the Partnership). The General Partner shall be authorized but
not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict
of interest to seek Special Approval or Unitholder approval of
such resolution, and the General Partner may also
A-53
adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received
Special Approval or Unitholder approval. If Special Approval is
sought, then it shall be presumed that, in making its decision,
the Conflicts Committee acted in good faith, and if neither
Special Approval nor Unitholder approval is sought and the Board
of Directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to a conflict of interest satisfies either of
the standards set forth in clauses (iii) or
(iv) above, then it shall be presumed that, in making its
decision, the Board of Directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by any Limited Partner or by or on behalf of
such Limited Partner or any other Limited Partner or the
Partnership challenging such approval, the Person bringing or
prosecuting such proceeding shall have the burden of overcoming
such presumption. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this Agreement or any duty otherwise existing at law or equity,
the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the
Registration Statement and any actions of the General Partner
taken in connection therewith, including any conflicts of
interest arising from Potential OTA Financial Support, are
hereby approved by all Partners and shall not constitute a
breach of this Agreement or of any duty hereunder or existing at
law, in equity or otherwise.
(b) Whenever the General Partner, or any committee of the
Board of Directors (including the Conflicts Committee), makes a
determination or takes or declines to take any other action, or
any of its Affiliates causes the General Partner to do so, in
its capacity as the general partner of the Partnership as
opposed to in its individual capacity, whether under this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement or any other agreement
contemplated hereby or otherwise, then, unless another express
standard is provided for in this Agreement, the General Partner,
such committee or such Affiliates causing the General Partner to
do so, shall make such determination or take or decline to take
such other action in good faith and shall not be subject to any
other or different standards (including fiduciary standards)
imposed by this Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other
agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any
other law, rule or regulation or at equity. In order for a
determination or other action to be in good faith
for purposes of this Agreement, the Person or Persons making
such determination or taking or declining to take such other
action must believe that the determination or other action is in
the best interests of the Partnership.
(c) Whenever the General Partner makes a determination or
takes or declines to take any other action, or any of its
Affiliates causes it to do so, in its individual capacity as
opposed to in its capacity as the general partner of the
Partnership, whether under this Agreement, any Group Member
Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby or
otherwise, then the General Partner, or such Affiliates causing
it to do so, are entitled, to the fullest extent permitted by
law, to make such determination or to take or decline to take
such other action free of any duty (including any fiduciary
duty) or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited
Partner or any other Person bound by this Agreement, and the
General Partner, or such Affiliates causing it to do so, shall
not, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be required to act
in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement
contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law,
rule or regulation or at equity. By way of illustration and not
of limitation, whenever the phrases, at the option of the
General Partner, in its sole discretion or
some variation of those phrases, are used in this Agreement, it
indicates that the General Partner is acting in its individual
capacity. For the avoidance of doubt, whenever the General
Partner votes or transfers its Partnership Interests, or
refrains from voting or transferring its Partnership Interests,
it shall be acting in its individual capacity.
(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Agreement, the General Partner and its Affiliates shall have no
duty or obligation, express or implied, to (i) sell or
otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other
than in the ordinary course of business or (ii) permit any
Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General
Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in
contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing
with such use. Any determination by the General Partner or any
of its Affiliates to enter into such contracts shall be in its
sole discretion.
(e) Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement,
neither the General Partner nor any other Indemnitee shall have
any duties or liabilities, including fiduciary duties, to the
Partnership or any Limited Partner and the provisions of this
Agreement, to the extent that they restrict, eliminate or
otherwise modify the duties and liabilities, including fiduciary
duties, of the General Partner or any other Indemnitee otherwise
existing at law
A-54
or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other
duties and liabilities of the General Partner or such other
Indemnitee.
(f) The Limited Partners hereby authorize the General
Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of
a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or
managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions
permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this
Section 7.9.
Section 7.10 Other Matters Concerning the
General Partner.
(a) The General Partner may rely upon, and shall be
protected in acting or refraining from acting upon, any
resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper
or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed
or presented by the proper party or parties.
(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel,
accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment
bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and
any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the advice
or opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as
to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be
within such Persons professional or expert competence
shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in
good faith and in accordance with such advice or opinion.
(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of
any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any
of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or
attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the
Partnership.
Section 7.11 Purchase or Sale of Partnership
Interests. The General Partner may cause the
Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership
Interests; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to
Section 4.9, the General Partner may not cause any Group
Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination
Period. As long as Partnership Interests are held by any Group
Member, such Partnership Interests shall not be considered
Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided
herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General
Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or
otherwise dispose of Partnership Interests for its own account,
subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.
Section 7.12 Registration Rights of the
General Partner and its Affiliates.
(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the
General Partner (including for purposes of this
Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the
General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may
later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds
Partnership Interests that it desires to sell and
(ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor
rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption
from registration is not available to enable such holder of
Partnership Interests (the Holder) to
dispose of the number of Partnership Interests it desires to
sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under
the Securities Act, then at the option and upon the request of
the Holder, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as
promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use
all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to become effective
and remain effective for a period of not less than six months
following its effective date or such shorter period as shall
terminate when all Partnership Interests covered by such
registration statement have been sold, a registration statement
under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of
the number of Partnership Interests specified by the Holder;
provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to
effect more than three registrations pursuant to this
Section 7.12(a); and provided further, however, that if the
General Partner determines that a postponement of the requested
registration would be in the best interests of the Partnership
and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or
other event, the filing of such registration statement or the
effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but
not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to
the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall
(i) promptly prepare and file (A) such documents as
may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject
to such registration under the securities laws of such states as
the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no
such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where,
as a result thereof, the Partnership would become subject to
general service
A-55
of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a
foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such
jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and
(B) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing
or to list the Partnership Interests subject to such
registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder
shall reasonably request, and (ii) do any and all other
acts and things that may be necessary or appropriate to enable
the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership
Interests in such states. Except as set forth in
Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such
registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts
and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without
reimbursement by the Holder.
(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a
registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering
of Partnership Interests for cash (other than an offering
relating solely to a benefit plan), the Partnership shall use
all commercially reasonable efforts to include such number or
amount of Partnership Interests held by any Holder in such
registration statement as the Holder shall request; provided,
that the Partnership is not required to make any effort or take
any action to so include the Partnership Interests of the Holder
once the registration statement becomes or is declared effective
by the Commission, including any registration statement
providing for the offering from time to time of Partnership
Interests pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. If
the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b)
shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the
managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering
advise the Partnership and the Holder that in their opinion the
inclusion of all or some of the Holders Partnership
Interests would adversely and materially affect the timing or
success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such
offering only that number or amount, if any, of Partnership
Interests held by the Holder that, in the opinion of the
managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so
adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set
forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any
such registration and offering (other than the underwriting
discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership,
without reimbursement by the Holder.
(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any
registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the
Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations,
covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in
form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters.
Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the
Partnerships obligation under Section 7.7, the
Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors
and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of
the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively,
Indemnified Persons) from and against
any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or
several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses),
judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other
amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits
or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative, in which any Indemnified Person may be involved,
or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, under
the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this
Section 7.12(c) as a claim and in the plural as
claims) based upon, arising out of or resulting from
any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material
fact contained in any registration statement under which any
Partnership Interests were registered under the Securities Act
or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary
prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such
registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus
or issuer free writing prospectus or in any amendment or
supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is
required to keep the registration statement current), or arising
out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not
misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall
not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any
such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an
untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in such registration statement, such
preliminary, summary or final prospectus or free writing
prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and
in conformity with written information furnished to the
Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person
specifically for use in the preparation thereof.
(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and
Section 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with
respect to the General Partner (and any of the General
Partners Affiliates) after it ceases to be a general
partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years
subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so
long
A-56
thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the
Partnership Interests with respect to which it has requested
during such two-year period inclusion in a registration
statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be
filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not
be required to file successive registration statements covering
the same Partnership Interests for which registration was
demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of
Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.
(e) The rights to cause the Partnership to register
Partnership Interests pursuant to this Section 7.12 may be
assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to
a transferee or assignee of such Partnership Interests, provided
(i) the Partnership is, within a reasonable time after such
transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address
of such transferee or assignee and the Partnership Interests
with respect to which such registration rights are being
assigned; and (ii) such transferee or assignee agrees in
writing to be bound by and subject to the terms set forth in
this Section 7.12.
(f) Any request to register Partnership Interests pursuant
to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership
Interests intended to be offered and sold by the Person making
the request, (ii) express such Persons present intent
to offer such Partnership Interests for distribution,
(iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer
and sale of Partnership Interests, and (iv) contain the
undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and
materials and take all action as may be required in order to
permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable
requirements in connection with the registration of such
Partnership Interests.
Section 7.13 Reliance by Third
Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall
be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer
of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act
on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power
and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner
any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any
authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such
Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any
such officer as if it were the Partnerships sole party in
interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner
hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and
all defenses or other remedies that may be available against
such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the
General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such
dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General
Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated
to ascertain that the terms of this Agreement have been complied
with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act
or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its
representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other
instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General
Partner or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in
favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming
thereunder that (a) at the time of the execution and
delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this
Agreement was in full force and effect, (b) the Person
executing and delivering such certificate, document or
instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on
behalf of the Partnership and (c) such certificate,
document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in
accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and
is binding upon the Partnership.
ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS,
RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
Section 8.1 Records and
Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or
cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership
appropriate books and records with respect to the
Partnerships business, including all books and records
necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information
required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any
books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership
in the regular course of its business, including the record of
the Record Holders of Units or other Partnership Interests,
books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be
kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives,
magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other
information storage device; provided, that the books and records
so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form
within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership
shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an
accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The Partnership
shall not be required to keep books maintained on a cash basis
and the General Partner shall be permitted to calculate
cash-based measures,
A-57
including Operating Surplus and Adjusted Operating Surplus, by
making such adjustments to its accrual basis books to account
for non-cash items and other adjustments as the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate.
Section 8.2 Fiscal Year. The
fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending
December 31.
Section 8.3 Reports.
(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than
105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the
Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or
made available, by any reasonable means, to each Record Holder
of a Unit or other Partnership Interest as of a date selected by
the General Partner, an annual report containing financial
statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the
Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP,
including a balance sheet and statements of operations,
Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited
by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the
General Partner.
(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than
50 days after the close of each Quarter except the last
Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to
be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each
Record Holder of a Unit or other Partnership Interest, as of a
date selected by the General Partner, a report containing
unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other
information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or
rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are
listed or admitted to trading, or as the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate.
(c) The General Partner shall be deemed to have made a
report available to each Record Holder as required by this
Section 8.3 if it has either (i) filed such report
with the Commission via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis
and Retrieval system and such report is publicly available on
such system or (ii) made such report available on any
publicly available website maintained by the Partnership.
ARTICLE IX
TAX
MATTERS
Section 9.1 Tax Returns and
Information. The Partnership shall timely file
all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal,
state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual
method and the taxable period or years that it is required by
law to adopt, from time to time, as determined by the General
Partner. In the event the Partnership is required to use a
taxable period other than a year ending on December 31, the
General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to change the
taxable period of the Partnership to a year ending on
December 31. The tax information reasonably required by
Record Holders for federal, state and local income tax reporting
purposes with respect to a taxable period shall be furnished to
them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in
which the Partnerships taxable period ends. The
classification, realization and recognition of income, gain,
losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual
method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Section 9.2 Tax Elections.
(a) The Partnership shall make the election under
Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable
regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right
to seek to revoke any such election upon the General
Partners determination that such revocation is in the best
interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other
provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the
adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General
Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a
convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited
Partner Interest will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing
price of the Limited Partner Interests on any National
Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are
listed or admitted to trading during the calendar month in which
such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(f)
without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.
A-58
(b) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General
Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any
other elections permitted by the Code.
Section 9.3 Tax
Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof,
the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as
defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent
the Partnership (at the Partnerships expense) in
connection with all examinations of the Partnerships
affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative
and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for
professional services and costs associated therewith. Each
Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do
or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by
the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.
Section 9.4 Withholding; Tax Payments.
(a) The General Partner may treat taxes paid by the
Partnership on behalf of, all or less than all of the Partners,
either as a distribution of cash to such Partners or as a
general expense of the Partnership, as determined appropriate
under the circumstances by the General Partner.
(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the General Partner is authorized to take any action that may be
required to cause the Partnership and other Group Members to
comply with any withholding requirements established under the
Code or any other federal, state or local law including pursuant
to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the
extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold
and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from
the allocation or distribution of income or from a distribution
to any Partner (including by reason of Section 1446 of the
Code), the General Partner may treat the amount withheld as a
distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount
of such withholding from such Partner.
ARTICLE X
ADMISSION
OF PARTNERS
Section 10.1 Admission of Limited
Partners.
(a) A Person shall be admitted as a Limited Partner and
shall become bound by the terms of this Agreement if such Person
purchases or otherwise lawfully acquires any Limited Partner
Interest and becomes the Record Holder of such Limited Partner
Interests in accordance with the provisions of Article IV
or Article V hereof. A Person may become a Record Holder of
a Limited Partner Interest without the consent or approval of
any of the Partners. A Person may not become a Limited Partner
without acquiring a Limited Partner Interest and until reflected
on the books and records of the Partnership as the Record Holder
of such Limited Partner Interest. The rights and obligations of
a Person who is an Ineligible Holder shall be determined in
accordance with Section 4.8. Upon the issuance by the
Partnership of Common Units, Subordinated Units and Incentive
Distribution Rights to the General Partner, the Organizational
Limited Partner and the Underwriters as described in
Article V in connection with the Initial Offering, such
parties will be automatically admitted to the Partnership as
Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units,
Subordinated Units or Incentive Distribution Rights issued to
them.
(b) The name and mailing address of each Record Holder
shall be listed on the books and records of the Partnership
maintained for such purpose by the Partnership or the Transfer
Agent. The General Partner shall update the books and records of
the Partnership from time to time as necessary to reflect
accurately the information therein (or shall cause the Transfer
Agent to do so, as applicable). A Limited Partner Interest may
be represented by a Certificate, as provided in Section 4.1.
(c) Any transfer of a Limited Partner Interest shall not
entitle the transferee to share in the profits and losses, to
receive distributions, to receive allocations of income, gain,
loss, deduction or credit or any similar item or to any other
rights to which the transferor was entitled until the transferee
becomes a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.1(a).
Section 10.2 Admission of Successor General
Partner. A successor General Partner approved
pursuant to Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 or the
transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner
Interest pursuant
A-59
to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a
successor General Partner shall be admitted to the Partnership
as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the
withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General
Partner, pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer
of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6,
provided, however, that no such successor shall be
admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of
Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed
and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be
required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall,
subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the
members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.
Section 10.3 Amendment of Agreement and
Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the
admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner
shall take all steps necessary or appropriate under the Delaware
Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such
admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable
an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the
General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the
Certificate of Limited Partnership.
ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL
OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
Section 11.1 Withdrawal of the General
Partner.
(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn
from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the
following events (each such event herein referred to as an
Event of Withdrawal);
(i) The General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the
Partnership by giving written notice to the other Partners;
(ii) The General Partner transfers all of its General
Partner Interest pursuant to Section 4.6;
(iii) The General Partner is removed pursuant to
Section 11.2;
(iv) The General Partner (A) makes a general
assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a
voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of
the United States Bankruptcy Code; (C) files a petition or
answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar
relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files
an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the
material allegations of a petition filed against the General
Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C)
of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to
or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a
debtor-in-possession),
receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any
substantial part of its properties;
(v) A final and non-appealable order of relief under
Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered
by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary
or involuntary petition by or against the General
Partner; or
(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a
corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is
filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the
date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its
charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws
of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General
Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the
dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General
Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in
such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the
termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General
Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of
incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the
termination of the General Partner.
If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv),
(v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the
withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited
Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners
hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in
this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the
General Partner from the Partnership.
A-60
(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership
upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not
constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following
circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning
on the Closing Date and ending at 11:59 pm, prevailing Central
Time, on September 30, 2021, the General Partner
voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days
advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited
Partners; provided, that prior to the effective date of such
withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at
least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding
Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and
the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of
Counsel (Withdrawal Opinion of
Counsel) that such withdrawal (following the
selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in
the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware Act of any
Limited Partner or cause any Group Member to be treated as an
association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as
an entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the
extent not already so treated or taxed); (ii) at any time
after 11:59 pm, prevailing Central Time, on September 30,
2021, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at
least 90 days advance notice to the Unitholders, such
withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice;
(iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the
General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is
removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or
(iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at
any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by
giving at least 90 days advance notice of its
intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal
to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the
time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other
than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or
of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The
withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the
occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the
withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing
member, if any, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal
pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a Unit Majority, may, prior
to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor
General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General
Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner
or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a
managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General
Partners withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), a
successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein
or the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of
Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with
Section 12.1 unless the business of the Partnership is
continued pursuant to Section 12.2. Any successor General
Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 10.2.
Section 11.2 Removal of the General
Partner. The General Partner may be removed if
such removal is approved by the Unitholders holding at least
662/3%
of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General
Partner and its Affiliates) voting as a single class. Any such
action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must
also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by
the Unitholders holding a majority of the Outstanding Common
Units, voting as a class, and a majority of the Outstanding
Subordinated Units, voting as a class (including, in each case,
Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates). Such
removal shall be effective immediately following the admission
of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.2.
The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically
constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner
or managing member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group
Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or a
managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General
Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2,
such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.2,
automatically become a successor general partner or managing
member, to the extent applicable, of the other Group Members of
which the General Partner is a general partner or a managing
member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove
the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the
Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters
covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor
General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this
Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of
Section 10.2.
A-61
Section 11.3 Interest of Departing General
Partner and Successor General Partner.
(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General
Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not
violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General
Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances
where Cause does not exist, if the successor General Partner is
elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or
Section 11.2, the Departing General Partner shall have the
option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the
withdrawal or removal of such Departing General Partner, to
require its successor to purchase its General Partner Interest
and its or its Affiliates general partner interest (or
equivalent interest), if any, in the other Group Members and all
of its or its Affiliates Incentive Distribution Rights
(collectively, the Combined Interest)
in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value
of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and
payable as of the effective date of its withdrawal or removal.
If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under
circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner
withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates
this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in
accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or
Section 11.2 (or if the business of the Partnership is
continued pursuant to Section 12.2 and the successor
General Partner is not the former General Partner), such
successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the
effective date of the withdrawal or removal of such Departing
General Partner (or, in the event the business of the
Partnership is continued, prior to the date the business of the
Partnership is continued), to purchase the Combined Interest for
such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either
event, the Departing General Partner shall be entitled to
receive all reimbursements due such Departing General Partner
pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related
liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in
connection with the termination of any employees employed by the
Departing General Partner or its Affiliates (other than any
Group Member) for the benefit of the Partnership or the other
Group Members.
For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value
of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement
between the Departing General Partner and its successor or,
failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date
of such Departing General Partners withdrawal or removal,
by an independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert selected by the Departing General Partner and its
successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the
determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If
such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment
banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days
after the effective date of such withdrawal or removal, then the
Departing General Partner shall designate an independent
investment banking firm or other independent expert, the
Departing General Partners successor shall designate an
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert,
and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third
independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which
third independent investment banking firm or other independent
expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined
Interest. In making its determination, such third independent
investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider
the value of the Units, including the then current trading price
of Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are
then listed or admitted to trading, the value of the
Partnerships assets, the rights and obligations of the
Departing General Partner, the value of the Incentive
Distribution Rights and the General Partner Interest and other
factors it may deem relevant.
(b) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner
set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing General Partner
(and its Affiliates, if applicable) shall become a Limited
Partner and the Combined Interest shall be converted into Common
Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm
or other independent expert selected pursuant to
Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership
Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the
admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall
indemnify the Departing General Partner as to all debts and
liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on
which the Departing General Partner becomes a Limited Partner.
For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined
Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the
Departing General Partner (and its Affiliates, if applicable)
contributed the Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange
for the newly issued Common Units.
(c) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance
with the terms of Section 11.1 or Section 11.2 (or if
the business of the Partnership is continued pursuant to
Section 12.2 and the successor General Partner
A-62
is not the former General Partner) and the option described in
Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to
do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective
date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the
Partnership cash in the amount equal to the product of
(x) the quotient obtained by dividing (A) the
Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of the
Departing General Partner by (B) a percentage equal to 100%
less the Percentage Interest of the General Partner Interest of
the Departing General Partner and (y) the Net Agreed Value
of the Partnerships assets on such date. In such event,
such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following
sentence, be entitled to its Percentage Interest of all
Partnership allocations and distributions to which the Departing
General Partner was entitled. In addition, the successor General
Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect
that, from and after the date of such successor General
Partners admission, the successor General Partners
interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall
be its Percentage Interest.
Section 11.4 Termination of Subordination
Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of
Cumulative Common Unit
Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this
Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner
of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not
exist:
(a) the Subordinated Units held by any Person will
immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a
one-for-one
basis, provided (i) neither such Person nor any of its
Affiliates voted any of its Units in favor of the removal and
(ii) such Person is not an Affiliate of the successor
General Partner; and
(b) if all of the Subordinated Units convert into Common
Units pursuant to Section 11.4(a), all Cumulative Common
Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished and the
Subordination Period will end;
provided, however, that such converted
Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of
Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7.
Section 11.5 Withdrawal of Limited
Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right
to withdraw from the Partnership; provided,
however, that when a transferee of a Limited
Partners Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder
of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such
transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner
with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.
ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION
AND LIQUIDATION
Section 12.1 Dissolution. The
Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of
additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor
General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a
successor General Partner is elected pursuant to
Section 11.1, 11.2 or 12.2, the Partnership shall not be
dissolved and such successor General Partner is hereby
authorized to, and shall, continue the business of the
Partnership. Subject to Section 12.2, the Partnership shall
dissolve, and its affairs shall be wound up, upon:
(a) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as
provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than
Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and
such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to this
Agreement;
(b) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General
Partner that is approved by a Unit Majority;
(c) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the
Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware
Act; or
(d) at any time there are no Limited Partners, unless the
Partnership is continued without dissolution in accordance with
the Delaware Act.
Section 12.2 Continuation of the Business of
the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon
(a) an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or
removal of the General Partner as provided in
Section 11.1(a)(i) or
A-63
(iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor
to such Departing General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1
or Section 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or
(b) an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined
in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the
maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days
thereafter, a Unit Majority may elect to continue the business
of the Partnership on the same terms and conditions set forth in
this Agreement by appointing as a successor General Partner a
Person approved by a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is
made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the
Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up
its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:
(i) the Partnership shall continue without dissolution
unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this
Article XII;
(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former
General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner
shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and
(iii) the successor General Partner shall be admitted to
the Partnership as General Partner, effective as of the Event of
Withdrawal, by agreeing in writing to be bound by this
Agreement; provided, that the right of a Unit Majority to
approve a successor General Partner and to continue the business
of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised
unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that
(x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss
of limited liability under the Delaware Act of any Limited
Partner and (y) neither the Partnership nor any Group
Member would be treated as an association taxable as a
corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for
U.S. federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such
right to continue (to the extent not already so treated or
taxed).
Section 12.3 Liquidator. Upon
dissolution of the Partnership, unless the business of the
Partnership is continued pursuant to Section 12.2, the
General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as
Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner)
shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services
as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the
Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a
single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner)
shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days
prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without
cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a
majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units,
voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or
resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute
Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and
duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days
thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the
Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units, voting as a
single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute
Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to
refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator
approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly
provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in
the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without
further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto,
all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the
terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable
limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of
such powers, other than the limitation on sale set forth in
Section 7.3) necessary or appropriate to carry out the
duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during
the period of time required to complete the winding up and
liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.
Section 12.4 Liquidation. The
Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the
Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up
its affairs in such manner and over such period as determined by
the Liquidator, subject to
Section 17-804
of the Delaware Act and the following:
(a) The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale
or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms
as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any
property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the
property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to
have received cash equal to its fair market value; and
contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must
be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may defer
liquidation or distribution of the Partnerships assets for
a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or
distribution of all or some of the Partnerships assets
would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.
The Liquidator may distribute the
A-64
Partnerships assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it
determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue
loss to the Partners.
(b) Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to
the Liquidator as compensation for serving in such capacity
(subject to the terms of Section 12.3) and amounts to
Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights
under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is
contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due
and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for
such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of
cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any
unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional
liquidation proceeds.
(c) All property and all cash in excess of that required to
discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall
be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the
extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital
Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital
Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of
distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the
taxable period of the Partnership during which the liquidation
of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being
determined pursuant to Treasury
Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)),
and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable
period (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of
such occurrence).
Section 12.5 Cancellation of Certificate of
Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the
distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in
Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the
Partnership, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all
qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited
partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware
shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to
terminate the Partnership shall be taken.
Section 12.6 Return of
Contributions. The General Partner shall not be
personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to
contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to
enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions
of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof,
it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made
solely from Partnership assets.
Section 12.7 Waiver of
Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by
law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the
Partnership property.
Section 12.8 Capital Account
Restoration. No Limited Partner shall have any
obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital
Account upon liquidation of the Partnership. The General Partner
shall be obligated to restore any negative balance in its
Capital Account upon liquidation of its interest in the
Partnership by the end of the taxable period of the Partnership
during which such liquidation occurs, or, if later, within
90 days after the date of such liquidation.
ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT
OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
Section 13.1 Amendments to be Adopted Solely
by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that
the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner, may
amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to,
acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be
required in connection therewith, to reflect:
(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location
of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the
registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of
the Partnership;
(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of
Partners in accordance with this Agreement;
(c) a change that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate to qualify or continue the
qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a
partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability
under the laws of any state or to ensure that the Group Members
will not
A-65
be treated as associations taxable as corporations or otherwise
taxed as entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
(d) a change that the General Partner determines
(i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners
(including any particular class of Partnership Interests as
compared to other classes of Partnership Interests) in any
material respect, (ii) to be necessary or appropriate to
(A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines
contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation
of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or
contained in any federal or state statute (including the
Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Units
(including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding
Units into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax
consequences within such classes of Units) or comply with any
rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National
Securities Exchange on which the Units are or will be listed or
admitted to trading, (iii) to be necessary or appropriate
in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant
to Section 5.9 or (iv) is required to effect the
intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of
the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by
this Agreement;
(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the
Partnership and any other changes that the General Partner
determines to be necessary or appropriate as a result of a
change in the fiscal year or taxable period of the Partnership
including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change
in the definition of Quarter and the dates on which
distributions are to be made by the Partnership;
(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of
Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or
its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner
being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act
of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as
amended, or plan asset regulations adopted under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended,
regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United
States Department of Labor;
(g) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate in connection with the creation,
authorization or issuance of any class or series of Partnership
Interests and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights
relating to the Partnership Interests pursuant to
Section 5.6;
(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to
be made by the General Partner acting alone;
(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by
a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;
(j) an amendment that the General Partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate to reflect and account for the
formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the
Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture,
limited liability company or other entity, in connection with
the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the
terms of Section 2.4 or 7.1(a);
(k) a merger, conveyance or conversion pursuant to
Section 14.3(d); or
(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the
foregoing.
Section 13.2 Amendment
Procedures. Amendments to this Agreement may be
proposed only by the General Partner. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or
obligation to propose or approve any amendment to this Agreement
and may decline to do so in its sole discretion, and, in
declining to propose or approve an amendment, to the fullest
extent permitted by law shall not be required to act in good
faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed by this
Agreement, any Group Member Agreement, any other agreement
contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law,
rule or regulation or at equity. An amendment shall be effective
upon its approval by the General Partner and, except as
otherwise provided by Section 13.1 or 13.3, a Unit
Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required
under this Agreement or by Delaware law. Each proposed amendment
that requires the approval of the holders of a specified
percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing
that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an
amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the
written
A-66
approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or
call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such
proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record
Holders upon final adoption of any amendments. The General
Partner shall be deemed to have notified all Record Holders as
required by this Section 13.2 if it has either
(i) filed such amendment with the Commission via its
Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system and
such amendment is publicly available on such system or
(ii) made such amendment available on any publicly
available website maintained by the Partnership
Section 13.3 Amendment Requirements.
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and
Section 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that
establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units
deemed owned by the General Partner) or requires a vote or
approval of Partners (or a subset of the Partners) holding a
specified Percentage Interest required to take any action shall
be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any
respect that would have the effect of in the case of any
provision of this Agreement other than Section 11.2 or
Section 13.4, reducing such percentage, unless such
amendment is approved by the written consent or the affirmative
vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding
Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to
be reduced or increased, as applicable or the affirmative vote
of Partners whose aggregate Percentage Interest constitutes not
less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced, as
applicable.
(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.1 and
Section 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may
(i) enlarge the obligations of (including requiring any
holder of a class of Partnership Interests to make additional
Capital Contributions to the Partnership) any Limited Partner
without its consent, unless such shall be deemed to have
occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to
Section 13.3(c), or (ii) enlarge the obligations of,
restrict, change or modify in any way any action by or rights
of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable
or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its
Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or
withheld at its option.
(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3 or
Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material
adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of
Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of
Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not
less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of
the class affected. If the General Partner determines an
amendment does not satisfy the requirements of
Section 13.1(d)(i) because it adversely affects one or more
classes of Partnership Interests, as compared to other classes
of Partnership Interests, in any material respect, such
amendment shall only be required to be approved by the adversely
affected class or classes.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except
as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments
shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at
least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited Partners
voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an
Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not
affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under
applicable partnership law of the state under whose laws the
Partnership is organized.
(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this
Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of
Partners (including the General Partner and its Affiliates)
holding at least 90% of the Percentage Interests of all Limited
Partners.
Section 13.4 Special
Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be
taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner
provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the
Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by
Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Units of
the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited
Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the
General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the
signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and
indicating the general or specific purposes for which the
special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after
receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such
greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership
to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing
agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a
meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a
A-67
meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting
to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through
the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place
determined by the General Partner on a date not less than
10 days nor more than 60 days after the time notice of
the meeting is given as provided in Section 16.1. Limited
Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited
Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and
control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to
jeopardize the Limited Partners limited liability under
the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the
Partnership is qualified to do business.
Section 13.5 Notice of a
Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to
Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the
class or classes of Units for which a meeting is proposed in
writing by mail or other means of written communication in
accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to
have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent
by other means of written communication.
Section 13.6 Record Date. For
purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice
of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give
approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11,
the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be
less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date
of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities
Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to trading or
U.S. federal securities laws, in which case the rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of such National Securities
Exchange or U.S. federal securities laws shall govern) or
(b) in the event that approvals are sought without a
meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in
writing by the General Partner to give such approvals. If the
General Partner does not set a Record Date, then (a) the
Record Date for determining the Limited Partners entitled to
notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners shall
be the close of business on the day next preceding the day on
which notice is given, and (b) the Record Date for
determining the Limited Partners entitled to give approvals
without a meeting shall be the date the first written approval
is deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner
in accordance with Section 13.11.
Section 13.7 Adjournment. When
a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not
be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not
be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the
meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such
adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the
adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business
which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the
adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record
Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the
adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this
Article XIII.
Section 13.8 Waiver of Notice; Approval of
Meeting; Approval of Minutes. The transactions of
any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and
whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a
meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is
present either in person or by proxy. Attendance of a Limited
Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the
meeting, except when the Limited Partner attends the meeting for
the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the
meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting
is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance
at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the
consideration of matters required to be included in the notice
of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is
expressly made at the meeting.
Section 13.9 Quorum and
Voting. The holders of a majority, by Percentage
Interest, of the Partnership Interests of the class or classes
for which a meeting has been called (including Partnership
Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in
person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of
Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the
Partners requires approval by holders of a greater Percentage
Interest, in which case the quorum shall be such greater
Percentage Interest. At any meeting of the Partners duly called
and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is
present, the act of Partners holding Partnership Interests that
in the aggregate represent a majority of the Percentage Interest
of those present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be
deemed to constitute the act of all Partners, unless a greater
or different percentage is required with respect to such action
under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of
the Partners holding Partnership Interests that in the aggregate
A-68
represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be
required; provided, however, that if, as a matter of law or
amendment to this Agreement, approval by plurality vote of
Partners (or any class thereof) is required to approve any
action, no minimum quorum shall be required. The Partners
present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is
present may continue to transact business until adjournment,
notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Partners to leave less
than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is
approved by Partners holding the required Percentage Interest
specified in this Agreement. In the absence of a quorum any
meeting of Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the
affirmative vote of Partners with at least a majority, by
Percentage Interest, of the Partnership Interests entitled to
vote at such meeting (including Partnership Interests deemed
owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by
proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as
provided in Section 13.7.
Section 13.10 Conduct of a
Meeting. The General Partner shall have full
power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any
meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in
writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to
vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the
requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the
validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any
controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or
during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall
designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall
further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting.
All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership
maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make
such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this
Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any
meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in
writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of
proxies, the appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and
approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other
evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals
in writing.
Section 13.11 Action Without a
Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner,
any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited
Partners may be taken without a meeting, without a vote and
without prior notice, if an approval in writing setting forth
the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not
less than the minimum percentage, by Percentage Interest, of the
Partnership Interests of the class or classes for which a
meeting has been called (including Partnership Interests deemed
owned by the General Partner), as the case may be, that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which
all the Limited Partners entitled to vote at such meeting were
present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any
rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National
Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed or admitted to
trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or
requirement of such National Securities Exchange shall govern).
Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be
given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing.
The General Partner may specify that any written ballot, if any,
submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any
action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership
within the time period, which shall be not less than
20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot
returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Units held
by the Limited Partners, the Partnership shall be deemed to have
failed to receive a ballot for the Units that were not voted. If
approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is
solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the
General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and
effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the
Partnership in care of the General Partner and (b) an
Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the
effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed
to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will
not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in
the management and control of the business and affairs of the
Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners
limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under
the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and
liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners. Nothing
contained in this Section 13.11 shall be deemed to require
the General Partner to solicit all Limited Partners in
connection with a matter approved by the holders of the
requisite percentage of Units acting by written consent without
a meeting.
Section 13.12 Right to Vote and Related
Matters.
(a) Only those Record Holders of the Outstanding Units on
the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 shall be
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited
Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the
holders of the Outstanding Units have the right to vote or to
act. All references in this Agreement
A-69
to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding
Units shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of
the Record Holders of such Outstanding Units.
(b) With respect to Units that are held for a Persons
account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust
company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the
foregoing), in whose name such Units are registered, such other
Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such
Units on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such
Persons provides otherwise, vote such Units in favor of, and at
the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and
the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting
without further inquiry. The provisions of this
Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this
Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.
Section 13.13 Voting of Incentive
Distribution Rights.
(a) For so long as a majority of the Incentive Distribution
Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the
holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights shall not be
entitled to vote such Incentive Distribution Rights on any
Partnership matter except as may otherwise be required by law
and the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, in their
capacity as such, shall be deemed to have approved any matter
approved by the General Partner.
(b) If less than a majority of the Incentive Distribution
Rights are held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, the
Incentive Distribution Rights will be entitled to vote on all
matters submitted to a vote of Unitholders, other than
amendments and other matters that the General Partner determines
do not adversely affect the holders of the Incentive
Distribution Rights in any material respect. On any matter in
which the holders of Incentive Distribution Rights are entitled
to vote, such holders will vote together with the Subordinated
Units, prior to the end of the Subordination Period, or together
with the Common Units, thereafter, in either case as a single
class except as otherwise required by Section 13.3(c), and
such Incentive Distribution Rights shall be treated in all
respects as Subordinated Units or Common Units, as applicable,
when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on
any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating
required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for
other similar purposes under this Agreement. The relative voting
power of the Incentive Distribution Rights and the Subordinated
Units or Common Units, as applicable, will be set in the same
proportion as cumulative cash distributions, if any, in respect
of the Incentive Distribution Rights for the four consecutive
Quarters prior to the record date for the vote bears to the
cumulative cash distributions in respect of such class of Units
for such four Quarters.
(c) In connection with any equity financing, or anticipated
equity financing, by the Partnership of an Expansion Capital
Expenditure, the General Partner may, without the approval of
the holders of the Incentive Distribution Rights, temporarily or
permanently reduce the amount of Incentive Distributions that
would otherwise be distributed to such holders, provided that in
the judgment of the General Partner, such reduction will be in
the long-term best interest of such holders.
ARTICLE XIV
MERGER OR
CONSOLIDATION
Section 14.1 Authority. The
Partnership may merge or consolidate with or into one or more
corporations, limited liability companies, statutory trusts or
associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts
or unincorporated businesses, including a partnership (whether
general or limited (including a limited liability partnership))
or convert into any such entity, whether such entity is formed
under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state of
the United States of America, pursuant to a written plan of
merger or consolidation (Merger
Agreement) in accordance with this
Article XIV.
Section 14.2 Procedure for Merger or
Consolidation.
(a) Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to
this Article XIV requires the prior consent of the General
Partner, provided, however, that, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, the General Partner shall have no duty or
obligation to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
Partnership and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty
or obligation whatsoever to the Partnership, any Limited Partner
and, in declining
A-70
to consent to a merger or consolidation, shall not be required
to act in good faith or pursuant to any other standard imposed
by this Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or
under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation or
at equity.
(b) If the General Partner shall determine to consent to
the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve
the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:
(i) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization
of each of the business entities proposing to merge or
consolidate;
(ii) the name and jurisdiction of formation or organization
of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or
consolidation (the Surviving Business
Entity);
(iii) the terms and conditions of the proposed merger or
consolidation;
(iv) the manner and basis of exchanging or converting the
equity interests of each constituent business entity for, or
into, cash, property or interests, rights, securities or
obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if
any interests, securities or rights of any constituent business
entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into,
cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations
of the Surviving Business Entity, then the cash, property or
interests, rights, securities or obligations of any general or
limited partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability
company, unincorporated business or other entity (other than the
Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such interests,
securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon
conversion of their interests, securities or rights, and
(ii) in the case of equity interests represented by
certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which
cash, property or interests, rights, securities or obligations
of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited
partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company,
unincorporated business or other entity (other than the
Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be
delivered;
(v) a statement of any changes in the constituent documents
or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or
certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of
trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership,
certificate of formation or limited liability company agreement
or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving
Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;
(vi) the effective time of the merger, which may be the
date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to
Section 14.5 or a later date specified in or determinable
in accordance with the Merger Agreement ( provided , that if the
effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the
filing of such certificate of merger, the effective time shall
be fixed at a date or time certain and stated in the certificate
of merger); and
(vii) such other provisions with respect to the proposed
merger or consolidation that the General Partner determines to
be necessary or appropriate.
Section 14.3 Approval by Limited Partners.
(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General
Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement shall direct
that the Merger Agreement and the merger or consolidation
contemplated thereby, as applicable, be submitted to a vote of
Limited Partners, whether at a special meeting or by written
consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of
Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement,
as the case may be, shall be included in or enclosed with the
notice of a special meeting or the written consent.
(b) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and
14.3(e), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving
the affirmative vote or consent of a Unit Majority unless the
Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an
amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or
the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or
consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Units or of
any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater
percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the
Merger Agreement.
A-71
(c) Except as provided in Sections 14.3(d) and
14.3(e), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited
Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate
of merger pursuant to Section 14.5, the merger or
consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor,
if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.
(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this
Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is
permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to convert the
Partnership or any Group Member into a new limited liability
entity, to merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or
convey all of the Partnerships assets to, another limited
liability entity that shall be newly formed and shall have no
assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such merger or
conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or
other Group Member if (i) the General Partner has received
an Opinion of Counsel that the merger or conveyance, as the case
may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability
under the Delaware Act of any Limited Partner or cause the
Partnership or any Group Member to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity
for U.S. federal income tax purposes (to the extent not
already treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such
merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal
form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity
and (iii) the governing instruments of the new entity
provide the Limited Partners and the General Partner with
substantially the same rights and obligations as are herein
contained.
(e) Additionally, notwithstanding anything else contained
in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General
Partner is permitted, without Limited Partner approval, to merge
or consolidate the Partnership with or into another entity if
(A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel
that the merger or consolidation, as the case may be, would not
result in the loss of the limited liability under the Delaware
Act of any Limited Partner or cause the Partnership or any Group
Member to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation
or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for U.S. federal
income tax purposes (to the extent not already treated as such),
(B) the merger or consolidation would not result in an
amendment to this Agreement, other than any amendments that
could be adopted pursuant to Section 13.1, (C) the
Partnership is the Surviving Business Entity in such merger or
consolidation, (D) each Partnership Interest outstanding
immediately prior to the effective date of the merger or
consolidation is to be an identical Partnership Interest of the
Partnership after the effective date of the merger or
consolidation, and (E) the number of Partnership Interests
to be issued by the Partnership in such merger or consolidation
does not exceed 20% of the Partnership Interests (other than
Incentive Distribution Rights) Outstanding immediately prior to
the effective date of such merger or consolidation.
Section 14.4 Amendment of Partnership
Agreement. Pursuant to
Section 17-211(g)
of the Delaware Act, an agreement of merger or consolidation
approved in accordance with this Article XIV may
(a) effect any amendment to this Agreement or
(b) effect the adoption of a new partnership agreement for
the Partnership if it is the Surviving Business Entity. Any such
amendment or adoption made pursuant to this Section 14.3
shall be effective at the effective time or date of the merger
or consolidation.
Section 14.5 Certificate of
Merger. Upon the required approval by the General
Partner and the Unitholders of a Merger Agreement, a certificate
of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the
requirements of the Delaware Act.
Section 14.6 Effect of Merge or
Consolidation. At the effective time of the
certificate of merger:
(a) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the
business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all
property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of
those business entities and all other things and causes of
action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be
vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or
consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business
Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business
entity;
(b) the title to any real property vested by deed or
otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall
not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger
or consolidation;
(c) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security
interests in property of any of those constituent business
entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and
A-72
(d) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent
business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity
and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the
debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted
by it.
ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO
ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
Section 15.1 Right to Acquire Limited Partner
Interests.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
if at any time the General Partner and its Affiliates hold more
than 80% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class
then Outstanding, the General Partner shall then have the right,
which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to
the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner,
exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not
less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class
then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner
and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current
Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that
the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and
(y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of
its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such
class purchased during the
90-day
period preceding the date that the notice described in
Section 15.1(b) is mailed.
(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General
Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to
purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to
Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the
Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the
Notice of Election to Purchase) and
shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of
Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner
Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the
General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior
to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall
also be published for a period of at least three consecutive
days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation
printed in the English language and published in the Borough of
Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall
specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in
accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which Limited Partner
Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner,
its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to
purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of
Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in the
case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by Certificates, in
exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer
Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required
by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited
Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such
Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of
Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the
records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to
have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such
notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner,
its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall
deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to
pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner
Interests to be purchased in accordance with this
Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall
have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to
the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the
deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for
the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject
to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase
Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been
surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such
Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon cease, except the
right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance
with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests
therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent
of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests
in the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by
Certificates, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon
be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its
Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record
books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General
Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the
Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner
of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the
Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such
Limited Partner Interests.
(c) In the case of Limited Partner Interests evidenced by
Certificates, at any time from and after the Purchase Date, a
holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to
purchase as provided in this
A-73
Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such
Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for
payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a),
therefor, without interest thereon.
ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL
PROVISIONS
Section 16.1 Addresses and Notices; Written
Communications.
(a) Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials
required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner under
this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or
made when delivered in person or when sent by first
class United States mail or by other means of written
communication to the Partner at the address described below. Any
notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner
hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or
made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to
make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been
fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report
to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interests at his
address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as
otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of
any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such
Partnership Interests by reason of any assignment or otherwise.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) a Partner shall
consent to receiving notices, demands, requests, reports or
proxy materials via electronic mail or by the Internet or
(ii) the rules of the Commission shall permit any report or
proxy materials to be delivered electronically or made available
via the Internet, any such notice, demand, request, report or
proxy materials shall be deemed given or made when delivered or
made available via such mode of delivery. An affidavit or
certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1
executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the
mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving
or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice,
payment or report given or made in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 16.1 is returned marked to
indicate that such notice, payment or report was unable to be
delivered, such notice, payment or report and, in the case of
notices, payments or reports returned by the United States
Postal Service (or other physical mail delivery mail service
outside the United States of America), any subsequent notices,
payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or
made without further mailing (until such time as such Record
Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the
Partnership of a change in his address) or other delivery if
they are available for the Partner at the principal office of
the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the
giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other
Partners. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if
received by the General Partner at the principal office of the
Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General
Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice
or other document from a Partner or other Person if believed by
it to be genuine.
(b) The terms in writing, written
communications, written notice and words of
similar import shall be deemed satisfied under this Agreement by
use of
e-mail and
other forms of electronic communication.
Section 16.2 Further
Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all
documents, provide all information and take or refrain from
taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the
purposes of this Agreement.
Section 16.3 Binding
Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs,
executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and
permitted assigns.
Section 16.4 Integration. This
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties
hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes
all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.
Section 16.5 Creditors. None
of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of,
or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.
Section 16.6 Waiver. No
failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of
any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or
to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof
shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other
covenant, duty, agreement or condition.
A-74
Section 16.7 Third-Party
Beneficiaries. Each Partner agrees that
(a) any Indemnitee shall be entitled to assert rights and
remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with
respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right,
benefit or privilege to such Indemnitee and (b) any
Unrestricted Person shall be entitled to assert rights and
remedies hereunder as a third-party beneficiary hereto with
respect to those provisions of this Agreement affording a right,
benefit or privilege to such Unrestricted Person.
Section 16.8 Counterparts. This
Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together
shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto,
notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the
original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound
by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto
or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Limited Partner
Interest, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) without execution
hereof.
Section 16.9 Applicable Law; Forum, Venue and
Jurisdiction.
(a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with
and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without
regard to the principles of conflicts of law.
(b) Each of the Partners and each Person holding any
beneficial interest in the Partnership (whether through a
broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or
an agent of any of the foregoing or otherwise):
(i) irrevocably agrees that any claims, suits, actions or
proceedings (A) arising out of or relating in any way to
this Agreement (including any claims, suits or actions to
interpret, apply or enforce the provisions of this Agreement or
the duties, obligations or liabilities among Partners or of
Partners to the Partnership, or the rights or powers of, or
restrictions on, the Partners or the Partnership),
(B) brought in a derivative manner on behalf of the
Partnership, (C) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary
duty owed by any director, officer, or other employee of the
Partnership or the General Partner, or owed by the General
Partner, to the Partnership or the Partners, (D) asserting
a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware Act or
(E) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs
doctrine shall be exclusively brought in the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware, in each case regardless of whether
such claims, suits, actions or proceedings sound in contract,
tort, fraud or otherwise, are based on common law, statutory,
equitable, legal or other grounds, or are derivative or direct
claims;
(ii) irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of
the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in connection
with any such claim, suit, action or proceeding;
(iii) agrees not to, and waives any right to, assert in any
such claim, suit, action or proceeding that (A) it is not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery
of the State of Delaware or of any other court to which
proceedings in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware
may be appealed, (B) such claim, suit, action or proceeding
is brought in an inconvenient forum, or (C) the venue of
such claim, suit, action or proceeding is improper;
(iv) expressly waives any requirement for the posting of a
bond by a party bringing such claim, suit, action or
proceeding; and
(v) consents to process being served in any such claim,
suit, action or proceeding by mailing, certified mail, return
receipt requested, a copy thereof to such party at the address
in effect for notices hereunder, and agrees that such services
shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and
notice thereof; provided, nothing in clause (v) hereof
shall affect or limit any right to serve process in any other
manner permitted by law.
Section 16.10 Invalidity of
Provisions. If any provision or part of a
provision of this Agreement is or becomes for any reason,
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions and part
thereof contained herein shall not be affected thereby and this
Agreement shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be
reformed and construed as if such invalid, illegal or
unenforceable provision, or part of a provision, had never been
contained herein, and such provision or part reformed so that it
would be valid, legal and enforceable to the maximum extent
possible.
A-75
Section 16.11 Consent of
Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents
and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that
an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of
less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon
the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each
Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.
Section 16.12 Facsimile
Signatures. The use of facsimile signatures
affixed in the name and on behalf of the transfer agent and
registrar of the Partnership on Certificates representing Units
is expressly permitted by this Agreement.
[REMAINDER
OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]
A-76
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the General Partner has executed this
Agreement as of the date first written above.
GENERAL PARTNER:
OTLP GP, LLC
By:
Name: Carlin G. Conner
Title: President and Chief
Executive Officer
ORGANIZATIONAL LIMITED PARTNER:
OILTANKING HOLDING AMERICAS, INC.
By:
Name: Carlin G. Conner
Title: President and Chief
Executive Officer
A-77
EXHIBIT A
to the First Amended and Restated
Agreement of Limited Partnership of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Certificate
Evidencing Common Units
Representing Limited Partner Interests in
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
In accordance with Section 4.1 of the First Amended and
Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking
Partners, L.P., as amended, supplemented or restated from time
to time (the Partnership Agreement),
Oiltanking Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the
Partnership), hereby certifies
that
(the Holder) is the registered owner
of
Common Units representing limited partner interests in the
Partnership (the Common Units)
transferable on the books of the Partnership, in person or by
duly authorized attorney, upon surrender of this Certificate
properly endorsed. The rights, preferences and limitations of
the Common Units are set forth in, and this Certificate and the
Common Units represented hereby are issued and shall in all
respects be subject to the terms and provisions of the
Partnership Agreement. Copies of the Partnership Agreement are
on file at, and will be furnished without charge on delivery of
written request to the Partnership at, the principal office of
the Partnership located at 15361 Jacintoport Blvd., Houston,
Texas 77015. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall
have the meanings given them in the Partnership Agreement.
THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY ACKNOWLEDGES FOR THE BENEFIT OF
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. THAT THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE SOLD,
OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IF SUCH
TRANSFER WOULD (A) VIOLATE THE THEN APPLICABLE FEDERAL OR
STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR RULES AND REGULATIONS OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITY WITH JURISDICTION
OVER SUCH TRANSFER, (B) TERMINATE THE EXISTENCE OR
QUALIFICATION OF OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. UNDER THE LAWS OF THE
STATE OF DELAWARE, OR (C) CAUSE OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
TO BE TREATED AS AN ASSOCIATION TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR
OTHERWISE TO BE TAXED AS AN ENTITY FOR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME
TAX PURPOSES (TO THE EXTENT NOT ALREADY SO TREATED OR TAXED).
OTLP GP, LLC, THE GENERAL PARTNER OF OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.,
MAY IMPOSE ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS ON THE TRANSFER OF THIS
SECURITY IF IT RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL THAT SUCH
RESTRICTIONS ARE NECESSARY TO AVOID A SIGNIFICANT RISK OF
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P. BECOMING TAXABLE AS A CORPORATION OR
OTHERWISE BECOMING TAXABLE AS AN ENTITY FOR U.S. FEDERAL
INCOME TAX PURPOSES. THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH ABOVE SHALL NOT
PRECLUDE THE SETTLEMENT OF ANY TRANSACTIONS INVOLVING THIS
SECURITY ENTERED INTO THROUGH THE FACILITIES OF ANY NATIONAL
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY IS LISTED OR ADMITTED
TO TRADING.
The Holder, by accepting this Certificate, (i) shall be
admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner with respect to
the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such person when
any such transfer or admission is reflected in the books and
records of the Partnership and such Limited Partner becomes the
Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interests so transferred,
(ii) shall become bound by the terms of the Partnership
Agreement, (iii) represents that the transferee has the
capacity, power and authority to enter into the Partnership
Agreement and (iv) makes the consents, acknowledgements, and
waivers contained in the Partnership Agreement, with or without
the execution of the Partnership Agreement by the Holder.
This Certificate shall not be valid for any purpose unless it
has been countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and
Registrar.
A-78
|
|
|
Dated:
|
|
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
|
Countersigned and Registered by:
|
|
By: OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
|
|
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, N.A., As
Transfer Agent and Registrar
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
A-79
[Reverse
of Certificate]
ABBREVIATIONS
The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the
face of this Certificate, shall be construed as follows
according to applicable laws or regulations:
|
|
|
TEN COM as tenants in common
|
|
UNIF GIFT/TRANSFERS MIN ACT
|
TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties
|
|
Custodian
|
JT TEN as joint tenants with right of survivorship
and not as tenants in common
|
|
(Cust) (Minor)
Under Uniform Gifts/Transfers to CD Minors Act (State)
|
Additional abbreviations, though not in the above list, may also
be used
ASSIGNMENT
OF COMMON UNITS OF
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
FOR VALUE RECEIVED,
hereby assigns, conveys, sells and transfers unto
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Please print or typewrite name and address of assignee)
|
|
(Please insert Social Security or other identifying number of
assignee)
|
Common Units representing limited partner interests evidenced by
this Certificate, subject to the Partnership Agreement, and does
hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
as its attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to
transfer the same on the books of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
NOTE: The signature to any endorsement hereon must correspond
with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in
every particular. without alteration, enlargement or change
|
|
|
|
THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE
GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN
ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C.
RULE 17Ad-15
|
|
(Signature)
(Signature)
|
A-80
GLOSSARY
OF TERMS
adjusted operating surplus: Adjusted operating
surplus is intended to reflect the cash generated from
operations during a particular period and therefore excludes net
increases in working capital borrowings and net drawdowns of
reserves of cash generated in prior periods. For any period,
operating surplus generated during that period (not including
that portion of operating surplus described in clause (a)(1) of
the definition of operating surplus) is adjusted to:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
decrease operating surplus by:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
any net increase in working capital borrowings with respect to
that period; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
any net decrease in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period not relating to an operating
expenditure made with respect to that period; and
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
increase operating surplus by:
|
(1) any net decrease in working capital borrowings with
respect to that period;
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
any net increase in cash reserves for operating expenditures
with respect to that period required by any debt instrument for
the repayment of principal, interest or premium; and
|
|
|
(3)
|
any net decrease made in subsequent periods in cash reserves for
operating expenditures initially established with respect to
such period to the extent such decrease results in a reduction
of adjusted operating surplus in subsequent periods pursuant to
(a)(2) above.
|
Adjusted EBITDA: A supplemental financial measure
defined as net income before interest expense, income taxes and
depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted for certain
non-cash and non-recurring items. This measure is not calculated
or presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles.
ancillary services fees: Fees charged to our
storage customers for services such as heating, mixing, and
blending products stored in our tanks, transferring products
between our tanks and marine vapor recovery.
available cash: For any quarter:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
all of our cash and cash equivalents on hand at the end of that
quarter; and
|
|
|
(2)
|
if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of cash
on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the
quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the
end of the quarter; less
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to:
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business (including cash
reserves for future capital expenditures and for future credit
needs);
|
|
|
(2)
|
comply with applicable law or any debt instrument or other
agreement or obligation to which we are a party or our assets
are subject; and
|
|
|
(3)
|
provide funds for minimum quarterly distributions and cumulative
common unit arrearages for any one or more of the next four
quarters.
|
barrel or bbl: One barrel of
petroleum products equals 42 U.S. gallons.
capital account: The capital account maintained
for a partner under the partnership agreement. The capital
account of a partner for a common unit, a subordinated unit, an
incentive distribution right or any other partnership
B-1
interest will be the amount which that capital account would be
if that common unit, subordinated unit, incentive distribution
right or other partnership interest were the only interest in
the partnership held by a partner.
capital surplus: All available cash distributed by
us on any date from any source will be treated as distributed
from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash
distributed since the closing of the initial public offering
equals the operating surplus from the closing of the initial
public offering through the end of the quarter immediately
preceding that distribution. Any excess available cash
distributed by us on that date will be deemed to be capital
surplus.
chemical feedstocks: The inputs for chemical
production, such as naphtha and condensate.
closing price: The last sale price on a day,
regular way, or in case no sale takes place on that day, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day, regular
way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted
to trading on the principal national securities exchange on
which the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading.
If the units of that class are not listed or admitted to trading
on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on
that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices on that day in the
over-the-counter
market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or any other
system then in use. If on any day the units of that class are
not quoted by any organization of that type, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the units of the
class selected by the our board of directors. If on that day no
market maker is making a market in the units of that class, the
fair value of the units on that day as determined reasonably and
in good faith by our board of directors.
cumulative common unit arrearage: The amount by
which the minimum quarterly distribution for a quarter during
the subordination period exceeds the distribution of available
cash from distributable cash flow actually made for that quarter
on a common unit, cumulative for that quarter and all prior
quarters during the subordination period.
deadweight tons or dwt: A measure of
how much weight a ship is carrying or can safely carry. The term
is often used to specify a ships maximum permissible
deadweight when the ship is fully loaded so that its Plimsoll
line is at the point of submersion.
demurrage: The period when a charterer remains in
possession of the vessel after the period normally allowed to
load and unload cargo. Demurrage also refers to the charges that
the charterer pays to the ship owner for its extra use of the
vessel.
draft: The vertical distance between the waterline
and the bottom of the hull. Draft determines the minimum depth
of water that a ship can safely navigate.
incentive distributions: The distributions of
available cash from operating surplus initially made to the
general partner that are in excess of the general partners
aggregate 2% general partner interest.
feedstock: Raw material required for an industrial
process.
marine vapor recovery: The generally used term for
the process of recovering the vapors of volatile organic
compounds during the loading of bulk liquid tankers or barges,
rail tank cars and tank trucks so that they do not escape into
the atmosphere. This can be a process of condensing,
incineration or vapor balancing.
maintenance capital expenditures: Capital
expenditures made for the purpose of maintaining or replacing
the long-term operating capacity, service capability
and/or
functionality of the assets of the partnership and its
subsidiaries. Maintenance capital expenditures will also include
interest (and related fees) on debt incurred and distributions
on equity issued (including incremental distributions on
incentive distribution rights) to finance all or any portion of
the construction or development of a replacement asset that is
paid in respect of the period that begins when we enter into a
binding obligation to commence constructing or developing a
replacement asset and ending on the earlier to occur of the date
that any such replacement asset commences commercial service and
the date that it is abandoned or disposed of. Capital
expenditures made solely for investment purposes will not be
considered maintenance capital expenditures.
mbpd: One thousand barrels per day.
B-2
mmbbls: One million barrels.
operating expenditures: Generally means all of our
cash expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes,
reimbursement of expenses to our general partner or its
affiliates, payments made under interest rate hedge agreements
or commodity hedge agreements (provided that
(i) with respect to amounts paid in connection with the
initial purchase of an interest rate hedge contract or a
commodity hedge contract, such amounts will be amortized over
the life of the applicable interest rate hedge contract or
commodity hedge contract and (ii) payments made in
connection with the termination of any interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract prior to the expiration of
its stipulated settlement or termination date will be included
in operating expenditures in equal quarterly installments over
the remaining scheduled life of such interest rate hedge
contract or commodity hedge contract), officer compensation,
repayment of working capital borrowings, debt service payments
and estimated maintenance capital expenditures (except as
otherwise provided), provided that operating expenditures
will not include:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
repayment of working capital borrowings deducted from operating
surplus pursuant to the penultimate bullet point of the
definition of operating surplus above when such repayment
actually occurs;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
payments (including prepayments and prepayment penalties) of
principal of and premium on indebtedness, other than working
capital borrowings;
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
expansion capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
(d)
|
actual maintenance capital expenditure;
|
|
|
|
|
(e)
|
investment capital expenditures;
|
|
|
|
|
(f)
|
payment of transaction expenses relating to interim capital
transactions;
|
|
|
|
|
(g)
|
distributions to our partners (including distributions in
respect of our incentive distribution rights); or
|
|
|
(h)
|
repurchases of equity interests except to fund obligations under
employee benefit plans.
|
operating surplus: For any period, on a cumulative
basis and without duplication:
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
$30 million;
|
|
|
(2)
|
all cash receipts of the partnership and its subsidiaries on
hand after the closing of the initial public offering, excluding
cash from interim capital transactions, which include the
following:
|
(i) borrowings other than working capital borrowings;
(ii) sales of equity and debt securities;
|
|
|
|
(iii)
|
sales or other dispositions of assets for cash, other than
inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the
ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirement or
replacement of assets; and
|
|
|
(iv)
|
the termination of interest rate swap agreements or commodity
hedges prior to the termination date specified therein;
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
working capital borrowings made after the end of a period but on
or before the date of determination of operating surplus for the
period;
|
|
|
(4)
|
cash distributions paid in respect of equity issued (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights),
other than equity issued in the initial public offering, to
finance all or a portion of expansion capital expenditures in
respect of the period from such financing until the earlier to
occur of the date the capital asset commences commercial service
and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of; and
|
|
|
(5)
|
cash distributions paid on equity issued by us (including
incremental distributions on incentive distribution rights) to
pay the construction period interest on debt incurred, or to pay
|
B-3
|
|
|
|
|
construction period distributions on equity issued, to finance
the expansion capital expenditures referred to above, in each
case, in respect of the period from such financing until the
earlier to occur of the date the capital asset is placed in
service and the date that it is abandoned or disposed of;
less
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
all of our operating expenditures after the closing of the
initial public offering;
|
|
|
(2)
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner
to provide funds for future operating expenditures;
|
|
|
(3)
|
all working capital borrowings not repaid within twelve months
after having been incurred or repaid within such twelve-month
period with the proceeds of additional working capital
borrowings; and
|
|
|
(4)
|
any loss realized on disposition of an investment capital
expenditure.
|
shell capacity: The maximum amount of liquid
volumes of product that a storage tank can hold.
storage services fees: Fixed monthly fees paid by
our customers to reserve tank storage space at our terminals and
to compensate us for receiving and handling up to a fixed amount
of product volumes.
subordination period: The subordination period
will begin on the closing date of the initial public offering
and, unless terminated early pursuant to the partnership
agreement, expire on the first business day after the
distribution to unitholders in respect of any quarter, beginning
with the quarter
ending ,
2014, if each of the following has occurred:
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
distributions of available cash from operating surplus on each
of the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest equaled or exceeded the minimum quarterly
distribution for each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
the adjusted operating surplus (as defined above) generated
during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods immediately preceding that date equaled or
exceeded the sum of the minimum quarterly distribution on all of
the outstanding common and subordinated units and the general
partner interest during those periods on a fully diluted
weighted average basis; and
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
The subordination period also will end upon the removal of our
general partner other than for cause if no subordinated units or
common units held by the holder(s) of subordinated units or
their affiliates are voted in favor of that removal
throughput fees: Incremental fees collected for
receiving or delivering volumes of products over our docks based
on the volume of product received from our non-storage customers
as well as for handling volumes of product for our storage
customers exceeding the base throughput contemplated under a
storage service contract, in excess of the fixed storage service
fee.
vacuum gas oil: A heavy distillate produced in the
refining process.
working capital borrowings: Borrowings that are
made under a credit agreement, commercial paper facility or
similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely
for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners
and with the intent of the borrower to repay such borrowings
within twelve months from sources other than additional working
capital borrowings.
B-4
10,000,000 Common
Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
Oiltanking Partners,
L.P.
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
,
2011
Citi
Barclays Capital
J.P. Morgan
Morgan Stanley
Raymond James
Deutsche Bank Securities
Stifel Nicolaus Weisel
Until , 2011 (25 days after
the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or
trade our common units, whether or not participating in this
offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in
addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
Part II
Information
required in the registration statement
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
OTHER
EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
|
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the
issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby.
With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the New York Stock
Exchange listing fee the amounts set forth below are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
28,038
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
24,650
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
20,000
|
|
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR BOARD OF DIRECTORS.
|
Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set forth in
the partnership agreement,
Section 17-108
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers
a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless
any partner or other persons from and against all claims and
demands whatsoever. The section of the prospectus entitled
The Partnership Agreement
Indemnification discloses that we will generally indemnify
officers, directors and affiliates of the general partner to the
fullest extent permitted by the law against all losses, claims,
damages or similar events and is incorporated herein by this
reference.
Our general partner will purchase insurance covering its
officers and directors against liabilities asserted and expenses
incurred in connection with their activities as officers and
directors of the general partner or any of its direct or
indirect subsidiaries.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
|
On March 14, 2011, in connection with the formation of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P., we issued (i) the 2.0% general
partner interest in us to OTLP GP, LLC for $20 and (ii) the
98.0% limited partner interest in us to Oiltanking Holding
Americas, Inc. for $980. The issuance was exempt from
registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
There have been no other sales of unregistered securities within
the past three years.
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this
registration statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (included as Appendix A in the
prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.4**
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5**
|
|
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.6**
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
|
|
Form of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
|
|
Form of Services Agreement
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of Phantom Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
|
|
Form of Revolving Line of Credit Letter Agreement
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
|
|
Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
|
|
Directors Compensation Summary
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
|
|
Form of
Long-Term
Performance Cash Award Agreement
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP
|
|
23
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Consent of Director Nominee
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-4
of the initial
S-1
Registration Statement filed on March 31, 2011)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that, for the
purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the
Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of
the securities, in a primary offering of securities of the
undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement,
regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the
securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or
sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following
communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to
the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such
securities to such purchaser:
(1) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the
undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be
filed pursuant to Rule 424;
II-2
(2) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering
prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used
or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(3) The portion of any other free writing prospectus
relating to the offering containing material information about
the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on
behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(4) Any other communication that is an offer in the
offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
The undersigned registrant undertakes to send to each common
unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of
any transactions with OTLP GP, LLC or its subsidiaries, and of
fees, commissions, compensation and other benefits paid, or
accrued to OTLP GP, LLC or its subsidiaries for the fiscal year
completed, showing the amount paid or accrued to each recipient
and the services performed.
The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders
the financial statements required by
Form 10-K
for the first full fiscal year of operations of the registrant.
II-3
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of
Texas, on June 22, 2011.
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
By: OTLP GP, LLC
Carlin G. Conner
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
Chief
Executive Officer
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by
the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CARLIN
G. CONNER
Carlin
G. Conner
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Kenneth
F. Owen
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Donna
Hymel
|
|
Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
David L.
Griffis
|
|
Director
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Kapil
Jain
|
|
Director
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Rutger
Van Thiel
|
|
Director
|
|
June 22, 2011
|
|
|
|
*By:
|
/s/ CARLIN
G. CONNER
|
|
Carlin G. Conner
As Attorney-in-Fact
II-4
Index to
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1**
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Agreement of Limited Partnership of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (included as Appendix A in the
prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
|
3
|
.4**
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.5**
|
|
|
|
Limited Liability Company Agreement of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
3
|
.6**
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of OTLP GP, LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3**
|
|
|
|
Form of Oiltanking Partners, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4**
|
|
|
|
Form of Services Agreement
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of Phantom Unit Agreement
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
|
|
Form of Revolving Line of Credit Letter Agreement
|
|
10
|
.7**
|
|
|
|
Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
|
|
10
|
.8**
|
|
|
|
Directors Compensation Summary
|
|
10
|
.9*
|
|
|
|
Form of
Long-Term
Performance Cash Award Agreement
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of BDO USA, LLP
|
|
23
|
.2**
|
|
|
|
Consent of Director Nominee
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1**
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-4
of the initial
S-1
Registration Statement filed on March 31, 2011)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
|
** |
|
Previously filed. |
exv10w6
Exhibit 10.6
REVOLVING LINE OF
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Attn. Ken Owen
Jacintoport Boulevard 15602
77015 Houston, TX
UNITED STATES
Amsterdam,
15 June 2011
Credit Limit Agreement (Code: IBOTLPRE)
Dear Ken,
Regarding to our conversation we confirm that we will grant to Oiltanking Partners, L.P. (the
Borrower) a revolving credit line with a Revolving Credit Committed Amount of up to
USD 50,000,000
This credit limit expires on 30.06.2013.
The Revolving Credit Committed Amounts can be increased from time to time as follows:
At the Borrowers written request and in the sole discretion of Oiltanking Finance BV, the
Revolving Credit Committed Amount can be increased from time to time in increments of USD
5,000,000, up to an additional USD 75,000,000 in the aggregate, for a maximum amount of USD
125,000,000; provided, however, that no such increase shall be effective unless no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time any such request is made by the
Borrower or at the time such increase would otherwise become effective.
The notice of any drawing under this agreement shall be passed on two bank working days before the
transfer shall take place.
The interest is calculated for each interest period on basis of the LIBOR as per the Reuters site
LIBOR01 plus a margin of 2.00% p.a.
An interest period is defined as the length of term indicated by the Borrower at the time of
borrowing that funds will be needed. Interest periods can be extended at the option of the
Borrower.
A prepayment partly or in total during an interest period is not allowed. If the Borrower
desires to pay back drawings under the facility before the end of an interest period the Borrower
will incur break funding costs. A repayment at the end of an interest period is always possible
without any additional cost. Amounts repaid may be re-borrowed.
A commitment fee of 0.50% p.a. will be calculated on the undrawn amount of the Revolving Credit
Committed Amount and is to be paid at the end of each month. We agreed on an arrangement fee of
0.50% (i.e. USD 250,000) flat upfront based on the Revolving Credit Committed Amount.
On the basis of its audited annual financial statements (local GAAP), the Borrower is obliged to
meet the following Financial Parameters:
a. Stockholders Equity: the Borrower will not, at any time, permit the ratio of (i) Stockholders
Equity to (ii) non-current assets to be less than 30%.
b. Debt Service Coverage Ratio: the Borrower will not, at any time, permit the ratio of (i) EBITDA
for the period of 12 consecutive months to (ii) Total Debt Service to be less than 1.2.
c. Leverage Ratio: the Borrower will not, at any time, permit the ratio of (i) Net Financial
Indebtedness to EBITDA to be more than 3.75.
The following definitions shall apply for the Financial Parameters:
EBITDA means the sum of the net income for such period, plus, to the extend such amount was
deducted in the computation of the net income, the aggregate amount of Net Interest Expense, income
tax, depreciation, and amortization for such period.
Net Financial Indebtedness means
(a) the sum of (i) all liabilities for borrowed money, (ii) liabilities from derivative financial
instruments, (iii) liabilities for capital lease minus
(b) the sum of (i) subordinated loans, (ii) cash and cash equivalents held by the Borrower at such
time.
Stockholders Equity means the amount shown as stockholders equity on the balance sheet of the
Borrower.
Total Debt Service means the sum of all interest and all capital repayments in respect of the
Borrowers liabilities for borrowed money and for capital lease obligations for such period.
The Borrower shall supply to the Lender as soon as available, but in any event not later than the
31st of March of each calendar year during the lifetime of the loan, a compliance certificate
setting out the computations as to compliance with the Financial Parameters.
Any borrowing must be repaid at the expiry date of this agreement. Place of jurisdiction is
Amsterdam. The law of The Netherlands governs this agreement.
Please confirm your consent with this letter by signing and returning the attached copy.
Yours faithfully,
Oiltanking
Finance B.V.
/s/ Nino Schoehemann
/s/ Elisabeth van Hulst
Agreed to
and accepted this 15th day of 2011.
OILTANKING PARTNERS, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
OTLP GP, LLC, |
|
|
|
|
its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kenneth F. Owen |
|
|
|
|
Kenneth F. Owen
|
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
Addendum No. 1
to the
Credit Limit Agreement
dated June 15, 2011
between
Oiltanking Partners L.P.
as Borrower
and
Oiltanking Finance B.V.
as Lender
USD 50,000,000.-
Reference IBOTLPRE
This Addendum is made between
Oiltanking Finance B.V., Busitel 1, Orlyplein 85, 1043 DS Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(hereinafter referred to as the Lender)
and
Oiltanking Partners L.P., Jacintoport Boulevard 15602, 77015 Houston, TX, USA (hereinafter referred
to as the Borrower),
THE BORROWER AND THE LENDER AGREE AS FOLLOWS:
The Credit Limit Agreement is amended as follows:
Default or Event of Default means if: (a) the Borrower does not pay on the
due date any amount payable by it under this agreement in the manner required, unless the
non-payment is caused by technical or administrative error and is remediated within 3 business days
of the due date; (b) the Borrower does not fulfill one of the Financial Parameters set out in this
agreement; (c) any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or statement made by the
Borrower in this agreement or any certificate, statement or opinion delivered or made hereunder or
in connection herewith, is incorrect or inaccurate in any material respect when made; (d) the
Borrower fails duly to perform or observe any provision of this agreement and such failure, if
capable of remedy shall continue for 30 days after the Lender has given Borrower notice of such
failure; (e) any financial indebtedness for or in respect of moneys borrowed in excess of USD
500,000 in the aggregate or the equivalent thereof in any other currency is not paid when due after
expiry of any applicable grace period or the Borrower declares a general moratorium on the payment
of indebtedness; (f) the Borrower suspends its operations in view of an impending insolvency or
similar situation or ceases to act substantially in its current capacity in view of an impending
insolvency or takes any corporate action or other steps, or commences legal proceedings for its
winding-up, dissolution, administration or re-organization (being a re-organization in the context
of a bankruptcy, insolvency or similar situation) or for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or
similar officer of it or all of its revenues or assets; (g) the Borrower announces its inability to
meet its financial obligations or bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings are instigated against
the Borrower and have not been discharged or stayed within 60 days of the date of their instigation
or the Borrower applies for or institutes such proceedings or offers to make an arrangement for the
benefit of its creditors generally; (h) any governmental or other consent, license or authority
required to make this agreement legal, valid, binding, enforceable and admissible in evidence or
required to enable the Borrower to perform its obligations hereunder is withdrawn or ceases to be
in full force and effect; (i) it is or becomes unlawful for the Borrower to perform any of its
obligations under this agreement; (j) the general partner of the Borrower ceases to be, directly or
indirectly, owned or controlled by Oiltanking GmbH; or (k) the occurrence of an extraordinary and a
material adverse change in the assets or financial condition of the Borrower, which means, in the
reasonable opinion of the Lender, that the Borrower will be unable to perform its obligations under
this agreement as and when they fall due.
This Addendum No. 1 will be effective from the 22nd of June, 2011.
All other terms, conditions and definitions shall remain unchanged.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Borrower: |
Oiltanking Partners L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Kenneth F. Owen |
|
By: |
|
/s/ Donna Hymel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Kenneth F. Owen |
|
Name: |
|
Donna Hymel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
Title: |
|
Controller |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
place and date:
Houston, June 22, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Lender: |
Oiltanking Finance B.V. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Nino Schoenemann |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Nino Schoenemann |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
MD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
place and date: Amsterdam, 22.6.2011 |
exv23w1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Oiltanking Partners, L.P.
Houston, Texas
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
of our report dated March 28, 2011, relating to the combined financial statements of Oiltanking
Houston, L.P. and Oiltanking Beaumont Partners, L.P., which is contained in that Prospectus.
We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement
of our report dated March 28, 2011, relating to the balance sheet of Oiltanking Partners, L.P.,
which is contained in that Prospectus.
We also consent to the reference to us under the caption Experts in the Prospectus.
Houston, Texas
June 22, 2011